




































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































ss 
Be te 


oes 

a inna 
os ct ae te 
- ee ae 




















— dp ue a iar we 


I 





GIFT OF 
JANE K.SATHER 





REARS TK, 
ss Se 


“Ta 


We rer re ERE 


. = 



















































































a ee 
—— an a 7 “ < ae ee ne a se —— a 
a a 7 are. —_— —— t-— a 4 ° , mn ‘ ge = \ : 

a - oe % “ F : ‘ : 








ae eT ee Be eens TL A” & 
, (aneee ie j hth Oe 





4 
> 
rT 
. 
zi 
FH 
2 
ny! 
i 
( 
h 
r , 
a p i 





Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2007 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


_http://www.archive.org/details/appliedlatincourOOfreerich 


‘NVIUGV]] JO HNO], AHL GNV YAGI], AHL 





APPLIED LATIN 


A ‘COURSE FOR BEGINNERS 
Ae Rig 


of W..H. FREEMAN, Pu. D. (Harvarp) 


HEAD OF THE LATIN DEPARTMENT, HIGH SCHOOL, TRENTON, N. J. 


PUBLISHED BY 
WEIDENHAMER AND COMPANY 
MILTON * PENNA, 


7 a alee 


COPYRIGHT, 1916, BY WEIDENHAMER & COMPANY 
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 





Wy 
Pos y 
. 4 A 
1, ? " 
‘ 
\ 
~ a’ 4\ 
{ ra \} / 
\ hy 
\ )/ 
; j 
Sa 
\ 
nett 
7 
. 
° 
4 
se 
o 4 
* A de © 
« @ + 
r « 
* « 
x ¥ 
e e a ée8 ‘ 
‘a® « Ye eo? dv “ 
he . ™» ae =. 
‘ . 
6 © o* 





WM.F. FELL CO* PRINTERS 
PHILADELPHIA 7 


oe 


5 








PREFACE 


After an experience of several years teaching in College 
and High School, the author has become convinced that 
the present First Year books do not satisfy modern needs 
in the teaching of Latin nor do they handle the subject in 
a manner that produces “the greatest good for the greatest 
number” of students. 

I. The Beginners’ books in present use have been written 
too much for the small number of students who intend to 
go to College, and too little for the great number who study 
Latin only during two or three years of High School work. 

Within the last few years the makers of High School 
curricula have been forced to pay more attention to the 
demands of the great mass of students who go no further 
than the High School. Courses more nearly related to 
their needs in later life as citizens and workers have been 
adopted. ‘Traditional courses which gained reputations as 
valuable only for College students have been disregarded 
by the authorities and neglected by the students. Latin, 
especially, has been attacked as an educational luxury, be- 
cause laymen have thought that the net results of the study 
do not justify the outlay of so much valuable time. Too 
often no definite advance could be pointed out as the result 
of the first year’s study even by the teachers. 

The prospect of beginning the study of Latin earlier than 
in the first year of the High School, a prospect which bids 
fair to be realized in the new Junior High Schools, has pre- 
sented an opportunity for a rearrangement of Beginners’ 
Latin so that not only the, great pass of non-college students 

JO ¢4U 


PREFACE 


may be benefited in ways not possible before, but those 
students also who are preparing for College may acquire 
a yet broader range of scholarship. APPLIED LATIN, by 
its new treatment of the language and its correlation of 
Latin to the study of English, history, mathematics, and 
the commercial branches, aims to increase the powers of 
the ordinary High School pupil and to prove that Latin is 
an educational necessity. 

II. Present-day Latin books prevent the enthusiastic 
teacher from making adequate use of broad training in the 
class-room. 

Beginners’ books are today so crammed with material, 
the direct object of which is to prepare the student for the 
reading of Cesar in the second year, that the teacher is - 
reduced to desperation in attempting to cover merely the 
minimum requirements of first year work. No time is al- 
lowed for the correlation of Latin with other subjects, for 
digressions upon the life and manners of the ancient nations, 
for the drawing of conclusions from the study of an older 
civilization which can be applied to the questions of modern — 
times. This is partly because there is so much Latin to . 
cover, and partly because no inspirational material is in- 
cluded in the books used. Many a teacher does not feel at 
liberty to add life to Latin because the arrangement of 
his text-book seems to forbid any innovations. Excellent 
teachers are for this reason really prevented from making 
any personal impression on their classes. APPLIED LATIN 
aims to give the broad-gauge teacher a chance to inspire 
his students. The subject matter is arranged partly with 
a view to the acquisition of a sound foundation in Latin; 
partly to the correlation of Latin with things modern and 
vital. : 


PREFACE 


III. The important aid which Latin can give to the other 
subjects included in the High School curriculum is hardly 
touched upon in the present introductory Latin books. 

For many years it has been recognized that those who 
have studied Latin enter upon life better equipped in 
many ways than those who have never studied the subject. 
Experiments carried on at various points have uniformly 
indicated that in the matter of enlarged vocabulary, correct 
spelling, and facility in the use of English words non-Latin 
students are at a distinct disadvantage. APPLIED LATIN, 
by its constant drills in English derivatives, aims to enrich 
the student’s vocabulary. The Latin words selected for 
memorizing, while none that are frequent in Cesar have 
been omitted, have been chosen especially because of their 
importance as root words in English. © 

The problem of teaching formal English grammar has 
always given educators much trouble. Teachersare in agree- 
ment that hardly any progress is made in this difficult sub- 
ject until the student takes up the study of a foreign 
language, preferably one that is highly inflected. In Ap- 
~ PLIED LATIN careful attention is given to the connection of 
Latin with formal English grammar. ‘The parts of speech, 
types of sentences, use of cases, and conjugation of verbs 
are consistently developed with reference to English. 

The inability on the part of students to make use of the 
information gained in one subject in the work of another 
subject is almost too common a phenomenon to be men- 
tioned. It is the usual experience of teachers to find the 
facts of literature, history, biology, etc., pigeon-holed, so 
to speak, in the student’s brain and impossible of use except 
in the individual course in which the information was ob- 
tained. APPLIED LATIN, with its interchapters on ancient 

eo 


PREFACE 


geography, ancient history, ancient customs and modes of 
life, seeks to connect these subjects with modern geography, 
history, and life, and in this way to train the student to 
make effective use of his information, not in some particular 
class-room, but in all his class-rooms and especially in the 
problems of after-life. 

Teachers who make use of this book should keep in mind 
the following facts: 

1. APPLIED LATIN is intended to give the student of Latin 
a sound foundation in the forms and constructions of the 
Latin language. 

2. APPLIED LATIN aims also to increase the student’s 
English vocabulary, to train him in the uses of words, and 
to make perfectly clear the close relation of Latin to the » 
other subjects of the curriculum. The translation of Latin 
to English and of English to Latin is to be a secondary 
matter compared with awakening a realization of the im- 
portance of a knowledge of Latin as an aid to he study of 
English. 

3. APPLIED LATIN is so arranged that the broad-gauge 
teacher may feel justified in supplementing his teaching 
with the results of wide study in Latin and English, without 
a lurking suspicion that he is neglecting the subject of Latin 
in.so doing. The division by topics and not by lessons 
leaves the rate of progress of the class entirely under the 
control of the teacher. 

4. The material in APPLIED LATIN is entirely new, and 
the treatment is different from that found in the ordinary 
Beginners’ Book. The text has been tried out at various 
times in Latin classes, and many suggestions from Latin 
teachers enter into the composition of the book. In the 
_arrangement of the book the author has been assisted by 
- 6 


PREFACE 


' the teachers of Latin in the Trenton High School, in the 
correlation of Latin with English by J. Milnor Dorey, Head 
of the English Department of the same school, and in the 
reading and correction of proof by Howard L. Packard, 
Head of the Latin Department, State Normal School, 
Trenton, New Jersey. 


TOPIC 


XXIII. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
ENTRODUCTION.. of nho ices fee cence at ease eee Saka II 
. hae NOUN. CFIRST, DDECEENSION 6 ric. coe osu eae ee 15 
Rome and the Basin of the Mediterranean Sea........ 24 
i LEE? PREPOSITION seh sice Ree ees Maen ah eae eee 25 
, aE NOUN: “SECOND DECEENSION = f2.cme au ata 2e< ore 28 
Rome and the Eastern Nations 0503.06 sess sats of 35 
. THE ADJECTIVE. FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS..... 36 

. THE VERB. First CONJUGATION: ACTIVE Voice; IN- 
DICATIVE: VEOOD | cbuc. sk Mids, 5 Pe or ives od eee ee 41 
The Nations of the Ancient World.................. 52 

. THE VERB. SECOND CONJUGATION: ACTIVE VOICE; IN- 
DICATIVE MOOD oii coin hcaiemre 2 cutis hel one Caden ee 54 

The-Penitnsulaor-Tialy oye og ct ee a we ee is 62 - 

.( THE INOUN:- PHIRD “DECLENSION 3. 4.0.5.5 5086 Cos orients ee 63 
Latium, the Home of the Latins. -2..20.)...0545%s0} 77 
. THE: ADJECTIVE... THIRD DECLENSION: ovshscds ee 78 
. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION: ACTIVE VOICE; IN- ; 
DICATIV A: MOOD sien tone Pi. eine nea A ates wn a 84 
he: Cities oF Lealyig sos. a ee ca a ee g2 
. HE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON)... oct s snopes eat es 93 

. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -io0: ACTIVE VOICE; 
INDICATIVE Moop....... fo Sane ee ae eee a area bias rea 07 
; -HE NOUN. “FOURTH .DECELEDNSION |... 3.046400 0245%04 0% 100 
« LHe: NOUN... FIRTH DECLENSION 255 +-44 G04 12% ahs 93 os B88 
The City of Roms: ccc anaadele doc oa ae ous ee 104 

. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION: ACTIVE VOICE; IN- 
DICATIVEE MOODs 2 ssf 4. tine oa ie oly een SNe we ee 
.. DHE) SENTENCE: AcINTERROGATIVE ic ca ust crue ays sip ain III 
He Veen Sum: INDICATIVE MOOD: : 4 c<s,7.87has cous II2 
SEL EPL VORB ols uke is a ees tan oc Says eee oi ak vas fe tees 114 
. THE SENTENCE. COMPOUND. THE CONJUNCTION...... 116 
~ SLE PRONOUN fs 8-05 hi Stoaton Sins aca rein Bola a aed 118 
ane Story Of Warly Rome e o5 2.2 fe onc oe tte 120 

. THE VERB. First CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VOICE; IN- 
DICATIVE: MOOD 3.9 Ps op ode a eet Bk ee 121 
CHE: PRONOUN: PERSONAS f650664.0 sense eke aewes 124 

. THE VERB. FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS: PASSIVE 
VoIces INDICATIVE: MOOD. 02208 i oye ox eee 126 
Tat. PRONOUN: ( REPEEXIVE Ss is is chojs Pies aie la aioe 130 


8 


XXXVI. 


XXXVII. 


XXXVIII. 


XXXIX. 


XL. 


XLI. 
XLII. 


XLII. 


CONTENTS 


. THE VERB. SECOND AND THIRD CONJUGATIONS: cits 


VOICE: -INDICATIVE.. MIQOD 3. <u: o o9 cog ah eaves 4S 


2 lap PRONOUN: DEMONSTRATIVE ¢ 7524 ees es he ek 
.. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VOICE; IN- 


DIGATIV EE. NEOOD es Ait lk es eee ee 


. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -i0: PASSIVE VOICE; 


INDICATIVE: A OOD 5050 ir ae Ee te ee 


. THE ADJECTIVE AND PRONOUN. INTERROGATIVE........ 
. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VoICcE; IN- 


DICATEV Eo WOOD 9 oe kc es ack caatistea ie ee eS 


. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION: PASSIVE VOICE; IN- 


DIGCATIVE IV OOD osc oo bees ols ie nc Sd cimetidine 


; WL HE: OENTENCE. = ‘COMPEEX 2 fui. Sa fs heb ce Shee ees 
. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE Moop: CLAUSES OF PURPOSE 


AND RESULT; SEQUENCE* Or TENSES: <3. 2025404 
‘Phe ROMAn POLibis eres hoe eee 


. THE VERB. SuUBJUNCTIVE Moop: CLAuses OF TIME. 


COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION......... 
The Principal Buildings in the Roman Forum........ 


THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE OF Sum. CLAUSES OF CONDI- 
TION AND CAUSE. COMPOUND VERBS OF THE SECOND 
CONTUGATION:. 6 dito do iaie opine Sho. ta inci ysis cere 

The Uses of the Buildings in the Forum............. 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX. CLAUSES OF CONCESSION. 
RELATIVE CLAUSES. COMPOUND VERBS OF THE THIRD 
CONTUGATION ic GN Se ak oe te ee hE eeG kid Mee 

EME ARCIPION OL OME) neo 55 eee et eee eatin 


THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE IN EXHORTATIONS AND WISHES. 
IMPERATIVE. COMMANDS AND PROHIBITIONS......... 
PENG Oma HIONSOS ht tet cy car Se ee eee 


THE VERB. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. PERIPHRASTIC 
CONJUGATIONS:.» SUPINE: Su20 co ee fice oe a Sa 
The: Occupations of the Romans s245 ies 45 Soo 
THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE........... 
He; INTERTECTION: . (NUMERALS # <5 5c0)scd ohio et Pe oe wk 
some: Lools- Used iby the Romans soo v.c.oc.s 4408 estes 
THE VERB. DEPONENTS. SEMI-DEPONENTS. COMPOUND 


VERBS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION ..............6.: 
Skilled Workmen among the Romans............... 


9 


PAGE 


CONTENTS 


TOPIC PAGE 
XLIV. THe VERB. IRREGULAR VERBS, Volé, N6l6, Mald, E6, 
Ferd, Pid. “Compounns Or Sum. ....:4 5304 cee eee ss 267 
ALY; EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES... SUFFIXES.¢ so Sesseacness 275 
XLVI. THE SUBJECT. CONSTRUCTIONS THAT REPLACE A NOUN 
AS SUBJECT. INFINITIVE. NOUN CLAUSES....:..... 278 
Translation. The Creation of the World........... 281 
XLVII. Tur Opjyect IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE GENITIVE IN 
DATING nso RS as eae Ee RO 281 
Translation. Joseph and His Brethren............. 283 
XLVIII. THe OpjyEct IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE DATIVE IN 
TGA TING fis ae Sie ee ered iia Clee ue es es eee 284 
Translation. Joseph Sold into Egypt.............. 285 
XLIX. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY Two ACCUSATIVES 
ENG LATIN ess oo oe ees ae ae OF ne ees wee 286 
Translation “Phe: Birth of Moses. vs es etaeweues 288 
L. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE ABLATIVE IN 
AGA TING cas ee cei A co te hate das ae a ee 289 
Translation. Crossing the Red Sea................ 290 
EL Tee Osyect; NOUN ‘CLAUSES... say fei a eee 291 
A. CLAUSES OF PurposE. The Birth of Samson...... 203 
B. CLAUSES OF FEARING. David and Goliath........ 295 
C. INDIRECT QuEstTiIons. David and Absalom........ 298 


D. InprrEcT STATEMENTS. The Judgment of Solomon. 302 
E. DEPENDENT CLAUSES IN INDIRECT STATEMENTS. 307 


Translation. Joshua Stops the Sun............ 309 

LIT. Carsar. GaAttic WAR. Book I, Chapters 1-8......... 310 
LI. Latin Derivatives USED IN MODERN STUDIES AND BUSI- 

WESS 204 Pre es cilaks Vac atu vr abely aie te eee ee ne 315 

LEV. OYNOPSIS'-OF PORMS Os gt oe ons oe ery cece ee eee 320 

LY. (GENEBAT: VOCABULARY 305.5 luca copa haee eae i-xXxxix 

RINDI Scie Ss bay ia af, Ratton ra ci CEOS Ro deters xli-xliii 


Io 


APPLIED LATIN 


INTRODUCTION 


In Europe, many centuries before the birth of Christ, 
there existed a language which was spoken by a nation, or 
better, by a group of tribes, to which belonged the ancestors 
of those men who later spoke the Latin and Greek languages. 
At that very early time those ancient peoples were like 
young children who can speak a language, but who have 
still to learn how to write and to read it; for the art of 
writing had not been invented. If men wished to communi- 
cate with distant kinsmen, they made use of pictures such 
as were once used by the American Indians. Now, later, 
when the Greeks and Latins wandered from Europe down 
into the lands of Greece and Italy, they had not yet learned 
to write. The Egyptians who dwelt along the Nile in 
northern Africa were probably the first to make use of 
letters to express sounds. 

_ From Egypt the use of letters, carried probably by mer- 
_ chants, spread north first to Greece and then to Italy. The 
Greeks made use of the alphabet for the first time about the 
year 800 B. C. The Greek alphabet, strange as it looks, 
represents one stage of the development of letters. After 
800 B. C. we may say that the human race began its rapid 
development. History was written, dates began to be kept, 


and mankind began to make permanent records of progress. 
1 faa 


APPLIED LATIN 


Not long after 800 B. C. the alphabet was introduced into 
Italy by way of the city of Cumae, a Greek colony. From 
this city it made its way to Rome, where a standard al- 
phabet was developed for use in writing Latin. Today, 
many centuries later, in the writing of English we use the 
Latin alphabet, and our letters are called Latin letters. 
Consequently, as speakers and writers of English, we should 
feel a great interest in the Latin alphabet. 


THE LATIN ALPHABET 
Except for the letters 7 and w, the Latins had all the letters 
we use. The alphabet consisted of vowels, diphthongs 
(pairs of vowels), and consonants. 


THE VOWELS, DIPHTHONGS, AND CONSONANTS 
The vowels were a, ¢, i, 0, u, y; the diphthongs ae, au, 
oe, et, eu, ut. The consonants comprised all the other letters. 
The vowels were either long (prolonged) or short (quick) 
in pronunciation. Letters marked thus 4 are long. 


a equalled a in father; a equalled a_ in aha. 

é equalled e in prey; ~ e equalled e in get. 

i equalledi in machine; i equalledi in hit. 

6 equalled o in gold; o equalled o in obey. 

ti equalled u in crude; u equalled u in full. 

ae equalled ai in aisle; au equalled ou in mouse. 
ei equalled ei in eight; eu equalled eu in feud. 

oe equalled oi in soil; ui almost the sound of we. 


Of the consonants, c and g were always hard, as in case 


and gone. S was always as s in yes, never like z. 
I2 





INTRODUCTION 


I, when a consonant (before a vowel in the same syllable), 
was like y in yet; T was like ¢ in fen, not like ¢ in nation; 
V was like w in went. Ch had the sound of k. 


THE PRONUNCIATION OF LATIN WORDS 
For accuracy in pronunciation, it is necessary to divide 
~ a Latin word into its syllables. There are as many syllables 
in a Latin word as there are vowels or diphthongs. 


WHAT CONSTITUTES A SYLLABLE IN LATIN 

A single consonant before a vowel is combined with the 
vowel to compose a syllable. If two or more consonants 
precede a vowel, the last consonant usually begins the sylla- 
ble: hos-tis, enemy. A syllable may begin with two con- 
sonants if the second of the two is either / or r: pi-bli-cus, 
public. At the beginning of a word (scribé) even three 
consonants may be included in a single syllable. 


THE ACCENT OF LATIN WORDS 

In accenting a Latin word, remember that the accent 
never falls on the last syllable, unless the word is composed 
of but one syllable. In words of two syllables the accent 
falls on the first syllable. In words of more than two syl- 
lables the accent falls on the next to the last syllable, if that 
syllable is long, otherwise on the second syllable from the 
last. | 

THE LENGTH OF SYLLABLES 

Syllables are considered long if they contain a long vowel 
_ ora diphthong, or a short vowel followed by two consonants. 
13 


APPLIED LATIN 


A short syllable followed by the double consonants x (=ks) 
or z (=ds) is also considered long. , 


PARTS OF SPEECH 
The words of all languages are classified as follows: nouns, 
pronouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, prepositions, con- 
junctions, and interjections. A single noun, verb, etc., is 
called a part of speech. The parts of speech will be taken 
up consecutively in this book. | 


SENTENCES 

A sentence is a group of words (parts of speech) expressing 
a complete thought. It is composed of a subject (a noun with _ 
its modifiers) and a predicate (a verb and its modifiers). The 
subject represents that about which something is asserted. 
The predicate asserts something about that which the sub- 
ject represents. Sentences are classified as declarative, in- 
terrogative, and imperative. A declarative sentence is one 
that declares something asa fact. ‘“‘We love the balmy days 
of spring.”” An interrogative sentence is one that asks a ques- 
tion. ‘‘Who knows the name of the city?” An imperative 
sentence is one that statesacommand. ‘Look at the bright 


1)? 


moon!” Sentences are further classified as simple, compound, 
and complex. Simple sentences contain but one subject and 
one predicate. Compound sentences consist of two (or more) 
sentences connected by a conjunction. Complex sentences 
consist of one principal statement and one or more dependent 
statements. In the first part of this book the sentences are 
either simple or compound. 
14 





THE NOUN 


I. THE NOUN. FIRST DECLENSION 


1. causa, a cause, reason. silva, a forest. 
filia, a daughter. via, a street, road. 
hora, an hour. gloria, glory. 
littera, letter (of the alphabet). fama, fame, report. 
memoria, memory, tradition. vita, life. 


2. These Latin words are naming words, or nouns. 

In English, nouns are classified as proper, common, ab- 
stract, and collective. Proper nouns are names of particular 
persons or places; John, Baltimore; Common, of ordinary 
persons, places, or things; book, pen; Abstract, of conditions 
or qualities; heat, gratitude; Collective, of collections of 


| persons or places; crowd, multitude. In Latin there are the 


same classes. 
In the following sentences repeat the Latin word when- 


ever you see its English meaning: 1. My daughter walked 
- through the forest. 2. The road takes an hour. 3. We all hope 


for.an hour of glory. 4. A cause for fame may come to you 
during your /Jife. 5. The letter M begins the word memory. 
6. Where is the road to fame ? 

3. Worp Stupy.—A very large number of words in Eng- 
lish with which you are now familiar, or will some day meet 
in your reading, are made from words of the Latin language. 
In the following examples try to find the Latin words from 
which each English word is derived, and learn to spell the 
English word correctly. 

15 


APPLIED LATIN 


because (causa), on account of. hour (héra), a period of time. 

via (via), by way of. filial (filia), belonging to a child. 
famous (fama), well spoken of. letter (littera), part of the alphabet. 
vital (vita), pertaining to life. sylvan (silva), wooded. 


glorious (gléria), full of glory. memorial (memoria), that which 
refreshes the memory. 


4. EXAMPLES OF THE PROPER USE OF THESE WorDS.—1. 
The monument was a memorial to a famous man. 2. We © 
love sylvan scenery. 3. Let us go via Washington Street. 4. 
Heroic deeds are often glorious because of their vital impor- 
tance in warding off disaster. 5. Filial love is a child’s affec- 
tion for its parents. 

Form some other words, using the same Latin roots; as, 
viaduct, infamous, immemorial, literature. If unfamiliar, 
look up their meanings and talk them over in class. 

Note.—As there is no word in Latin for a or the, causa 
may mean a cause or the cause. 

Quiz.—Of what part of speech are the Latin words given 
above? How is English closely connected with Latin? 


5. amicitia, friendship. gratia, favor, gratitude. 
copia, plenty, abundance. inidria, an injury, injustice. 
fortina, fortune. inopia, lack, scarcity. 
fossa, a ditch, trench. natura, nature, character. 
fuga, a flight, retreat. poena, a penalty. 


These nouns are like those of Paragraph 1. Have you 
noticed that these nouns all end in the letter a? 

In the following sentences repeat the Latin word whenever 
you see its English meaning: 1, True friendship does not 


permit the imjury of a friend. 2. Give thanks for good 
16 


THE NOUN 


fortune. 3. Fortune is naturally fickle and uncertain. 4. 
Abundance and need are opposites. 5. Severe is the penalty 
following flight from battle. 

6. WorD STuDY.— 


natural (natira), according to nature. 

injurious (iniiria), causing some damage. 

gratitude (gratia), the feeling of thankfulness for help. 
unfortunate (fortina), not accompanied by good fortune. 
copious (cépia), full, abundant. 

fugitive (fuga), one who flees. 

cornucopia (cépia), a horn of plenty used at Christmas. 


fossil (fossa), an animal or plant of the past found imbedded in 
a cave or trench. 


7. EXAMPLES OF THE PROPER USE OF THESE WorpDs.— 
1. Unfortunate are the people whose hearts are never filled 
with gratitude. 2. Let us penalize those who break the laws. 
3. It is natural for copious rain to follow heavy clouds. 4. At 
Christmas we hang cornucopias full of candy on the tree. 5. 
Miners sometimes find fossil flowers in beds of coal. 6. The 
fugitive citizens fled before the approach of the enemy. 

Quiz.—How are the words of Paragraph 5 related to those 
of Paragraph 1? What other English derivatives can you 
add to those given above? 


Porta, a gate, feminine gender 


CASES SINGULAR NUMBER PLURAL NUMBER 
8. Nominative porta, a gate portae, gates 
Genitive portae, of a gate portarum, of gates 
Dative portae, fo or for a gate __portis, to or for gates 
Accusative portam, a gate portas, gates 
Vocative porta, (O) gate portae, (O) gates 
Ablative porta, with, from, in, portis, with, from, in, by 
by a gate gates 


2 17 


APPLIED LATIN 


Meaning of the terms used with nouns: 





9. DEcLENSION.—The forms of a noun grouped according 
to cases. The cases of a Latin noun are indicated by the 
changes in the spelling of the final syllable. Porta, then, 
having many cases, has many different spellings, all of which 
are correct. An English noun rarely changes in spelling, 
for English no longer has an elaborate system of declensions. 
The addition of s to show (1) possession; as, the cat’s; (2) 
a plural number; as, the cats, is the only common change in 
spelling of a noun permitted in English. The beginning of 
the Latin word should bring the English meaning at once 
to your mind. Having mastered the meaning once for all, 
then devote yourself to the final syllables. In the reading of 
English, your eye passes over final syllables without special 
attention; in Latin, these syllables are the most important 
part of the word. In the declension above, the final syllables 
or endings are printed in black type. 

First declension nouns are declined like porta, and regu- 
larly end in a in the nominative singular. Learn to decline 
porta. 

10. NuMBER.—Latin words have two numbers (singular 
and plural). The forms in the first column above compose 
the singular number, and are to be used when only one per- 
son, place, or thing is spoken of. The forms in the second 
column compose the plural number, and are to be used only 
when two or more persons, etc., are spoken of. 

11. GENDER.—The sex of a person, place, or thing ts called 


gender. ‘There are three genders in Latin: masculine, m., 
18 


THE NOUN 


applied to nouns that designate males, rivers, winds, and 
months; feminine, f., applied to nouns that designate fe- 
males, countries, trees, and towns; euler, n., applied to 
nouns that are neither masculine nor feminine in gender. 

In English gender presents J/itile difficulty, for nouns de- 
noting males are masculine; females, feminine; things, neuter. 

12. Nouns of the first declension are regularly feminine in 
gender. Three masculine exceptions: agricola, -ae, a farmer; 
nauta, -ae, a sailor; poéta, -ae, a poet. 

Quiz.—What is the importance of the first part of a Latin 
word? Why is the final syllable difficult for us to master? 
What is number? Gender? Do you know any English 
words which are peculiar in gender? Is ship masculine, 
feminine, or neuter in English? Can you name some English 
words that are both masculine and feminine in gender? 


13. audacia, -ae, boldness, f. cura, -ae, care, f. 
ancora, -ae, an anchor, f. diligentia, -ae, diligence, f. 
aqua, -ae, water, f. familia, -ae, family, retinue, f. 
corona, -ae, a crown, f. disciplina, -ae, training, f. 
ciistédia, -ae, custody, f. fémina, -ae, a woman, f. 


14. THE NAMES AND USES OF THE CAsES.—The Nomi- 
native is the case of the subject (person, place, or thing about 
which we, as speakers or writers, make some assertion). 
The Genitive case usually indicates possession. The Dative 
is the case of the indirect object of the verb. The Accusative 
is the case of the direct object of the verb (the person, place, or 
thing directly affected by the action of the verb). The Voca- 

19 


APPLIED LATIN 


tive is the case of direct address (O John! O Mary!). The 
Ablative case has several uses. It may mean the person with 
whom or the thing with which something is done; the place im 
whichsomething is situated or from which something is taken. 

In English, there are but three cases: nominative, objective, 
and possessive. The latest English grammars now use the 
Latin names for these cases. 

15. EXAMPLES OF THE USE oF CasEs.—1. I have Henry’s 
(genitive, possessive) book, John (vocative). 2. Sarah (nom- 
inative) gave the doll (accusative, objective) to Mary (dative). 
3. From the window (ablative) in the parlor (ablative) we 
saw Mabel (accusative, objective) walking with Jane (abla- 
tive). 4. James struck the dog (accusative, objective) with a 
stick (ablative). 

16. Name all possible cases and give accurate translations 
of these forms: 1. Natiira, gratias, vita. 2. Filiam, inopia, 
famam. 3. Porta, ancorae, iniirids. 4. Silvas, memoriae, 
féminas. 5. Fortiinae, hoérarum, littera. 6. Cordnis, fossae, 
causarum, viis, aquae. | 

17. WorD Stupy.—Cordéna gives us the words crown, 
coronet, cornice; ciistédia, custody, custodian; aqua, aquatic, 
aqueous, aqua-pura; cura, care, accurate, curative, curator; 
fémina, feminine, effeminate, feminism; ancora, anchor; 
familia, familiar; disciplina, discipline; audacia, audacious. 

Note.—The plural of cépia means troops or forces. The 
dative and ablative plural of filia is filiabus. 

Quiz.—How many cases are there in Latin? In English? 


What are their uses? Explain the words in Paragraph 17. 
20 , 


THE NOUN 


18. forma, -ae, form, f. scientia, -ae, science, knowledge, f. 
lingua, -ae, ie tongue, {. sagitta, -ae, av arrow, {. 
fabula, -ae, w story, f. tabula, -ae, a flat surface, tablet, f. 
terra, -ae, /and or earth, {. provincia, -ae, a district, province, f. 


turba, -ae, a crowd, {. pugna, -ae, a fight, battle, f. 


Learn these nouns. 

19. In the declension of nouns certain cases are spelled with 
the same letters; take, for instance, the genitive and dative 
_ of porta. If taken by itself, there is no means of determining 
whether portae is genitive or dative, singular, or nominative, 
plural. Keep this fact in mind and always try to recall all 
possible cases. In translation, above all, be flexible. Do not 
confine yourself invariably to a single case or a single trans- 
lation. Try all possible cases until you have the one that fits 

the construction of the sentence. 

20. Name all possible cases and give accurate translations 
of these forms: 1. Férma, fossas, silvae. 2. Féminam, tab- 
ulis, vitam. 3. Disciplinarum, fabulae, causdrum. 4. Turbas, 

-poétae, memoriam. 5. Scientiae, audaciam, horis. 6. 
Cor6éna, cdpiam, poends. 7. Ancorae, inopia, pigna. 8. 
Diligentiam, fama, natiram. g. Familia, provinciis, for- 
marum. to. Cistodiae, fabulis, sagittis. 11. Linguas, gloria, 
inidriad. 12. Terrae, turbarum, scientia. 

21. Worp Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these sen- 
tences, using the Latin nouns of this lesson: 1. George Ade 
wrote fablesin slang. 2. Sagittarius is a figure of the Zodiac. 
3. Linguistics is the study of words. 4. There are subter- 


ranean chambers in the Mammoth Cave. 5. Empires are 
21 


APPLIED LATIN 


composed of provinces. 6. A poet sometimes uses provincial 
language for effect. 7. Let us tabulate all the forms and 
leave them undisturbed. 8. Pugilists are noted for their 
pugnacity. 

Are these words familiar: formation, poesy, turbulent, 
tablet, impugn, fabulous, language, terrain, prescient, in- 
form, terrestrial? 

Use these new words in sentences of your own composition. 

Quiz.—Why must the student of Latin be flexible in the 
translation of cases? 


REVIEW 
22. Give the Latin for the following English words, pass- 
ing around in columns in different directions: — 


SINGULAR 
Nom. a poet, boldness, memory, tablet, anchor. 
Gen. ofa life, daughter, crown, forest, penalty. 
Dat § to or cause, earth, custody, gate, glory. 
( fora 
Actin ditch, water, hour, street, battle. 
Voc. (O) fortune, tongue, letter, training, care. 
Abl } with, fame, plenty, lack, flight, favor. 
> Che: 
PLURAL 
Nom. crowns, provinces, arrows, injuries, sailors. 
Gen. of gates, battles, favors, daughters, cares. 
toor lands, farmers, sciences, anchors, streets. 
Dat. 
for 
Acc. lives, families, . women, poets, penalties. 
Voc. (O) forms, ditches, tongues, natures, glories. 
ABI ) with, cares, tablets, flights, —_— hours, stories. 
* Cede. 


22 




































22 = BE. 
Ss 3 GEE. 
 SSs g ZEEE 
SVs = GEE 
SWS EE GEA 
=~ Bs H 
SS Ze AN 
SSS FEZ GB 
WS EB mM WERE 
Ss ZZ > Bae 
SS ZZZE GE, 
3S BZze - LEE 
SSS Z4y A EZ 
= SSS ZY NY CZ 
= SSS 4 uy me CE. 
= === Uy MI WY ifn, XO 2 ne 
== === “a MIU MON YLG 
=> === “Ana hiwthWhe LE A fe] 3 z 
= 22. <S < 
= . = = AY y 
S3= Sy GS WAY 
= = Ssggss SQ Z 
SS => SA“7~@s SSA \ 
S= S32 fe WS == LW 
=S; Ss Vag SS === 
=== & SSS ‘i SS == 5= | 
=; v VSS af =s: === 
S + \Ss i BZg == 
~ LSS it ZY =5 
+ fi Zyl lallllify,G S 
: : A MIN Wy Re SS 


+ Wy 


| y 
seat a nN YZ Zong 


a F SYN 
SA i ap 






4 
Mir} jtiews 
MONS 





‘: 
“4 
\ 
eR AL.ATING 


4, BA 
yi " 
Z 
Uhh 
f 


( 
ul 









' i 
q { \\ AN 
a iN WW ss 
aa A eas 3 










BOARI Vy 


Tj MN 
Uy is 
Ty 







i AN Ty 
anh mM 


\\’ 
AA r 











IANICVLENSIS 











APPLIED LATIN 


23. REVIEW OF ENGLISH DERIVATIVES.—Because, via, fa- 
mous, vital, glorious, hour, filial, letter, sylvan, memorial, 
viaduct, infamous, immemorial, literature. Natural, injur- 
lous, gratitude, unfortunate, copious, fugitive, cornucopia, 
fossil. Crown, coronet, cornice; custody, custodian. Aqua- 
tic, aqueous, aqua-pura, care, accurate. Curative, curator, 
feminine, effeminate, feminism. Anchor, familiar, discipline, 
audacious. Fable, Sagittarius, linguistics, subterranean, 
provincial. Language, tabulate, undisturbed, pugnacity. 
Formation, poesy, turbulent, tablet, impugn, language, 
terrain, prescient, inform, terrestrial. 

Make a list of the other derivatives which you have dis- 
cussed in class. 


ROME AND THE BASIN OF THE MEDITERRANEAN SEA 


The map on page 23 presents to you all of Europe, a 
portion of Africa, and a small part of Asia. These lands 
comprise the basin of the Mediterranean Sea, in which 
all that was important in ancient civilization reached the 
highest point of development. In this area two nations were 
rivals for supremacy. The Greeks and the Romans came 
down from the interior of Europe, found homes in the Italian 
and Greek peninsulas, and became the leading nations of 
the East and West respectively. The Greeks, first by colon- 
ization, then by conquest under the leadership of Alexander 
the Great, gained possession of the East. Then Greek 
merchants carried the language and ideals of the Greeks all 
over the Mediterranean basin. While the Romans were still 

24 


THE PREPOSITION 


a small nation centred at Rome (Réma), and the Latin lan- 
guage was confined to very narrow limits, Greek was the 
common language of the ancient world. 

If you will examine the map carefully, you will see that 
the city of Rome is at the centre of the ancient world. 
This position was of immense importance to the Romans, 
for it enabled them to extend their dominion from a com- 
mon center, marching in one direction after another. The 
history of Rome is the story of the constant and irrepressible 
growth of a war-like people. At first the Romans had to 
overcome the hostile tribes that surrounded Rome; next, 
they came into conflict with the Etruscans who dwelt in 
the northern part of Italy (Italia). Then came the vital 
struggle with the great naval empire of Carthage (Carthag6), 
which controlled the coast of Africa, the island of Sicily 
(Sicilia), and a part of Spain (Hispania). By constant suc- 
cesses in these wars the Romans gained control of the West- 
ern half of the ancient world. 


II. THE PREPOSITION 

24. The young Romans were confronted by much the 
same problems in the study of Latin as we are today in the - 
study of English. They did not speak Latin without careful 
training, nor read it without finding many difficulties. For 
instance, in reading, the cases spelled with exactly the same 
letters were very hard for the ordinary Roman boy to 
translate. Some cases, like the ablative, had more than one 


possible translation. To smooth out these difficulties, the 
25 


APPLIED LATIN 


Romans made use of a number of small words called prepo- 
sitions. For example, the form gloria, by itself, might be 
nominative or ablative, but if the word ab stood before it, 
the case was surely ablative, for this preposition was never 
used with any other case. Thus, the prepositions made 
reading very accurate, and much easier. Think for a moment 
of the four translations of the ablative, and you will realize 
what a help these words were. 

25. Prepositions used only with the accusative: Ad, to; 
ante, before; apud, at or near; circum, around; contra, against; 
extra, ouiside; inter, between or among; ob, on account of; 
per, through; post, after; praeter, except or beyond; propter, 
because of; trans, across. 

26. Prepositions used only with the ablative: Ab (a), away 
from, or by; cum, with; dé, concerning, or down from; ex 
(é), out of or from; pro, in front of, or before; sine, without. 

27. Prepositions used with the accusative, sometimes with 
the ablative: In, in, or into; sub, under; super, above. 

Let these prepositions identify the cases for you. 

28. In English we use prepositions with very great fre- 
quency, for our words are no longer declined, and we have-no 
other means of determining the cases. The meanings of the 
Latin prepositions will furnish you with the most common 
prepositions in English. Learn them carefully and try to 
recognize them in English sentences. 

Note.—Use 4 and é before words beginning with a con- 
sonant. | 


Quiz.—What are prepositions? Their uses? Are there 
26 


THE PREPOSITION 


prepositions in English? Were English words ever declined? 
Why are prepositions important in English? 


29. insula, -ae, island, f. flamma, -ae, flame, f. 
pecinia, -ae, money, f. vict6ria, -ae, victory, f. 
praeda, -ae, booty, f. vigilia, -ae, watch (during night), f. 


invidia, -ae, envy, jealousy, {. ira, -ae, anger, rage, f. 
anima, -ae, the breath, soul, {. rosa, -ae, a rose, f. 


30. Translate these sentences, noting the use of the pre- 
positions and the cases which follow them: 

1. We advanced ad fossam. 2. They left antefugam. 3. 
He lived apud Galbam (Latin proper name, Galba). 4. They 
ran circum filiam. 5. We stood extra pignam. 6. She sat 
inter rosas. 7. Did you travel per pr6vinciam? 8. We had 
no weapons praeter sagittis. 9. They left us propter iram. 
10. Throw the stone trans viam. 11. He started 4 porta. 
12. We leaped dé insula into the sea. 13. They rose ex aqua. 
14. The messenger stood pr6 porta. 15. He came sine pe- 
cinia. 16. Let us march in prévinciam. 17. We dwell in 
insula. 18. The booty lay sub porta. 19. The clouds hang 
super terram. 20. They left us ob invidiam. 

31. WorD Stupy.— 


peninsula (insula), land which is almost an island. 
pecuniary (pectnia), relating to money. 

predatory (praeda), devoted to the pursuit of booty. 
envy (invidia), a feeling of dislike or hatred. 

animal (anima), something possessing the breath of life. 
inflame (flamma), cause to break into flame. 

vigilant (vigilia), watchful. 

irate (ira), angry. 

‘rosy (rosa), having the color of roses. 


32. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THESE WorDs.—1. A 
peninsula is land partly surrounded by water. 2. Thieves 
27 


APPLIED LATIN 


are said to follow a predatory business. 3. Great success 
often inspires envy among men. 4. Man is the highest of 
the animals. 5. Let not wrathinflame you. 6. Be vigilant, 
and success is inevitable. 7. The sky is rosy just at sunrise. 

Can you guess the Latin words from which come: anima- 
tion, isle, impecunious, flagrant, victorious, vigil, rosary, 
insulate, conflagration? 

Learn to spell these words and to use them in sentences. 


Ill. THE NOUN. SECOND DECLENSION 


33. amicus, a friend, m. nuntius, @ messenger, M. 
captivus, a captive, m. populus, a people, m. 
equus, @ horse, m. socius, an ally, m. 
légatus, an envoy, lieutenant, m. vicus, a village, m. 
miurus, @ wall, m. servus, a slave, servant, m. 
numerus, @ number, m. campus, a field, m. 
filius, @ son, m. ventus, @ wind, m. 


34. These nouns are unlike those you have already learned 
in that they end not in -a but in -us. Such nouns belong to 
the second declension, and are regularly masculine in gender. 

Learn these words by replacing the English words by the 
Latin equivalent in these sentences: 1. The captive had a 
son. 2. A friend of the people. 3. The wind swept across the 
field. 4. The messenger was a lieutenant. 5. The slave saw a 
number of horses. 6. Our allies dwell here. 

35. Worp Stupy.—What do these words mean: capture, 
enumerate, servile, popular, mural, equestrian, announce, 
sociable, vent, campus, numerical, ventilator, captivity, 


inimical, legation, depopulate, servitude? 
28 


a ahd 


THE NOUN 


36. THE MEANING OF COMPOUND ENGLISH Worpbs,— 
Many compound words are formed by placing a pre position 
before one of the parts of speech (verbs, adjectives, etc.). The 
prefix ab (4) means away (abstain). Ab often appears as 
a-, abs-, as-. Ad means to (admit). Ad often appears as 
ac-, ag-, al-, ap-, ar-, as-, al-. Ante means before (anteroom). 
Circum means around (circumstance). Cum means together 
(confer). Cum often appears as com-, co-, col-, cor-. 

37. EXAMPLES OF SUCH Compounps.—Accurate, aggres- 
sive, allude, appear, arrest, assume, competence, codperate, 
correct, colloquial. 

Pick out similar compound words in any English book 
you are using. You must be sharp in separating the preposi- 
tion from the word, so that you may pick out the Latin root 
words. This simple scheme will save you from a constant 
use of the English dictionary. 

Quiz.—What declension is given above? How is it recog- 
nized? How are masculines of this declension determined? 

If a number of English words were handed to you with 
the request that you explain them, in what way could you 
do so without looking for them in the English dictionary? 
What new power, then, will the study of Latin give you? 


38. aedificium, a building, n. oppidum, a walled tower, n. 
auxilium, aid, help, n. periculum, danger, n. 
bellum, war, n. praesidium, @ garrison, n. 
frimentum, grain, n. proelium, a battle, n. 


impedimentum, a hindrance,n. régnum, a kingdom, n. 
imperium, supreme command,n. signum, a sign, standard, n. 
initium, a beginning, n. spatium, a space, distance, n. 


APPLIED LATIN 


Nouns ending in -um belong to the second declension 
and are regularly neuter in gender. Their gender is easily 
determined by the final syllable, in -um. 

39. Worp Srupy.—Pick out the Latin derivatives in — 
these sentences: 1. The massive edifice burned during the 
night. 2. The militia should furnish auxiliaries in time of 
war. 3. When are nations belligerent? 4. Let no one im- 
pede our progress. 5. A huge flag fluttered above the im- 
perial tent. 6. What are your initials? 7. An interregnum 
followed the death of the king. 8. The space of one hour 
intervened. 

40. In compound English words Dé means down or thor- 
oughly (despise, destroy). Ex (€é) means out (evade). Ex 
often appears as ef-. In means in, on, against (invade). In 
often appears as 1m-, ir-, il-. Inter means between, in pieces 
(interest, interrupt). Ob means foward, to meet (offer). Ob 
often appears as oc-, of-, op-, obs-, o-. Sub means under (sub- 
way). Sub often appears as suc-, suf-, sug-, sup-, sur-. Super 
means upon, over, above (supersede). 

41. EXAMPLES OF ComMPpouNDS.—Deter, determine, event, 
effort, immense, irreverent, illusion, occur, offering, opposite, 
obsolete, omit, submarine, superintendent, success, suffer, 
suggest, suppose, surreptitious. 

Pick out similar compound words in your English reader. 

Quiz.—What new nouns are considered above? How 
can you tell the gender of these nouns? How do preposi- 
tions help you to reach the meaning of English words? 


30 


THE NOUN 


Annus, @ year, m. 


CASES SINGULAR PLURAL 
42. Nom. annus, a year anni, years 
Gen. anni, of a year annorum, of years 
Dat. anné, to or for a year annis, to or for years 
Acc. annum, a year annés, years 
Voc. anne, (O) year anni, (O) years 
Abl. anné, with, from, in, by a annis, with, from, in, or by 
year years 


Dénun, a gift, n. 


CASES SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nom. donum, a gift dona, gifts 
Gen. doni, of a gift dénérum, of gifts 
Dat. d6né, to or for a gift donis, to or for gifts 
Acc. ddnum, a gift dona, gifts 
Voc. donum, (OQ) gift dona, (O) gifts 
Abl. d6né, with, from, in, or bya donis, with, from, in, or by 
gift gifts 


43. Learn these standard nouns. For practice decline the 
words given in Paragraphs 33 and 38. By comparison 
note in just what cases the masculine and neuter nouns differ. 
Remember that in all neuter words the nominative, accusa- 
live, and vocative cases are alike in each number respectively. 





44. The vocative case in this declension is important. Jn 
masculine nouns of the second declension the vocative singular 
- ends in -e. In all other declensions the vocative is ithe same in 
form as the nominative in both singular and plural numbers. 

45. Translate the following forms, giving all possible cases: 
| 1. Amici, oppida, ad oppida. 2. Camporum, signi, ventis, in 
_ ventis. 3. Captivum, initiis, extra mirés. 4. Légatorum, 
servi, auxilia. 5. Frimenté, spatiis, praesidiG, sine praesidio. 
6. Proelium, propter proelium, equé, cum equé. 7. Socidrum, 

31 


APPLIED LATIN 


inter socids, sine sociis. 8. Numerd, cum nintid, bella. 

9. Post aedificium, contra imperium, inter pericula. tro. 

Extra régnum, vicdrum, ex populo, filium, impedimenta. 
46. Three irregular nouns of the second declension. 


SINGULAR 
Nom. puer, a boy, m. vir, @ man, m. ager, a field, m. 
Gen.  pueri viri agri 
Dat. — pueré vir6 agré 
Acc.  puerum virum agrum 
Voc. puer vir ager 
Abl. pueré viré agr6 

PLURAL 

Nom. pueri, boys viri, men agri, fields 
Gen.  puerérum virérum agrorum j 
Dat. pueris viris agris 
Acc.  puerdés virés agrés 
Voc.  pueri viri agri 
Abl. —_ pueris viris agris 


Only the nominative singular cases of these nouns are 


irregular. The original endings in -us (as puer-us) were 


dropped. 

Quiz.—What special rule applies to all neuter words? 
What is to be remembered about the Vocative case? A 

47. Like annus and dénum decline: 

animus, -1, spirit, courage, m. rémus, -i, @7 oar, m. 

gladius, -i, a sword, m. (1) locus, -i, a place, m. (3) 

somnus, -i, s/eep, m. deus, -i, a god, m. (4) 

modus, -i, a measure, limit, way, ladus, a game, m. 

method, m. templum, -i, a temple, n. 

scitum, -i, a shield, n. astrum, -i, @ star, n. 

supplicium, -i, punishment, n. (2) fatum, -i, fate, n. 

télum, -i, a weapon, spear, n. vinum, -i, wine, n. 

vallum, -i, a wall. n. castra, -drum, a military camp, n., 

ingenium, -i, ability, talent, n. used only in the plural. 


32 





4 
| 
' 
, 


THE NOUN 


Nores.—1. Nouns ending in -ius form the genitive and 
vocative singular in -i instead of -ii and -ie respectively. 2. 
Nouns in -ium form the genitive singular in -i as well as -ii 
(suppli’ci). 3. Locus may be masculine or neuter (loci, loca) 
in the plural. Loca means places, loci, topics in books. 4. 
The vocative singular of deus is like the nominative. The 
nominative plural is also written di; the dative and ablative 
plural, dis. 

48. Worpb Stupy.—-Learn the meaning and correct spell- 
ing of these derivatives. From animus, animosity, animus; 
locus, locate, local, locality, location, locomotive; somnus, 
insomnia, somnambulism; rémus, trireme; modus, mode, 
model, moderate, modest; gladius, gladiolus, gladiator; 
castra, Chester, Winchester; lidus, delude, allude, illusion, 
ludicrous; vallum, circumvallate; ingenium, ingenious, 
genius; templum, templar, temple; astrum, astrology, aster; 
fatum, fate, fatal; vinum, wine, vintage, vineyard, vinegar. 

49. EXAMPLES OF THE USE oF THESE Worps.—1. Be- 
tween the two Senators there was a feeling of animosity. 2. 
A victim of somnambulism died of exposure to the cold. 3. 
Strong coffee may produce insomnia. 4. The Greeks used 
triremesin war. 5. Stylish clothes are said to be in the mode. 
6. The gladiolus is an old-fashioned flower. 7. Names of 
cities in England that end in Chester mark the sites of 
Roman castra. 8. The town was circumvallated by a wall. 
g. Of all inventors Edison is perhaps the most ingenious. 
10. The most famous vintages come from the vineyards of 
France. 

3 | 33 


APPLIED LATIN 


REVIEW 
50. Give the Latin for the following English words, pass- 
ing around in columns in different directions: 


SINGULAR NUMBER 


Nom. a friend, gift, danger, command, help. 
Gen. ofa captive, ally, grain, building, punish- 
ment. 
Dat. to or boy garrison, horse, sleep, servant. 
fora 
Acc. a battle, wind, breath, people, year. 
Voc. (O) field, kingdom, place, sword, wall. 
Abl. with a, number, man, standard, messenger, weapon. 
etc. 
PLURAL NUMBER 
Nom. years, sons, measures, spaces, shields. 
Gen. of wines, gifts, messen- games, begin- 
gers, nings. 
Dat. to or walled talents, envoys, horses, weapons. 
for towns, 
Acc. fields, buildings, kingdoms, men, allies. 
Voc. (O) villages, hin- walls, stars, dangers. 
drances, 


Abl. with, etc. wars, | servants, temples, commands, fates. 
51. Review the English derivatives of second declension - 
nouns. 


52. Translate the following: 


Latin To ENGLISH ENGLISH TO LATIN 

1. Pueri. Ad agrum. 1. Methods. 

2. Cum animo. Prd castris. 2. On account of fate. 
3. Sine rémis. Ab oppido. 3. Of swords. 

4. Ante lidum. Post bellum. 4. In the fields. 

5. Sctitdrum. Extra pugnam. 5. Around the men. 
6. Ingéni. Contra sociés. 6. Without sleep. 

7. Ad astra. Per légatés. 7. Among the gods. 
8. E castris. Propter natiram. 8. Wines. 

9. Dé vaills. Ob initiriam. 9. With punishment. 
10. In templis. | Cum ancora. ro. Across the place. 


34 


ROME AND THE EASTERN NATIONS 


ROME AND THE EASTERN NATIONS 

Look at the map once more.* Fast of Italy lay the Empire 
of Alexander the Great, extending from Greece to India 
and south to the ends of Egypt (Aegyptus). This empire 
broke up after Alexander’s death into a number of strong 
kingdoms governed by the descendants of Alexander’s gen- 
erals. The Romans first defeated Pyrrhus, one of Alex- 
ander’s generals who had invaded Italy; then carried the 
war to Greece, which soon fell into their power. Asia Minor 
and Egypt were added to the Roman power by successful 
wars, and thus all the East came under the control of Rome. 

For centuries these lands enjoyed a period of peace, dur- 
ing which the language, customs, and above all, the splen- 
did governmental system of the Romans spread all over this 
area. Around the frontiers stood the famous Roman army, 
repelling all attacks. When, finally, the power of Rome was 
overthrown, the Latin customs and language had become 
so much a part of the traditions of the subject nations, 
especially in the West, that they never lost hold. These 
nations continued to use the Latin language, to follow the 
Roman style of living, and to adapt the Roman system of 
government to their own needs. 

The Latin languages of modern times are Italian, French, 
Spanish, and Portuguese. Beyond the bounds of Europe, 
Latin languages are spoken in the southwest portion of the 
United States, in Mexico, Central America, and throughout 
South America. 





* Cf. page 23. 
ae, 


APPLIED LATIN 


Many Latin words were added to the English language 
through the French language when the Normans, under 
William the Conqueror, subdued England. The Normans 
made French, a branch of Latin, the court language of 
Engiand. In the centuries that followed, many more 
French (Latin) words were taken over by the English. When 
English became again the court language, the French 
(Latin) words were kept. A knowledge of Latin is therefore 
a splendid assistance to the study of most modern languages, 
and especially to the study of English. 


IV. THE ADJECTIVE. FIRST AND SECOND 


DECLENSIONS 
53. altus, alta, altum, high or deep. 
annuus, annua, annuum, yearly. 
bonus, bona, bonum, good. 
coOpidsus, cdpidsa, copidsum, abundant. 
longus, longa, longum, long. 
amplus, ampla, amplum, extensive. 
certus, certa, certum, certain, appointed. 
novus, nova, novum, new or strange. 


54. The words above are adjectives. We take up adjec- 
tives now because they are closely associated with nouns and 
resemble them in declension. Adjectives add some fact, such 
as a condition, or a quality, to nouns, and regularly stand 
just before or just after the nouns they qualify. Because of 
this close association with nouns, adjectives came to be de- 
clined like nouns. In the English language, as in Latin, ad- 
jectives are used to qualify the meanings of nouns. They 


call attention to size, color, shape, quality, etc. 
. 36 


Oy aaa 2 


THE ADJECTIVE 


50; Latus, lata, latum, wide. 
Memorize this standard adjective. Notice that latus uses 
the endings of the first and second declensions. 


SINGULAR PLURAL 

M. ff, N. M. F. N. 
Nom. latus lata latum lati latae lata 
Gen. lati latae ati latérum latarum 1atoérum 
Dat. até latae 1laté latis latis latis 
Acc. latum litam latum latés latas lata 
Voc. late lata latum lati latae lata 
Abl. laté lata lat6 latis latis latis 


56: Worp Stupy.—Many English words are derived from 
Latin adjectives. From altus, altitude; annuus, annual, 
perennial, triennial, biennial, millennium; bonus, bonbon, 
bounty, bonus; cépidsus, copious; longus, long, longitude, 
length, elongate, prolong; amplus, ample, amplitude, 
amplify; certus, certain, certitude, ascertain, certificate; 
novus, novel, new, novelty, renovate, novice; latus, latitude, 
dilate. 

Quiz.—What are adjectives? How are they used? What 
about the use of adjectives in English? 

57. Like latus, decline the following adjectives: 


aequus, -a, -um, equal, level. gratus, -a, -um, acceptable, 
aeternus, -a, -um, efernal. pleasing. 

antiquus, -a, -um, ancient. magnus, -a, -um, great. 
barbarus, -a, -um, savage, foreign. malus, -a, -um, bad. 

clarus, -a, -um, clear, famous. multus, -a, -um, much, great. 
dénsus, -a, -um, dense, thick. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful, un- 
falsus, -a, -um, false. certain. 

firmus, -a, -um, firm, strong. parvus, -a, -um, small. 


58. Decline in the singular and plural: héra longa, vicus 
37 | 


APPLIED LATIN 


antiquus, dénsa silva, supplicium barbarum, equus novus, 
ancora magna, falsus modus. Be sure that the form of the 
adjective corresponds in gender, number, and case, to the form 
of the noun qualified. 
59. RULE.—Agreement of Adjectives.—Adjectives must 
agree with the nouns they qualify in gender, number, and case. 
60. Translate the following expressions: Note all possible 
cases. 1. Viae latae, servd bond, famam amplam, populd 
antiqu6, causa dubia. 2. Imperi magni, hérarum longarum, 
légatorum bondrum, oppidi clari. 3. Filid gratd, sociis 
novis, vitam cdpildsam, régna mala, vicds barbards. ) 
61. Worp Stupy.—Pick out the Latin derivatives: 1. 
There is perennial snow in the higher altitudes of the Alps. 
2. We received a bonus for extra work. 3. The sun is directly 
over a meridian of longitude at noontime. 4. We were sur- 
prised at the magnificent tribute to our army. 5. Admiral 
Peary explored new latitudes near the North Pole. 6. Take 
ample space for problems in multiplication. 7. We consider 
ancient games mere antics. 8. On a certain day the male- 
factor was sentenced. g. Equatorial storms are particularly 
severe. 10. Above a dense fog the sun shines as clear as ever, 
11. The aéroplane lost its equilibrium. 12. We should doubt 
false reports. 13. Let us never equivocate. 14. What is the 
difference between equity and inequity? 15. Our opinion 
was confirmed by reading the novel. 16. Many people ex- 
pected the Millennium to occur during the last century. 
Quiz.—What rule governs the agreement of adjectives 


and nouns? You have had some nouns, such as agricola, 
38 


a a ee 


ee =_ we 


Ce 


ap Hes 


THE ADJECTIVE 


which are masculine in gender, though they appear to be 
feminine. What should be the gender of the adjective modi- 
fying such nouns? 

62. These adjectives are formed from Latin nouns al- 


ready given: 


accuratus, -a, -um, accurate, careful. 
bellicésus, -a, -um, warlike. 

curidsus, -a, -um, curious, meddlesome. 
fortinatus, -a, -um, fortunate. 
frimentarius, -a, -um, pertaining to grain. 
fugitivus, -a, -um, fugitive. 

iratus, -a, -um, angry. 

inimicus, -a, -um, hostile. 

invius, -a, -um, pathless. 

publicus, -a, -um, public, common. 


vicinus, -a, -um, neighboring. 


63. Translate these expressions: 1. Ad mirésaltés, scientia 
accurata, ante portas magnas. 2. Trans imperium antiquum, 
praesidium certum, apud falsum amicum. 3. Sine vigilia 
aeterna, rosa annua, dé miris vicinis. 4. Propter famam 
magnam, ex proelid aequ6, locus piblicus. 5. Praeter bonds 
amicos, super silva invia, 4 bello dubid. 6. Sub astris novis, 
fama fugitiva, in campo latd. 7. Servdrum ciridsdrum, post 
vitam claram, cum filiis forttinatis. 8. Vict6ria certa, prd 
templo alt6, inter populés barbarés. g. Circum turbam 
dénsam, contra fortinam malam, extra pignam magnam. 

64. Translate: 1. Via vici. 2. Initium piignae dubiae. 3. 
Rémi nautéarum inimicdrum. 4. Provincia régni vicini. 

39 


APPLIED LATIN 


5. Ira captivi. In these examples notice especially the use 
of the genitive case. This case is often called the adjectival 
case, for, (1) like an adjective, it is regularly used with a 
noun and limits or qualifies its meaning; (2) it regularly 
stands just before or just after the noun it qualifies. 

65. RULE.—Genitive of Possession.—The genitive case 
often denotes possession or ownership. In English, the geni- 
tive case is often called the possessive. It is shown by the 
addition of ’s (or s’) to the noun—the boy’s hat (the boys’ 
hats). 

66. WorpD Stupy.—Tell the meanings of these words by 
finding the Latin bases. Learn their spelling, and use the 
words in sentences of your own: 1. Clear, equality, longi- 
tude, latitude, clarity, magnate. 2. Multitude, density, 
ancient, inaccurate, popular. 3. Curiosity, enemy, malevo- 
lent, falsify, doubt, confirm. 4. Antiquary, antique, clarion, 
declaration, condensation, failure. 5. Affirm, infirmary, con- 
gratulate, gracious, gratis, majesty. 6. Malignity, malice, 
sinecure, secure, Impervious, voyage. 

67. Make a list of the derivatives from the adjectives. 

Quiz.—Why is the genitive case called adjectival? What 
does this case commonly denote? Its name in English? - 
How is this case indicated in English? Give the genitive 
singular of the words man, boy, lady, child, valley, Harry, 
Mr. Jones. Give the genitive plural of ally, calf, fairy, 
King of England, Miss Snow, lady. Write some English 
sentences containing these words in the genitive case. 


40 


THE VERB 


V. THE VERB. FIRST CONJUGATION 


68. amé, J love; amare, /o love. 
clam6, J shout; clamare, fo shout. 
libero, J free; liberare, fo frec. 
narro, J relate; narrare, fo rclale. 
orné, J adorn; ornare, fo adorn. 
par6, I prepare; parare, fo prepare. 
parto, J carry; portare, ¢o curry. 
spectd, J look al; spectare, fo look at. 
supero, J surpass; superare, /o surpass. 
vocé, J call; vocare, fo call, 


69. We take up at this time another of the eight parts of 
speech, the verb. A verb is a word used to declare or assert 
something about a person, place, or thing. In sentences there 
are two essential parts, the subject and the predicate. In 
English the subject and the predicate must be expressed; in 
Latin the subject may be included in the form of the verb, as, 
laudd, J praise. A verb alone may then compose a Latin 
sentence, for it contains the two parts necessary to the 
expression of a complete thought. 

70. Verbs may be transitive, that is, require a direct object - 
to complete the meaning, as, I struck the post; or intransitive, 
that is, require no direct object to complete the meaning, as, I 
walk. 

71. We have seen that nouns in Latin have different forms 
or cases which compose the various declensions. In like 
manner the different forms of a Latin verb are said to com- 
pose a conjugation. 


There are in Latin four conjugations or groups of verb 
41 


APPLIED LATIN 


forms: the first, second, third, and fourth. All the verbs 
of the present lesson belong to the first conjugation. The 
conjugation to which a verb belongs is indicated by the 
second form, called the infinitive, as, amare, clamare, etc., 
above. All verbs of the first conjugation have the long vowel a 
in the infinitive form, as, laudare. This long vowel 4 is 
called the characteristic vowel of the first conjugation. 

English verbs are similar in their uses to Latin verbs. 
They do not, however, fall into four distinct conjugations, 
nor have they so elaborate a system of forms. 

Quiz.—What is a verb? What is its importance? What 
is a conjugation? Why is the infinitive form given? Why 
is the English verb simpler than the Latin? 

72. Very many words in English are derived from Latin 
verbs. Sometimes these words are exacily the same in s pell- 
ing as the Latin word upon which they are based. More often 
the Latin verb is buried in the English word, by being either 
preceded by a syllable (or two), called the prefix, or followed 
by a syllable (or two), called the suffix. You have already 
learned the meanings of some prefixes. Consider the fol- 


lowing examples of English words derived from Latin verbs. 


73. am6: amiable, amiability, amateur, amity, enmity, 
inimical, enemy, amicable. 

clam6: claim, claimant, clamor, acclaim, acclama- 

tion, declaim, declamation, disclaim, ex- 

claim, exclamation, exclamatory, reclaim, 


reclamation, proclaim, proclamation. 
42 


THE VERB 


liberd: liberate, liberty, deliberate, liberal. 
narr6: narrate, narration, narrative. 
6rnd: ornament, adorn, adornment, suborn. 
par6: prepare, preparation, preparative, compare, com- 
parable, comparative, comparison, apparel, ap- 
paratus, separate, separation, repair, reparation, 
reparative. 
port6: transport, transportation, report, reporter, im- 
port, importation, importer, important, port- 
able, portfolio, portmanteau, porter, portage, 
importune, portals, port, purport, portico, de- 
port, inopportune, portly, deportment. 
spectd: spectator, spectacle, spectacles, respect, in- 
spect, spectre, spectrum, prospective, perspec- 
tive, aspect. 
voc6: vocative, vocation, vocal, vocabulary, revoke, 


convoke, invoke, voice, irrevocable. 


74. Learn these words carefully. How many of them do 
you use? Did you realize that these words were connected by 
the possession of a common Latin base? Can you add any 
other words to this list? 

(Juiz.—For what reason is it difficult to determine the 
Latin base in English derivatives? How do you know that 
the words following amé are interrelated? (Note the appear- 
ance of the common base am-.) 


43 


APPLIED LATIN 


ihe LAUDO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 


SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
1. laud6, J praise 1. laudamus, we praise 
2. lauds, you praise ; 2. laudatis, you praise 
3. laudat, he (she, it) praises 3. laudant, they praise 
Imperfect Tense 
1. laudabam, J was praising 1. laudabaémus, we were praising 
2. laudabas, you were praising 2. laudabatis, you were praising 


3. laudabat, he (she, it) was praising 3. laudabant, they were praising 


Future Tense 
1. laudabé, J shall praise 1. laudabimus, we shall praise 
2. laudabis, you will praise 2. laudabitis, you will praise 
3. laudabit, he (she, it) will praise 3. laudabunt, they will praise . 


76. Learn the conjugation of these tenses and the meaning 
of the terms used in connection with verbs. 

77. Voice.—The Latin verb has two voices, the active and 
the passive. The Active Voice is composed of all the forms 
of the verb which indicate that the subject of the sentence 
is acting upon some one or something; as, I pratse the horse. 
The Passive Voice includes all those parts of the verb which 
indicate that the subject of the sentence is being acted upon 
by some one or something; as, J am praised by John. 

78. Moopv.—The Latin verb has three moods: indicative, 
subjunctive, and imperative. The term mood refers to the 
feeling or mood of the speaker or writer. The Indicative 
mood is used when the speaker wishes to state a fact. Its 
use implies firmness, frankness, and independence. ‘The 
Subjunctive mood lacks the firmness and assurance of the 
indicative. It does not state facts, but rather possibilities, 
things which mzght be true under certain conditions; as, I 

44 


THE VERB 


may see, not I see; I might hear, not I hear. The Impera- 
tive mood is used to give a command; as, shoot! charge! 

79. TENSE.—The word tense means time. Tenses tell the 
time at which an action takes place. The Present tense 
indicates that the action takes place now; that is, at the 
time when the speech is being made. The Imperfect tense 
implies that (1) the action took place in the past, and (2) 
that it took some time in being accomplished. The Future 
tense implies that the action will take place in the future; 
that is, after the speech is made. - 

80. NuMBER.—Each tense of the Latin verb is further 
divided into two parts, called Numbers. 

The Singular number follows a subject which is singu- 


lar; the Plural, a subject which is plural. 

81. PErson.—Each number of the verb has three forms, 
called Persons. The first person singular indicates that the 
subject of the sentence is 7; the second person, you; the 
third, he, she, or it. The first person plural indicates that the 
subject of the sentence is we; the second you; the third, 
they. The Latin words meaning I, you, we, do not appear 
in a Latin sentence unless very emphatic. Ordinarily these 
words are included in the form of the Latin verb, as, laud6, 
I praise, etc. But when the subject of the sentence is he, 
she, or it, this subject is regularly expressed; as, poéta 
laudat, ie, namely, the poet, praises. 

82. Translate these verb forms: 1.Amé, liberat, rnatis. 2. 
Clamas, vocant, superdmus. 3. Paras, portant, spectatis, 
narramus. 4. Parabat, clamabam, portabamus. 5. Narra- 

45 


APPLIED LATIN 


bas, vocabant, amabas. 6. Spectabatis, ornabant, libera- 
batis, superabant. 7. Portabunt, vocabé, superabimus. 
83. Translate these simple declarative sentences: 


LATIN TO ENGLISH ENGLISH TO LATIN 
1. Clamé. 1. We shall shout. 
2. Filiam amas. 2. You were loving glory. 
3. Fémina frimentum ex oppid6* 3. The women carry roses from 
portat. the building. 


4. Amicum ex agré* vocamus. 4. We call the men. 

5. Prdvinciam liberatis. 5. You were freeing a kingdom. 
6. Socii praesidium superant. 6. The allies will conquer. 

7. Aedificium 6rnabam. 7. We were adorning the place. 
8. Fatum viri narrabas. 8. You relate a long story. 

g. Niintius oppidum spectabat. g. The messengers will look at 


the horses. 

10. Téla é fossa * portabamus. 10. I carry a shield. 

11. Gladids parabatis. 11. You were preparing gifts. 

12. Filiae rosas amabant. 12. The daughter will love the 
man. 

13. Rém6s spectabo. 13. We shall look at the forests. 

14. Pericula superabis. 14. You were conquering the 
allies. 

15. Poéta fabulam novam narrabit. 15. The poets relate the fates of 

cities. 

16. Frimentum parabimus. 16. I was preparing aid. 

17. Clamabitis. 17. You shout. 

18. Amici portas d6rnabunt. 18. The friends of the boys 
carry wine. 


84.* Tur ABLATIVE CASE.—The ablative is often called 
the adverbial case because (1) it qualifies or limits the mean- 
ing of the verb; (2) like an adverb, it defines the tame, man- 
ner, place, cause, or degree of the action of a verb. 

In this lesson there are a few cases of the ablative intro- 
duced by ex (é before a word beginning with a consonant) 
which show the place from which something is taken or moves. 

46 


THE VERB 


85. RuLE.—Ablative of Place From Which.—The abla- 
tive with ab, dé, ex is used to express place from which. 

As you have noticed in these sentences, a first person 
singular subject is followed by a first person singular verb; 
a second person singular subject by a second person singular 
verb; a third person singular subject (whether masculine, 
feminine, or neuter) by a third person singular verb. 

86. RULE.—Agreement of a Verb with Its Subject.—A 
verb must agree with its subject in person and number. 

87. This same rule applies to the English language. If 
you learn carefully the meanings of the Latin tenses, you 
will at the same time learn how to conjugate properly the 
tenses of the English verb. 

Quiz.—Why isthe ablative called the adverbial case? How 
is place fromwhich expressed? Give therule for the agreement 
of subject and verb. What is a declarative sentence ? 


88. There are certain parts of the Latin verb which are 
selected for memorizing, because all the other verb forms can 
be made from them. These forms are called the principal 
parts of the verb. In Latin there are four parts usually 
given. If fewer than four appear, the lacking forms were 
not commonly used by Latin writers. 

The principal parts of the verb laud6 are the following: 


PRESENT PRESENT PERFECT PERFECT PASSIVE 
INDICATIVE INFINITIVE INDICATIVE PARTICIPLE 

1. laudd 2. laudare 3. laudavi 4. laudatus 

I praise to praise I have praised praised or 


having been praised 
47 


APPLIED LATIN 


89. EXAMPLES.— . 


clam6é clamare clamavi clamatus 
amo amare amavi amatus 
paro parare paravi paratus 


Give the principal parts of the other first conjugation 
verbs. 

90. In English, the principal parts of the verb are three 
in number, the infinitive not being given because English 
does not present four regular conjugations. (Cf. 71.) 

91. EXAMPLES OF THE PRINCIPAL PARTS OF ENGLISH 


VERBS: 
PRESENT INDICATIVE Past INDICATIVE Past PARTICIPLE 

I love I loved loved 
I produce I produced produced 
I pull I pulled pulled 
I go I went gone 
I sing I sang sung 
Iam I was been 
I see I saw seen 
I feel I felt felt 
I sit 1 5at sat 
I lie I lay lain 


The English verbs love, produce, pull, are said to belong 
to the regular conjugation and do not show serious changes 
in form; go and sing are said to belong to the irregular 
conjugation; (1) because the vowels in the forms change 
and (2) because entire forms differ. 

Examine the English verbs in your reading book. Classify 
them according to the conjugations and give the principal 


parts. 
48 


THE VERB 


92. We learn the perfect passive participle of Latin verbs 
at this time because a great number of English words are 
derived from this principal part. How many words have 
you already had from this principal part? 

Qui1z.—What is the importance of the principal parts of 
a verb? How many principal parts has the English verb? 
What two conjugations are found in English verbs? Why 
do we learn the participle of Latin verbs now? 


93. LAUDO.—Active Voice—Indieative Mood 
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 
1. laudavi, I have praised 1. laudavimus, we have praised 
2. laudavisti, you have praised 2. laudavistis, you have praised 
3. laudavit, he (she, it) has praised 3. laudavérunt, they have praised 


Pluperfect Tense 


1. laudaveram, J had praised 1. laudaveramus, we had praised 

2. laudaveras, you had praised 2. laudaveratis, you had praised 

3. laudaverat, he (she, it) had 3. laudaverant, they had praised 
praised 


Future Perfect Tense 
1. laudaveré, J shall have praised 1. laudaverimus, we shall have 


praised 

2. laudaveris, you will have praised 2. laudaveritis, you will have 
praised 

3. laudaverit, he (she, it) will have 3. laudaverint, they will have 
praised praised 


Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the verbs 
already given. 
These tenses, with those already learned, complete the six 
tenses of the indicative mood. 
94. Usr or THESE TENSES.—The perfect tense implies 
that the action of the verb is complete in the present time. 
4 49 


APPLIED LATIN 


The pluperfect tense implies that the action of the verb was 
completed in past time. The future perfect tense implies that 
the action of the verb will have been completed in future time. 

95. In English, the tenses most used are the present, past, 
and future; in Latin, the present, perfect, and future. All the 
other tenses of the indicative exist in English and are fre- 
quently used. They consist, however, not of a single verb 
form, as in Latin, but are formed by the addition of a num- 
ber of small.verbs called auxiliaries. These are do, may, 
might, would, could, etc. 

96. EXAMPLES OF ENGLISH AUXILIARY VERBS.—I do 
praise, I am praising, present indicative; I was praising, 
imperfect indicative; I shall praise, you will praise, future 
indicative; I have praised, perfect indicative; I had praised, 
pluperfect indicative; I shall have praised, future perfect 
indicative; I may praise, I might praise, I could praise; I 
would praise, I may have praised, I was going to praise 
(tenses outside of the indicative mood). 

The words italicized are English auxiliary verbs. 

Quiz.—How many tenses are there in the indicative mood? 
What are the tenses of the indicative most used in Latin? 
in English? How are many tenses made in English? 

97. Translate the following forms: 1. Liberavit, 6rnavis- 
tis, mavi. 2. Clamavisti, vocavérunt, superavimus, para- 
visti. 3. Portaévérunt, spectavistis, ndrravimus. 4. Clama- 
verat, paraveram, portaveradmus. 5. Narraveras, voca- 
verant, amaverds, spectaveratis. 6. Ornaverant, libera- 
verit, superaveratis. 7. Vocdverint, portaveré, superaveri- 

5° 


THE VERB 


8. Paraveris, spectaveritis, amaverimus, liberaver- 


mus. 
int. 9g. Narraverit, clamaveris, 6rnavero. 
98. TRANSLATE 


wn 


~ 


IO; 


tT. 


I2. 


13; 


14. 


ace 


16. 


7. 
18. 


. Nomen* féminae clamavi. 


. Magnam viri peciiniam* ama- 


visti. 


. Fémina cor6énam magnam 


portavit. 


. Ex aedificid servés vocavimus. 
. Nintids liberavistis. 

. Socii flammas superavérunt. 

. Templum altum 6rnaveram. 


. Fata mala narraveras. 


. Niintius pignam ex insula 


spectaverat. 


Copiam friimenti portavera- 
mus. 
Sagittas paraveratis. 


Filiae litteras spectaverant. 


Turbam barbaram = specta- 
vero. 


Scientia impedimentum 
superaverit. 
Poéta periculum narraverit. 


Proelium paraverimus. 
Clamiaveritis. 
Amici portam 6rnaverint. 


SI 


2. 


3- 


4. 


IO. 


Lt. 


I2. 


13; 


14. 


15. 


16. 


17, 
18. 


TRANSLATE 


. We shall have shouted. 


You had loved the farmer’s 
horse. 


The women have carried 
crowns. 


They have called the retinue 
from, the fields. 


. You had freed the messengers. 
. The allies will have conquered 


the provinces of the king- 
dom. 


. We had adorned the temple. 
. You have related the story of 


the war. 


. The messengers will have 


looked at the fight from the 
wall. 


I have carried the roses. 


You will have gotten ready 
the arrows. 


The daughter will have looked 
at the form of the letter. 


We shall have looked at the 
earth. 


You had overcome the flames. 


The poets have related the 
dangers. 


I have gotten ready the gift. 
You have shouted. 


The friends had adorned the 
gate. 


APPLIED LATIN 


THE DIRECT OBJECT 

99. Some verbs in Latin may be used alone, that is, with- 
out objects (intransitive). Most verbs are so full of action 
that they demand the use of some word to tell the olyect 
toward which their action is directed (transitive). Note 
the accusative cases in the sentences above. 

100.* RuLE.—The Direct Object.—The direct object of an 
active transitive verb is put in the accusative case. 


In English this case is called the objective. 


“WORD ORDER 

101. The most important places in a Latin sentence are the 
first and last. Consequently, the subject usually stands first 
and the verb last. The olject, and all other words, regularly 
stand between subject and verb. English sentences follow the 
natural word order. The subject and its modifiers begin the 
sentence, the verb is next, and the verb modifiers come last. 

Review the derivatives from first conjugation verbs. 

Quiz.—What is the case of the direct object in Latin? 
What is the usual order of words in a Latin sentence? in an 
English sentence ? 


Tur NATIONS OF THE ANCIENT WORLD 
Let us look once more at the map on page 23 and read the 
names of the lands conquered by the Romans. In the far 
West lay the British Islands: Britannia (Britain, British, 
Britons), Scétia (Scotland, Scottish, Scots), and Hibernia 
(Hibernians, Ivernia, Erin, Ireland). These islands were 
52 


THE NATIONS OF THE ANCIENT WORLD 


known to the Ancients especially because of great deposits 
of tin in England. 

In Europe was Gallia (Gaul, Gallic, Keltic), inhabited by 
the Kelts, who in early time controlled all the northern 
‘part of Europe. Gaul was divided into three parts; that 
inhabited by the Belgae (Belgium), the Celtae (Kelts), and 
the Aquitani. The conquest of Gaul was completed by the 
great general Julius Caesar, and the Gallic campaigns are 
described in his famous Gallic War (Bellum Gallicum). 

North of Gaul lay Germania, across the river Rhine 
(Rhénus), inhabited by the Germani (Germans), who were 
an everlasting source of anxiety to the Romans. South of 
Gaul was Hispania (Spain), a part of which (Lusitania) is 
today Portugal. On the northern coast of Africa lay 
Mauretania (Morocco, Moors, Moorish), Libya, and Aegyp- 
tus (Egypt). Between Europe and Africa were the Pillars 
of Hercules (Straits of Gibraltar). 

In the Mediterranean Sea were the following islands: 
Balearés (Balearic), Corsica, Sardinia, Ilva (Elba), Sicilia 
(Sicily), Créta (Crete), Rhodus (Rhodes), and Cyprus. East 
of Italy (Italia) lay Graecia (Greece), bounded on the north 
by Macedonia and Thracia (Thrace). 

Beyond Greece was Asia (modern Turkey in Asia), which 
was composed of a number of small states, of which Armenia 
was one. The power of the Roman empire never reached 
further than Armenia, and beyond that point the huge 
Parthian (Persian) empire was a continual menace. 


5S 


APPLIED LATIN 


VI. THE VERB. SECOND CONJUGATION 
102). °° 


habed, J have or hold; habére, /o have or hold. 
iubed, J order; iubére, to order. 

maneé, J remain; manére, /o remain. 

seded, J sii; sedére, fo sit. 

tened, J hold; tenére, to hold. 

timed, J fear; timére, fo fear. 

taced, J am silent; tacére, to be silent. 

terred, J frighten; terréré, to frighten. 

vided, I see; vidére, to see. 

valed, J am strong or well; valére, to be strong or well. 


Learn these second conjugation verbs. 

103. There are two ways by which you may quickly recog- 
nize verbs of the second conjugation: (1) the final 6 of the 
verb is preceded by the letter e; (2) the infinitive form (sign 
of the conjugation) always ends in the letters ére, of which 
the first € is always long in quantity. This long vowel é is 
called the characteristic vowel of the second conjugation. 

104. The following English words are formed from these 
second conjugation verbs. 

Habeo gives us habit, habitable, habitual, habitation, 
habiliments, inhabit, haven, exhibit, habitat, prohibit. 

Maneé is found in remain, remainder, mansion, manse, 
manor, manorial, maintain, remnant, permanent, perma- 
nence, permanently. 

Seded is the base of seat, sedan, sedate, sedative, sed- 
entary, session, sediment, reside, residence, residual, resid- 
uum, preside, president, subside, insidious, sedition, set- 


tee, settlement. 
54 


Tem ee eee 


i la a il 


THE VERB 


Teneo gives us tenable, tenacious, tenure, tenant, tene- 
ment, detain, retain, sustain, tenor, attain, tentative. 

Time6 appears in timid, timidity, timorous, intimidate. 

Learn the meaning and spelling of these words. Use them 
in sentences of your own composition and add any other 
words of like origin that you know. In working out the 
meanings be careful to note the prefixes used. 

(Quiz.—How can verbs of the first and second conjuga- 
tions be distinguished? . 


105. HABEO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 

1. habed, J have 1. habémus, we have 

2. habés, you have 2. habétis, you have 

3. habet, he (she, it) has 3. habent, they have 

Imperfect Tense 

1. habébam, J was having 1. habébaémus, we were having 
2. habébas, you were having 2. habébatis, you were having 


3. habébat, he (she, it) was having 3. habébant, they were having 


Future Tense 


1. habébé, J shall have 1. habébimus, we shall have 
2. habébis, vou will have 2. habébitis, you will have 
3. habébit, he (she, it) will have 3. habébunt, they will have 


Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the second 
conjugation verbs already given. 

106. Translate these verb forms: 

1. IubeGd, manet, sedétis, terrés, timent, tacémus, tenés, 
vident, valétis, habémus. 

2. Valébat, vidébam, terrébamus, tacébas, timébant, 
tenébas, sedébatis, manébant, iubébatis. 

55 


APPLIED LATIN 


3. Tenébunt, sedébd, manébimus, iubébis, habébitis, 
valébimus, vidébunt, terrébit, tacébis, timébitis. 

107. WorD Stupy.—Taceéd appears in English in the 
- words tacit, taciturn, taciturnity, reticent. 

Terre6 gives us the words: terror, terrify, terrible, deter. 

Video is a very common base in English: Vision, visible, 
visibility, visionary, vista, survey. Evidence, vizor, revise, 
revision, view, visage, invisible, visual, provide, provision, 
provisional. Proviso, advice, prudent, supervision. 

Valed makes these words possible: value, valuable, in- 
valuable, valor, valid, invalid, prevail. Valiant, valorous, 
validate, valid. Available, convalescent, valedictory. 

108. Learn these words carefully, and try to make out 
their meanings without the aid of an English dictionary. 
Use them in sentences of your own construction. 

Pick out some Latin bases in your English reader. 


109. 


moved, J move; 
misced, J mix; 
pated, I extend; 
pared, J obey; 


pled, J fill; 
ardeé, J am on fire or burn; 


arced, I ward off or prevent; 


auged, J increase; 
doced, I teach; 
haereé, J stick or cling; 


movére, to move. 

miscére, fo mix. 

patére, to extend. 

parére, to obey (followed by the 
dative). 

plére, fo fill. 

ardére, fo be on fire or burn. 

arcére, to ward off or prevent. 

augére, to increase. 

docére, to teach. 

haerére, fo stick or cling. 


Use these verbs in practising the three tenses of the second 


conjugation already given. 


? 


110. 
. Poenam auged. 
. Aquam miscés. 
. Filia parva féminae paret. 


THE VERB 


TRANSLATE 


. Via longa patet. 
. Campés latds plétis. 
. Magnae silvae ardent. 


. Aedificium in oppid6* antiquo 


ardébat. 


. Signum clarum movebas. 


. Clarus poéta amicés docébat. 
. Fama bona in memoria vir6- 


rum haerébat. 


. Captivos falsds habébatis. 


. Multi equi in camp6 mané- 


bant. 


. In via lata sedébo. 
. Imperium vicinum tenébis. 


. Captivus iratus initiriam 


timébit. 


. Insomné6 alt6 tacébimus. 
_ In victoria valébitis. 


. Féminae ross in agris 


vidébunt. 


TRANSLATE 


. We shall be strong. 


2. You were teaching the boys. 


2 We 


. I was 


. The daughters will obey the 


poet. 


. We fill the walled town. 
. You were mixing wine. 
. The dangers will frighten 


the allies. 
were 
sailors. 


ordering the 


. The tongues of poets are 


silent. 


. The mansion will be on fire. 
. I ward off the danger. 


. You were moving the anchor 


from the road. 


. The fugitive slaves will sit 


in the road. 


. Weshall remain in the camp. 
. You were afraid of .a scarcity 


of grain. 


. They are holding the crowns. 


frightening the 
farmers. 


. The sword is sticking in the 


earth. 


. The allies will remain in the 


village. 


111.* In paragraph r1o you find a few cases of the abla- 


tive introduced by the preposition in to express the place in 


which something is situated or happens. 


112. RuLE.—Ablative of Place in Which.—Place in which 


is regularly expressed by the ablative with the preposition in. 


English? 


Quiz.—How is place in which expressed in Latin? in 
What word distinguishes this use of the ablative? 


APPLIED LATIN 


TS; HABEO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 
1. habui, J have had 1. habuimus, we have had 
2. habuisti, you have had 2. habuistis, you have had 
3. habuit, he (she, it) has had 3. habuérunt, they have had 
Pluperfect Tense 

1. habueram, J had had 1. habueramus, we had had 
2. habueras, you had had 2. habueratis, you had had 


3. habuerat, he (she, it) had had 3. habuerant, they had had 


Future Perfect Tense 
1. habuer6, J shall have had 1. habuerimus, we shall have had 


2. habueris, you will have had 2. habueritis, you will have had 
3. habuerit, he (she, it) willhavehad 3. habuerint, they will have had 
114. In order to practise these tenses it is first necessary 
to learn the principal parts of the second conjugation verbs 
already given. Note that verbs whose fourth principal 


part ends in -m are intransitive. 














habed, habére, habui, habitus. 
iubed, iubére, iussi, idissus. 
maneo, maneére, mans], mansum. 
sede, sedére, sédi, sessum. 
tened, tenére, tenui, (tentus). 
timed, timére, timui, 

taced, tacére, tacul, tacitus. 
terred, - terrére, terrui, territus. ‘ 
vided, vidére, vidi, visus. 
valed, valére, valui, 

moveo, movere, movi, motus. 
misceo, misceére, miscul, mixtus. 
pateo, pateére, patul, 

pareo, parére, parul, eo 
ples, plére, plévi, plétus. 
arded, ardére, arsl, arsus. 
arceo, arceére, arcul, 

augeo, augere, auxi, auctus. 
doced, docére, docui, doctus. 
haered, haerére, haesi, haesum. 


58 


THE VERB 


115. Conjugate the perfect, pluperfect, and future per- 
fect tenses of these second conjugation verbs. 

Review the English words derived from these verbs. 

Quiz.—Why is it essential to learn principal parts? 
Mention some English words derived from the fourth prin- 
cipal part of these verbs? What does the fourth principal 
part in -m denote? 

116. Translate: 1. Movit, miscuistis, patui. 2. Paruisti, 
plévérunt, arsimus. 3. Arcuisti, auxérunt, docuistis, haesi- 
mus. 4. Docuerat, auxeram, arcueramus. 5. ArserAs, 
pléverant, parueras. 6. Patueratis, miscuerant, mo6verat, 
haeseratis. 7. Pléverint, arserd, arcuerimus. 8. Auxeris, 
docueritis, haeserimus. g. Mé6verint, miscuerit, patueris, 


paruero. 
117. Translate TRANSLATE 

1. Portam firmam mGvi. 1. We shall have stayed in the 
field. 

2. Frimenta miscuisti. 2. You had filled the town with 

allies. 

3. Régnum magnum patuit. 3. The slaves had burned the 
yearly grain. 

4. Nautae bond paruimus. 4. The wind has moved the roses. 

5. Aedificia frimento* plévistis. 5. You had taught the new cap- 
tive. 

6. Vici in provincia arsérunt. 6. The wind will have warded 
off the flames. 

7. Pericula ciira arcueram. 7. We had mixed the great 
swords. 

8. Audaciam auxeras. 8. You have increased the guard. 


9. Nauta filids parvés docuerat. 9. The crowd will have obeyed. 
59 


APPLIED LATIN 


TRANSLATE TRANSLATE 

10. Haeseramus. 10. I have filled the temple with 
roses. 

11. Scitum amplum m6veratis. II. es forest will have been on — 

re. 
12. Vina bona miscuerant. 12. The woman had taught the 
: poet’s daughters. 

13. Oppida magna 4rserint. 13. We shall have held the crown. 

14. Captivum curidsum docueris. 14. You had increased (your) dil- 
igence. 

15. Nintius téla mGverit. 15. The water had filled the lands. 

16. Via in silvam patuerit. 16. I had stuck to (my) boldness. 

17. Virds bonds docueritis. 17. You will have warded off fate. 

18. Anim6 bellicds6 haeserint. 18. He will have held the chief 


command by the sword. 


118.* In the sentences above there are some cases of the 
ablative without a preposition to indicate the means by 
which something is done. 

119. RuLE.—Ablative of Means.—The means by which 
anything is done 1s expressed by the ablative without an intro- 
ductory preposition. 

120. Worp Stupy.—From moved come: move, motion, 
remove, motive, emotion, commotion, locomotive, mobile, 
mob, remote, promotion; misced: miscellaneous, promiscu- 
ous, mix, mixture; pated: patent, expatiate; pared: parent, 
parentage; pled: complete, complementary, plenty, re- 
plete, deplete, implement, supplement, accomplish; arced: 
coerce, coercion; arded: ardent, ardor, arson; auged: 
augment, author, authority, auctioneer, auxiliary; doced: 
doctrine, doctor, docile, document; haered: adhere, ad- 
hesive, cohere, incoherent, cohesion, hesitate. 


Review the derivatives from the second conjugation verbs. 
60 


er 





= | 























APPLIED LATIN 


Quiz.—How is the means (or instrument) by which an 
action is accomplished expressed in Latin? in English? 


THE PENINSULA OF ITALY 


The Italian peninsula fell naturally into three divisions, 
marked in a general way by the three rivers: Arnus (Arno), 
Tiberis (Tiber), and Liris. About the Arnus lay the lands 
of the Etruscans, those mysterious people whose writings 
have never yet been deciphered. Bordering the Tiber was 
Latium, the home of the Latins, whose chief city was Rome. 
Below the Liris Italy bore the name Magna Graecia (Great 
Greece). This part of the peninsula had been settled at an 
early period by men from Greece. The three rivers men- 
tioned carried away the waters from the Apennine Moun- 
tains, a chain of hills which ran down the center of the pen- 
insula. 

Above the Arnus, between the Alps and the northern end 
of the Apennines, was an extensive plain drained by the 
river Padus (Po). This plain belonged to Cisalpine Gaul 
(Gaul, this side of the Alps), and, as the name suggests, was 
inhabited by Gauls, not by Latins. When the Latins came 
down to Latium, they passed along the crests of the Apen- 
1. nines, escaping the Etruscans, and left little groups of their 
own people along their path. These were the Umbrians, 
Sabines, and Samnites. Be careful to note that Rome held 
the central position in Italy, and Italy the central position 
in the ancient civilized world. This central position meant 


much in the march of the Romans to imperial power. 
62 


THE NOUN 


VII. THE NOUN. THIRD DECLENSION 


121. 
consul, a consul, magistrate,m. Caesar, Caesar,a Roman name, m. 
hiems, the winter, f. frater, a brother, m. 
hom6, man, m. amor, Jove, m. 
legis, /egion, a division of the corpus, the body, n. 
Roman army, f. urbs, a city, f. 
nomen, @ name, nN. civis, @ citizen, m. 
vox, the voice, a word, f. nibés, a cloud, f. 
aetas, age, f. sedile, a seat, n. 


virtis, courage, manliness, {. animal, an animal, n. 
caput, the head, n. 


_ 122. There is no single noun whose declension can be 
used as the standard for all third declension words. How- 
ever, the declensions of the nouns given above serve as 
standards for all words of this declension in common use. 
These standard nouns must be carefully learned, as third 
declension words are very common in Latin. 

When men began to make a careful study of the individual 
words of the Latin language, they found a large number 
that had the endings of the first declension, many that were 
like the second, and some that we shall soon find set apart 
in the fourth and the fifth declensions. All the rest, because 
of certain similarities, were grouped in the declension that © 
we are now studying. For this reason the number of words 
in this declension is unusually large, and no single noun can 
be used as a standard for all the rest. 

123. WorpD Stupy.—From the nouns above come the 
English words: 


consul, consulate, consular. 
hom6, human, humanity, humane, inhuman. 
63 


APPLIED LATIN 


legis, legion, legionary. 
nomen, noun, nominal, nominate, cognomen, pro- 
noun, denomination. 


vox, voice, vocal, vowel, vocabulary, semivowel, vo- 
ciferate, invoke, equivocal, vocation. 


virtiis, virtue, virtuous. 
caput, capital, capitol, decapitate, chapter, occiput, 
recapitulate, precipice. 


Caesar, Caesarean, Kaiser, Czar, Shah. 

frater, fraternal, fraternity, fratricide, fraternize. 
amor, amour, amorous, amity, enemy. 

corpus, corporate, corporation, incorporate, corpse, 


corps, corporeal, corpuscle, habeas corpus. 


urbs, urban, urbane, suburban. 


civis, civic, civilian, civilize. 


Use these English words in sentences of your own. 


Quiz.—Why are there so many standard words of the 


third declension? 


124. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


Cénsul, cénsulis, a consul, m. 


SINGULAR 
consul, a consul, m. 
consulis, of a consul. 
consuli, to or for a consul. 
consulem, a consul. 
consul, (O) consul. 
consule, with, from, in, or by 
a consul. 
PLURAL 
consulés, consuls. 
consulum, of consuls. 
consulibus, ¢o or for consuls. 
consulés, consuls. 
consulés, (O) consuls. 
consulibus, with, from, in, or 
by consuls. 
64 


Hiems, hiemis, the winter, f. 
SINGULAR 
hiems, the winter, f. 
hiemis, of the winter. 
hiemi, ¢o or for the winter. 
hiemem, the winter. 
hiems, (O) winter. 
hieme, with, from, in, or by 
the winter. 
PLURAL 
hiemés, winters. 
hiemum, of winters. 
hiemibus, ¢o or for winters. 
hiemés, winters. 
hiemés, (O) winters. 
hiemibus, with, from, in, or 
by winters. 


THE NOUN 


125. Like the word cénsul decline: 


exsul, exsulis, a exile, m. 
sal, salis, salt, m. (saline, salary). 


sél, sdlis, the sun, m. (no genitive plural in good use) (solar, solar- 

ium). 

126. GENDER IN THE THIRD DECLENSION.—No rule for 
gender which will include all words of the third declension 
can be framed in any brief form. It is best to learn the 
gender of the words as they appear in the lessons. | 

127. Translate for practice in third declension cases: 1. 
Salis, consulem, hiemés, exsulibus, sdle. 2. Prd cénsule, inter 
exsulés, propter sdlem, post hiemem. 3. Cénsulum annu- 
drum, longis hiemibus, sdlem clarum, gladius exsulis. 4. 
Dénum salis, in templ6 sdlis, cdnsulés. 5. Populum voca- 
mus. 6. Hiemés longas amamus. 

128. Translate: 1. The consul’s daughter. For the exiles. 
By the sun. Of salt. The winter (acc.). 2.O consuls! The 
exiles will hold the booty. In the sun. Before the battle. 
3. In front of the gate. On account of victory. Without a 
sword. 

129. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. To save 
life, a saline solution is often injected into the blood. 2. The 
sun is the chief member of the solar system, which includes 
the planets Venus, Mars, the Earth, Jupiter, Saturn, 
Uranus, and Neptune. 3. Sun parlors are called solaria. 4. 
Salary was originally salt money; that is, money with which 
to buy an article without which mankind cannot live. 


5 65 


130. 


Nom. 


Gen. 


Homé6, hominis, a 
man, m. 
SINGULAR 

hom6, @ man, m. 

hominis 

homini 

hominem 

homd 

homine 


PLURAL 


. hominés, men 


. hominum 


hominibus 
hominés 
hominés 


hominibus 


APPLIED LATIN 


Legio, legidnis, a 
legion, f. 
SINGULAR 

legid, a legion, f. 

legiOnis 

legioni 

legidnem 

legid 

legidne 


PLURAL 
legidnés, legions 
legignum 
legidnibus 
legidnés 
legidnés 
legidnibus 


Learn these declensions. 


131. Like hom6 and legi6é decline: 


Némen, néminis, a 
name, Nn. 
SINGULAR 

nomen, @ name, n. 

nominis 

ndmini 

nomen 

nomen 


nomine 


PLURAL 
ndmina, names. 
nominum 
nominibus 
nomina 
ndomina 


nominibus 


imag6, imaginis, an imitation, image, f. (image, imagine, imaginary). 


marg6, marginis, a border, m. (margin, marginal). 


orig6, originis, an origin, f. (original, originate, aboriginal). 


virg6, virginis, a maiden, f. (virgin, Virginia). 


magnitidd, magnitidinis, greatness, size, f. (magnitude). 


multitid6, multitidinis, great number, f. (multitude). 


longitidé, longitidinis, /ength, f. (longitude). 


6ratid, dratidnis, a speech, f. (oration, peroration, oratory, oratorio). 


led, leénis, a lion, m. (lion, leonine, Leonard). 


natid, natidnis, a nation, f. (national, international). 
valétiidd, valétidinis, health, f. (valetudinarian). 


66 


THE NOUN 


132. Like ndmen decline: 
gramen, graminis, ‘he grass, m. (graminate, graminivorous). 
lumen, liminis, /ight, n. (luminous, luminary). 
limen, liminis, a threshold, doorway, n. (preliminary). 
agmen, agminis, an army (on the march), n. 
flimen, fluminis, a river, n. (flume). 
carmen, carminis, @ poem, n. 
' 6men, dminis, a omen, n. (ominous, ill-omened). 


volimen, voliminis, a volume, n. (voluminous). 


133. Translate: 1. Imaginis, 6men, voliimine, carmini- 
bus, multittidinem. 2. Margini, originum, lednés, orationis, 
nationum, virginés. 3. Legid, ndmina, agminis, liminibus, 
longitidinis. 4. In gramine, ad legidnem, propter magni- 
tidinem, ab origine, carmina poétarum. 5. E flamine, cum 
multitiidine amicérum, sub limine, post dratidnem consulis. 

Translate: 1. For men, to a legion, with nations, in the 
grass, of poems. 2. On account of size, from the origin, 
rivers, of maidens, outside the threshold. 

Write English sentences using the derivatives given. 

Most third declension words have one more syllable in 
the genitive singular than in the nominative singular. 


134. Amor, améris, /ove, m. Frater, fratris, a brother, m. 
SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL 

Nom. amor, love,m. amGrés, loves frater,abrother,m. fratrés, brothers 

Gen. amOris amorum fratris fratrum 

Dat. am6ori am6ribus fratri fratribus 

Acc. amdrem am6rés fratrem fratrés 

Voc. amor amorés frater fratrés 

Abl. amore amoribus fratre fratribus 


67 


APPLIED LATIN 


Caesar, Caesaris, Caesar, m. 


SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nom. Caesar, Caesar, m. Caesarés, emperors * 
Gen.  Caesaris Caesarum 
Dat. Caesari Caesaribus 
Acc. Caesarem Caesarés 
Voc. Caesar Caesarés 
Abl. Caesare Caesaribus 


135. Like amor decline: 


clamor, clamoris, an outcry, m. (clamor, exclaim, proclaim). 

honor, honoris, an honor (office), m. (honor, honorable, dishonor, 
honorary). 

labor, laboris, /abor, work, m. (laborer, laborious, elaborate). 

viator, viatoris, a traveler, m. 

imperator, imperatéris, a@ commander, m. (emperor, empress, im- 
perious). 

ardor, ardoris, a burning heat, m. (ardor, ardent, arson). 

auctor, auctoris, am author, m. (authoress, auctioneer). 

color, coléris, a color, m. (colored, discolored, particolored). 

odor, odéris, an odor, smell, m. (odorous, malodorous, odoriferous). 

terror, terréris, fright, m. (terror, terrible, deter). 

soror, sororis, a sister, f. (sorority). 


136. Like frater (fraternal, fratricide, fraternity) decline: 


pater, patris, a father, m. (paternal, patrimony, patricide, patron, 
patrician). 

mater, matris, a mother, f. (maternal, matrimony, matricide, ma- 
tron). 


137. Translate: 1. Clamori, hondribus, laborem, vidtoris. 
2. Imperator (vocative), arddre, auctérés, coléris. 3. Odérum, 
terrorés, soréribus, amor (vocative). 4. Imperatori, labGre, 
colérum, terrdrem. 5. Sororis, fratrés, matrum, Caesare, 
patribus. . 

138. Translate: 1. Affections, by shouts, for a brother, of 





* NoTe.—Proper nouns are rarely declined in the plural. 


68 


THE NOUN 


Caesar, with colors. 2. In a burning heat, of an odor, 
authors of volumes, great fright. 
Write exercises using the English derivatives. 


139. Corpus, corporis, a body, n. 
SINGULAR PLURAL 

Nom. corpus, a body, n. corpora, bodies 
Gen. corporis corporum 
Dat. corpori corporibus 
Acc. corpus corpora 
Voc. corpus corpora 
Abl. _corpore corporibus 


140. Like corpus (corporate, incorporate, corporeal) de- 


cline: 


genus, generis, a kind, breed, species, n. (genial, genuine, gentle, in- 
genuity). 

onus, oneris, a /oad, burden, n. (onus, onerous, exonerate). 

pectus, pectoris, the breast, n. (pectoral, expectorate, parapet). 

frigus, frigoris, cold, n. (frigid, refrigerator). 

opus, operis, a work, n. (operate, codperate). 

rus, ruris, the countryside, n. (rural, rustic, rusticate). 

its, itris, the Jaw, n. (jurist, jurisprudence, injustice, adjust). 

minus, mineris, a fask, service, n. (remunerate, remuneration, 
municipal, common, immunity). 

tempus, temporis, /ime, n. (extempore, temporal, temporary). 


141. Translate: 1. Corpus, pectore, frigora, operibus. 2. 


lira, riri,* riiris, temporibus. 3. Oneris, genere, miinerum. 


4. In corpore, ex tempore, opera agricolarum. 5. Genus 





* Note.—The form rari (in the country) is the locative case of ris, the 
country. The locative case, which in very old Latin expressed place in 
which, was discarded by the Latins except in certain very common words, 
like rus (country) and domus (house), and in the names of cities: Roémae, 
at Rome; Athénis, at Athens; Corinthi, at Corinth; Delphis, at Delphi; 
Carthagini, at Carthage. Locate these cities. Why were they famous? 


69 


APPLIED LATIN 


hominum, itis natidnum, pectus lednis. 6. Equus magnum 
onus portavit. 

Translate: 1. Of bodies, by cold, in the breast, kinds of 
men. 2. Works, the laws of the land, in the country, the 
tasks of the consul, without burdens. 

142. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. There 
are good and bad corporations. 2. They say cherry pectoral 
allays expectoration. 3. The Pope lost his temporal powers 
in 1870. 4. Let us rusticate temporarily. 5. The prisoner 
was exonerated. 6. Breastworks are often called parapets. 
7. Life is hardly endurable in the frigid zones. 8. The 
onus of the blame rested on the inhabitants of a remote 
municipality. 9. Vaccination brings to most people im- 
munity from small-pox. 

Write sentences using the derivatives above. 


143. Aetas, aetatis, age, f. Vox, vocis, the voice, f. 
SINGULAR SINGULAR 
Nom. aetias, age, f. vox, the voice, f. 
Gen.  aetatis vocis 
Dat. aetati voci 
Acc. aetatem vocem 
Voc. aetas vox 
Abl.  aetate voce 
PLURAL PLURAL 
Nom. aetatés, ages vocés, voices 
Gen. aetatum vocum 
Dat.  aetatibus vocibus 
Acc. aetatés vocés 
Voc. aetatés vocés 
Abl. aetatibus vocibus 


70 


THE NOUN 


144. Like aetas decline: 


calamitas, calamitatis, a disaster, {. (calamity, calamitous). 
necessitas, necessitatis, need, f. (necessity, necessary). 
auctoritas, auctéritatis, authority, f. 

aestas, aestatis, the summer, f. 

Civitas, civitatis, a state, f. (civic, civilian). 

himanitas, himanitatis, humanity, f. (humanitarian) 
libertas, libertatis, freedom, {. (liberty). 

nobilitas, ndbilitatis, nobility, f. 

miles, militis, a soldier, m. (military, militia, militarism). 
quiés, quiétis, rest, f. (quiet, requiem, acquiesce, coy). 
virtis, virtutis, valor, f. (virtue, virtuous). 


145. Like v6x (voice, vocal, invoke, provoke) decline: 


dux, ducis, a /eader, m. (duke, duchess, ducal, duchy) 

lax, lucis, ight, f. (lucid, translucent). 

pax, pacis, peace, f. (pacify, peaceful). 

léx, légis, a law, f. (legal, legislature). 

réx, régis, a king, m. (regal, regalia, reign, realm). 

146. Translate: 1. Because of need. By authority. In 
states. Against humanity. 2. Without liberty. With no- 
bility. Among the soldiers. In sleep. 3. For leaders. The 
light of the sun. Peace adorns a nation. The king is well. 


The woman’s voice. The ages of men. 


Write sentences using the derivatives above. 


147. Urbs, urbis, a city, f. 
SINGULAR PLURAL 

Nom. utbs, a city, f. urbés, cities 
Gen. _urbis urbium 
Dat. urbi urbibus 
Acc. urbem urbés 

Voc.  urbs urbés 

Abl. urbe urbibus 


rp 


APPLIED LATIN 


148. Like urbs (urban, urbane, suburban) decline: 


pars, partis, a part, {. (impart, partition). 

ars, artis, av art, f. (art, artist, artistic, artificial, inert, artisan). 

géns, gentis, a tribe, f. (gentile). 

frons, frontis, the forehead, {. (front, frontal, frontispiece). 

déns, dentis, a tooth, m. (dental, dentist, dentifrice, dandelion). 

pons, pontis, a bridge, m. (pontoon, pontiff). 

mons, montis, @ mountain, m. (Montana, mountainous, moun- 
taineer). 


fons, fontis, a fountain, m. (font, fountain). 
méns, mentis, ‘he mind, {. (mental, mentality, demented). 


149. Translate: 1. Urbi, partium, virtiités gentis. 2. Artés, 
frons lednis, pontibus, dente, ad fontem aquae. 3. Ménsiram 
superat. 4. Pontésin flimine magn6 vidébunt. 5. Inmargine 
fontismanébunt. 6. Imaginem sdlis in aqua vidémus. 7. Pars 
turbae in oppid6 mansit. 8. Agricola magnum numerum 
servorum habet. 9g. Partem urbis militibus plévimus. 

Notice the genitive cases following pars (7) andnumerus (8). 

150. RULE.—Partitive Genitive. The genitive denoting the 
whole from which a part is taken is called the partitive genitive. 

151. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. We 
live in the suburbs. 2. The artist imparts life to his pictures. 
3. The frontal bone was fractured. 4. Dentifrice is a prep- 
aration which dentists prescribe for dental ills. 5. Robin- 
son isa Gentilename. 6. We admire mental ability in our 
fellow men. 7. The bridge was made of seven pontoons. 
8. Montana is so called from its high mountains. 9. The 
child was baptized at a marble font. 

Quiz.—Explain the use of the partitive genitive. What 
kind of words are found before this use of the genitive? 

72 


THE NOUN 


152. Civis, civis, a citizen, m. Nubés, ntbis, a cloud, f. 
SINGULAR SINGULAR 
Nom. Civis, a citizen, m. nubés, a cloud, f. 
Gen.  Civis nubis 
Dat. civi nubi 
Acc. civem nibem 
Voc.  civis nubés 
Abl.  cive (i) nube 
PLURAL PLURAL 
Nom. civés, citizens nubés, clouds 
Gen.  civium nubium 
Dat.  civibus nuibibus 
Acc.  civés (is) nubés (is) 
Voc.  civés nubés 
Abl.  civibus nubibus 
153. Like civis decline: Like ntbés decline: 
avis, -is, a bird, f. (aviary). vallés, -is, a valley, f. (vale) 
orbis, -is, a circle, m. (orbit, orb, caedés, -is, a massacre, f. 
exorbitant). cladés, -is, a defeat, f. 
turris, -is, a@ fower, f. (turret, ripés, -is, a rock, crag, f. 
tower). (-im, acc.) sédés, -is, a seat, f. (siege, 
vestis, -is, a garment, {. (vest- sedate, insidious). 


ment, vest, vesture). 
collis, -is, a hill, m. 
ignis, -is, a fire, m. (ignite, ignition). 
navis, -is, a ship, {. (navy, naval, nautical, nave). 
classis, -is, a fleet, f. 
finis, -is, an end, m. (final, finish, definite). 
hostis, -is, an enemy, m. (hostile, hostility). 


154. Most nouns of the third declension have stems 
ending in a consonant; the third declension nouns above, 
however, have stems ending in the vowel i. Nouns like 
civis and nibés differ from cénsul in declension as fol- 
lows: 1. They end in is (or és) in the nominative singular. 


2. They have the same number of syllables in both the 
nominative and genitive singular. 3. Some have an ac- 


cusative singular in -im (turrim). 4. Some have an abla- 
tive singular in -i as well as in -e (navi). 5. All have -ium 
13 


APPLIED LATIN 


not -um in the genitive plural. 6. They sometimes have 
-is for -és in the accusative plural. 

The nouns of Paragraphs 147-148 and 157-159 are -i 
stems. In the words of 147-148 this is shown only in the 
genitive plural. 

155. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Avis, collis, 
finis, ripés, navis. 2. Cladi, sédi, hosti, valli, caedi. 3. 
Nitibem, avem, collem, finem, ripem. 4. Navi, civi, orbe, 
turri, veste. 5. Classés, cladés, sédés, hostés, vallés. 6. 
Caedium, nibium, avium, collium, finium. 7. Ripibus, 
navibus, civibus, orbibus, turribus. 

156. Translate: 1. In colle turrim vidisti. 2. Post nibés 
sol manébat. 3. Avés in silva clamavérunt. 4. Consulés 
populum civitatis laudabunt. 5. Sdl orbem terrarum (the 





world) spectat. 6. Vestés féminarum portabimus. 7. 
Propter frigus hiem{s ignem in aedificid habuimus. 
Compose sentences using the English derivatives in 4[153. 


157. Sedile, sedilis, a seat,n. Animal, animalis, am animal, n. 

SINGULAR SINGULAR 

Nom. sedile, a seat, n. animal, an animal, n. 

Gen.  sedilis animalis 

Dat. — sedili animali 

Acc.  sedile animal 

Voc.  sedile animal 

Abl. — sedili animali 
PLURAL PLURAL 

Nom. sedilia, seats animalia, animals 

Gen. — sedilium animalium 

Dat. — sedilibus animdlibus 

Acc.  sedilia animalia 

Voc. — sedilia animalia 

Abl. — sedilibus animalibus 


74 


THE NOUN 


158. Like sedile, sedilis, a seat, n., decline: 


cubile, cubilis, a den, couch, bed, n. 


mare, maris, ‘ie sea, n. (transmarine, submarine, maritime, marsh, 
marigold, mariner). 


conclave, conclavis, a suite of rooms, n. (conclave). 


159. Like animal (animalism) decline: 

vectigal, vectigalis, a fax, n. 

tribunal, tribinalis, a tribunal, n. 

160. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Mari, animilis, 
cubilia, sedilium, conclavibus. 2. Vectigal, tribinalium, ma- 
ria, vectigali, maribus. 3. Classem cénsulis in mari vidimus. 
4. Legid partem insulae tenébat. 5. In cubili led tacébat. 6. 
Aestate* avés praedam ad silvas portant. 7. Hieme milités 
in castris manébunt. 8. Cdnsulés vectigalia tenuérunt. 

*Notice the ablatives aestate (6) and hieme (7), indicat- 
ing time when or within which. | 

161. RuLE.—Ablative of Time When or Within Which. 
—Time when or within which is expressed in Latin by the ab- 
lative without a preposition. 

162. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. The 
color was ultramarine. 2. The problem of the submarine has 
caused great trouble in the present world war. 3. The pris- 
oner stood before the tribunal of the judge. 4. At the edge 
of the marsh grew the marigold. 5. The cardinals in con- 
clave at Rome chose the Pope. 6. The mariners were en- 
gaged in transmarine trade. 7. We deplore all evidences of 
animalism in our age of civilization. 

Quiz.—Explain the ablative of time when or within which. 

75 





0 
oc YI}MUddIy tuo 02 seq apniysucy = s0E on 5 
A 


























. $31W 40 FIs 
VIGAT ( oo ove one oe ee 
— rar 
apul: 
sents "76. WONVWOU WOAleadA 
asin - i ie Lary 
/ Re “ 
gnudko >” ¢ 
snaony + & * 
. 0% e a i ae i er 
4 %e > desnoesk wee hl ate RTs ingot one 
dpat? Pe, “ou 3 anor ‘a FRIED Je ore 2 tng ee 
yy a 2 vmve basa uJ an Vitiar na “6 eee, i pam ‘agi Me 
oF Ore SVS Bo Pee | FIN A sed Rae S's 
I % 00 2, 1 2 
av? Q J funmepied? 9 “sc <n, nee * © er 088 0 aon Kn, 
° §>;u0]¥ say) eee LLP] NX 6 oe & Op, PP, eye 
: , ¥1N0Gzo¥IN! mb sina TerK, 7 ra) Ves Coes x 
Fe ed ba ayy vez “S VR wt nyue; HE wpyk 4 Wg lodvayy avs = <M get ww 
woud y Fe ls Ne Sole EN ore | SF Gf ON roe Ys 
is mere oe nat moore who} Tals oe 6, 2. > \y V>I8¥05 e179 vps a a 
a * out uo wns mo , W SiS “Oe We x ae N Sb eter s an? § 
wi om 4s <2 Hiss de sive, NY" Lise 
is. ne oi Any xag $A ef paved a8 agelitte . % Ler Fx a [Ser . i axe Suet bs 
oF % as ‘ells y 8s ‘a, nod oe. we oe lp ez) ay hae BE RAPON sf 
Y . op“ oWasin oH a os) vs ee R53 2 fi smed GNF Her Mo Fine Gane 
o> OEY yess a Xe% od VTi NG a OM ee 
mos eo yy < a “Wigs oF tog, YY ise ay ry y WE 5 Stet rey 
2 oo 
“ 4 Wy £ rr: } yee CCS, “aru, 
fe : Tia nk, Us itt IB ngs PI PLE XL ‘ vy, te b 
“1 - VAST gS Le $2ucg Ty . “ry o 
= \? Oh: 4 wines ¥ te G 9 
. > 
‘a re, tuueuo en 4 wd Nt? Tag “964T 
$ *y 4 
t 2 . s& 
v re ois | rH we Ae a 
Py “i WoYy "uo Yo 
1 L Vv w wif ; yo es x “a *> 
° » (4 ae < ee 
7 7 ° 4) 
f Sue xe x ae > Ny, 
he ‘a % : 
58 Way 
ee RS i Mee geo 
i » @y Vie f ¢ f A 
— aay , Dy) Uy ¢ \? C7) 
A cane 9 * "S 
Zz oY é ; ay Sah 











og oF ~06 a cod 22 
° e' 




















LATIUM, THE HOME OF THE LATINS 


Latium, THE HOME OF THE LATINS 


When the Latins finally stopped their wanderings and 
found a permanent home, the land of which they possessed 
themselves lay along the Tiber, and was given the name 
of Latium. Latium stretched southward from the Tiber 
to a small range of hills called the Alban mountains. In 
this territory were located a number of villages which joined 
in a confederacy for protection. The enemy which they 
especially feared was the Etruscan nation. Against this 
foe a fortress was built at that point on the banks of the 
Tiber river, where, later, the great city of Rome stood. 

There were seven small hills at this point, which gave 
great strength to the fortress, and made it easy to prevent 
the Etruscans from crossing the river by means of the island 
which lay in the river at this point. Across the river was a 
tall hill called Janiculum, which the Latins quickly occupied, 
and turned into an outer fortification. The capital city of 
Latium was at first Alba Longa, situated in the Alban 
mountains, but the fortress at Rome soon became more im- 
portant than the capital, and the seat of government was 
transferred there. 

When the Romans began the conquest of the tribes 
around the city, they first set out toward the south. 
After the march of the army, the Romans built great mili- 
tary roads for the rapid movement of troops. The first 
great road (Via Appia) led toward Capua from the gate in 
the walls of Rome called Porta Capéna. This road was later 

77 


APPLIED LATIN 


extended to the city of Brundisium, and was the main road 
for all travellers to the East. The Via Latina (through 
Latium) followed. To the north the Via Flaminia, to which 
was added the Via Aemilia, led to the plain of the Po river. 
The Via Aurélia skirted the shore on the way to Spain. 


Vill. THE ADJECTIVE. THIRD DECLENSION 
163. 


félix, happy. omnis, all, every. brevis, brief, short. 
audax, bold. facilis, easy. acer, keen, sharp. 
atr6x, fierce. fortis, brave. celer, swift. 

sagax, wise, shrewd. gravis, heavy. equester, equestrian. 
vél6x, fleet, swift. immortalis, zmmortal. 

recéns, recent. insignis, remarkable, 

praeséns, present. distinguished. 


164. You have learned that adjectives, through constant 
use with nouns, came to be declined precisely like nouns. 
For this reason, then, many adjectives were declined like 
nouns of the first and second declensions; and many like 
nouns of the third declension. The adjectives above are 
third declension adjectives. 

165. Third declension adjectives are divided into three 
groups: adjectives of one termination, two terminations, and 
three terminations. ‘These groups are so named because, in 
the nominative singular, those of one termination have but 
one form for all three genders. For instance, the form félix 
may be used with a masculine, feminine, or neuter noun. Ina 
two termination adjective, like omnis, there is a form omnis, 
which is used with a masculine or a feminine noun, and a 


form omne, which is used with a neuter noun. Adjectives 
78 


THE ADJECTIVE 


of three terminations have a separate form for each 
gender. 

Learn the meanings of the adjectives given above. 

166. WorpD Stupy.—Can you tell the Latin words from 
which these English derivatives come: velocipede, present- 
able, sagacity, celerity, fortitude, insignia, acrimonious, 
brevity, atrocity, facility, mortality, recent, audacity, 
equestrienne, accelerator, gravity, felicitous, omnibus, sage, 
represent, omnipotent, presage, omniscient, effort, force, 
comfort, grievous, gravitation, abbreviate, acrid? 

Do you know the meaning of these words so well that you 
can use them in sentences? 

Quiz.—What are the different types of adjectives? What 
are the classes of adjectives of the third declension? How 
are they distinguished? 


167. Félix, happy Recéns, recent 
SINGULAR SINGULAR 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
Nom.  félix félix recéns recéns 
Gen.  félicis félicis recentis recentis 
Dat.  félici félici recenti recenti 
Acc.  félicem félix recentem recéns 
Voc.  félix félix recéns recéns 
Abl. _ félice (i) félice (i) recente (i) recente (i) 
PLURAL PLURAL 

Nom.  félicés félicia recentés recentia 
Gen.  félicium félicium recentium recentium 
Dat.  félicibus félicibus recentibus recentibus 
Acc.  félicés (is) félicia recentés (is) recentia 
Voc.  félicés félicia recentés recentia 
Abl.  félicibus félicibus recentibus recentibus 


79 


APPLIED LATIN 


168. Remember that one termination adjectives have two 
forms in the ablative singular. The accusative plural mascu- 
line and feminine may end in -is instead of -és. 

169. Like félix decline the adjectives in -x of Paragraph 
163 and also 

efficax, efficient (efficacious, efficacy). 

fallax, treacherous, deceitful (fallacious, fallible, infallibility). 

loquax, talkative (loquacious, loquacity). 

rapax, thievish (rapacious, rape, rapine, rapacity). 

170. Like recéns decline: 

diligéns, careful (diligent). 

élegans, elegant (elegance). 

frequéns, frequent (frequent (verb), frequency, infrequent). 

cléméns, mild (clement, clemency, inclement). 

ingéns, huge. 

sapiéns, wise (sapient, insipid). 

veheméns, violent (vehemence, vehement). 

171. Decline in full, with the rule about the agreement of 
adjectives in mind: 1. Natira félix, caedés recéns, servus 
loquax, avis rapax, dodnum élegans. 

172. Translate, noting all possible cases: 1. Diligéns, 
frequentem, sapientés, ingenti, vehementibus. 2. Rapicés, 
loquacium, recente, élegantem. | 

173. Translate: 1. Hom6 félix filids diligentés amat. 2. 
Viatorés cladem atrdcem in valle vidérunt. 3. Led ingéns 
in ripe sedébat. 4. Viri sapientés inter loquacés amicés 
tacent. 5. Veheméns fili ira patrem terruit. 6. Cléméns 
imperator amdrem militum habet. 

Write sentences using the derivatives above. 


Qui1z.—What have you learned about adjectives like félix? 
80 


THE ADJECTIVE 


174, Fortis, forte, brave 
SINGULAR 
M.F . 
Nom. fortis, brave forte 
Gen. fortis fortis 
Dat.  forti forti 
Acc. fortem forte 
Voc. fortis forte 
Abl.  forti forti 
PLURAL 
Nom. fortés fortia 
. Gen. fortium fortium 
Dat. fortibus fortibus 
Acc.  fortés (-is) fortia 
Voc.  fortés fortia 
Abl.  fortibus fortibus 


175. The great majority of third declension adjectives 
follow the declension of fortis. There are only a few like 
félix, and still fewer like acer. Take great pains in learning 
fortis. Note especially that the ablative singular has but 
one form, and that this form ends in i: 

176. Like fortis practise the declension of 

fragilis, -e, frail (fragile). 

nobilis, -e, noble (nobility). 

illistris, -e, remarkable (illustrious). 

comminis, -e, common (community, commons). 

facilis, -e, easy (facile, facility). 

fertilis, -e, fertile (fertilize). 

levis, -e, /ight (levity, levitation, irrelevant, alleviate, relief). 

militaris, -e, military (militia). 

navilis, -e, naval. 

terribilis, -e, ¢errible. 

tristis, -e, sad. 

utilis, -e, useful (utility, utilitarian). 

6 81 


APPLIED LATIN 


177. Decline in full: miles terribilis, opus facile, ager 
fertilis, pigna navalis, victoria illistris. 

178. Translate: 1. Pontibus fragilibus, virginum nobilium, 
nomen illistre. 2. Somn6 levi, gloriae militaris, artem itilem, 
anima tristis. 3. Caesar omnés imperatorés virtiite* supera- 
vit. 4. In cubili lednés terrdre* mansérunt. 5. Avés sagacés 
hiemem ventis vehementibus timent. 6. Commini periculd* 
omnés socii bellum parabant. 7. Praesidium audacia* hos- 
tium auximus. 

* Note the ablative cases in these sentences. They express 
the cause or reason for action. 

179. RULE.—Ablative of Cause.—Cause may be expressed 
in Latin by the ablative case without a preposition. 

This use of the ablative is often replaced by the use of 
the prepositions ob or propter, followed by the accusative; 
or by the prepositions dé or ex, followed by the ablative. 

180. Pick out the Latin derivatives in these English 
sentences: 1. We should pity frailty. 2. Germany is 
charged with militarism, England with navalism. 3. Do 
you attack difficult problems with fortitude? 4. No man 
should think illustrious deeds ignoble. 5. Farmers use 
many preparations for fertilizing the fields. 

Quiz.—How is cause expressed in Latin? In what other 
ways can cause be expressed? Review the derivatives of 


third declension adjectives. 


82 


THE ADJECTIVE 


181. Acer, Acris, acre, sharp, keen 
SINGULAR 
M. F. N. 
Nom. Acer, keen, sharp Acris acre 
.Gen. Acris acris acris 
Dat. Scr acri acri 
Acc. acrem acrem acre 
Voc. acer acris acre 
Aol, . Acti acri acri 
PLURAL 
Nom. acrés acrés acria 
Gen.  acrium acrium acrium 
Dat. acribus acribus acribus 
Acc.  crés (-is) acrés (-is) : Cre 
Voc. acrés acrés acria 
Abl. acribus acribus acribus 


182. Though the forms of each gender are given com- 
pletely, note that in quite a few cases the forms of the mascu- 
line, feminine, and neuter of acer are the same. Note es- 
pecially that the ablative singular of adjectives, like acer, has 
but one form, and that this form ends in the letter i. 

183. Practise the declension of acer, using the adjectives: 

celeber, -bris, -bre, famous (celebrate, celebrity). 

celer, celeris, celere, swift (accelerate, accelerator). 

pedester, -tris, -tre, on foot, pedestrian. 


silvester, -tris, -tre, wooded. 
terrester, -tris, -tre, belonging to the earth (terrestrial). 


184. Decline in full: equus Acer, poéta celeber, navis 
celeris, imperium terrestre. 
185. Translate: 1. ClamGrés Acrés loca silvestria plébant. 


2. Fliimen véléx pontem ingentem superavit. 3. Carmina 
83 


APPLIED LATIN 


immortalia poétarum régés antiqués mévérunt. 4. Initid 
pugnae copiae pedestrés silvas dénsas plébant. 

Translate: In a wooded place. Before the famous temple. 
Among pedestrian forces. Beyond the kingdoms of the 
earth. Sharp cold. A celebrated state. 

186. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF DERIVATIVES.—1. The 
life of the wealthy man is not always felicitous. 2. Vinegar 
has an acrid taste to some people. 3. An accelerator in- 
creases the speed of the automobile. 4. We speak of celes- 
tial and terrestrial regions. 5. Silvester was a saint of the 
early church. 6. The word vinegar is formed from vinum 
and acer. 

Quiz.—What facts must you specially note about third 
declension adjectives of three terminations? 


IX. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION 
187. 


agé, I set in motion; I drive; agere, fo set in motion; to drive. 

cédo, J make a motion; I go cédere, to make a motion; to go 
away; I yield; away; to yield. 

dicé, J say, I state; dicere, fo say, state. 

dicé, I lead; dicere, fo lead. 

mitté, J send; mittere, to send. 

petd, J seek; petere, fo seek. 

pond, I put or place; ponere, fo put or place. 

pellé, J push back; I drive back; pellere, to push back or drive back. 

rego, J rule; regere, fo rule. 

vert, J turn; vertere, to turn. 


188. Verbs of the third conjugation can be recognized 
by the form of the infinitive. This form always ends in ere, 


the first e of which is short. Further, the first principal part 
84 


THE VERB 


never has the vowel e before the final letter 6, as all second 
conjugation verbs do (mone6). 

189. Worp Stupy.—Not only are verbs of this conjuga- 
tion very common in Latin, but the roots of these verbs are 
found in a great number of English words, verbs, nouns, ad- 
jectives, etc. 

Ago appears in the words on 
action, actual, actor, actress, cogent, enact, exact, 
agitate, agile, agent, agency, react, interact, inac- 
tion, transact, retroact, act. 

Céd6 gives us 
cede, cession, cessation, concede, recede, success, 
recess, precede, proceed, procession, intercede, ex- 
ceed, excess, incessant, process. 

Dico underlies 
dictionary, diction, dictate, contradict, edict, male- 
diction, predict, verdict, indict, dictum. 

Diic6 appears in the words 
duke, conduct, conductor, reduce, reduction, ab- 
duct, conduce, deduce, ducat, duchy, introduce, 
produce, product. 

Mitt6 gives us 
mission, missionary, dismiss, omit, permit, trans- 
mit, submit, admit, intermission, missile, promise, 
emissary. 

Try to make out the meanings of these words. Learn how 

to spell them and talk over the proper uses with your teacher. 


Qui1z.—How can third conjugation verbs be identified? 
85 


APPLIED LATIN 


190. DUCO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood: 
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 

1. diico, J lead 1. diicimus, we lead 

2. diicis, you lead 2. diicitis, you lead 

3. dicit, he (she, it) leads 3. dicunt, they lead 

Imperfect Tense 

1. diicébam, J was leading 1. diicébamus, we were leading 
2. diicébas, you were leading 2. diicébatis, you were leading 


3. diicébat, he (she, it) was leading 3. dicébant, they were leading 


~ Future Tense 


1. dicam, J shall lead 1. dicémus, we shall lead 
2. diicés, you will lead 2. dicétis, you will lead 
3. diicet, he (she, it) will lead 3. dicent, they will lead 


191. Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in 
Paragraph 187. Be specially careful with the future tenses. 
The future tense of the first and second conjugations ends 
in -b6 in the first person singular; the future tense of the 
third and fourth conjugations ends in -am in the first person 
singular. Note this difference with great care. 

192. Translate these verb forms: 1. Ago, cédit, dicitis, 
dicis, mittunt, petimus, pOnis, pellunt, regitis, vertimus. 2. 
Regébat, pellébam, ponébamus, petébas, mittébant, diicébas, 
dicébatis, cédébant, agébatis, vertébat. 3. Mittent, petam, 
ponémus, pellés, regétis, vertémus, agent, cédet, dicam, diicent. 

WorbD STupy: 

193. Petd gives us the root of these words: 

appetite, compete, competition, impetuous, repeat, 
petulant, competent, impetus. 

P6nd appears in the words 

pose, position, positive, deposit, decompose, im- 
pose, expose, transpose, opponent, opposite, pro- 
pose, posture, compose, compositor, exposition. 

86 


THE VERB 


Pellé gives us 
compel, repel, expel, impel, repellant, propel, pulse, 
impulse, repulse, propulsion, compulsion, expul- 
sion, propeller, repulsive, impulsive. 

Reg6 supplies us with 
regent, regal, reign, royal, regimen, direct, regu- 
late, rector, regiment, incorrect, rectify, erect, regu- 
lar, regalia, interregnum. 

Verté underlies 
avert, revert, convert, pervert, subvert, invert, di- 
vert, vertical, versatile, vertigo. 

Try to make these words your own possessions. Use them 

in sentences. Talk them over in the class. 


194. 

cadé, J fall; cadere, #o fall. 
curré, J run; currere, fo run. 
iung6, J join; iungere, fo join. 
premé,/ press hard; I overwhelm; premere, to press hard, overwhelm. 
quaer6, J ask; quaerere, fo ask. 
rumpé, J break; rumpere, to break. 
scribé, J write; scribere, fo write. 
tegd, I cover; tegere, to cover. 
trahé, J draw; trahere, to draw. 
tang6, I touch; . tangere, to touch. 


195. Learn these verbs, and practise them in the tenses 
already given. 

196. Translate: 1. Aquam claram tang6d. 2. Turris dé 
monte cadit. 3. Caesar signum veste tegit. 4. Sclentiam cum 
ciré iungimus. 5. Ancoram ingentem ex aqua trahitis. 6. 
Milités ad fossam* currunt. 7. Hostem barbarum premé- 


bam. 8. Némen urbis ab homine quaerébas. 9. Ventus vél6x 
87 


APPLIED LATIN 


nibés rumpébat. 10. Ad vicum* currébamus. 11. Sciitum 
sine auxilid trahébatis. 12. Agricolae fontés cum flimine 
iungébant. 13. Inignem* cadam. 14. Servum ris* diicébis. 
15. Somnus milités in castris premet. 16. Litteras brevés 
scribémus. 17. Viam 4 vidtoribus quaerétis. 18. Equi 
celerés virum circum oppidum trahent. 

*TIn these sentences you find some instances of the accusa- 
tive case introduced by ad or in expressing the place to which. 

197. RULE.—Accusative of Place to Which.— Place to which 
is expressed by the accusative with ad or in. Names of cities 
(Rdma), also ris, the countryside, and domus, a house, omit 
the preposition. 

198. Translate: 1. We shall turn the huge ship. 2. You 
were ruling the brave allies. 3. The servants will drive the 
horses. 4. We put heavy burdens upon the men. 5. You 
were asking the name of the street. 6. The brothers will 
send gifts to (their) father. 7. We were leading the citizens 
into the temple. 8. You state the cause. g. The birds will go 
- away in winter. 10. I am sending the sisters from the city. 
11. The sun was driving away the cold. 12. The forests will 
cover the mountains. 13. We shall go away from the river. 
14. You were asking the classes of animals. . 15. The sailors 
are leading the captives to Caesar. 16. I was driving 4 
treacherous lion. 17. You rule provinces covered with woods. 
18. Al! the men will send roses. 

In your English reader find ten words derived from Latin. 

Quiz.—How is place to which expressed in Latin? Are 


there any exceptions? Why do you think the preposition 
88 


THE VERB 


was omitted with the words mentioned in the rule? What 
can you say about the sentence, “I am going home.” 
199. DUCO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 


SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 
1. duxi, J have led 1. diximus, we have led 
2. diixisti, you have led 2. dixistis, you have led 


3. dixit, he (she, it) has led 3. duxérunt, they have led 


Pluperfect Tense 

1. dixeramus, we had led 
2. dixeratis, you had led 

3. dixerant, they had led 


1. dixeram, J had led 
2. diixeras, you had led 
3. dixerat, he (she, it) had led 


Future Perfect Tense 

1. dixerimus, we shall have led 
2. diixeritis, you will have led 
3. dixerint, they will have led 


1. duxerd, J shall have led 

2. diixeris, you will have led 

3. diixerit, he (she, it) will have led 
200. Before practising these tenses, it is necessary to 

learn the principal parts of the verbs already given: 


I II Ill IV 
ago, agere, égi, actus. 
cédG, cédere, céssi, cessum. 
dicG, dicere, dixi, dictus. 
dics, diicere, dixi, ductus. 
mitt, mittere, misi, missus. 
peto, petere, petivi, petitus. 
pond, ponere, posui, positus. 
pells, pellere, pepuli, pulsus. 
rego, regere, réx1, réctus. 
verto, vercere; verti, versus. 
cad6, cadere, cecidi, casum. 
curro, currere, cucurri, cursum. 
iungo, iungere, iunxi, idnctus. 
premo, premere, pressi, pressus. 
quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus. 
rumpo, rumpere, rupi, ruptus. 
scribG, scribere, scripsi, scriptus. 
tego, Legere, LEx1: téctus. 
traho, trahere, traxi, tractus. 
tango, tangere, tetigi, tactus. 


89 


APPLIED LATIN 


201. Practise the three tenses of Paragraph 199, using 
the verbs given above. 

Try to determine from which principal part the English 
words of Paragraph 193 are derived. 

202. WorpD Stupy.—We have the following English de- 
rivatives from: 

cad6: cadence, casual, occasion, coincide, accident, de- 
ciduous. 

currd: current, currency, occur, incur, course, cursive, 
recur. 

iungd: join, joint, juncture, junction, injunction, re- 
joinder. 

prem6: press, pressure, compress, repress, express, im- 
press, oppress, suppress. 

quaerd: inquire, inquest, request, query, question, re- 
quire, perquisite, acquire, exquisite. 

Use these derivatives in sentences of your own construc- 
tion. 

203. Translate these expressions into English: 1. Cecidit, 
cucurristis, iiinxi, pressisti. 2. Quaesivérunt, ripimus, 
scripsisti. 3. Téxérunt, traxistis, tetigimus. 4. Riperat, 
scripseram, cecideramus, presseras. 5. Téxerant, tetigeras, 
traxeratis. 6. Itnxerant, cucurrerat, quaesiveratis. 7. 
Traxerint, presser6, scripserimus, iinxeris. 8. Cecideritis, 


quaesiverimus. g. Cucurrerit, riperint, tetigeris, téxerd. 


204. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE 
1. Bonam vitam égi. 1. We shall have fallen into the 
flames. 
2. Ex agro cessisti. 2. You had run to the spring. 


go 


THE VERB 


TRANSLATE 


. Cobnsul nomen urbis dixit. 
. Populum clarum diximus. 


. Litteras longas misistis. 
. Dona grata petivérunt. 


. Volimen parvum in aedificid 


posueram. 


. Légatés illistrés pepuleras. 
. Omnés terras gladio réxerat. 
. Caput lednis verteramus. 


. lainxeratis. 
. Imperator milités Acrés in 


proelium dixerat. 


. Omen bonum dixer6. 
. Ab hostibus vélécibus cesseris. 
. Calamitds natidnem égerit. 


. Navés celerés verterimus. 
. Régna lata réxeritis. 


. Cordnas in capitibus posuerint. 


a | 


8. 


18. 


TRANSLATE 


. The leaders had sought the 


camp of Caesar. 


. They have joined wine with 


water. 


. You had repressed the crowd. 
. The soldiers will have broken 


the swords. 


. We had written a long letter. 


You have covered the fields 
with grain. 


. They will have drawn the ship 


from the sea. 


. [have touched the fierce ani- 


mal. 


. You will have sought the poet. 
. The sister had covered (her) 


head with a garment. 


. We shall have fallen from the 


rock. 


. You had joined shouts with 


terror. 


. The clouds have touched the 


earth. 


. [had run to (my) mother. 
. You will have repressed the 


boldness of the legions. 


The slave will have broken 
the arrows. 


205. WorbD Stupy.—In English we have from: 


rump6: rupture, eruption, abrupt, interrupt, rumple, 


bankrupt, disrupt, corruption. 


scribd: scribe, scrivener, scripture, scribble, describe, 


inscribe, subscribe, prescribe. 


protégé. 


tego 


gti 


detect, detective, protect, protection, tegument, 


APPLIED LATIN 


trah6: attract, abstract, detract, trail, train, tract, trace, 
retract, contract, distract. 

tango: tact, tangent, tangible, tangle, intact, contact. 

Try to make out the meaning of these derivatives, and 
talk them over in class. 


THE Cities or ITAty* 

Though we are chiefly interested in the story of the city 
of Rome and of its inhabitants, we must not forget that there 
were other cities in Italy which played a great part in the 
history of Roman greatness. Just south of the ‘Alps, in 
the plain of the Po, were a number of important cities. 
Mediolanum (medioplinum, middle of the plain) is today 
Milan; Placentia (placed, the pleasing city) is Piacenza. 
Cremona, an important city in antiquity, was in the late 
Middle Ages the home of renowned violin makers. The city 
of Mantua has become immortal because the great Latin 
poet Vergil was born there. On the banks of the Arnus river 
stood Pisa, famous today because of its Leaning Tower, 
and Florentia (fl6reé, the flourishing city), which today is 
eternally lovely Florence. South of the Liris river was sit- 
uated Capua, long the second city of Italy. This city Han- 
nibal, the great Carthaginian general, used as his base dur- 
ing the great death struggle between Rome and Carthage. 
Near Capua lay Naples, an early settlement of the Etrus- 
cans in Magna Graecia. Today steamers from Italy to 
America make Naples their last stopping place on the 
way to the New World. Behind Naples stood Vesuvius, 





*Cf. page 61. 
g2 


THE ADJECTIVE 


a mountain which, as a volcano, overwhelmed the fair cities 
of Pompéii and Herculaneum, the fashionable pleasure 
resorts of the Romans, in 79 A.D. In Magna Graecia 
were Tarentum (Taranto, a great modern Italian naval 
base), and Brundisium (Brindisi to-day), the port from 
which all steamships leave Italy for Greece and Egypt. 


X. THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON 


206. THE VALUE OF COMPARISON.—Whatever we meet 
that is mew or strange we try to understand by comparing 
with something we already know or with which we are famil- 
iar. For instance, we realize how sweet some new thing is, 
(1) by comparing it with the sweet thing that we eat con- 
stantly (sugar), or, (2) by recalling all the sweet things we 
have ever eaten and comparing the new thing with them. 
So, for the sake of giving the proper value to new things, we 
need degrees of comparison in Latin as well as in English. 
The Latins used the following forms to express these com- 
parative values. 


207. 
POSITIVE DEGREE COMPARATIVE DEGREE SUPERLATIVE DEGREE 
latus, wide, latior, latius, wider, latissimus, -a, -um, 
widest. 
félix, happy, félicior, félicius, félicissimus, -a, -um, 
happier, happiest. 


recéns, Jate, recent, recentior, recentius, recentissimus, -a, 
later or more recent, -um, latest or most 


recent. 
fortis, brave, fortior, fortius, fortissimus, -a, -um, 
braver, bravest. 
acer, sharp, acrior, Acrius, acerrimus, -a, -um, 
shar per, shar pest. 


93 


APPLIED LATIN 


208. Remember: (1) That the comparative degree must be 
used when a comparison is to be made between two things; 
(2) that the superlative must be used when three or more 
things are to be compared. Incorrect use of the degrees of 
comparison is a very common error among students of 
English. 

209. Like latus compare 

altus, clarus, amplus, firmus. 
Like félix compare 

‘audax, atrdx, vélox. 
Like recéns compare 

diligéns, frequéns, ingéns, sapiéns. 
Like fortis compare 

nobilis, levis, tristis, fertilis. 
Like acer compare 

celeber. 

Give the English comparison of each of the above words. 

210. The degrees of comparison are also declined. The 
positive (latus) you have already learned: the superlative is 
also declined like the adjective latus; the declension of the 
comparative you will learn in the next paragraph. 

The rule regarding the agreement of an adjective with its 
noun applies to the comparative and superlative degrees 
as well as to the positive. 

Quiz.—What is the importance of degrees of comparison? 


94 


THE ADJECTIVE 


211. Fortior, fortius, braver 
SINGULAR 
M. F. N. 
Nom. fortior, fortius, braver fortius 
Gen. _ fortidris fortidris 
Dat. — fortiori fortidri 
Acc.  fortidrem fortius 
Voc.  fortior fortius 
Abl.  fortidre (i) fortiGre (i) 
PLURAL 

Nom. fortidrés fortidra 
Gen.  fortidrum fortidrum 
Dat.  fortidribus fortidribus 
Acc.  fortidrés (is) fortiora 
Voc.  fortidrés fortidra 
Abl.  fortidribus fortidribus 


212. Like fortior decline: 
audacior, facilior, acrior, brevior, recentior, clarior. 

213. Decline in full: Initium audacius, fabula brevior, 
opus facilius, tempus recentius, hom6 ndbilior. 

214. Translate: 1. Fortissimds hostés in proelid superabi- 
mus. 2. Régnaamplidra réxeras. 3. Inter hominés honGrés 
insignidrés habébunt. 4. Praesidium firmissimum in urbe 
mansit. 5. Altissimds montés riri amamus. 6. Imaginem 
claridrem sdlis in aqua vidés. 7. Viri fortés animalia ledni- 
bus* fer6cidra in silvis petivérunt. 8. Deus ndmen omni- 
bus néminibus™ altius habet. 9. Aquam bon6 vind* clar- 
idrem miscémus. 

* Notice the ablative cases used in the last three sen- 
tences. They indicate a comparison. 

215. RuLe.—Ablative of Comparison.—The ablative case 
with a comparative denotes comparison. 

95 


APPLIED LATIN 


216. Translate: 1. We have horses fleeter than the winds. 
2. They saw towers higher than hills. 3. Caesar held prov- 
inces more extensive than a kingdom. 4. They were adorn- 
ing a building more ancient than the temple of the god. 

Quiz.—How is a comparison often expressed in Latin? 


Learn these irregular comparisons: 


217. bonus, good, melior, befter, optimus, best. 
malus, bad, péior, worse, pessimus, worst. 
magnus, great, maior, greater, maximus, greatest. 
parvus, small, minor, smaller, minimus, smallest. 
multus, much, plis, more, plirimus, most. 


Notice that in English some of these adjectives are also 
compared irregularly. Learn their comparisons in English. 
218. The adjective facilis, easy, is compared irregularly 


as follows: 
facilis, facilior, facillimus. 


Like facilis compare difficilis, difficult; similis, similar; 
dissimilis, dissimilar; gracilis, slender; and humilis, lowly. 
219. Plis is defective in declension. 














SINGULAR PLURAL 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 
Nom. —— plis plirés plira 
Gen pliris plirium plirium 
Dat. —— pliribus pliribus 
Ac. — plis plirés (-is) plira 
Veco. —— 
All. —— plire pliribus pliribus 


220. In English there are several ways of wording com- 
parisons. You may say— 


wide, wider, widest. 
or wide, rather wide, very wide. 
or wide, comparatively wide, | extremely wide. 


96 


THE VERB 


221. Decline in full: Causa optima, aedificlum miaius, 
vinum pessimum, turba maxima, flimen minus. 

222. Translate: 1. Pueri boni amicds optimdés habent. 
2. Opera facillima petis. 3. Gracillima gramina ventus gra- 
vior pressit. 4. Turba maxima in templ6 sedébat. 5. Péidra 
vina misérunt. 6. Plirimivirifamam amant. 7. Plirimae 
féminae pacem petébant. 8. Dona minora amédrem mat- 
orem portant. g. Fratrés dissimillimds in via vidimus. 

223. Translate: 1. Rather small women, better wine, a 
great reward. 2. A very lowly art, greater glory, in the 
smallest danger. 3. The worst calamity, for an extremely 


bad boy, more men, of the best citizens, more citizens. 


XI. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -/O 
224. 


capid, capere, cépi, captus, to take. 

cupid, cupere cupivi, cupitus,  o desire. 
facid, facere féci, factus, to make or do. 
fugio, fugere figi, fugitum,  o flee. 

— jacid, iacere, iéci, iactus, to throw. 
rapid, rapere, rapui, raptus, to snatch. 
specid, specere, - spexi, spectus, fo spy. 
quatio, quatere, quassi, quassus, {o shake. 


225. That these verbs belong to the third conjugation is 
shown by the ending of the infinitive. You will find that 
verbs of the fourth conjugation also end in -i6, but you must 
not confuse these verbs with them. The -i6 ending of the 
first principal part may trouble you, but the ending of the 
infinitive in -ere should make a mistake impossible, for the 


fourth conjugation infinitive ends in -ire. 
7 97 


APPLIED LATIN 


226. Learn the following tenses: 
CAPIO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 


SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
1. capié, J take I. capimus, we take 
2. capis, you take 2. capitis, you take 
3. capit, he (she, it) takes 3. capiunt, they take 
Imperfect Tense 
I. capiébam, J was taking I. caplébamus, we were taking 
2. caplébas, you were taking 2. caplébatis, you were taking 


3. capiébat, he (she, it) was taking 3. capiébant, they were taking 
Future Tense 


1. capiam, J shall take I. capiémus, we shall take 
2. capiés, you will take 2. capiétis, you will take 
3. capiet, he (she, it) will take 3. capient, they will take 


227. In the last three tenses of the indicative these verbs 
follow the conjugation of the verb diicé exactly. 

Practise the conjugation of all these tenses, using the 
verbs in Paragraph 224. 

228. WorD StuDy.—We find in English the following 
derivatives from: 

capid: capture, capacious, conception, accept, receptacle, 
receive, intercept, deceive, except, receipt. 

cupid: cupid, cupidity. 

facid: fact, facility, factor, factory, perfect, infect, affec- 
tion, efface, deface, effect, affect, faculty. 

fugid: fugitive, refuge, subterfuge, vermifuge, refugee. 

iacid: inject, BSIECL dejection, abject, subject, object, 
adjective. 

rapid: rapine, rapacious, rapid, rapture, rapier, surrepti- 
tious. 

quatid: (often -cutid) quake, earthquake, discuss, per- 


cussion, concussion. 
98 


THE VERB 


specid: inspect, respect, retrospect, circumspect, des- 
picable, suspect. 


(Qui1z.—How do the verbs above differ from dic6? How 
are they distinguished from verbs of the fourth conjugation? 
Can you spell the derivatives above correctly? 


229. For practice in the third conjugation -i6 verbs 
translate the following forms: 

1. Cupis, facid, fugimus, rapit. 2. Ilaciunt, quatitis, capis. 
3. Faciébas, iaciébant, rapiébam, fugiébatis. 4. Cupiéba- 
mus, capiébant, quatiébat. 5. Capiés, cupiémus, faciam, fu- 
gient. 6. Rapiétis, iaciet, quatiam. 7. Quassi, iécistis, rapuit, 
fagimus. 8. Fécisti, cupivit, cépérunt. 9. Figeras, rapu- 
eram, iéceramus, quasserant. 10. Féceratis, cupiverat, 
céperamus. 11. [écerimus, quasser6, rapuerimus. 


230. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE 
1. Vectigal magnum capi6. 1. We have taken public money. 
2. Régnum ducis cupimus. 2. You have desired a_ wider 
kingdom. 


3. Servi ignem in insula faciunt. 3. He has made a massacre of 
the soldiers. 


4. Ex periculis belli fugiébas. 4. You had fled from the lion 
with greatest danger. 
5. Peciniam nintidrum 5. They had snatched a soldier’s 
rapiébat. shield. 
6. Téla barbara cum ira* 6. You had thrown the booty 
iaciébatis. with care into the fire. 
7. Terram magnam quatiam. 7. We shall have shaken the 
mountains with courage. 
8. Captivus plire cum peri- 8. They will have fled from the 
culd* fugiet. envoys with disaster. 
g. Virl maxim6 cum climdre* 9. Galba will have made a high 
opus facient. wall around the town. 
10. Vitam longidrem bond animé to. You desire quiet. 
cupivisti. 


99 


Ii. 


£2; 
re, 


14. 


15. 


16. 


1: 


18. 


APPLIED LATIN 


TRANSLATE 

Agros fertilés agricolae Ei: 
cépimus. 

Gladiés terribilés quassérunt. 12. 

Sciitum ingéns in mare iéce- 13. 
ram. 

Civis avem loquacem 14. 
rapuerat. 

Frigus hiemis figeratis. Ts: 

Sédem gratam in gramine 16. 
féceris. 

Nobilitatem cupiverit. i: 

Vestés bonds céperimus. 18. 


TRANSLATE 
With great boldness I take 
the sailor’s oars. 
He shakes the ends of the earth. 
We were throwing spears from 
the mountain into the sea. 


They were snatching up the 
roses from the grass. 


You were fleeing from a sav- 


age lion with great fear. 

You will make a bridge across 
the river. 

They will desire very great 
fame. 

I shall take many allies to the 
camp. 


* Notice the ablatives introduced by cum in these sen- 


tences. ‘They express manner. 


231. RuLE.—Ablative of Manner.—T he ablative with cum 


is used to denote the manner of an action. When the ablative is 


modified by an adjective, the preposition cum may be omitted. 


Quiz.—How is the manner of an.action expressed in 
Latin? In English? 


232 


XII. THE NOUN. FOURTH DECLENSION 


casus, a chance, falling, m. (case, casual). 

corni, a horn, wing (of an army), n. (Capricorn). 

exercitus, az army, m. _senatus, the senate, m. 

impetus, a charge, attack, m. (impetuous). 

passus, @ pace, m. (compass, unsurpassed). 

iisus, use, advantage, m. (misuse, abuse, usual). 

cursus, @ running, course, m. (incursion, concourse, excursion). 
motus, @ motion, m. (motive, locomotive). 

conspectus, a view, sight, m. concursus, an attack, collision, m. 


occasus, the setting (of the sun), m. 


manus, the hand, f. (manual, maneuver, manuscript). 


I0oo 


THE NOUN: 


233. Words of the fourth declension have, with a few 
exceptions, the same form in the nominative singular as the 
form which you have already learned as the fourth prin- 
cipal part of the verb. For example, take the noun métus 
from moved, casus as if from cad6é, cursus from currd, 
conspectus from specid. The fourth declension, then, en- 
abled the Latins to use part of a verb as a noun. It is very 
easy in most cases to determine the meaning of fourth de- 
clension nouns by recalling the meaning of the verb from 
which the noun is derived. 


234. Learn this standard fourth declension noun: 


Casus, casts, a chance, m. 


SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nom. casus, achance, m. casts, chances 
Gen. casts, of a chance casuum, of chances 
Dat. casui, to or for a chance casibus, fo or for chances 
Acc. casum, a chance casts, chances 
Voc. casus, (O) chance casts, (O) chances 
Abl. casi, with, etc., a chance casibus, with, etc., chances 


235. Most of the nouns of this declension are masculine in 
gender. The only common neuter noun of the fourth de- 
clension is corni, a horn. 


Corni, cornis, a horn n. 


SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nom. cornu, a horn, n. cornua, horns 
Gen.  cornts cornuum 
Dat. corna cornibus 
Acc. corna cornua 
Voc. corni cornua 
Abl.  corna cornibus 


IOI 


APPLIED, LATIN 


236. Domus, @ house, f.,is a fourth declension noun with 
some forms of the second declension. | 


SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nom. domus, a house, f. domis, houses 
Gen. domits (domi) domuum (domérum) 
Dat. domui (domé6) domibus 
Acc. domum domits (domés) 
Voc. domus domis 
Abl. dom (domé6) domibus 


Loc. domi, at home (compare note, page 67) 


Domus (domestic, domicile, domesticate). 

237. Write sentences containing the English derivatives 
given above. 

Quiz.—What do you know about the gender of the fourth 
declension? Explain the locative case. 


XIII. THE NOUN. FIFTH DECLENSION 
238. When the nouns of the Latin language had been 
examined and arranged by scholars in four declensions, there 
were found to be a few left; very few, indeed, hardly twenty 
that had a uniform declension. These were grouped in the 
fifth declension. 
Learn these nouns: 


aciés, an edge, a line of battle, f. fidés, faith, f. 


diés, a day, m. perniciés, destruction, ruin, f. 
superficiés, a surface, f. speciés, an appearance, show, f. 
effigiés, a likeness, image, f. spés, hope, f. 

faciés, the face, f. rés, a thing, f. 

glaciés, ice, f. planitiés, a plain, f. 

seriés, a series, f. rabiés, fury, f. 


I02 


THE NOUN 


239. Learn to decline these two fifth declension nouns: 


Diés, diéi, v day, m. 


Rés, rei, a thing, f. 


SINGULAR SINGULAR 
Nom. diés, a day, m. rés 
Gen.  diéi, of a day rei 
Dat. diéi, to or for a duy rei 
Acc. diem, a day rem 
Voc.  diés, (O) day rés 
Abl. dié, with, etc., a day ré 
PLURAL PLURAL 
Nom. diés, days rés, things 
Gen. diérum, of days rérum 
Dat. diébus, to or for days rébus 
Acc.  diés, days rés 
Voc.  diés, (O) days rés 
Abl.  diébus, with, etc., days rébus 


240. Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine in gender. 
Diés, m., is an exception. Only the nouns diés and rés of this 
declension are declined throughout in both singular and 
plural. The others are declined in the singular. Among 
these some have also the nominative and the accusative plural. 

241. For rapidity translate the following forms, noting 
all possible cases: 

1. Aciés, casus, superficiéi, rés. 2. Domibus, spem, cor- 
nua, manibus. 3. Perniciéi, rébus, caésum, motuum. 4. 
Fidem, domi, tisum, ré, senatui. 5. Diébus, casi, rérum, 
speciem, exercituum. 6. Glacié, seriem, rabiés. 

242. Translate: 1. Servi montés altés diés* multés spec- 
tabant. 


dixit. 3. Hostés ex locd plirimds passitis cessérunt. 
103 





2. Multas hGras per silvam dénsam exercitum 


APPLIED LATIN 


*Notice the underscored accusatives in these sentences. 
They express duration of time or extent of space. 

243. RULE.—Accusative of Duration of Time and Ex- 
tent of Space.—Duration of time and extent of space are ex- 
pressed by the accusative without a preposition. 

244. Translate: 1. The hours of the day. 2. Many 
strange things. 3. Beyond hope. 4. Days of anger. 5. To 
the faith of Caesar. 6. Because of great things. 7. The 
image of a man. 8. The wing of an army. 

Quiz.—How extensive is the fifth declension? Are all 
fifth declension words completely declined? How are 
duration of time and extent of space expressed? 


Tue City oF Rome* 


The first settlement at Rome was on that one of the seven 
hills called the Palatine (Mons Palatinus). Around this 
hill a strong wall was constructed, and inside this wall were 
the barracks of the soldiers. This hill was completely 
covered in later times by the houses (palatia, palaces) of 
the Emperors. Near the river was another hill called the 
Capitoline (Mons Capitélinus), on which stood the temple 
erected to the three great gods of the Latins: Jupiter, Juno, 
and Minerva. This hill had two peaks, and upon the second 
peak was built a citadel called the Arx. As a center of civic 
life, the Capitoline hill has given us the words capitol and 
capital, which we now use in connection with our state 


houses and centers of state government. 





* Ch p. 76. 
104 


THE VERB 


Between the Palatine and the Capitoline was the meeting- 
place of the Romans, called the Forum, a place which has 
been justly famous throughout all succeeding centuries. 
Nearer the river was the Forum Boarium, to which the 
Romans brought produce for exchange. Here was the 
great commercial center of early Rome. Beyond the Capit- 
oline lay in order the Quirinal, Viminal, Esquiline, Caelian, 
and Aventine hills, which were afterward enclosed within 
the walls of Rome. The Circus Maximus, or chief circus, lay 
between the Aventine and the Palatine. In this circus took 
place horse races, gladiatorial shows, and festal games. At 
the bend in the Tiber, north of the city, was the Campus Mar- 
tius, or field devoted to the god of war, Mars. In this field 
the Roman armies were trained for war and their magistrates 
were elected. The Janiculan hill was just across the river. 


XIV. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION 
245. 


audio, J hear; audire, to hear. 
 finid, J finish; finire, ¢o finish. 
haurié, J draw off; I drain; haurire, fo draw off; drain. 
impedio, J hinder; — impedire, to hinder. 
muni6, J fortify; munire, fo fortify. 
sentid, J perceive; sentire, fo perceive (by the senses). 
scid, I know; scire, fo know. 
servid, J serve; servire, fo serve (followed by dat- 
ive case). 
venio, J come; venire, to come. 
vincid, J bind; vincire, to bind. 


246. Verbs of the fourth conjugation do not differ greatly 
from third conjugation verbs, especially capid, rapid. The 


105 


APPLIED LATIN 


vowel i, however, constantly appears in the forms. Verbs of 
this conjugation may be recognized by the ending of the 
infinitive -ire, in which the vowel i is always long. 

247. WorD Stupy.—Though the number of verbs in this 
group is small in comparison with the great number found 
in the other conjugations, they furnish important root 
verbs for the English language. 

Audio is the base of audit, auditor, audience, audible, 
obedience. 

Fini6 gives us finish, finite, infinite, infinitive. 

Hauri6 appears in exhaust, inexhaustible, exhaustion. 

Impedié is found in impede, impediment. | 

Minio gives munition, ammunition. 

Sentid is found in sense, sensation, sentiment, sensual, 
sensible, sentence, presentiment, resent, assent, consent, 
scent, sentinel, nonsense. 

Scid appears in science, scientific, conscience, prescience. 

Servié is the base of serve, servitude, subservient. 

Veni6 is particularly common: advent, adventure, vent, 
prevent, intervene, invent, event, eventual. 

Write out some English sentences containing these de- 
rivatives. 


Quiz.—How are verbs of the fourth conjugation recog- 


nized? 
248. AUDIO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
1. audié, I hear 1. audimus, we hear 
2. audis, vou hear 2. auditis, you hear 
3. audit, he (she, it) hears 3. audiunt, they hear 


106 


1 
2. 


3. 


I. 
2; 


3: 


THE VERB 


SINGULAR Imperfect Tense PLURAL 
audiébam, J was hearing 1. audiébamus, we were hearing 
audiébas, you were hearing 2. audiébatis, you were hearing 


audiébat, he (she, it) was hearing 3. audiébant, they were hearing 


Future Tense 


audiam, J shall hear 1. audiémus, we shall hear 
audiés, you will hear 2. audiétis, you will hear 
audiet, he (she, it) will hear 3. audient, they will hear 


Practise these tenses, using the verbs already given. 
249. Translate these verb forms: : 

1. Audio, finit, hauritis, impedis. 

Minit, sentiunt, scis, serviunt, venitis. 
Miniébat, sentiébam, sciébamus, serviébas. 
Veniébant, vinciébas, audiébatis. 

Finiébant, hauriébatis, impediébat. 
Finient, sentiam, hauriémus, sciés. 


Impediétis, serviémus, minient. 


FI Or ON eS 


Vincient, veniam, audiet. 
250. Learn these fourth conjugation verbs: 


dormié, J sleep; dormire, /o sleep. 


punid, J punish; pinire, fo punish. 


sancid, I ordain or establish; sancire, to ordain or establish. 
sepelid, J bury; sepelire, to bury. 

251. WorD STUDY: 

Dormié appears in the words: dormant, dormitory. 
Puni6d gives us: punish, punitive, impunity. 

Sanci6 is the base of saint, sanctum, sanctify, sanctuary. 
Sepelid provides the words: sepulchre, sepulture. 

252. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THESE DERIVATIVES.—1. 


The auditor examined the accounts of the bank. 2. Fire 


107 


APPLIED LATIN 


broke out in the dormitory. 3. Francis of Assisi was a saint 
of the Catholic Church. 4. Caesar led the army on a puni- 
tive expedition. 5. Do not enter the Sénctum Sanctorum. 
Write other similar sentences. Ask your teacher for other 
derivatives. 
253. Learn the principal parts of the following verbs: 


audio, audire, audivi, auditus. 
finid, finire, finivi, finitus. 
hauriG, haurire, hausi, haustus. 
impedi6, impedire, impedivi, impeditus. 
minio, minire, miunivi (-ii), miinitus. 
sentido, sentire, | sénsl, sénsus. 
scid, scire, SCcivi, scitus. 
servid, servire, servii (-ivi), servitum. 
veniG, venire, véni, ventum. 
vincid, vincire, vinx, vinctus. 
dormi6, dormire, dormivi, dormitum. 
pinio, piunire, piinivi (-ii), pinitus. 
sancid, sancire, sanxl, sanctus. 
sepelid, _sepelire, sepelivi (-ii), sepultus. 
254. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE 
1. Avem inter ntbés audio. 1. We shall hear of the terrible 
dangers. 
2. Labdrem diéi cum spé finis. 2. You were ending a night- 


watch in the tower. 
3. Fémina aquam ex fonte haurit. 3. He will drain the water from 


the ditch. 

4. Socids légibus malis impedi- 4. We fortify the town with a 

mus. wall. 
5. Oppidum valld minitis. 5. You were hindering the ardor 
. of the soldiers. 

6. Avés odérem silvae sentiunt. 6. The senate will perceive the 
courage of the citizens. 

7. Aetatem equi sciébam. 7. We know the face of the 

| maiden. 
8. Imperat6ri gratd serviébas. 8. You serve the senate. 


108 


THE VERB 


TRANSLATE TRANSLATE 
g. Exercitus ad castra veniébat. 9. They will come to the gate 
with hope. 
10. Vinum antiquum hauriébamus. 10. They will draw off the new 
wine. 
11. Vallum méagno labore fini- 11. I was ending the liberty of 
ébatis. the captives. 
12. Civés rem 4 captivis audi- 12. You will hear of the necessi- 
ébant. ties of the state. 
13. Manis pessim6rum servGrum —_ 13. _ [ bind the handsof the treach- 
vinciam. erous slave. 
14. In agro inter collés dormiés. 14. You were sleeping on a low 
couch. ; 
15. Dux sapiéns filids piiniet. 15. He will establish the law. 
16. Pacem sine bell6 sanciémus. 16. The consul will punish the 
crowd. 
17. Equum in fossa alta sepeliétis. 17. You were burying the body. 
18. Silvae dénsae agmen 18. They hinder the charge of 
impedient. the soldiers. 
255. AUDIO.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 
1. audivi, J have heard 1. audivimus, we have heard 
2. audivisti, you have heard 2. audivistis, you have heard 


3. audivit, he (she, it) has heard 3. audivérunt, they have heard 


Pluperfect Tense 


. audiveram, J had heard 1. audiveramus, we have heard 


2. audiveras, you had heard 2. audiveratis, you had heard 


3. audiverat, he (she, it) had heard 3. audiverant, they had heard 
Future Perfect Tense 
1. audiveré, I shall have heard 1. audiverimus, we shall have 
heard 
2. audiveris, you will have heard 2. audiveritis, you will have heard 
3. audiverit, he (she, it) will have 3. audiverint, they will have heard 


heard 


Practise the conjugation of these tenses, using the verbs 


already given. 


256. Translate these forms: 1. Minivit, impedivistis, hausi. 
109 


2. Finivisti, audivérunt, sénsimus. 


APPLIED LATIN 


3. Scivisti, serviérunt, | 


vénistis. 4. Vinximus, dormiverat, piniveram. 5. Sanxer- 


amus, sepeliveras, impediverant. 


sénserant. 


7. Miniverat, 


impediveratis, 


6. Servierds, sciveratis, 
hauserint. 8. 


Finiver6, audiverimus, véneris. g. Vinxeritis, dormiverimus, 


puniverit. 10. Sanxerint, sepeliveris, impedivero. 


i. 


257. 


. Nuibés limen solis 


TRANSLATE 
Perniciem aciéi impedivi. 


. Lednem ferdcem sepelivisti. 
. Caesar omnés légés bonds sanxit. 
. Hominés malés piinivimus. 

. In templdé dormivistis. 

. Nintium fallacem vinxérunt. 


. In aedificium cum filiis amici 


véneram. 


. Civibus nobilibus serviveras. 
. Caesar omnés milités sciverat. 
. Colérem vestium sénserimus. 


. Urbem fossa altissima miuni- 


veritis. 
impedi- 
verant. 


. Fontés aquae malae hauserd6. 
. Imperium ducis finiveris. 


. Vdcem Caesaris in senati 


audiverit. 


IIo 


3. 


‘TRANSLATE 


. We shall have heard the 


name of the state. 


. You had drained the deep 


ditch. 


Caesar will have fortified 
the houses. 


. We had hindered the way- 


farer’s steps. 


..They will have perceived 


the odor of wine. 


. You had known the affairs 


of the senate. 


. We have served the people. 


. The end of the day will 


have come. 


. The enemy had drained the 


rivers around the camp. 


. I have ended the hope of 


flight. 


. You will have heard the 


winds in the hills. 


. I have bound the brothers - 


with care. 


. You had slept among the 


mountain crags. 


. The commander will have 


ratified peace. 


. We had punished the treach- - 


erous envoys. 


THE SENTENCE. INTERROGATIVE 


TRANSLATE TRANSLATE 
16. Exsulés ptniverimus. 16. You have buried the body 
of Caesar. 


17. Frigus flimina hieme vinxerit. 17. The mountains have _ hin- 
dered the swift motion of 
the winds. 


18. In valle inter montés dorm- 18. He had heard the false re- 
Iveritis. port. 


XV. THE SENTENCE. INTERROGATIVE 


258. Up to the present time we have dealt only with the 
declarative sentence, the form which is used when we wish 
to make a statement of fact. We now come to the inter- 
rogative sentence, which is employed when we wish to ask a 
question. In English this kind of sentence is shown com- 
monly by the addition of a mark of punctuation called the 
question mark at the end. Now, in the time of Shakespeare 
it was not an uncommon practice to place this mark of punc- 
tuation just above the first word of a question, so that the 
reader might not have to wait till the end of the sentence, 
as we do now, to find out whether or not the sentence was a 
question. Among the Romans there was a similar practice. 
One of three little words, -ne, ndnne, num, was usually 
placed at the beginning of an interrogative sentence. 

These little words told the reader or listener not only that 
the sentence was a question, but also indicated what kind of 
an answer was ex pected. 

259. The little word -ne attached to the first word of a 
sentence showed that the sentence was interrogative, and 


that the answer expected might be either affirmative or nega- 
TItl 


APPLIED LATIN 


tive. Habésne rosam? Have you a rose? Yes or no (Habed 
or nén habed). 

The word nonne at the beginning of a sentence indicated 
a question requiring an affirmative answer. Nonne rosam 
habes? You have a rose, haven’t you? Yes (Habed). 

The word num at the beginning indicated a question re- 
quiring a negative answer. Num rosam habés? You 
haven’t a rose, have you? No (Non habed). 

260. In Latin, the difference between declarative and in- 
terrogative sentences is commonly shown by the addition of 
these little words, but there are also other words; as, ubi, 
where, and unde, whence, which may introduce questions. 
Such introductory words are common. They are either 
pronouns or adverbs. We shall meet them later, but for the 
present remember that every interrogative sentence must be 
introduced by some interrogative word. 

261. Translate: 1. NOnne exercitus impetum fécit? 2. 
Num flammae equos terrent? 3. Ubi servi viam parave- 
runt? 4. Régésne gentés hominum regent? 

1. Have you seen the captive? 2. Whence came the sound 
of voices? 3. Youdon’t love money, do you? 4. Where do 
the boys sleep? 5. We have served the state, haven’t we? 

Quiz.—How are interrogative sentences distinguished in 
Latin? 

XVI. THE VERB SUM, TO BE 

262. This verb, although very important, we have left till 

now because it is irregular in conjugation, and does not fol- 


low the forms of any of the four regular conjugations. 
‘ TE2 


$ 


THE VERB 


Principal Parts: Sum, J am; esse, to be; fui, I was or I have been, —. 


SUM.—Active Voice—Indicative Mood 


SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
1. sum, J am I. sumus, we are 
2. eS, you are 2. estis, you are 
. est, he (she, it) is 3. sunt, they are 
Imperfect Tense 
1. eram, J was I. eramus, we were 
. eras, you were 2. eratis, you were 
3. erat, he (she, it) was 3. erant, they were 
Future Tense 
. erd, I shall be I. erimus, we shall be 
2. eris, you will be 2. eritis, you will be 
. erit, he (she, it) will be 3. erunt, they will be 
Perfect Tense 
1. fui, J have been 1. fuimus, we have been 
2. fuisti, you have been 2. fuistis, you have been 
. fuit, he (she, it) has been 3. fuérunt, they have been 
Pluperfect Tense 
1. fueram, J had been 1. fueramus, we had been 
. fueras, you had been 2. fueratis, you had been 
. fuerat, he (she, it) had been 3. fuerant, they had been 
Future Perfect Tense 
. fuerd, J shall have been 1. fuerimus, we shall have been 
. fueris, you will have been 2. fueritis, you will have been 


3. fuerit, he (she, it) will have been 3. fuerint, they will have been 


263. Learn the tenses of the verb given above, and for . 
practice translate the following forms of the verb sum: 

1. Es, eratis, fuisti, sumus, erant, fueris. 

2. Fuerimus, est, eram, er6, fuérunt, erimus. 

3. Fuimus, erat, erunt, fueram, eris, eramus. 

264. Examine these sentences: 

1. Caesar fuit hom6, Caesar was a man. 

The noun homé, though it is connected in sense with the 
noun Caesar, is a part of the predicate. It is called a pred- 


icate noun. 





8 TT? 


APPLIED LATIN 


2. Flumen erat latum, 7’he river was wide. 

The adjective latum, though it modifies the noun flimen, 
is a part of the predicate. It is called a predicate adjective. 
Predicate nouns and predicate adjectives are to be trans- 
lated after their verb. 

265. RULE.—Agreement in the Predicate. <A predicate 
noun agrees in case with the noun it modifies; a predicate 
adjective agrees in gender, number, and case. 

Make up some Latin sentences using the verb sum. 


XVII. THE ADVERB 

266. The name of this new part of speech reveals to us zts 
most important and most frequent use. The adverb belongs in 
a sentence, ad in connection with verb, the verb. To a slight 
extent the use of the adverb is extended beyond its use with 
the verb. Sometimes an adverb modifies an adjective or 
another adverb. 

267. Most adverbs (1) are derived from adjectives and 

(2) present degrees of comparison as follows: 


(Apj.) ADVERB COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE 
(clarus), claré, clarius, more clearly, clarissimé, most 
clearly, clearly. 
(fortis), fortiter, fortius, more bravely, fortissimé, most 
bravely, bravely. 
(recéns), recenter, recentius, more recentissimé, most 
recently, recently, recently. 
(félix), féliciter, félicius, more félicissimé, most 
happily, happily, happily. 
(acer), Acriter, acrius, more sharply, acerrimé, most 
sharply, shar ply. 


These adverbs furnish standard examples of the degrees 
of comparison of first, second, and third declension ad- 
114 


THE ADVERB 


verbs. Most first and second declension adverbs follow the 
comparison of claré; most third declension adverbs are like 
fortiter. 

268. Some adverbs are compared irregularly: 


bene (bonus), well, melius, better, optimé, best. 

male (malus), iil, péius, worse, pessimé, worst. 
magnopere, greatly, magis, more, maximé, most. 
multum (multus), much, plus, more, plirimum, most. 
parum, /i/ile, minus, /ess, minimé, /east. 
saepe, ofteit, saepius, oftencr, saepissimé, oftenest. 


269. Some very common adverbs are not derived from 
adjectives, but are actually cases of nouns or adjectives that 
are used as adverbs. 

a. Some adverbs end in -6 (originally an ablative case): 
subit6, suddenly; necessarid, necessarily; perpetud, cease- 
lessly; prim6, at first. 

b. Some adverbs end in -tim or -im (originally an ac- 
cusative case): gradatim, slep by step, verbatim, word by 
word, nominatim, name by name, statim, immediately. 

270. ‘The following adverbs express the idea of place: ubi, 
where; ibi, there; inde, thence; unde, whence; hic, here; 
hic, /ither; hinc, hence. 

271. The following adverbs indicate time: nunc, now; 
tunc, ‘hen; iam, already; niper, recently; primum, first; 
deinde, next; dénique, finally; numquam, never; semper, 
always; saepe, often; antea, before; posted, afterward. 

272. The adverbs tam, ita, sic, mean so; praeterea, be- 
sides; propteread, on that account. The negative adverb is 


non, vol. 
II5 


APPLIED LATIN 


273. Translate the following: 1. Dux milités in pignam 
saepe ducit. 2. Recenter vénérunt. 3. Impetum subité 
fécérunt. 4. Légati hominés nominatim vocavérunt. 5. Inde 
lednem spectat. 6. Ubi fontés sunt? 7. Nunc claré vidé- 
mus. 8. Primum vénit, deinde aciem spectavit, dénique 
acriter clamavit. 9. Famam numquam habébis. 1o. Nonne 
fortissimi semper sumus? 11. Tunc in agro eratis. 12. Ibi 
captivos tenent. 13. Poéta fata verbatim narrabat. 

Qui1z.—How are adverbs formed and used? 

Pick out ten adverbs in your English reader. 


XVIII. THE SENTENCE. COMPOUND 


The Conjunction 


274. Our sentences so far have been very short and have 
expressed simple ideas only. Short sentences are commonly 
used by young children or those older persons whose educa- 
tion has been neglected. After the short sentences of child- 
hood we come to the longer sentences of youth. These 
longer sentences are, first, compound, and later, complex. 

275. Compound sentences are composed of two or more 
short sentences of equal importance, connected by a new 
part of speech called the Conjunction. 

EXAMPLE.—Cesar gave the command and the soldiers obeyed. 

276. Some conjunctions merely connect two sentences 
(and); others connect, but at the same time show a con- 
trast between the two sentences (but); others are used at 
the beginning of a sentence to connect it with the sentence 


which has just preceded. 
116 


COMPOUND SENTENCES 


277. The following Latin conjunctions merely connect: et, 
-que, atque, and. Color et odor; color odérque. 

278. These conjunctions connect and also show a contrast: 
sed, but; tamen, nevertheless; autem, however. 

279. These conjunctions connect a new sentence with one 
which has just preceded: nam, for; itaque, and so; igitur, 
accordingly; enim, for; etenim, for. 

280. These conjunctions often occur in pairs: 


ét...<.et, both... and: 

aut... .aut, either... .or. 

vel... .vel, either... .or. 

neque (nec)... .neque, (nec) neither... .nor. 


Conjunctions which are used in pairs are called correla- 
tive conjunctions. 

281. It is important to remember that the conjunctions 
autem, enim, and igitur are regularly placed second, never 
first, in their sentences. The conjunction -que is always 
added to the word which it ought to precede. It is called 
an enclitic because it is always attached to another word. 
The accent of a word to which an enclitic is attached is 
on the syllable just before the enclitic, hominés’que. 

282. The most common English conjunctions are and, but, 
because, neither, nor, either, or, for, if, than, that. 

283. Translate: 1. Hondrem glériamque petimus. 2. Et 
patrem et matrem amabant filii. 3. Virum facilé cépérunt 
sed fémina figit. 4. Avis frimentum rapuit, et in ripe 
sédit. 5. Neque aestatem neque limen sdlis timémus. 6. 


Etenim domum in insula habémus. 
II7 


APPLIED LATIN 


284. Translate: 1. Where are the hills and valleys? 2. 
And so the general led the army into camp. 3. We saw 
neither houses nor low buildings. 4. For (cf. 282) the town 
was on fire. 5. Nevertheless the slaves warded off the flames, 
and overcame the fire. 6. Both women and men sought 
flight. 7. However the danger drove them from the road. 

Quiz.—Explain the words conjunction, enclitic, cor- 
relative. 


XIX. THE PRONOUN 

285. If it were always necessary to repeat the noun-sub- 
ject of a sentence, and there were no words which could re- 
place the subject, we would talk something in the following 
way: “John says that John saw John’s wife at John’s store 
and that John’s wife said to John that John’s wife was on the 
way home.”’ Happily there are words which we may use to 
replace the noun. ‘These words are called pronouns, and 
the word pro (for) noun (a noun) reveals the use of this 
new part of speech. 

286. In English and in Latin there are personal, demonstra- 
tive, reflexive, interrogative, relative, and indefinite pronouns. 

287. Personal pronouns replace nouns which are the 
names of persons. They are usually employed when it is 
desirable to emphasize the subject of a verb which is used in 
the first or second persons, singular or plural. As you have 
learned, the personal subjects of the verbs, unless especially 
important or emphatic, are not expressed in Latin, but are 


included in the verb form. 
118 


THE PRONOUN 


288. ‘The personal pronoun of the firs/ person: 








SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nom. ego, I nos, we 
Gen. mei, of me nostrum,(i), of us 
Dat. mihi, to or for me nobis, fo or for us 
Acc. mé, me nos, us 
Voc. —— ,_— 
Abl.  mé, with, etc., me nobis, with, etc., us 


289. The personal pronoun of the second person: 











SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nom. tia, you vos, you 
Gen. tui, of you vestrum (i), of you 
Dat. _ tibi, to or for you vobis, fo or for you 
Acc.  té, you vos, you 
Voc. — ; 
Abl. — té, with, etc., you vobis, with, etc., you 


Learn these pronouns. 
290. Translate: 1. Ego filiam régis am6. 2. Té in aedi- 


ficilum portamus. 3. Nos fortissimi militum sumus. 4. Vos 
equum in via vidistis. 5. Nds loquacés sumus sed numquam 
mali. 6. Nos ad mare vénimus et rosés in aquam claram 
lécimus. 7 VOs cum poéta* vénistis. 8. Cum virginibus 
puerisque* templum spectavi. 9. Légatum técum* misi. ro. 
Vobiscum in exerciti serviébamus. 11. Multa animalia 
nobiscum in agro dormiunt. 12. Réx té é régn6 pellet. 

*Note the use of the ablative with cum in these sentences. 
They express accompaniment. 

291. RuLE.—Ablative of Accompaniment.—7 he ablative 
with cum expresses accompaniment. 

292. The preposition cum is regularly attached (enclitic) 
to the ablative cases of these two personal pronouns (técum). 

119 


APPLIED LATIN 


293. Translate: 1.’The consul looked at the races with the 
citizens. 2. Did the sad woman come with you? 3. The gen- 
_ eral with leaders and envoys ran to the camp. 4. We came 
with you. 5. They spoke to us about the soul. 

Quiz.—What kinds of pronouns are there in Latin? in 
English? How is accompaniment expressed in Latin? 


THE STORY OF EARLY ROME 


At the beginning, Rome was merely an outpost of the 
Latin Confederacy against the Etruscans. Many soldiers 
lived there. When the fortress became thoroughly estab- 
lished and there was a lull in the fighting, the peaceful occu- 
pations of herding and agriculture began to appear. The 
farmers and herdsmen went out each morning to their work, 
and returned each evening to the protection of the walls of 
the Palatine. Popular tales of the Romans told an inter- 

esting story of the way early Rome was filled with people. 

It seems that the Romans held some great festival to which 
all the maidens of the neighboring tribes were invited. 
When the games were going on, and all the maidens were 
intently watching, each Roman, at a given signal, seized 
one for himself and kept her for his wife. Thus, they said, 
domestic life began at Rome. 

After Rome had become important as a large village, the 
men of surrounding tribes made their homes there and in- 
creased the population. Eventually Rome fell into the 
power of the Etruscans, who set up a kingdom there. 


When the new government was established, the leading 
120 


THE VERB 


men of the Roman families were called together as an ad-. 
visory council for the kings, and formed the Senate. De- 
scendants of these senators made up the first group of citi- 
zens at Rome called the Patrician Order. Men of other 
tribes who had come to Rome made up the Plebeian Order, 
or the common people of Rome. The Etruscan kings were 
finally banished, and a Republican government under two 
Consuls was set up. This government was at first entirely 
controlled by the Patricians, the Plebeians having no voice 
in public affairs. The later history of Rome is mainly the 
story of the struggle of the Plebeians for a voice in the gov- 
ernment. 


XX. THE VERB. FIRST CONJUGATION 
294. 


arm6, armare, armavi, armatus, fo equip with weapons, arm. 
creé, creare, creavi, creatus, fo create, elect. 

dé, dare, dedi, datus, fo give, grant. 

err6, errare, erravi, erratum, fo go astray, make a mistake. 
firm6, firmare, firmavi, firmatus, /o make firm, strengthen. 
memor6, memorare, memoravi, memoratus, ‘fo mention, relate. 
émigré, émigrare, émigravi, émigratum, fo move away. 

monstr6, moénstrare, ménstravi, ménstratus, fo show, point out. 
mut6, mutare, mitavi, mutatus, fo change, alter. 

std, stare, steti, statum, fo stand, stand firm. 


Learn these first conjugation verbs. 

295. Worp Stupy.—Can you tell the Latin base and the 
English meanings of the following words? Add, army, 
monster, commute, station, destiny, statute, constitution, 


armory, donor, solstice, demonstrate, dative, erratic, ar- 
E20 


APPLIED LATIN 


mada, memorandum, confirm, editor, stagnant, armistice, 
firmament, memorial, monstrous, statue, render, errant, 
stall, infirmary, remonstrate, surrender, disarm, standard, 
armament, unerring, commuter, donation, firm, memoir, 
date, immutable, erratum, memory, monstrosity, addition, 
erroneous, obstacle, institute, data, error, affirm, infirmity, 
memorable, mutual, erring, destitute, stable, superstition, 
distance, assist, staid, stability, establish, restive, constant, 
stage, standstill. 

Discuss these derivatives in class. Learn to spell them 


correctly. Use them in sentences. 


296. LAUDO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
1. laudor, J am praised 1. laudamur, we are praised 
2. laudaris, you are praised 2. laudamini, you are praised 
3. laudatur, he (she, it) is praised 3. laudantur, they are praised 
Imperfect Tense 
1. laudabar, J was praised 1. laudabamur, we were praised 
2. laudabaris, you were praised 2. laudaébamini, you. were 
praised 
3. laudabatur, he (she, it) was 3. laudabantur, they were 
praised praised 
Future Tense 
1. laudabor, J shall be praised 1. laudabimur, we shall be 
praised 
2. laudaberis, you will be praised 2. laudabimini, you will be 
. praised 
3. laudabitur, he (she, it) will be 3. laudabuntur, they will be 
praised praised 


297. The Passive Voice. You have already learned that 


the passive voice is used when the subject of the sentence is 
122, 


THE VERB 


represented, not as acting upon some object, but as being acted 
upon. 

298. Examp.Les.—He strikes John (verb in the active 
_ voice). He is struck by John (verb in the passive voice). 
From the second of these sentences note that it is impossible 
to have a direct object after a passive verb. 

299. EXAMPLES.—He strikes John. Johnis struck by him. 
From the second of these sentences note that the direct ob- 
ject of a verb in the active voice becomes the subject of the verb 
when the verb is changed from the active to the passive voice. 

300. Translate for practice: 1. Amor, liberatur, 6rmamini. 
2. Laudatur, vocantur, superamur, pararis. 3. Portantur, 
spectamini, narrantur. 4. Parabatur, laudabatur, porta- 
bamur. 5. Narrabatur, vocabantur, amabaris, spectaba- 
mini. 6. Ornabantur, liberabamini, superabantur. 7. Por- 
tabuntur, vocabor, superabimur. 8. Paraberis, spectabi- 
mini. g. Amabimur, liberabuntur. 10. Narrabitur, cla- 
mabitur, 6rnaberis. 

301. Translate: 1. Neque télis neque gladiis armor. 2. 
Ta réx Brittandrum é multitidine militum crearis. 3. Pro- 
vinciae navibus praesidiisque maximis firmabantur sed 
hostés impetitis terribilés saepe fécérunt. 4. Post pericula 
et labores vitae ndmina virdrum illistrium memorantur. 
5. Vos inter optim6s civés ménstrabimini. 

302. Translate: 1. I shall be decorated with a crown. 2. 
We shall be overcome by the cold. 3. The slaves will be 
carried from the island. 4. Nevertheless they always desire 


freedom. 5. At first the commander looked at the army. 6. 
123 


APPLIED LATIN 


Then he changed the line of battle. 7. We have seen the 


sunset. 


Quiz.—When is the passive voice used? Can a passive 


verb have a direct object? 


XXI. THE PRONOUN. PERSONAL 


303. The personal pronoun of the ¢iird person: 


Is, Ea, Id, He, She, It, This, That 

















SINGULAR 
M. F. N 
Nem. is ea id 
Gen. _eius eius eius 
Dat. ei ea ei 
Acc. eum eam id 
Voc. 
Abl. eb ea ed 
PLURAL 
Nom. @4i, ii eae ea 
Gen. edrum earum eérum 
Dat. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis 
Acc. eds eas ea 
Voc. ——. 
Abl. eis, iis eis, iis eis, iis 
Meaning of the cases: 
SINGULAR PLURAL 


Nom. 


Gen. 
Dat. 


Acc, 
Voc. 
Abl. 


he, she, it, this, that 
of him, her, it, this, that 
to or for him, her, it, this, 


that 


him, her, it, this, that 





with, etc., him, her, it, this, 


that 





124 


they, these, those 
of them, these, those 
to or for them, these, those 


them, these, those 


with, ctc., them, these, those 


THE PRONOUN 


304. The pronoun is, when used in agreement with a noun, 
becomes a demonstrative adjective; Is hom6, this man; ea 
fémina, ‘iis woman, id bellum, this war. 

305. Translate: 1. Avés loquacés eis* dabuntur. 2. Ab 
cis** hostés superantur. 3. Filiis* poétae novam viam 
monstramus. 4. A cdnsulibus** légés malae mitabantur. 
5. Ampla pr6vinciae vectigalia imperatori dabantur. 6. 
Korum equi in agro sunt. 7. Aedificia magna eis faciémus. 

* Many verbs are followed by two objects: the direct (accu- 
sative) upon which the verb acts directly, and the indirect 
(dative) with which the action of the verb is indirectly con- 
cerned. ‘Thus: I give the book (d. 0.) to John (i. 0.). In sen- 
tences Nos. 3, 5, 7 are cases of the dative of the indirect object. 

306. RULE.—Indirect Object.—The indirect object of a 
verb is put in the dative case. 

** Note the instances in 2 and 4 of the ablative intro- 
duced by ab (4). These ablatives are used with verbs in the 
passive voice. They indicate the person by whom the action 
is done. Change the verb to the active voice and you will 
see that the ablative becomes the subject of the verb. 

307. RuLE.—Ablative of Agent.—The personal agent with 
a passive verb 1s put in the ablative case introduced by the prep- 
osition ab (a). 

Translate: 1. I love her son. 2. He is freed by the com- 
mander. 3. They are carrying grain tothe town. 4. Their 
voices are heavy. 5. We were overcome by them. 6. Are 
you looking at them (fem.)? 7. We shall be armed with those 


swords. 8. He was appointed consul. 
125 


APPLIED LATIN 


(JuIz.—Give the personal pronouns for all three persons, 
singular and plural. How is the indirect object expressed? 
The personal agent ? 


XXII. THE VERB. FIRST AND SECOND CON- 


JUGATIONS 
308. LAUDO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 


. laudatus (a, um) sum, J have 1. laudati (ae, a) sumus, we have 
been praised been praised 


. laudatus (a, um) es, you have 2. laudati (ae, a) estis, you have 
been praised been praised 


. laudatus (a, um) est, ie (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) sunt, they have 
has been praised been praised 


Pluperfect Tense 


. laudatus (a, um) eram, J had 1. laudati (ae, a) eramus, we had 
been praised been praised 


. laudatus (a, um) eras, you had 2. laudati (ae, a) eratis, you had 
been praised been praised 


. laudatus (a, um) erat, he (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) erant, they had 
had been praised . been praised 


Future Perfect Tense 
. laudatus (a, um) erd, J shall have 1. laudati (ae, a) erimus, we 


been praised shall have been praised 

. laudatus (a, um) eris, you will 2. laudati (ae, a) eritis, you will 
have been praised have been praised 

. laudatus (a, um) erit, he (she, it) 3. laudati (ae, a) erunt, they will 
will have been praised have been praised 


309. These tenses are the easiest of the Latin verb be- 


cause they are composed of forms which you already know. 
126 


THE VERB 


They are made up of the fourth principal part of the verb and 
tenses of the verb sum. Hence these tenses are called com- 
pound tenses. 

The form laudatus is really an adjective, and is declined 
dike the adjective latus. You must be very careful to make 
the adjective laudatus correspond im gender and number 
with the gender and number of the subject of the verb, as 


hom6 laudatus est, hominés laudati sunt, 
fémina laudata est, féminae laudatae sunt, 
carmen laudatum est, carmina laudata sunt. 


310. Translate these forms for rapidity: 1. Amatus es, 
Ornati sunt, paratae estis. 2. Monstrata erant, mitatae 
erimus, creatum erit. 

311. Translate: 1. A meis filiabus amatus sum. 2. Pericula 
ab hostibus creata erunt. 3. Bella Gallica ab omnibus civi- 
bus optimis memorata erant. 4. Ubisunt litterae? 5. Nomen 
légis mitatum est. 6. Féminae in lice sdlis stabant. 7. Mons 
altissimus in finibus hostium stat. 8. Itaque agricolae ex 
agris €migravérunt. 

312. Translate: 1. Toil brings fame to many men. 2. In 
time of war we give aid to our friends. 3. Their house is 
burning, and the slaves are bringing water. 4. Have we been 
praised by the soldiers? 5. The names of evil men are never 
mentioned by good citizens. 6. The enemy stood at the 
head of the bridge. 

313. Explain the uses of the ablative in these sentences. 


Review all the English derivatives of first conjugation verbs. 
127 


APPLIED LATIN 





314. 

déleé, délére, délévi,  délétus, fo blot out, destroy. 

flére6, ffldrére, fl6rui, ——, to bloom. 

fulgeo, fulgére,  fulsi, —., to glow, flash. 

liced, licére,  1iaxi, , to give light, beam. 

rided, ridére, _risi, risum, o laugh (at). 

caved, cavére, cavi, cautus, to beware, be on one’s guard. 
torqued, torquére, torsi, tortus, fo twist. 

studed, studére, studui, ——, 10 attend to, be eager (fol- 


lowed by the dative). 
sponded, spondére, spopondi, spénsus, to promise. 


placed, placére, placui,  placitus, to please (followed by the 
dative). 


faved, favére,  favi, fautus, to favor, aid (followed by 
the dative). 


Learn these second conjugation verbs. 


315. Worp Stupy.—Let us see what words are derived 
from the verbs above: 


déleé, delete, indelible. 

fléred, flower, flourish, Florence, efflorescence, florist. 
fulged, refulgent, effulgent. 

laced, Lucy, lucent, translucent, lurid, elucidate. 
rided, deride, derision, risible, ridicule. 

caved, caution, precaution, cautionary. 

torqued, extort, contort, distort, torture, torment. 
studed, study, studious, student. 


sponded, spouse, respond, sponsor, despond, irresponsible, corre- 
spond. 


place6, please, displease, complacent, complaisance, pleasant, 
pleasure, placid. 


faved, favorite, favor, disfavor, favorable. 

316. EXAMPLES OF THESE DERIVATIVES IN ENGLISH.— 
1. We have indelible pencils. 2. The florist sells flowers. 3. 
The polished shield was refulgent in the sunlight. 4. Very 
fine china through which light can shine is said to be trans- 


lucent; glass through which the eye can see objects very 
128 . 


THE VERB 


clearly is called transparent. 5. A lurid flame lighted up the 
heavens. 6. Do not deride people who take precautions. 7. 
By means of torture evidence was extorted from the slave. 
8. An irresponsible person is a bad companion for young 


people. 9. May fortune favor the brave. 
aii. HABEO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 


SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
1. habeor, J am held (had) 1. habémur, we are held (had) 
2. habéris, you are held (had) 2. habémini, you are held (had) 


3. habétur, he (she, it) is held (had) 3. habentur, they are held (had) 

. Imperfect Tense 

1. habébar, J was held (had) 1. habébamur, we were held (had) 
2. habébaris, you were held (had) —_2. habébamini, you were held(had) 


3. habébatur, he (she, it) was held 3. habébantur, they were held (had) 
(had) 
Future Tense 


1. habébor, J shall be held (had) 1. habébimur, we shall be held 


(had) 

2. habéberis, you will be held (had) 2. habébimini, you will be held 
(had) 

3. habébitur, he (she, it) will be held 3. habébuntur, they will be held 
(had) (had) 


Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in Para- 
graph 314. 

318. Translate: 1. Placétur, spondémur, torquéris, favé- 
tur, délentur. 2. Iubébatur, tenébaris, terrébamur, vidéba- 
mini, habébantur. 3. Studébitur, torquébimus, délébuntur, 
tenébimini, habéberis. 

319. Translate: 1. Memoria periculbrum gravidrum novis 
calamitatibus délétur. 2. Aestate silvae fléruérunt. 3. 
Fortina fortibus favet. 4. Captivi 4 militibus habentur. 5. 
Ignis ingéns in colle fulgébat. 6. Per niibés dénsds s6l non 
semper liicet. 7. Legidnés victoria risérunt et clamavérunt. 
8. Nonne iram Caesaris cavémus? g. Silvae vehementibus 

9 129 


APPLIED LATIN 


hiemis ventis torquentur. 10. Hiimanitati et libertati civés 
Romani studébant. 11. Ddna amicis propter ciram dili- 
gentiamque edrum spopondimus. 12. Opera militum duci 
placent. 

320. Translate: 1. We are moved by the dangers of the 
war. 2. The streets of the town were filled by the shouts of 
the wayfarers. 3. The taxes are increased because of the 
lack of grain. 4. Their sons and daughters will be taught by 
the poet. 5. The labor of years was destroyed by the flames. 


XXIII. THE PRONOUN. REFLEXIVE 

321. You have already learned the personal pronouns of 
the first, second, and third persons. 

In such sentences as I praise myself or you love yourself 
or he strikes himself, a special kind of personal pronoun is 
used for the objects myself, yourself, and himself. This pro- 
noun is called the reflexive personal pronoun. 

322. The reflexive pronouns of the first and second per- 


sons are the same in form as the personal pronouns ego and ta. 


I praise myself, | mé laudé, 
You praise yourself, té laudas. 
We praise ourselves, nés laudamus. 


You praise yourselves, vés laudatis. 


There is a special reflexive pronoun for the third per- 


son: ; 
THIRD PERSON REFLEXIVE PRONOUN 





Nom. ; 

Gen. sui, of himself, herself, itself. 

Dat.  sibi, to or for himself, herself, itself. 

Acc. sé, himself, herself, itself. 

Voc. : 

Abl. sé, — with, from, in, or by himself, herself, itself. 
130 





THE PRONOUN. REFLEXIVE 


The plural of this pronoun has the same forms as the 
singular. The meanings of the plural cases are of them- 
selves, to or for themselves, etc. 

323. The following possessive adjectives are formed 


from the personal pronouns: 


meus, mea, meum, my or mine. noster, nostra, nostrum, our. 

tuus, tua, tuum, your (singular). vester, vestra, vestrum, your 
(plural). 

suus, sua, suum, /is, her, its. suus, sua, suum, ¢heir. 

These adjectives are declined like latus. The nominative 
singular masculine of noster and vester are exceptional 
(ager, Paragraph 46). All the other forms of these two 
adjectives follow latus exactly. Suus is reflexive. If his, 
her, etc., denotes possession by the subject of the verb, use 
suus; if possession by someone other than the subject, use 
the genitive of is (eius, e6rum, earum). 


324. TRANSLATE TRANSLATE 
1. Meus servus sé laudabit. 1. The king's sister looks at her 
own image. 
2. Nos vestris cor6nis Grnamur. 2. We know ourselves. 
3. Mé in aqua vided. ae a a shines with its own 
ight. 


4. Régés sé ndn semper réxérunt. 4. Men love their own sons. 


5. Caput tuum ad occasum solis 5. The woman is led by her own 
vertébas. daughters. 
6. Ars per sé valébit. 6. Caesar will be praised by his 


own leaders. 
7. Poéta suum carmen narravit. 7. Your sons have loved me al- 


ways. 
8. Nostris laboribus semper lau- 8. Your (singular) daughters give 
dabimur. gifts to the sailor. 
g. Noster avis edrum vocés au- g. Our horses often remain in the 
diverat. fields. 
10. V6s nds vestibus tegitis. 10. Where are your (plural) 
weapons? 


131 


APPLIED LATIN 


XXIV. THE VERB. SECOND AND THIRD CON- 
JUGATIONS 
325. HABEO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 


. habitus (a, um) sum, J have been 1. habiti (ae, a) sumus, we have 
held (had) been held (had) 


. habitus (a, um) es, you have been 2. habiti (ae, a) estis, you have 
held (had) been held (had) 


. habitus (a, um) est, he (she, ii) 3. habiti (ae, a) sunt, they have 
has been held (had) been held (had) 

Pluperfect Tense 
. habitus (a, um) eram, J had been 1. habiti (ae, a) eramus, we had 


held (had) been held (had) 

. habitus (a,um) eras, you had 2. habiti (ae, a) eratis, you had 
been held (had) been held (had) 

. habitus (a, um) erat, he (she, it) 3. habiti (ae, a) erant, they had 
had been held (had) been held (had) 


Future Perfect Tense 
. habitus (a, um) eré, J shall have 1. habiti (ae, a) erimus, we shall 


been held (had) have been held (had) 

. habitus (a, um) eris, you will have 2. habiti (ae, a) eritis, you will 
been held (had) have been held (had) 

. habitus (a, um) erit, he (she, it) 3. habiti (ae, a) erunt, they will 
will have been held (had) have been held (had) 


Practise these tenses, using the verbs given in Paragraph 


214A. 


326. Translate: 1. Iissus sum, territa es, visum est, 
placitum est, déléta sunt, spdnsi sumus. 2. Délétum erat, 
torti erant, iiissi] erdmus, habitae eratis. 3. Visum erit, 
placitum erit, territi eritis, iissi erunt. 

327. Translate: 1. Captivus in supplicid aeternd habitus 
sum. 2. Viri suis calamitatibus m6tierant. 3. Num sdl sé 
movet? 4. In fabulis poétarum multa sunt falsa. 5. Led 
atrox sé in clara fliminis aqua spectabat. 6. Omnis exer- 


citus in sud locd manébat. 7. Frater sordrem suam dixit. 8. 
132 


THE VERB 


Caput, fréns, dentés, maniis sunt partés corporis. 9. Natira 
hominum vestibus bonis nén mitatur. 1o. Consulés clamér- 
ibus civium territi erunt. 

328. Translate: 1. The swift birds were seen in the forest. 
2. Life is short and time is fleeting. 3. Above the pathless 
forests the sun shines. 4. Over the river there was a frail 
bridge. 5. The sad mother touched the face of her son with 
her hand. 6. I am considered a citizen of many states. 7. 
The bird was seen at the edge of the spring. 

Review all the English derivatives of second conjugation 


verbs. 
329. 
caed6, caedere, cecidi, caesus, to cut, kill. 
créd6, _crédere, crédidi, créditus, to trust, belveve. 

(followed by dative) 

claud6, claudere, clausi, clausus, to close. 
créscé, créscere, crévi, crétus, to increase. 
flects, _flectere, fléxi, flexus, to bend. 
flud, fluere, flixi, fluxum, to flow. 
frang6, frangere, frégi, fractus, to break. 
solv6, solvere, solvi, solitus, to loosen, free. 
strué, struere, struxi, strictus, to build. 
vinco, vincere, -Vicl, victus, to conquer. 


Learn these third conjugation verbs. 

330. WorpD Stupy.—Can you pick out the Latin bases 
and define the English meanings of these words? Suicide, . 
seclusion, flux, resolve, substructure, convince, reflector, 
credit, flow, fraction, instruct, conviction, solve, decide, con- 
clude, fluent, insolvent, obstruct, destroy, deflect, creed, fluid, 
fraction, soluble, structure, fracture, concise, include, flue, 
resolute, convict, destructive, flexible, credulity, affluent, 

133 


APPLIED LATIN 


solvent, victor, dissolute, infringe, incision, conclude, con- 
fluence, invincible, construct, fragment, inflection, incredi- 
ble, influential, victim, superstructure, dissolve, fragile, 
precise, fluctuate. 

Write English sentences containing these derivatives. 


SSI; DUCO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 

1. dicor, J am led 1. dicimur, we are led 
2. diceris, you are led 2. diicimini, you are led 
3. dicitur, he (she, it) is led 3. dicuntur, they are led 

: Imperfect Tense 
1. dicébar, I was led 1. dicébamur, we were led 
2. dicébaris, you were led 2. diicébamini, you were led 


3. dicébatur, he (she, it) was led 3. dicébantur, they were led 
Future Tense 

1. dicar, J shall be led 1. dicémur, we shall be led 

2. diicéris, you will be led 2. diicémini, you will be led 

3. diicétur, he (she, it) will be led 3. dicentur, they will be led 

Practise these tenses, using the verbs of Paragraph 329. 

332. Translate: 1. Caedor, créditur, créscitur, flectimur, 
frangimini, struuntur. 2. Vincébar, solvébaris, claudébatur, 
crédébatur, caedébantur. 3. Crédétur, flectéris, créscétur. 
4. Caedémur, vincémini, struentur. 

333. Translate: 1. Aedificlum ingéns in colle altissim6 
struébatur. 2. Manum meam cecidi. 3. Ibi flimen ndbile 
fluit. 4. Portae urbis clauduntur et omnés milités terrdre 
tacent. 5. Cursus aquae ab agricola flectébatur. 6. La- 
bor omnia vincit. 7. Calamitatibus necessitatibusque do- 
cémur. 8. Captiviin oppidum dicuntur. 9. Dentés lednis 
gladid servi frangentur. 1o. Hieme frigus créscit sed 

134 


THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE 


aestate clar6 sdlis limine vincitur. 11. Fabula fallacis cap- 
tivi ab omnibus légatis crédébatur. 

334. Translate: 1. Love laughs at all restraint. 2. Broad 
rivers flow from the mountains into thesea. 3. The gates of 
the city are closed against the enemy. 4. Caesar built a wall 
around the town. 5. We believe in virtue and nobility. 6. 
The rush of the wind was overcome by the high hills. 7. A 
fleet was constructed for the famous consuls. 

aye XXV. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE 


hic, haec, hoc, (this, or this man, woman, thing, according to the 
gender. 


iste, ista, istud, that (of yours), or that man, woman, thing, accord- 
ing to the gender. 


ille, illa, illud, ‘hat, or that man, woman, thing, according to the 
gender. 


336. These three words are pronouns because they re place 
nouns. They are called demonstrative because they point 
out (démonstr6) or call attention to special persons, places, 
or things. 

Examples as pronouns: 

1. Ille est bonus homd. That is a good man. 

2. Haec est mea mater. This is my mother. 

Hic, iste, and ille when used in agreement with nouns 
are demonstrative adjectives. 

Examples as adjectives: 

1. Hic homd est imperator noster. This man 1s our 
commander. 

2. Ista filia est sapiéns. That daughter of yours 1s wise. 

These three words are, consequently, sometimes dem- 
onstrative pronouns, sometimes demonstrative adjectives. 

135 


APPLIED LATIN 


337. Hic is sometimes called a pronoun of the first person 
because it always refers to some one close beside the speaker. 


Iste is sometimes called a pronoun of the second person 


because it refers to some one a little removed from the speaker, 


that 1s, over beside you. 
Ille is sometimes called a pronoun of the third person 


because it refers to some one at a considerable distance from the 


speaker. 


338. Learn the declension of hic. 


























SINGULAR 
Nom. hic, haec, hoc, this, he, she, 1t. 
Gen. hiius, hitius, hiius, of this, of him, her, it. 
Dat. huic, huic, huic, to or for this, to him, her, it. 
Acc. unc, hance, hdc, this, him, her, it. 
Voc. —_—_ : ; : 
Abl. hoc, hac, hdc, with, etc., this. him her, it. 
PLURAL 
Nom. hi, hae, haec, these, they. 
Gen. hérum, harum, hérum, of these, them. 
‘Dat. his, his, his, to or for these, them. 
Acts. “HOe; has, haec, these, them. 
Voc. ; : ; : — 
Abl. _ his, his, his, with, etc., these. them. 


339. The pronoun hic is constanily used as an adjective, 
and when so used is a demonstrative adjective. 

340. Translate: 1. Hic (homd) equum in agro vidit, sed 
2. Milités his gladiis caedem atr6cem 
4, 3 
(servi) domi sunt. 6. Haec 
-(pericula) multés fortés terruérunt, sed legidnés imperatoris 
numquam figérunt. 7. Héc (carmen) saepe laudatum est. 
9. Hunc léga- 


domum non dixit. 
facient. 3. Omnés (viri) matrem Caesaris amant. 


5. Rosaene aestate florent? 


8. Hacin provincia consul sapienter réxit. 
136 


THE VERB 


tum dé pace statim misimus. 10. Nunc bellum atrécissi- 
mum est in Eurdpa. 11. Trans flimen latum Germani 
castra posuérunt. 12. His (rébus) socii territi sunt. 

341. Translate: 1. These men were dragging that anchor 
from the water. 2. I am giving a gift to that son (of yours). 
3. The leader of this legion saw that river and those bridges. 
4. Do you favor those nations? 5. With this hope the minds 
of the soldiers were filled. 6. That house (of yours) in the 


valley is burning. 7. There stood the standard of Caesar. 
8. We favor this law. 


XXVI. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION 


342. DUCO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 
1. ductus (a, um) sum, J have been 1. ducti (ae, a) sumus, we have 
led been led 
2. ductus (a, um) es, you have been 2. ducti (ae, a) estis, you have 
led been led 
3. ductus (a, um) est, he (she, it)has 3. ducti (ae, a) sunt, they have 
been led been led 


Pluperfect Tense 
1. ductus (a, um) eram, J had been 1. ducti (ae, a) eramus, we had 
led been led 


2. ductus (a, um) eras, youhad been 2. ducti (ae, a) eratis, you had 
led . been led 

3. ductus (a, um) erat, he (she, it) 3. ducti (ae, a) erant, they had 
had been led been led 


Future Perfect Tense 
1. ductus (a, um) eré, J shall have 1. ducti (ae, a) erimus, we shall 
been led have been led 


2. ductus (a, um) eris, you will have 2. ducti (ae, a) eritis, you will 
been led have been led 


3. ductus (a, um) erit, ke (she, it) 3. ducti (ae, a) erunt, they will 
will have been led have been led 


Practise these tenses, using ‘the verbs given in Para- 


graph 329. 
137 


APPLIED LATIN 


343. Translate these forms: 1. Caesus sum, créditum 
est, clausum est, flexi sumus, fracta sunt. 2. Soltitus eras, 
strictum erat, victi eratis, caesi erant, ductae eramus. 3. 
Petitus erd, positae erunt, récti erimus, pressi eritis, 
scriptae erunt. — 

344. Translate: 1. Dentibus hiiius lednis caesus erd. 2. 
Ex hac prévincia celeriter pulsieramus. 3. Frigus ignibus 
plirimis premétur. 4. Scientia artis titilis omnibus hondrem 
dat. 5. Aqua é fliimine ad urbem diicétur. 6. Auxilia 4 
Caesare missa erunt. 7. Litterae recenter scriptae erant. 
8. In manibus niinti magna peciinia posita est. 

345. Translate: 1. The enemy quickly sought peace. 2. 
He was called emperor by a happy throng. 3. At the begin- 
ning of the fight the line of battle was broken. 4. However, 
the legions easily retained their places and then the enemy 
was driven from the camp. 5. The leader’s standard: was 
being carried before the marching troops. 

Review all the English derivatives of third conjugation 
verbs. | 

THE STORY OF LATER ROME 

The Republican form of government lasted till the time 
of the great general, Julius Caesar, who brought about the 
changes which turned the Roman Republic into an Empire. 
Caesar lived just a little while before the time of Christ, 
and the republic which he ended had lasted about five hun- 
dred years. The early years of the republic were occupied 
with the struggles of the Patricians and Plebeians, and of 


both with the tribes surrounding Rome. 
‘438 


THE STORY OF LATER ROME 


The rising Roman power next came into conflict with the 
Carthaginians, who possessed a great naval empire, with a 
base at Carthage, in Africa. After the first war with this na- 
tion, Rome gained control of Sicily. The second war brought 
into history Hannibal, one of the world’s greatest com- 
manders. Starting from Spain, Hannibal made a wonderful 
passage over the Alps, overwhelmed the Romans in North 
Italy, advanced toward Rome, and made his camp at Capua. 
For months he remained in Magna Graecia, proving a terror 
to the people of Rome. Roman mothers quieted their chil- 
dren by telling them that Hannibal ‘“‘would get them if they 
didn’t watch out.’ Finally he was forced to return to 
Carthage because of troubles at home. The third war saw 
the complete destruction of Carthage by Roman armies led 
by Scipio Africanus. The supremacy of Rome over the 
Western Mediterranean followed the victory of Scipié. 
At the same time Roman armies conquered Greece, thus 
extending their power over the Eastern Mediterranean. 

At last the task of governing the whole world became too 
great for the citizens of Rome. The ordinary Roman citizen 
could not cope with the problems of imperial control. 
Men of genius began to see an opportunity for seizing im- 
perial power. Bloody civil wars became the fashion in 
Rome. Marius, Sulla, Pompey, and Julius Caesar followed 
one another in quick succession. Caesar was at last suc- 
cessful, after a terrible period of civil war. But he was 
assassinated soon after securing control. His successor, 
Augustus, during a long peaceful reign, established the 

139 


APPLIED LATIN 


Empire, which spread abroad Roman laws, customs, and 
government throughout Europe and Western Asia. 


XXVII. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE 


346. Learn the declension of ille. 





SINGULAR 
Nom. ille, illa, illud, that, he, she, it. 
Gen. illius, illius, illius, of that, him. 
Dat, - ili, illi, ili, to or for that, him, her, it. 
Acc. illum, illam,  illud, that, him, her, it 
Vo. —., —_-, ; —. 
Abl. — illé, illa, illd, with, etc., that, him, her, tt. 
PLURAL 
Nom. _ illi, illae, illa, those, they. 
Gen. illérum, illarum, illérum, of those, them. 
Dat. illis, illis, illis, to or for those, them. 
Acc. _ illds, illas, illa, those, them. 
Voc. =, oo, ———, 








Abl. _ illis, illis, illis, with, etc., those, them. 


347. The declension of iste, that (of yours), he, corre- 
sponds exactly in endings to the declension of ille. 

348. Like hic, ille and iste are often used in agreement 
with nouns. When thus used these pronouns become 
demonstrative adjectives. Ille is sometimes used in the 
same sentence with hic to indicate a contrast, as ille, the 
former; hic, the latter. 

349. Translate: 1. Illud vinum pessimum erat. 2. Ill 
bell6 isti milités territi sunt. 3. Iste filius imperatorem 
suum amat. 4. Illa calamitas civitatem félicem superavit. 


5. Nos clamoérem magnam in ill6 templ6 saepe facimus. 
140 


THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE 


6. Ubi ille pons in flamine lato fuit? 7. Caesarem et Gal- 
bam vidémus; ille imperator, hic agricola est. 

350. Translate: 1. We see the swift motion of that river. 
2. That army was led across the bridge into the territories 
of the enemy. 3. The fragrance of roses is pleasing to all 
men. 4. The color of the garment had been destroyed by 
the light of the sun. 5. The great war has destroyed the laws 
of nations. 6. In these days we seek peace not war. 


Certain Irregular Adjectives 


351. Certain adjectives in Latin resemble ille and iste 
in declension, especially in the genitive and dative singular. 
When used alone, these adjectives become pronouns. 


352. Learn this declension: tétus, téta, totum, all, whole. 


SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F. N. M. F: N. 

Nom. tétus tota totum toti totae tota 
Gen.,. tdtius totius tdtius totorum tdtarum  tdtdrum 
Dat.  t6ti toti toti totis totis tdtis 
Acc. tédtum totam totum totds totas tota 
Voc. tote tota totum toti totae tota 
Abl.  tét6 tota toto totis totis totis 


353. Learn the following irregular adjectives: 


tinus, tna, inum, one, alone. sdlus, sola, sdlum, alone, only. 
illus, alla, Gllum, any. alius, alia, aliud, other, another. 
nillus, nilla, nillum, zone, no. alter, altera, alterum, the one, 
uter, utra, utrum, which (of two). the other (of two); Genitive 
neuter, neutra, neutrum, nezther singular, alterius. 

(of two). 


uterque, utraque, utrumque, each 
(of two) both. 


354. Translate: 1. Alii cdnsulés maidrés provinciads ha- 
141 


APPLIED LATIN 


bent. 2. T6tum carmen amamus. 3. Nilli puerds malés 
laudant. 4. Aliud flimen in mare fluit. 5. ‘Nos soli impera- 
torés sumus. 

Worp Stupy.—Explain these English words and use 
them in sentences of your own: Unit, alternate, sole, alien, 
neuter, union, total, alternately, soliloquy, neutrality, an- 
nul, unify, in toto, null, solo, once, uniform. 


XXVIII. THE VERB. THIRD CONJUGATION IN -/O 

355. Review Paragraphs 224-231. 

356. Learn the conjugation of the following tenses of the 
passive voice of verbs in -i6. 


CAPIO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 


SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
1. capior, J am taken I. capimur, we are taken 
2. caperis, you are taken 2. capimini, you are taken 
3. capitur, he (she, it) is taken 3. capiuntur, they are taken 
Imperfect Tense 
1. capiébar, J was taken I. capiébamur, we were taken 
2. capiébaris, you were taken 2. capiébamini, you were taken 
- 3. capiébatur, he (she, it) was 3. capiébantur, they were taken 
taken 
Future Tense 

1. capiar, I shall be taken 1. capiémur, we shall be taken 
2. capiéris, you will be taken 2. capiémini, you will be taken 
3. capiétur, he (she, it) will be 3. capientur, they will be taken 

taken 


357. The verb facio does not possess these three tenses of 
the passive voice. Instead of them the Latins used tenses 
of fid, an irregular verb to be taken up later. 


358. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses of 
142 


THE VERB 


these verbs do not differ in conjugation from the same tenses 
of diicé. 

Conjugate captus sum, captus eram, captus ero. 

359. Practise these tenses, using the other seven verbs 
given. 

360. For rapidity translate these forms: 1. Capior, 
iaceris, specitur. 2. Rapimur, cupimini, quatiébar. 3. Ca- 
piébaris, rapiébatur, iaciébamini. 4. Cupiébamur, rapiar. 
5. Capiéris, speciétur, iaciémur. 6. Cupiémini, quatientur. 
7. Iactus sum, cupita es, quassi eramus, factae eratis, rapta 
erunt. 

361. Translate: 1. Praeda ab hostibus rapiébatur. 2. 
Téla in flimen iacta erant. 3. Mirus magnus 4 militibus 
capiétur. 4. Mons altus ventis vehementibus quassus erit. 
5. Magna peciinia ab omnibus hominibus n6n cupitur. 6. 
Dé vallo téla in dénsam turbam acciraté iaciébantur. 

362. Translate: 1. The great town in the valley will be 
captured. 2. This town was recently captured by the brave 
soldiers. 3. Extensive provinces are desired by the king. | 
4. The whole temple had been shaken by the hands of 
a god. 5. In what direction had the captives fled? 

Quiz.—Can you recall some of the English derivatives of 
-i6 verbs given before? What must you remember about 
the passive voice of faci6? Pick out in your English reader 
some (1) personal pronouns; (2) possessive adjectives; 
(3) reflexive pronouns; (4) demonstrative pronouns; (5) 
demonstrative adjectives. Can you decline the personal 
pronouns of the first and second persons in English? 

143 


APPLIED LATIN 


XXIX. THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. 
INTERROGATIVE 


363. The interrogative adjective qui, quae, quod, which 
or what, is declined as follows: 








SINGULAR 
M. F. N. 
Nom. qui, quae, quod, which or what. 
Gen. ciiius, cuius, cuius, of which. 
Dat. cui, cui, cul, to or for which. 
Acc. quem, quam, quod, which or what. 
Von ——, ; —, : 
Abl. qué, qua, qué, with, from, in, or by which. 
PLURAL 
Nom. qui,. quae, quae, which or what. 


Gen. quorum, quarum, quérum, of which. 

Dai. quibus, quibus, quibus, to or for which. 

Acc. quds, quas, quae, which or what. 

Voc. ; : —, —, . 

Abl. quibus, quibus, quibus, with, from, in, or by which. 








364. When this interrogative adjective is used without 
any noun in agreement, it becomes an inierrogative pronoun 
and is slightly different in declension and meaning. 

365. The singular of the interrogative pronoun has but 
two terminations, one for both the masculine and feminine and 
one for the neuter. Learn its declension. 








SINGULAR 

M. and F. N. 
Nom. quis, quid, who or what. 
Gen. _ciiius, ciiius, whose. 
Dat. cui, cui, to or for whom or what. 
Acc. quem, quid, whom, what. 
Voc. ; p —— 
Abl. qué, qué, with, from, in, or by whom or what. 


144 


THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INTERROGATIVE 


366. Fhe plural is declined exacily like the plural of qui, 
quae, quod, having separate forms for all genders. 

367. The pronoun quis, quid, and the interrogative ad- 
jective qui, quae, quod, are regularly used to introduce in- 
lerrogative sentences. 

368. Translate: 1. Quod aliud flimen ex monte vidémus? 
2. Flimen Rhénum claré vidémus. 3. Quis vinum haurit? 
4. Qua in urbe réx mansit? 5. Quae féminae cordnam in 
templum portavérunt? 6. Qui equum parvum vinxérunt? 
7. Caius rosam puer habet? 8. A quibus sociis illud bellum 
paratum est? g. Quibus viris sdlis cénsul favébat? 10. Quod 
periculum inum cavémus? 11. Quarum vestés servi ciriési 
in aqua posuérunt? 12. Quid quaerébas? 13. Quo in proe- 
lid civés niiper superati sunt? 

369. Translate: 1. In what building were the women? 2. 
Whom do we see in the field? 3. To what man is the 
fragrance of roses pleasing? 4. With what sword was 
the soldier’s hand cut? 5. The ship was drawn from the 
sea without injury. 6. Whose crown is covered by the 
garment? 7. Inthis recent battle was another messenger 
_ killed? 

Quiz.—Describe the uses of the interrogative adjective 
and pronoun. How do they differ in forms? How can you 
tell when the form citius is used as a pronoun? How can 
you tell when it is used as an adjective? What kind of words 
must introduce interrogative sentences? What other words 
have you learned which can introduce interrogative sen- 
tences? 

t2 145 


APPLIED LATIN 


XXX. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION 
370. 


aperid, aperire, aperul, apertus, to open. 
clst6di6, ciistédire, cistddivi, ctstdditus, to guard. 
mollié, mollire, mollivi, mollitus, to soften. 
reperi6, reperire, repperi, repertus, 0 find. 
salid, salire, salui, saltus, to jump. 
saevid, saevire, saevivi, saevitus, to rage. 


stabilis, stabilire,  stabilivi, stabilitus, to make steady. 
vestid, vestire, vestivi, vestitus, to clothe. 


Learn these fourth conjugation verbs. 

371. WorD Stupy.—Can you tell the Latin root words 
from which these derived words are formed: Custody, 
mollify, aperture, sally, stability, vest, result, insult, stabil- 
izer, assail, vesture, exult, investments, assault, emollient, 
aperient, custodian, salient, vestment, resilience? 

372. EXAMPLES OF THE USE OF THESE DERIVATIVES.—1. 
If you are in the custody of an irate policeman, do not try to 
mollify him with tears. 2. From an aperture in the wall a 
sally was attempted. 3. What inventor can discover a 
stabilizer for an aéroplane? 4. The Russian salient at 
Warsaw was soon broken by the Germans. 5. Let us not 
exult in the results of our investments. 6. Cold cream is 
an emollient. What is an aperient? 7. Resilience is the 
bouncing property in rubber. 8. He was arrested on a 
charge of assult and battery. 9g. As custodian of the Seal 
he was vested with great authority. 10. Do you not 
admire stability of character? 


Do you know any more derivatives of these verbs? 
146 


THE VERB 


373. AUDIO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Present Tense PLURAL 
audior, I am heard 1. audimur, we are heard 


La 
. 


2. audiris, you are heard 2. audimini, you are heard 
3. auditur, he (she, it) is heard 3. audiuntur, they are heard 
Imperfect Tense 


1. audiébar, J was heard 1. audiébamur, we were heard 
2. audiébaris, you were heard 2. audiébamini, you were heard 
3. audiébatur, he (she, it) was 3. audiébantur, they were heard 
heard 
Future Tense 
1. audiar, J shall be heard 1. audiémur, we shall be heard 
2. audiéris, yeu will be heard 2. audiémini, you will be heard 


3. audiétur, he (she, it) will be 3. audientur, they will be heard 

heard 

374. Translate for practice: 1. Audiris, impedior, min- 
itur, serviuntur, vincimur, sepelimini. 2. Aperiébatur, ves- 
tiébar, impediébantur, serviébaris, vinciébamini. 3. Ves- 
tiémur, piniémini, minientur, audiétur, finiétur. 

375. Translate: 1. Uter servus loquax piniétur? 2. In 
fossa magna milités sepelientur. 3. Léx bona ab omnibus 
sancitur. 4. Tdtum templum 4 viris fortissimis cistodié- 
batur. 5. Quis glériam famamque amat? 6. Gloria famaque 
ab omnibus sapientibus amantur. 7. A quo pax petita erit? 
8. Quis hic in locé sepelitur? 9. Ad aliud oppidum venié- 
bant. 

376. Translate: 1. The voice of the consul will be heard 
in the midst of the shouts of the citizens. 2. In the forests 
the lions and fierce animals rage. 3. The sailors leaped from 
the ship. 4. The slave was guarded by the soldiers. 5. The 
cause of the outcries was easily found. 6. The anger of 

147 


APPLIED LATIN 


Caesar was softened by the sad voices of the people. 7. 
The women will be clothed in elegant garments. 8. A road 
was opened by the legion through the mountains. 9. What 
tale has been told by the messenger? 


XXXI. THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE 
377. The two demonstrative pronouns idem and ipse are 
also called intensives, because they are especially emphatic. 
Like hic, ille, iste, they are often used in agreement with 
nouns as demonstrative adjectives. They may be, then, 
either pronouns or adjectives. 
378. Idem and Ipse are declined as follows: 


Idem, the same 




















SINGULAR 
M. F. N. 
Nom. idem, eadem, idem, — the same (man, woman, 
thing). 
Gen.  eiusdem, eiusdem, eiusdem, of the same. 
Dat. ——eidem, eidem, eidem, to or for the same. 
Acc.  eundem, eandem, idem, the same. 
Voc. —, , : 
Abl. eddem, eadem, eddem, with, etc., the same. 
PLURAL 
} eidem, eaedem, eadem, the same. 
Nom. } .. 
lidem, 
Gen. eorundem, edarundem, edrundem, of the same. 
1 eisdem, eisdem, eisdem, to or for the same. 
Dat. es *« 
iisdem, iisdem, iisdem, 
Acc.  edsdem, easdem, eadem, the same. 
Voc. ; —-, ; 
1 eisdem, eisdem, eisdem, with, etc., the same. 
Abl. iisdem, iisdem, iisdem, 


148 


THE PRONOUN. DEMONSTRATIVE 


379. Ipse, self (himself, itself, etc.) 

SINGULAR 
Nom. ipse ipsa ipsum 
Gen.  ipsius ipsius ipsius 
Dat.  ipsi ipsi ipsi 
Acc. ipsum ipsam ipsum 
106.2 — — 
Abl. ipso ipsa ipso 

PLURAL 

Nom. ipsi ipsae ipsa 
Gen. ips6rum ipsarum ipsdrum 
Dat. _ ipsis ipsis ipsis 
Acc.  ipsds ipsas ipsa 
Vou. — — — 
Abl.  ipsis ipsis ipsis 


380. Translate: 1. Eisdem, ipsis, edrundem, eidem. 2. 
Ipsdrum, ipsam, idem. 3. Ipsi, eadem, ipsa, eadem. 

381. Translate: 1. Ipsi (hominés) eandem (féminam) 
amant. 2. Quis filiam poétae laudat? 3. Ndsomnés hanc 
féminam laudamus. 4. Ab imperatore (ipso) alii milités 
ducti sunt. 5. Ubi domus Caesaris est? 6. Altera domus in 
monte Palatino nunc stat. 7. Locum ipsum cistédimus. 

382. Translate: 1. The same servants serve the same 
commander. 2. These same sailors leaped from the ship. 3. 
We slept on the same couch. 4. The body of Caesar was 
buried in the temple itself. 5. Those same men will estab- 
lish peace. 6. The steps of the consul were suddenly hin- 
dered by a throng of men. 

149 


APPLIED LATIN 


XXXII. THE VERB. FOURTH CONJUGATION 
383. AUDIO.—Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 
SINGULAR Perfect Tense PLURAL 


I. auditus (a, um) sum, J have 1. auditi (ae, a) sumus, we have 
been heard been heard 


2. auditus (a, um) es, you have 2. auditi (ae, a) estis, you have 
been heard been heard 


3. auditus (a, um) est, he (she, it) 3. auditi (ae,a) sunt, they have 
has been heard been heard 


Pluperfect Tense 


I. auditus (a, um) eram, J had 1. auditi (ae,a) eramus, we had 
been heard been heard 

2. auditus (a, um) eras, you had 2. auditi (ae, a) eratis, you had 
been heard been heard 


3. auditus (a, um) erat, he (she, 3. auditi (ae, a) erant, they had 
it) had been heard been heard 


Future Perfect Tense 


1. auditus (a, um) eré, J shall 1. auditi (ae,a) erimus, we shall 
have been heard have been heard 


2. auditus (a, um) eris, you will 2. auditi (ae, a) eritis, you will 
have been heard have been heard 

3. auditus (a, um) erit, He (she, 3. auditi (ae, a) erunt, they will 
it) will have been heard — have been heard 


Learn these tenses. Practise them, using other fourth 
conjugation verbs. 

384. Translate: 1. Auditum est, finita sunt, impediti 
estis, minita est. 2. Sénsum erat, reperta erant, piniti 
erant. 3. Sanctum erit, sepelitus eris, cistdditi’ erunt, 
vestitus eris. 

385. Translate: 1. Frigus hiemis limine sdlis mollitum 


erat. 2. Liidus novus 4 pueris repertusest. 3. Milités aqua 
150 


THE HEART OF ROME 


impediti sunt. 4. Labor diéi longi finitus est. 5. Praeda 
ab exsulibus sepelita erat. 6. Socii ad oppidum vénérunt 
sed in ptgna nostri vicérunt. 

386. Translate: 1. Has any city been fortified by a wall? 
2. The laws have been established by the people. 3. In win- 
ter a wise woman is well clothed. 4. Flames leaped from the 
fire. 5. All the leaders perceived the same ne 6. Who will 
punish the treacherous envoys? 

Quiz.—Can you mention some of the English derivatives 
of fourth conjugation verbs? 


THE HEART OF ROME 


The heart of Rome was the Roman Forum, situated be- 
tween the Palatine and Capitoline Hills. In that small 
space the history of the world was made for centuries. 
There the common people of Rome fought for suffrage, and 
marked out the course later followed by the common people 
of England and France, a course now being followed by the 
Social Democrats of Germany, a course which has produced 
the Republican Government of the United States. There 
Roman Religion had its central shrine, and Roman Law, the 
basis of modern law, was brought to perfection. There Cato 
thundered his denunciation of Carthage; Marius and 
Sulla shook the foundations of the Republic with civil war; 
Cicero, Rome’s greatest orator, reached the utmost heights 
of eloquence, and Julius Caesar held the destinies of the 
world in his power. To that spot the victorious Roman 
generals returned from their foreign conquests, and ambas- 

I5ti 





oe oF oc 0% ot 0 





| ‘SONIGNAOWHAS SEI GV 
“ | WOhYOd THL 


@ 

4 

4a 
el 




































































































































































Bea 0008 nM l 
a| o| MOL ata) Cay (Tee a 
(Q) [o) ry I> 
3) 3) et : ie 
} G} 4 : H 
3} 3 fm f H H 
el} 8 i Lt ; H 
faa) a iat oe & a 

fo) 5 

B09 9955 & € 






































Oo i" , 


a 





























SUMMARY 


sadors from the ends of the world came to talk peace with the 
invincible Republic. Within its limits were the offices of 
bankers who controlled the money markets of the ancient 
world. Crowds of people from every quarter of the Mediter- 
ranean thronged its narrow passages, elbowing and jostling, 
mixing their foreign languages with the native Latin. 
There tarried the great Roman poets who loved to dwell on 
the achievements of Rome. That was the spot which had 
so great an attraction for Cicero that in his banishment he 
could hardly endure life away from Rome. In the Forum 
were centered all those joys of living whose loss through 
banishment destroyed the genius of so great a poet as Ovid. 
The Forum was the heart of Rome, and the heart of the 
ancient world. 


SUMMARY. FOR THE STUDENT 
Before proceeding further consider carefully the follow- 
ing summary of what you should have acquired by this 
time in your study of the relation of Latin and English. 
In the field of Grammar you should know— 


1. The Parts of Speech (except the Interjection). 
2. The Sentence: Simple and Compound. Declarative 
and Interrogative. 
3. The Declension of Regular Nouns and Adjectives. 
The Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs. 
5. The Conjugation of Regular Verbs in the Indicative 
Mood, Active and Passive. 
6. The Conjugation of the verb Sum in the Indicative. 
7. The Agreement of Adjectives with Nouns. 
153 


2 


APPLIED LATIN 


8. The Agreement of Verbs with their Subjects. 

9. The Agreement of Predicate Nouns and Adjectives. 

10. The Meanings and Uses of Prepositions. 

11. The Following Case Constructions: 
The Nominative as the Subject. The Genitive ex- 
pressing Possession. The Partitive Genitive. The 
Dative of the Indirect Object. The Accusative of 
the Direct Object. The Accusative of Place to Which. 
The Accusative of Duration of Time and Extent of 
Space. The Ablatives of Means, Cause, Accompani- 
ment, Manner, Comparison, Agent, Time when or 
within Which, Place in Which and Place from Which. 


Besides these definite acquisitions in the field of Grammar 
you should by now have a clear and enthusiastic apprecia- 
tion of the close dependence of English upon Latin. You 
should be able to make out the meaning of many English 
nouns without the aid of an English dictionary. You 
should have acquired the habit of breaking up unfamiliar 
compound English words into their various parts and of 
bringing to bear upon each part the information which this 
study of Latin has given you. 

Your study of the material presented in the interchapters 
should have given you a wider knowledge of the facts of 
ancient geography and history. You should feel now that 
the connection between the ancient and the modern world 
is after all very close, that acquaintance with the facts of 
modern times only is but a partial education, and that 
what exists to-day is but the latest development of move- 
ments which started many centuries ago. 

154 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


XXXIII. THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


A. IN ENGLISH 
387. In the first part of this book the sentences you met 


were either Simple, as “J saw the beautiful garden of the 
queen’’; or Compound, as ‘“‘The general gave the command 
and the soldiers charged.’”’ You are now ready to consider | 
the third type of sentence, the Complex. 

As has been said, the Simple sentence is the form used by 
young children; the Compound, by older children who have 
begun to link simple sentences together. The Complex 
sentence is used by those who have been well educated and 
have trained minds. Someone has said that the extent 
of a man’s education can be measured by his ability to use 
the complex sentence correctly. 

388. The Complex Sentence.—A Complex sentence is one 
that contains one independent (principal) statement or clause 
and one or more dependent (subordinate) statements or clauses. 

389. Clause.—A Clause is a group of words (containing 
a subject and a predicate) that forms part of a sentence. It may 
be Principal or Subordinate. 

390. Examine the following English complex sentences 
and note especially the italicized parts which mark the 
dependent clauses. 


1. Why he went away has never been found out. 2. I 
asked what he had seen. 3. Mr. Jones called while I was out. 
4. We study Latin to give us greater mastery of English. 
5. Caesar was so great a military genius that we forget his 
extraordinary political ability. 


Each of these sentences is Complex. Each contains one 
155 


APPLIED LATIN 


main statement and one subordinate (dependent) statement. 
The dependent statement may precede or follow the main 


statement, and contains a subject and a predicate of its own. 


Kinds of Dependent Clauses 

391. A dependent clause may take the place of a noun 
(noun clause): I hear that he has gone; or of an adjective 
(adjectival clause): The hat which I am holding is mine; or 
of an adverb (adverbial clause): When the captain started 
the soldiers followed. 

Adverbial clauses are very frequent in English. The fol- 
lowing words usually precede them: 

In order that, that, to (purpose). I look to (in order 
that I may) see. 

That (result). He ran so hard that he fell down. 

Because, since (cause). The picnic was postponed be- 
cause 71 rained. 

If, if not, unless (condition). If we win, we shall be happy. 

Though, although, even if (concession). Although we 
failed we were not discouraged. 

After, before, since, until, till (temporal). After the war 
began all the nations were involved. 

Adjectival clauses are about as common as adverbial 
clauses. They are introduced in English by these words: 

Who, which, what, and that (relative pronouns). The 
hat which J hold is mine. 

Where, when, whence, why, whither, while (conjunctive 
adverbs). I know the place where the violets grow. 

Noun clauses for the most part follow verbs of saying, 


knowing, thinking, and perceiving. ‘They are introduced by 
156 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


the conjunctions—that, I say that the day is fair; whether, 
He asked whether we were going to town; if, I shall wait to 
see if they cross the river. 

You should have little trouble in telling the kinds of 
dependent clauses in English sentences, for at the beginning 
of each clause there regularly stands one of the above in- 
troductory words which serves to identify the clause. 

Quiz.—What is a Complex sentence; a clause? Howcan 
you tell the different kinds of clauses in English? What 
are the several kinds of adverbial clauses? In your English 
reader pick out a number of Complex sentences and identify 
each clause. Write some complex sentences of your own. 

392. Study the following sentences. Tell which are 
Simple, which Complex, and which Compound. Point out 
the Subordinate Clauses. Tell which Part of Speech each 
word is. 

1. It was often difficult to believe that the day was so 
near at hand. 2. Is not the Star Spangled Banner inspiring 
when we hear it played? 3. We started early because we 
were to visit the mill. 4. In order to reach the town the 
cavalry made a détour. 5. A merchant must know his 
neighborhood before he buys his stock. 6. Throw the ball; 
I will catch it. 7. Our first objective was Troy, which lay 
to the north. 8. As I entered the main street I saw what 
froze my heart. 9. So deep was the silence that it seemed 
menacing. 10. Unless the war is speedily ended the nations 
will be bankrupt. 11. I know his name and the house in 
which he lives. 12. The physician came late in the day to 
see his patient. 13. If the river were a little higher, our 
pasture land would be under water. 14. Go and may God 

157 


APPLIED LATIN 


bless you. 15. Let justice be done even if the Heavens fall. 
16. I continued to bathe while the others were watching the 
shark. 17. Ask him to wait until all are ready. 18. Before 
I congratulate the gentleman, I must know whether he will 
accept the appointment. 19. The Mayor’s statement shows 
that he is alive to his responsibilities, though his words are 
none too reassuring. 20. When a friend is telling us any- 
thing except what is very short and simple, we understand 
most easily if he gives us one step at a time. 


B. IN LATIN 
393. In the first part of this book the Latin sentences 


were either Simple, as Caesar aciem spectat, Caesar looks at 
the batile line; or Compound, as Caesar aciem spectat et 
milités laudat, Caesar looks at the battle line and praises the 
soldiers. You are now ready for the Complex sentence. 
394. As in English, so in Latin, a Complex sentence 
contains one independent (principal) statement or clause and 
one or more dependent (subordinate) statements or clauses. 
In Latin as in English dependent statements are called 
subordinate clauses. Clauses have their own subjects and pred- 
icates, and may take the place of nouns (noun clauses), ad- 
jectives (adjectival clauses), or adverbs (adverbial clauses). 


395. Examine these Complex sentences in Latin and note 

the underscored words which mark subordinate clauses. 
1. Puerum ad flimen dicimus ut aquam spectet. (Pur- 
pose clause.) We lead the boy to the river that he may 


see the water. 
2. Hostés tam celeriter veniunt ut R6dmani fugiant. 


(Result clause.) The enemy come so ascent that the 
Romans flee. 








158 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


3. Dum est vita spés est. (Time clause.) While there is 
life there is hope. 





Kinds of Dependent Clauses 

396. The kinds of dependent clauses in Latin complex 
sentences are not difficult to identify, for they can be 
distinguished in two ways: (1) by the word which intro- 
duces them; (2) by the mood of their main verb. In 
dependent clauses the verb is usually a form not of the 
indicative but of the Subjunctive mood. The introductory 
words and the subjunctive mood combine to render the 
identification of most dependent clauses easy. 

Adverbial clauses in Latin are introduced as follows: 


PURPOSE clauses: ut, im order that, né, in order that— 
not, lest. Venimus ut spectémus. We come to (that 
we may) look. 

RESULT clauses: ut, so that; ut non, so hat—not. Caesar 
impetum tam celeriter fécit ut hostés fugerent. 
Caesar made the attack so quickly that the enemy fled. 

_ TEMPORAL clauses: postquam, after, cum, when, dum, 
while, until, priusquam, before, until. 

Dum est vita spés est. While there is life there 1s hope. 

Vénimus priusquam hostés téla iacerent. We came be- 
fore the enemy could throw their weapons. 

CONDITIONAL clauses: si, z/, nisi, 2f not. 

Britus, si Caesarem caedat, régnum capiat. Jf Brutus 
should slay Caesar he would usurp the kingdom. 

CAUSAL clauses: quod, because, cum, since. 

Proelium vidimus quod 4 Galba missi eramus. We 
saw the battle because we had been sent by Galba. 

159 




















APPLIED LATIN 


Quae cum ita sint, consulem laudamus. Since these 
things are so, we praise the consul. 

CONCESSIVE clauses: quamquam, alihough, cum, al- 
though. Quamquam hanc fabulam audivit, tacébat. 
Although he heard this story, he was silent. 

Cum clamdret, avem non terruit. Though he shouted, 
he did not frighten the bird. 


Adjectival clauses in Latin are introduced by the relative 











pronoun, qui, quae, quod, who, which, that. 
Servus qui equum dtcébat ciridsissimus erat. The 
slave who was leading the horse was very inquisitive. 
Oppidum quod hostés tenébant facile cépimus. We 
easily captured the town which the enemy were holding. 








Noun clauses will be taken up in Paragraphs 763-800. 


Study the words which introduce dependent clauses so 
that you may be able to identify the clauses quickly. 
Let these introductory words be your signals. 

Quiz.—Name the kinds of dependent clauses in Latin. 
How can you tell them apart? Name the introductory 
words and the clause which should follow each one. 
XXXIV. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. CLAUSES OF 

PURPOSE AND RESULT. SEQUENCE OF TENSES 

397. In the earlier paragraphs of this book you met forms 
of the Indicative mood only because the Latin sentences 
were all statements of fact. For such sentences the Indica- 
tive (the mood of fact) is the proper mood in all languages. 
In Complex sentences the main statement of fact (principal 
clause) takes its verb in the Indicative and the dependent 


(weaker) clause takes its verb usually in the Subjunctive 
160 . 


THE VERB 


mood. Since the Subjunctive mood (Paragraph 78) lacks 
the firmness, frankness, and assurance of the Indicative, it 


is naturally used in most dependent (weaker) clauses.* 


THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 

398. The Subjunctive mood has all the tenses of the 
Indicative except the future and future perfect. The 
endings of the Subjunctive in all four conjugations are 
similar, tense for tense. The endings of all present tenses 
(except in the first conjugation) are alike. All imperfect 
tenses have similar endings. When, then, you have learned 
the Subjunctive of one conjugation you have learned the 
Subjunctives of practically all conjugations, for the present 
subjunctive of the First conjugation alone presents difficulties. 


399. LAUDO and HABEO.—Active Voice—Subjunctive Mood 


Present Imperfect Present Imperfect 

SINGULAR SINGULAR 

1. laudem laudarem habeam habérem 

2. laudés laudarés habeas habérés 

3. laudet laudaret habeat habéret 
PLURAL PLURAL 

1. laudémus  laudarémus habeamus habérémus 

2. laudétis laudarétis habeatis habérétis 

3. laudent laudarent — habeant habérent 


400. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect 
subjunctive of the English verb find in Paragraph 824. 


The Translation of the Subjunctive Mood 
401. For the Latin forms which you have just learned we 


have added no English meanings, for the Latin Subjunc- 
tive, with a few exceptions, is translated into English 





* Occasionally the Subjunctive mood is used as the main verb in in- 
dependent statements. Compare paragraphs 522-535. 


II . 161 


APPLIED LATIN 


exactly like the Indicative. In the English verb find (Para- 
graph 824) you saw that the Subjunctive in English is 
made up of a main verb find, combined with the auxiliary 
verbs may, might, etc. The Subjunctive in English reg- 
ularly employs these auxiliary verbs, but in Latin they 
are used in the translation of purpose clauses and of one or 
two conditional clauses only. Unless specially directed to 
the contrary, translate the present subjunctive in Latin 
like the present indicative, the imperfect subjunctive like 
the imperfect indicative, etc. 

402. Identify and translate these verb forms, using in 
translation the corresponding tenses of the indicative: 

1. Amem, clamaret, habeas, tacérent, 6rnarem, liicéret. 2. 
Vocent, valeatis, portarés, augérémus, crearent, spondeamus. 
3. Spectés, maneat, superet, docérem, mitétis, cavérés. 4. 
Firmémus, déleam, errarétis, favérétis, darémus, studeant. 

403. Practise the forms of present and imperfect tenses, 
using the verbs given in Paragraph 402. 


ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF PURPOSE IN ENGLISH AND LATIN 
404. A. Examine these English sentences: a 
1. I go to school that I may learn (to learn) to live nobly. 

2. He swims powerfully that he may not be overwhelmed. 
3. We worked hard that we might not be (not to be) defeated. 
The italicized words in these sentences compose adverbial 
purpose clauses. Purpose clauses call attention to some- 
thing which is aimed at or desired. No. 1 above is affirma- 
tive; Nos. 2 and 3 are negative. Notice in these English 


purpose clauses the auxiliary verbs may, might, etc. Con- 
162 


THE VERB 


struct some sentences containing Adverbial clauses of Pur- 
pose. Pick out some in your English reader. 
405. B. Examine these Latin sentences: 


1. Puerum ad flimen dicimus ut aquam spectet. We 
lead the boy to the river that he may see (to see) the water. 

2. Galba omnia parat né hostés exercitum superent. 

 Galba makes every preparation that the enemy may not 
defeat the army. 

3. Caesar oppidum munivit ut hostés terréret. Caesar for- 
lifted the town that he might terrify (to terrify) the enemy. 

4. Légatus castra mévit né silvestri in locéd manéret. 
The lieutenant moved camp that he might not remain 
in a wooded place. 














The dependent clauses of these Latin sentences denote 
purpose. Nos. 1 and 3 are affirmative, shown by the particle 
ut; Nos. 2 and 4 are negative, shown by the particle né. 
Note that the auxiliary verbs may and might are employed 
in translating Latin purpose clauses into English. 

406. RuLE.—Adverbial Clauses of Purpose.—Pur pose 
clauses are introduced by ut, that (affirmative), and né, that not 
(negative), and have their verbs in the present and imperfect 
subjunctive. 

407. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctives active 
of the other regular conjugations in Paragraphs 827—8-o9. 
These tenses are similar to those of habed, Paragraph 399. 
Practise them, using the verbs given in Par. 200, 224, 253. 

408. ‘Translate these sentences containing Purpose clauses: 

1. Exercitum maximum paramus ut orbem terrarum vin- 


camus. 2. Civés portas clausérunt né hostés oppidum sine 
163 


APPLIED LATIN 


proelid caperent. 3. Hic servus ad cénsulem ductus est ut 
fabulam narraret. 4. Pontem gravidribus ancoris firmabam 
né aquae fluminis eum frangerent. 5. Itaque féminae quo- 
que rosas portavérunt ut templum Ornarent. 6. Servi 
diligentés in conspectti Galbae militibus bene serviébant, 
ut sé laudaret. 7. Omnés barbari fossés altés fécérunt 
né Caesar terram fertilem suam caperet. 8. Né impetus 
aquarum navem frangat, nautae ancoram in mare iaciunt. 
9. Et dux et legid eius figérunt né hostés totum exercitum 
délerént. 1o. Novis rébus (a revolution) studémus ut im- 
perat6rés nostrds caedamus. 

409. Translate: 1. At Corinth the army fought coura- 
geously to capture the city. 2. We will bind the treacherous 
envoy that he may not escape. 3. Are you shouting so that 
the ravenous birds may beafraid? 4. A wise general provides 
an ample supply of grain that his soldiers may be vic- 
torious. 5. The women brought light garments that they 
might cover the body of the illustrious commander. 

Quiz.—What is the nature of the subjunctive mood? 
What are the meanings of the tenses? Pick out some pur- 
pose clauses in Paragraph 392. How is purpose expressed? 


410. 

absentia, -ae, absence, f. centuri6, centuridnis, a centurion, 
abundantia, -ae, plenty, f. military officer, m. 

ara, -ae, an altar, f. adventus, -iis, arrival, coming, 
Carrus, -i, @ cari, m. m. ; 

aurum, -i, gold, n. acerbus, -a, -um, biiter. 

biduum, -i, ‘wo days, n. adversus, -a, -um, unfavorable. 
beneficium, -i, service, n. aliénus, -a, -um, strange, foreign. 
arbor, arboris, a tree, f. amicus, -a, -um, friendly. 

arx, arcis, a citadel, f. angustus, -a, -um, arrow. 
augur, auguris, a prophet, m. acriter, sharply, keenly. 

altitiid6, altitidinis, height, f. aliquandé, some time, at length. 
arcus, -tis, bow, arch, m. audacter, boldly. 

cliéns, clientis, a retainer, m. adhic, up to this time. 

canis, canis, a dog, m. and f. celeriter, swiftly, quickly. 


164 


THE VERB 


Study and learn these words. Practise the declensions 
of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 
411. Worp Stupy.—Give the meaning of the following 


derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others. 


absence carryall altitude oriole abundant 
amity beneficial arc arboretum _acerbity 
accelerate arch auspicious adverse client 
alienate advent benefice alias beneficent 
adventitious inaugurate _ benefit inaugural adversity 
celerity alien cart alienist canine 
acid car enmity amiable carriage 


Quiz.—Tell something about the augur, cliéns, centuri6. 


SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN ENGLISH AND LATIN 

412. A. In a Complex sentence there are at least two 
parts: an independent statement or clause and a dependent 
statement or clause. A Complex sentence must then con- 
tain at least two verbs: one the main verb, the other the 
dependent verb. In well-written English Complex sentences 
care is always taken to have the tenses (time) of these two 
verbs related to each other in a way that produces sense; 
that is, the main verb is always followed by that tense of 
the dependent verb which, combined with it, will produce 
a sensible sentence. 

413. Examine these English sentences: 

1. He entered because he had paid for his ticket. 2. We 
ran because a soldier followed us. 3. If we should see an 
accident we would not laugh. 

In each of these sentences the main verb is followed by a 
tense of the dependent verb which produces sense. Replace 


the verb had paid by pays, ran by run, would not laugh by 
165 


APPLIED LATIN 


laugh. ‘The sentences now are meaningless. These new 
tenses of the dependent verbs do not produce sense, for 
when the main verb is in the present tense, the dependent 
verb should also be in a present tense; and when the main — 
verb is in a past tense, the dependent verb should be in a 
past tense. This relation of the tenses in complex sentences 
is called Sequence of tenses (sequor, fo follow). 

414. In Latin also you must be very careful to see that the 
tenses of the main and the dependent verbs are properly related. 
In Latin as well as in English a main verb in present or 
future time is followed by a dependent verb in a tense 
that denotes the same time or time Jater than that of the 
main verb, and a main verb in past time by a tense that 
shows the same point in past time as the main verb or time 
more remote. ‘Tenses that denote present or future time are 
called primary, those that denote past time, secondary. 

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TENSES 

415. In the Indicative mood (the mood of the main verb) 
the primary tenses are the present, future, and future perfect; 
the secondary tenses are the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect. 

In the Subjunctive mood (the mood of the dependent 
verb) the primary tenses are the present and the perfect; the 
secondary tenses are the imperfect and the pluperfect. 

416. RuLE.—Sequence of Tenses.—When the main verb 
is present, future, or future perfect indicative, a dependent 
subjunctive must be put in the present tense if it shows con- 
tinued action at the same time or time later than that of the 


main verb, or in the perfect tense to express completed action. 
166 


THE VERB 


When the main verb is in the imperfect, perfect, or plu- 
perfect indicative, a dependent subjunctive must be put in 
the imperfect tense to express continued action in past or 
future time, or in the pluperfect tense to express completed 


action in past time. 


DIAGRAM 
Present ‘Dpsedat 
Future | Indicative followed by pres Subjunctive. 
Future Perfect erfec 


Fase Indicative followed by niet Subjunctive. 

Pluperfect 

417. Examine the Latin sentences in Paragraph 408 
which contain purpose clauses. All the dependent verbs in 
those sentences are in the present or the imperfect subjunc- 
tive. These dependent verbs illustrate the rule for the se- 
quence of tenses. As the idea of purpose can refer only to 
actions in future time, the present and the imperfect tenses 
of the subjunctive only can be used in purpose clauses. 


418. Translate: 1. In the broad field were tall trees. 2. 
The soldiers of Caesar brought plenty of grain to the city 
that they might hinder the enemy for two days. 3. At 
length the envoy came to the citadel with the wagons. 4. 
There was an altar between the arch of victory and the 
bridge. 5. Who is running quickly to see the approach of 
the centurion? 6. That dog of yours is in the narrow road. 
7. Strange dogs are not always friendly. 8. Up to this time 
the legion has not moved camp. 9. The king’s retainers 
guarded the narrow place between the town and the forest. 


Quiz.—What is meant by the Sequence of Tenses? Name 
the primary and secondary tenses of the Indicative and 
167 


APPLIED LATIN 


Subjunctive. What do the tenses of the Subjunctive imply 
in dependent clauses? What special rule applies to adverbial 
clauses of purpose? 


419. LAUDO and HABEO.—Passive Voice—Subjunctive Mood 


Present Imperfect Present Imperfect 
SINGULAR SINGULAR 
1. lauder laudarer habear habérer 
2. laudéris laudaréris habearis habéréris 
3. laudétur laudarétur habeatur habérétur 
PLURAL PLURAL 
1. laudémur laudarémur habeamur habérémur 
2. laudémini laudarémini habeamini habérémini 
3. laudentur laudarentur habeantur habérentur 


420. Learn these forms. Practise the tenses, using the 
verbs in Paragraphs 294, 314. Note specially the present 
subjunctive passive of Laud6. 

421. The Present and Imperfect tenses of the Third and 
Fourth Conjugations are similar to those of Habed, rather 
than those of Laud6. Learn them in Paragraphs 827-8-9. 
Practise their forms, using the verbs given in Paragraphs 
224, 329, 370- 

422. For rapidity in identification translate these forms: 


1. Amer, clamarétur, superarétur, caveattir, Ornarer. 2. 
Vocenter, habedris, portaréris, augérémur, crearentur. 
3. Spectéris, spondeatur, miitémini, docérer, firmémur. 


ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF RESULT IN ENGLISH AND LATIN 
423. A. Examine the following English sentences: 
1. He talks so fast that I cannot follow him. 


2. His army was so large that the enemy fled. 
3. The city was so well fortified that it escaped assault. 


In these sentences the italicized words compose clauses 
168 


THE VERB 


unlike the kind you have already considered. These clauses 
indicate result, not purpose. The dependent clause in No. 1 
is negative; in Nos. 2 and 3, affirmative. You may feel a little 
uncertain at first about being able to distinguish between 
purpose and result clauses, but if you will remember that 
result clauses are regularly concerned with something which 
has taken place and purpose clauses with something which is 
desired to take place, your trouble will disappear. Further, in 
English complex sentences which contain result clauses the 
word so (compare the preceding sentences) usually acts as 
an indicator or signal of the approach of a result clause. 
Get into the habit of looking for this word so when you are 
asked to pick out result clauses. 

424. Compose some English complex sentences contain- 
ing adverbial clauses either of purpose or of result. Review 
the conjugation of the Indicative mood of the verb ¢o find 
in Paragraph 824. Ask your teacher to explain the meaning 
of the terms simple, progressive, and emphatic. 

- 425. B. Examine these Latin sentences: 


1. Tam celeriter hostés veniunt ut ROm4ni terreantur. 
The enemy come so quickly that the Romans are terrified. 
2, Bellum tam terribile fuit ut totae natiénés délérentur. 
The war was so terrible that whole nations were blotted out. 
3. Flamen est tam latum ut impetum barbarorum non 
timeamus. 
The river is so broad that we do not fear the attack of 
the barbarians. 
4. Meus servus tam acciratus erat ut non erraret. 
My slave was so careful that he did not make mistakes. 
169 

















APPLIED LATIN 


The words in the Latin sentences that are underscored 
compose result clauses; the first two being affirmative, the 
last two negative. Note that the dependent verbs in these 
clauses are forms of the present and the imperfect tenses of the 
subjunctive mood. ‘The introductory particles are ut, that, 
for affirmative result, and ut n6n, that not, for negative result. 
Ut and n6n are frequently separated by one or more words. 

426. Just as there appears in English sentences the word 
so to call attention to the coming of result clauses, in Latin 
sentences also certain words meaning so (or the like) appear 
with equal effect. These words are: 
tam, ita, sic, so. tantus, -a, -um, so great. talis, tale, of such a kind. 

These words generally precede result clauses but never pur- 
pose clauses. Make use of them, especially when identifying 
affirmative purpose or affirmative result clauses. As the 
introductory particles preceding negative purpose and nega- 


tive result clauses are different (né against ut nén), negative 
clauses should not trouble you. 


427. RuLE.—Adverbial Clauses of Result.—Result is ex- 
pressed by the subjunctive, usually the present or the 1mperfect, 
introduced by the particles ut (affirmative) and ut nin (nega- 
tive). These tenses of the subjunctive are used in accordance 
with the rule for the sequence of tenses. 


428. 

aequo, aequare, aequavi, aequatus, to make equal. 
locé, locare, locavi, locatus, to place, locate. 
probé, probare, probavi, probatus, o prove, approve. . 
privo, privare, privavi, privatus,  /o deprive. 


pugno, pignare, pignavi, pignatus, /o fight. 

proper6, properare, properavi, properatus, to hasten. 

turbé, turbare, turbavi, turbatus, 0 disturb. 

vast, vastare, vastavi, vastatus, to lay waste, ravage. 


170 


THE ROMAN FORUM 


429. Translate: 1. Dux castra tam angusto in locd posuit 
ut milités oppidum non vidérent. 2. Centuridnés virtitem 
fortina aequant ut Caesar vincat. 3. Servi mei tam bene 
mihi serviunt ut eds semper liberem. 4. Tam celeriter 
milités ad provinciam properavérunt ut finés non vastaren- 
tur. 5. Clamor hostium tantus erat ut ad arcem fuge- 
rémus. 6. Biduum in oppidd mansimus ut légati cum 
cOpiis suis venirent. 7. Adhic bellum tam terribile fuerat 
ut totae natidnés délérentur. 8. Aurum auguri aliéné 
datum est ut civés fatum urbis audirent. 9. Maniis-ne 
captivi vincitis ut eum aur6 su6 privétis? 1o. Rés militaris 
in absentia Caesaris sic turbata est, ut ab omnibus civibus 
domum ex Africa vocarétur. 

1. At length we saw the citadel and the high altar. 2. 
There were so many carts in the town that the roads were 
closed. 3. The immortal gods do not approve the gifts of 
men so evil that they have no friends. 4. Who hastened to 
the city to bury the body of his friend? 5. Lest the roses be 
broken by the heavy winds, the maidens covered them with 
light garments. 


- Quiz.—What does the word result mean? Name one 
point of difference between the ideas of purpose and result. 
How can you distinguish between the particles which in- 
troduce purpose and result? 


THE ROMAN FoRUM 
Let us take a little closer view of the Heart of Rome. The 
plan of the Forum shows only a number of black lines lying 
in a rather narrow enclosure. These lines mark the sites 


of buildings which were once the joy of all citizens of the 
I7I 


APPLIED LATIN 


Roman Republic. If you were to take a walk through the 
Forum to-day you would see a mass of ruins that would mean 
but little to you unless you were acquainted with the story 
that goes with each of the fallen structures. The impression 
you would gain would be one of disappointment at the ruins 
rather than of exaltation at their former grandeur. To-day, 
however, you would see a great deal more of the Forum 
than was visible in the Middle Ages, for in those days the 
dirt and the débris of the centuries following the fall of 
Rome in 476 A. D. covered the Heart of Rome. While 
Italy was under the control of foreign kings and Rome no 
longer the imperial city, the famous buildings of the Forum 
became the prey of men who used the marble to construct 
new buildings or burned it for the sake of the lime it con- 
tained. So, in those years many of the old buildings abso- 
lutely disappeared and of the others only a few walls and 
columns remained standing. The Roman of the Middle 
Ages walked across the Forum, caring little for the ruined 
buildings and fallen columns. His principal street followed 
the line of the Sacra Via. All sorts of traffic passed under 
the Arch of Severus. When interest began to be taken in 
this spot once more, the dirt of the centuries was removed. 
What was left of the ruins was carefully treasured and as far 
as possible was returned to its former condition. As you 
go through the Forum to-day these ruins appear on every 
side, and with difficulty can you imagine the grand buildings 
that once filled the area. 


Nore.—See page 152, and illustration facing page 310. 
172 


THE VERB 


XXXV. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. CLAUSES OF 
TIME. COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST 


CONJUGATION 
430. LAUDO and HABEO.—Active Voice—Subjunctive Mood 
Perfect Pluperfect Perfect Pluperfect 

SINGULAR SINGULAR 
laudaverim laudavissem habuerim habuissem 
laudaveris laudavissés habueris habuissés 
laudaverit laudavisset habuerit habuisset 

PLURAL PLURAL 
laudaverimus laudavissémus  habuerimus habuissémus 
laud4veritis laudavissétis habueritis habuissétis 
laudaverint laudavissent habuerint habuissent 


For the forms above no English meanings are added. 
Translate them as if they were forms of the indicative mood. 

431. Learn also the same tenses of the other regular con- 
jugations in Paragraphs 827-8-9. Practise these tenses, 
using the verbs in Paragraphs 68, 114, 200, 224, 253. 

432. For rapidity in identification name and translate the 
following forms of the subjunctive mood: 


vastaverint pugnaverit locavissem piignavissémus 
cavisset favissent paruerimus auxerim 
probaverim privavisset turbavissent properaverimus 


ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF TIME IN ENGLISH AND LATIN. 
TEMPORAL CLAUSES IN PAST TIME 


433. A. Examine these English Complex sentences: 

1. After the stranger arrived, the news spread abroad. 2. 
When the train stopped, we got off. 3. When the parade had 
passed by, the spectators went home. 

In these sentences the italicized words compose Temporal 
(time) clauses. You should have little difficulty in rec- 
ognizing temporal clauses because the words which intro- 

173 


APPLIED LATIN 


duce them clearly indicate time, as, when or after. The 
clauses above are all laid in past time; cf. dependent verbs. 
434. Construct some English sentences containing Tem- 
poral clauses in past time. Notice what introductory par- 
ticles youuse. Pick out the Temporal clauses in Par. 392. 
435. B. Examine these Latin sentences: 
1. Postquam exercitum vidimus imperatérem laudavimus. 





After we saw the army we praised the commander. 


2. Cum Caesar Gallés superavisset ROmani provinciam 





multés annds habébant. When Caesar had overcome the 
Gauls the Romans held the province for many years. 

Each of these Latin complex sentences contains a fem- 
poral clause in past time. Such clauses are regularly intro- 
duced by the words postquam, after, and cum, when. Post- 
quam is followed by the indicative mood, usually in the per- 
fect tense. Cum is followed by the subjunctive mood in the 
imperfect or the pluperfect tenses. Notice that the action 
implied in the temporal clauses above is completed before 
the action of the main verb begins. 

436. RuLe.—Adverbial Clauses of Time (Past).— Tem- 
poral clauses in past time are introduced by the words post- 
quam, after, and cum, when. The perfect indicative usually 
follows postquam, the imperfect or the pluperfect subjunctive 
follows cum. 

437. Translate: 1. Postquam carrus ad flimen tractus 
erat exsulés aurum in navi posuérunt. 2. Cum Caesar 
Rdmae biduum mansisset cOpiae cOnsulum vénérunt. 3. 
Quis virginem laudabat cum rosds in agro lato peteret? 

174 


THE VERB 


4. Iste filius, centurid,* bene ptignabat cum imperator 
suus vidéret. 5. Postquam arbor nobilis cecidisset, arcum 
victoriae striximus. 6. Postquam dux, Galba,* multés diés 
mansit ut legidnés venirent, sic territus est ut castra in 
locum adversum movéret. 7. Cum féminae, régis filiae, 
portam urbis peterent, omnés civés ad collem properavérunt. 
8. Tam clara v6x consulis fuit ut per vids latas audirétur. 9. 
Captivos diligentius cist6dimus né fugiant. 10. Cum clientés 
vénissent consul illtistris calamitatem recentem narravit. 

*Note.—In Nos. 4, 6, and 7 are instances of Apposition. 
The nouns centurid and Galba refer to the same persons as 
the nouns félius and dux. Centurié and Galba are in the 
same cases as the nouns filius and dux and serve to explain 
them. Such nouns are said to be in apposition with the 
nouns they explain. 

438. RuLE.—Apposition.—A noun which explains or iden- 
tifies another noun and refers to the same person or thing ts 
put in the same case with the noun it explains. 

439. Translate: 1. When Caesar, the consul, had over- 
come the enemy the Romans built a huge arch of victory. 
2. Did the slave guard the gold, after he had put it in the 
tree? 3. When we were looking at the sunset we did not 
perceive the approach of our friends. 4. Sailors were drag- 
ging the heavy anchor to the sea that they might throw it 
into the water. 5. We love horses so much that we never 
frighten them. 

Quiz.—What particles introduce temporal clauses in 
past time? Give several examples of apposition in English. 

175 


APPLIED 


440. 

ala, -ae, a wing (of a bird), f. 

avaritia, -ae, greed, f. 

adoléscentia, -ae, youth, f. 

cibus, -i, food, m. 

biennium, -i, ‘wo years’ time, n. 

bracchium, -i, an arm, n. 

castellum, -i, a redoubt, n. 

cohors, cohortis, a cohort, troop, f. 

comes, comitis, a companion, m., f. 

coniunx, coniugis, @ consort, usu- 
ally a wife, f. 

consuétido, consuétidinis, a cus- 
tom, f. 

commiutatid, commiutatidnis, 
change, f. 


a 


Study and learn these words. 
the nouns and adjectives. 
Worp Stupy.—Explain the m 


LATIN 


condicié, condicidnis, a condi- 
tion, terms, f. 

cupiditas, cupiditatis, desire, f. 

ascénsus, -Us, d” ascent, m. 

cantus, -Us, @ song, m. 

apertus, -a, -um, open. 

argenteus, -a, -um, of silver. 

aureus, -a, -um, of gold. 

beatus, -a, -um, Dlessed. 

carus, -a, -um, dear. 

laetus, -a, -um, happy. 

certe, certainly. 

circiter, about. 

continenter, continually. 

cotidié, daily. 


Practise the declension of 


Compare the adverbs. 


eaning of these English de- 


rivatives. Use them in sentences of your own. Add others. 
avarice cupidity conjugal castle adolescence 
incantation comity cohort commuter certain 
recant commutation ascendant biennial > commutator 
concomitant charm castellated chant cupid 

count ascent cherish caress condition 


441. LAUDO and HABEO.—Passi 


ve Voice—Subjunctive Mood 


PERFECT—SINGULAR 
1. laudatus (a, um) sim habitus (a, um) sim 
2. laudatus (a, um) sis habitus (a, um) sis 
3. laudatus (a, um) sit habitus (a, um) sit 
PERFECT—PLURAL 
1. laudati (ae, a) simus habiti (ae, a) simus 
2. laudati (ae, a) sitis habiti (ae, a) sitis 
3. laudati (ae, a) sint habiti (ae, a) sint 
PLUPERFECT—SINGULAR 
1. laudatus (a, um) essem habitus (a, um) essem 
2. laudatus (a, um) essés habitus (a, um) essés 
3. laudatus (a, um) esset habitus (a, um) esset 
PLUPERFECT—PLURAL 
1. laudati (ae, a) essémus habiti (ae, a) essémus 
2. laudati (ae, a) essétis habiti (ae, a) essétis 
3. laudati (ae, a) essent habiti (ae, a) essent 


176 


THE VERB 


These tenses are formed by combining the perfect passive 
participles laudatus and habitus with two tenses of the sub- 
junctive of the verb sum. 

The perfect subjunctive of a regular verb contains the 
present tense of the subjunctive of sum: the pluperfect 
subjunctive contains the imperfect subjunctive of sum. 
You should find these two compound tenses as easy as were 
the compound tenses of the indicative (Paragraph 308). 
While you are learning these two tenses learn also the sepa- 
rate conjugation of these two tenses of sum (Paragraph 831). 

442. The Perfect and Pluperfect subjunctives of the other 
regular conjugations are formed like the tenses given above. 
Learn them in Paragraphs 827-8-9. 

Practise these tenses, using the verbs in Paragraphs 68, 
114.200, 224,257. 

For rapidity in identification name and translate: 


armati simus firmatus sis miutata sit sepulti sint 
territi essétis doctae sitis impeditus essés datum sit 
monstratumesset auditum sit tracti essétis plétum sit 


ADVERBIAL CLAUSE OF TIME (CONTEMPORANEOUS) IN 
ENGLISH AND LATIN 


443. A. Examine these English sentences: 


1. While there is life there is hope. 2. Let us remain at 
peace as long as we can. 


The italicized words in these sentences mark temporal 
clauses. In each case the action of the dependent verb is 
contemporaneous with, that is, takes place at the same time 
as that of the main verb. 

12 Ds Ae 


APPLIED LATIN 


444. B. Examine these Latin sentences: 


1. Dum est vita spés est. While there 1s life there is hope. 
2. Dum flimen altum erat in castris manébamus. 
While the river was high, we remained in camp. 
3. Dum cénsulés dicébant milités fortés erant. 
While the consuls were leading, the soldiers were brave. 











In the sentences above the underscored words mark 
contemporaneous temporal clauses. The introductory word 
which regularly begins such temporal clauses is dum, while. 
There are two constructions with dum, and dum has a 
separate meaning for each construction. 

Dum means (1) as long as (all the time that), and connects 
two periods of time of equal length. Dum est vita spés est. 
As long as (all the time that) there is life there is hope 

Dum means (2) while, and indicates a space of time within 
which an action takes place, which action does not occupy 
the whole time indicated by the dependent verb. 

Dum milités in Gallia pignabant Caesar Roémam vénit. 

W hile the soldiers were fighting i in Gaul Caesar reached Rome. 

Note the difference between these two meanings and uses 
of the word dum. When dum means as long as, the dependent 
verb may be in amy tense of the indicative, but when dum 
means while, its verb must stand in the present indicative. 

445. RuLE.—Contemporaneous Temporal Clauses.—A 
temporal clause introduced by dum, as long as, takes its verb 
in any tense of the indicative mood. Dum, while, indicating 
a space of time during which the action of the main verb takes 


place, has its verb in the present indicative only. 
178 


THE VERB 


446. Translate: 1. Dum cornt exercitiis fugit Caesar 
cohortés suas in hostés misit. 2. Avaritia est cupiditas auri. 
3. Viri magna cum virtite pignant dum cibum bonum 
habent. 4. Dum apertis in campis erant, comités ducis 
auream arborem petébant. 5. Arbor autem in silva dénsa 
apud fontem stetit. 6. Dum virginés deis beatis serviébant 
semper in templ6 manébant. 7. Dum exercitus Romanus 
in Africa est, Caesar castella multa cépit. 8. Commita- 
tidnem fortinae ndn cupiébamus dum nostrae cohortés 
superabant. 9. Quae condicidnés pacis erunt? 10. EKandem 
cOnsuétiidinem biennium tenébas. 


447. 1. In the silvery water of the fountain the maiden 
saw her face. 2. While youth remains, hope is continually 
fresh. 3. Certainly I will do the task. 4. While the lion 
was standing near the tree, the maiden fled into an open 
field. 5. What song do we hear daily? 

Quiz.—What is the meaning of the word contemporaneous ? 
Explain the difference between the two types of temporal 
clauses you have had. Explain castellum, cohors. What can 
you find out about the Roman army? 

ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF TIME (FUTURE) IN ENGLISH AND 
. LATIN 

In the preceding paragraphs you have met with complex 
sentences containing dependent clauses (temporal) both in 
past and in contemporaneous time. There is still a further 
class of temporal clauses, those referring to future time. 

448. A. Examine these English sentences: 


1. We waited until the parade appeared. 2. He remained 
at home until the messenger could return. 3. Before they 
could recover from flight, they were attacked by Caesar. 

179 


APPLIED LATIN | 


In each of these sentences there is a temporal clause, the 
time of which is later than the time of the main verb. In 
the first sentence the action implied in the dependent verb 
actually takes place; in the second there is an expectation 
that the action will take place but the sentence does not 
state whether or not it did take place. In the third sentence 
the action of the dependent verb is anticipated or expected 
but it never actually takes place, being prevented or fore- 
stalled by the rapidity of Caesar’s attack. 

449. B. Examine these Latin sentences: 


1. Manéb6 dum mé vocabis. J shall remain until you 
call me. 2. Manébis-ne dum té vocet? Wall you wait 
until he calls you? 3. Oppidum minivi priusquam hostés 
vénérunt. I fortified the town before the enemy came. 4. 
LegiOnés prius figérunt quam Caesar auxilium mitteret. 
The legions fled before Caesar could send aid. 5. Impetum 
non fécit priusquam nintius veniret. He did not make the 
attack until the messenger could come. 


In these Latin sentences the action of the dependent verb 

















takes place or is expected to take place at a time later than 
that of the main verb. These temporal clauses, then, are 
laid in future time. In Nos. 1 and 3 the action actually takes 
place. This is shown by the use of the Indicative mood. In 
No. 2 there is an expectation that the action will take place 
but no assurance that it does; in Nos. 4 and 5 the action 
which is anticipated never takes place. In such sentences as 
2, 4, and 5 the idea of expected action or anticipated action 
is shown by the Subjunctive mood. The introductory part- 


icles are dum, wnizl, and priusquam, until or before. 
180 


THE VERB 


450. RuLE.—Temporal Clauses in Future Time.—Tem- 
poral clauses in which the action of the dependent verb takes 
place or 1s expected to take place at a time later than that of the 
main verb are introduced by the particles dum, until, and 
priusquam, wntil or before. When the action really takes place, 
the indicative mood 1s used; when the action is ex pected or antic- 
ipated (especially if we know that it was prevented from taking 
place), the subjunctive is used, dum being followed by the present 
or the imperfect tenses, priusquam usually by the imperfect. 

In temporal sentences like those above the subjunctive 
is often translated with the English auxiliaries can and could. 
Priusquam may be separated into two parts; cf. sentence 4. 


451. Translate: 1. Légétum n6n vocavi priusquam 
Caesar vénit. 2. Centuridnés ipsi sine imperatore castellum 
cépérunt priusquam hostés auxilia mitterent. 3. In templd 
aureo cotidié sedébimus dum niintius nds vocabit. 4. Hostés 
pacem prius petivérunt quam oppida sua miinirent. 5. Com- 
ités fortés régis sé armavérunt priusquam ille eds in hostés 
duxit. 6. Canés celerés ndn mansérunt dum led veniret. 
7. Milités captivum in castell6 ciistédiunt dum exercitus 
hostium superabitur. 8. Civés ports oppidi non clausérunt 
priusquam adventum equérum audivérunt. 9g. Proelium 
atrox finitum est priusquam dux auxilia vociret. 10. Quis 
vir celeber lednem rapacem cecidit priusquam virginem 
parvam caperet. 

1. I will remain there until you come. 2. You called the 
slave before he drove away the dog. 3. They fortified the 
town before they asked for liberty. 4. Who fled before the 
fire destroyed the house? 5. That ship was broken by the 
winds before the anchor could be thrown into the water. 

181 


APPLIED LATIN 


Quiz.—How can you distinguish temporal clauses in 
future time from the other types of temporal clauses ? How 
may priusquam be otherwise written? 


COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION 

452. In the acquisition of any language, whether ancient 
or modern, there are two things absolutely essential: an 
extensive vocabulary and rapidity in its use. Think how 
dull would be the study of English if your knowledge of 
English words were limited and you were constantly driven 
to the use of the English dictionary. Your progress would be 
so slow that all interest in your work would rapidly vanish. 

In the building of an extensive vocabulary there are two 
elements to be considered, the noun and the verb. Of these, 
the verb is the more important. It has been said that a 
student who has completely mastered a thousand verbs has 
already secured a working knowledge of a new language. 
This statement grows out of the fact that the meaning of a 
new noun may often be made out from the meaning of the 
words which surround it, especially from the meaning of the 
verb with which it is associated. In other words the con- 
text (surrounding words) often reveals the meaning of new 
nouns. The acquisition of great lists of nouns is consequently 
of less importance than the learning of many verbs. 

Though the learning of a large number of verbs is a 
serious task, there are ways by which the labor involved 
may be lightened. Many verbs are compounded of a simple 


verb and a prefix (preposition). The meaning of a compound 
182 


THE VERB 


verb will be easy for you to make out without consulting 
a dictionary if you know (1) the meaning of the simple verb 
and (2) the meaning of the prefix employed. In Paragraphs 30 
and 40 you met with the most common prefixes used in the 
making of compound verbs. Review them carefully at this 
time. In the following pages there will be lists of compound 
verbs based on the simple verbs which you have learned. 
453. Review the first conjugation verbs in Par. 68, 294. 
454. Learn these compound verbs: 


The Clam6, Dé, and Par6é Groups 
clam6, clamare, clamavi, clamatus, to shout 


conclam6 (1) * exclam6 (1) reclamé (1) 
cry aloud shout out cry out against 
do, dare, dedi, datus, fo give 
add6 (3) abdé (3) condé6 (3) 
add hide put together, found (city) 
circumdé (1) déd6 (3) perdo (3) 
surround surrender lose 
prodé (3) redd6 (3) d6né (1) 
betray give back present 


Note that dare changes to dere when the compound verb belongs to the 
third conjugation. Circumdare is an exception. 
paro, parare, paravi, paratus, fo prepare 
-compar6 (1) praepar6 (1) séparo (1) 
provide, get ready get ready beforehand prepare apart, separate 


The prefix sé found in sépard means apart, aside. 


455. Translate: 1. Cum urbs 4 militibus capta esset, 
omnés civés magno clamore conclamavérunt. 2. Exsulés 
in dénsas silvas sé abdidérunt ut poenas fugerent. 3. Magna 
in insula urbem condidit né 4 cdpiis pedestribus caperétur. 
4. eee urbem fossa circumdedit. Itaque dux fortis num- 





: Noise that - numeral following each verb indicates the conjugation 
to which the verb belongs. 


183 


APPLIED LATIN 


quam sé dédidit. 5. Quae copiae nostras minitidnés per- 
dunt? 6. Préditi sumus 4 légatis ipsis. 7. Caesar pectiniam 
captivisreddébat. 8. Frimentum cotidié paramus. 9. Adhiic 
omnia comparata sunt. 1o. Coniunxne tibi cibum dedit? 
Certé. 11. Cum consul 6ratidnem habuisset, civés irati 
reclamavérunt. 12. Omnia mihi addita sunt. 


456. Worpb Stupy.—Explain these derivatives. Use them 


in sentences of your own. 


claim compare apparel proclaim data 

clamor separate preparation reclamation preparedness 
reclaim donor apparatus render condition 
condiment donation perdition date declaim 
proclamation condone acclaim addition irreparable 
add repair surrender prepare disclaim 


457. Select some English verb, as claim, and give as many 
compound derivatives of it as you can. 
Quiz.—What two things are essential in language study? 


Discuss some ways of learning vocabulary. 


458. The Portd, Std, and Voc6d Groups 
porto, portare, portavi, portatus, /o carry 
comporté (1) déporté (1) exporté (1) 
bring together, collect carry off, lay waste carry away, export 
importé (1) reportd (1) transporté (1) 
carry in, import carry back carry over, transport 
st6, stare, steti, statum, fo stand 
exsist6 (3) consisté (3) désisté (3) 
stand forth take position, consist desist from, stop, cease 
resist6 (3) statud (3) constitud (3) 
resist set up, resolve establish, determine 
institud (3) restituéd (3) exstd (1) 
establish, determine restore, reéstablish stand out, appear 
vocé, vocare, vocavi, vocatus, to call, summon 
advocé (1) avocé (1) convocé (r) 
call to, summon call away call together 
évoco (1) prévocé (1) revoco (1) 
call out, challenge challenge call back, recall 


184 


THE PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS IN THE ROMAN FORUM 


459. Translate: 1. In absentia Caesaris abundantia 
frimenti comportata erat. 2. Sé suaque omnia in vicina 
oppida déportabant. 3. Ex Britannia cibus importabatur. 
4. Cdpiae hostium niper in Galliam transportatae sunt. 
5. Multds edrum ducés convocavi né auxilium adinimicés 
mitterent. 6. Milités ab opere ad castellum revocati sunt. 7. 
Tam celeriter hoc bell6 déstitimus ut civés domi terrérentur. 
8. Fratrem tuum in locum gratiae et honoris restituébamus. 
g. Centuridnés legidnis impetum fécérunt ut hostibus resis- 
terent. 10. Multi viri fortés no6minatim évocati erant. 


460. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English words. Use 
them in sentences of your own. 


portable convoke institution portico existence 
resistance vocative extant advocate evoke 
restitution irrevocable porter exporter transportation 
obstacle consistence imports opportunity vocabulary 
vocation statute constant insist comport 
provocation porch persistence desist reporter 
stability superstition avocation constitution equivocal 
constable deportation revocation vowel distant 


THE PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS IN THE ROMAN FORUM 
As you look at the map you notice at the left the Tabu- 


larium, the building in which were kept the state records of 
the Republic. From this spot, which is rather high, a view 
of the whole Forum can be had. On the left across the 
Forum appear the Arch of Severus, the Rostra, the ruins 
of the Temple of Concord, the remains of the Forum, the 
Sacra Via, the huge arches of the Basilica Aemilia, the site of 
the temple erected to Julius Caesar, the Regia, and the site 
of the Temple of Vesta. On the right appear the columns 
which mark the Temple of Saturn, the ruins of the Basilica 


Iulia, and the site of the Temple of Castor. Beyond the limit 
185 


APPLIED LATIN 


of the map were the Arches of Constantine and Titus and 
the famous Colosseum. Here and there in the Forum were 
streets leading from the center to the outer parts of the city. 
Of these, the most famous was the Sacra Via, along which 
the triumphal processions of the Roman generals took their 
winding course to the Temple of Jupiter on the Capitoline 
Hill. Through the Forum ran the great sewer, Cloaca Max- 
ima, which drained the low lying valley of the Forum. 
You must not think that the Forum and its buildings were 
all constructed at one time. On the contrary, the Forum 
had a gradual development, buildings being added at various 
times. The early buildings were made of any material 
which could be easily’ obtained; the later buildings were 
faced with marble, giving much splendor to the Forum. 

XXXVI. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE OF SUM. CLAUSES 


OF CONDITION AND CAUSE. COMPOUND VERBS 
OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION 


461. THE VERB SUM.—The Subjunctive Mood 


SINGULAR 
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 

sim essem fuerim fuissem 
sis essés fueris fuissés 

sit esset fuerit fuisset 

PLURAL 

simus essémus fuerimus fuissémus 
sitis essétis fueritis — fuissétis 
sint essent fuerint fuissent 


Learn these four tenses. You have already met the first 
two in Paragraph 441. The perfect subjunctive of sum is 
the same as the future perfect indicative except in the first 
person singular. The pluperfect has the endings of the 


imperfect essem with change of e to z before s. 
186 


THE VERB 


The same caution is to be taken regarding the transla- 
tion of the different subjunctive forms of sum as of the sub- 
junctive forms of the regular verbs. Use as meanings of the 
subjunctive forms of sum the meanings of the corresponding 
tenses of the Indicative unless specially directed otherwise. 

462. For rapidity of identification name and translate: 

1. Fueris, simus, fuissent, essent, fuissés, sitis, fuerit. 


ADVERBIAL CLAUSES CONTAINING A CONDITION IN 
ENGLISH AND LATIN 


A. With the Indicative Mood 

463. A. There are many occasions in speaking and writ- 
ing when we express an idea about which we have some 
doubt or which can be true only under certain conditions or 
circumstances. Sentences which contain statements whose 
truth is affected by some circumstance or other are called con- 
ditional sentences. Examine the following English sentences: 

1. If we are well we are happy. 2. If we were well we 
were happy. 3. If we shall be well we will be happy. 

The italicized words indicate the two parts of these 
sentences, one a statement of fact and the other a clause 
containing a condition or circumstance affecting the truth 
of the main statement. Each of these dependent clauses is 
introduced by the word zf. Clauses so introduced are con- 
ditional clauses. The main statement in a sentence con- 
taining a conditional clause is called the conclusion. 

Remember, then, that all conditional sentences are made 
up of two parts, the condition and the conclusion. ‘The con- 


ditional clause may appear either before or after the con- 
187 


APPLIED LATIN 


clusion. You will have no trouble in identifying a condi- 
tional clause if you will always look for the introductory 
word 7 or its negative if not or unless. 
- 464. B. In Latin as well as in English there are many 
occasions for the use of conditional sentences. Look at the 
following examples: 

1. Si valémus laetisumus. Jf we are well we are happy. 
2. Sivalébamus laetieramus. Jf we were well we were happy. 
3. Si valébimus laeti erimus. If we shall be well we will be 
happy. 


In these sentences, which are Latin translations of the 











English sentences above, there are two parts, the condition 
(underscored) and the conclusion. Each of the sentences 
is named from the kind of condition which it contains. 
The first is called a Simple Present condition because the 
condition and conclusion are in present time (present 
indicative). The second is called a Simple Past condition 
because both its parts are in past time (imperfect indicative). 
The third is called a More Vivid Future condition because 
both its parts are in future time (future indicative). Most 
conditional sentences in Latin take their verbs in the 
indicative mood. You will have no difficulty with condi- 
tions which employ the indicative if you translate the 
tenses of the indicative accurately. 

465. RuLE.—Simple Conditions.—Simple conditions in 
- Latin are introduced by the particle si, if (negative nisi, if not 
or unless). In both condition and conclusion the verbs are 


in the indicative mood. 
188 


THE VERB 





466. 
curé, curare, curavi, curatus, to care for, provide for. 
crem6, creméare, ; to burn. 


’ 
impetr6, impetrare, impetravi, impetratus, /o gain a request. 
paco, pacare, pacavi, pacatus, to pacify. 
purgé, pirgdre, pirgavi, purgatus, /oclean, purify. 
iaceé, _iacére, iacui, to lie, recline. 





’ 
mereo, merére, merul, meritus, to deserve, merit. 
lated, latére, latui, ee to lie hidden. 
déterred, déterrére, déterrui, ———, to frighten off. 
pended, pendére, pependi, ———, to hang, be suspended. 


Learn these verbs. 


467. Translate: 1. Arborés multaés altasque cremamus 
né lednés in silvis dénsis lateant. 2. Augurne aurum dili- 
genter ciravit dum filia sua veniret? 3. Cum nintius 
fabulam longam narravisset, 4 cOnsule impetravit. 4. Nisi 
Caesar in Gallia piignabit, illa provincia omnis numquam 
pacabitur. 5. Si equus nunc in campo 1at6 est, sub arbore 
lacet. 6. Multis beneficiis hondrem amplum merébat. 7. 
Si Galba laetus erat, cOnsulés RO6m&ni quoque erant laeti. 
8. Si post aedificium angust6 in locd latébimus, comités 
nos ibi numquam petébunt. 9. Quis ROmae reget si Caesar 
caesus erit? 10. Nisi ancora de navi ingenti pendébit, 
venti vehementés navem movébunt. 

468. 1. If we shall shout we shall frighten the birds from 
the trees. 2. The horse was certainly in the field if the gate 
was shut. 3. I took care of the golden gift while the prophet 
was cleaning the altar. 4. What shall we deserve if you 
pacify the nation with our help? 5. When we shall have 
gained our request from Caesar, we will destroy the letter. 

469. Worp Stupy.—Explain these derivatives and use 
them in sentences of your own. 


curious curator procure impend cremation 
purgative deter pacify latent curate 
sinecure demerit purge pensive secure 
suspend independence meritorious adjacent crematory 


189 


APPLIED LATIN 


B. With the Subjunctive Mood . 
470. Beside simple conditions with the indicative there 


are some in Latin which make use of the subjunctive mood 
in both the condition and the conclusion. Study the follow- 
ing examples: 
1. Si valeamus laeti simus. 
If we should be well we would be happy. 
2. Si valérémus laeti essémus. 
If we were well we would be happy. 
3. Si valuissémus laeti fuissémus. 
If we had been well we would have been happy. 











These conditional sentences bear the following names: 
No. 1 is called a Less Vivid Future condition; No. 2 a 
Contrary to Fact condition in Present time; No. 3 a Con- 
trary to Fact condition in Past time. 

The Less Vivid Future condition is merely a weaker form 
of the Simple Future condition (cf. Paragraph 464). Instead 
of using the auxiliary verbs shall and will in the condition 
and the conclusion, this condition uses the weaker forms 
should and would. Both verbs are in the present subjunctive. 

Contrary to Fact conditions contain statements which 
would be true under just the opposite (contrary) circum- 
stances to those given in the conditional clause. For ex- 


ample, “If we were now well, we would be happy,” 


really 
means we are not now happy because we are not well. “If 
we had been well we would have been happy,” really means 


we were not happy because we were not well. As you see by 


‘ 


reversing the translation “‘ we are not happy because we are 


not well,” the time of the condition is really present, though 
190 


THE VERB 


the tense of the subjunctive used in Latin is imperfect. 
“We were not happy because we were not well” shows that 
the time of the condition is past though the tense of the 
subjunctive used in Latin is pluperfect. Consequently the 
conditions are called present and past contrary to fact. 

471. RuLte.—Conditions Requiring the Subjunctive Mood. 
—Less Vivid Future conditional sentences take the present sub- 
junctive in both condition and conclusion. Present Contrary to 
Fact conditional sentences take the imperfect subjunctive, 
and Past Contrary to Fact the pluperfect subjunctive in both 
the condition and the conclusion. 


472. Translate: 1. Si fortiina bona sit réx sim. 2. Nisi 
beneficiis maégnis hondrem merérem, hdc in l6c6 nunc n6én 
essem. 3. Si frigus hiemis grave sit, ingentem ignem curem. 
4. Si c6pia frimenti comportata esset, milités cibum certé 
habuissent. 5. Omnis Gallia. facile celeriterque pacata 
esset si Caesar primo dux fuisset. 6. Hic servus ex manibus 
meis n6n fiigisset nisi dormivissem. 7. Hae rosae dé ara 
antiquaé semper pendébunt nisi venti eds frangent. 8. 
Extra oppidum milités latébant dum ab hostibus peté- 
bantur. g. Nisi nibés dénsae fuissent, s6l claré lixisset. 10. 
Portas cotidié claudémus dum auxilium 4 Caesare mittatur. 

473. 1. If the ditch had been wide the horses would 
never have escaped. 2. The women would adorn the temple 
with roses if the day should be clear. 3. We will praise the 
general that he may be happy. 4. The task was so easy 
that we did it in two days. 5. If we were in Gaul we would 
now be leading our armies against the enemy. 

Quiz.—Describe the conditional sentences explained in 
these paragraphs. Make up a number of similar sentences. 

IQI 


APPLIED LATIN 


474. 

culpa, -ae, a fault, f. 

domina, -ae, a lady, mistress, f. 

epistula, -ae, a Jetter, f. 

dolus, -i, a trick, stratagem, m. 

concilium, -i, a council, n. 

caelum, -i, the sky, n. 

déditid, déditidnis, surrender, f. 

déprecator, déprecatoris, inter- 
cessor, Mm. 

dolor, doloris, grief, m. 

dictator, dictat6ris, a dicta- 
tor, m. 

eques, equitis, a knight, m. 


existimatid, existimatidnis, opin- 
ton, gudgment, f. 

explorator, expl6ratoris, a scout, m. 

cénsus, -iis, a rating, census, mM. 

circuitus, -Us, circuit, m. 

conatus, -us, an attempt, m. 

confertus, -a, -um, crowded. 

cotidianus, -a, -um, daily. 

ctnctus, -a, -um, all together. 

cupidus, -a, -um, desirous. 

diligenter, diligently. 

dia, a long time, long.* 

facile, easily. 


Study and learn these words. Practise the declension of 


all the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 


475. Worp Stupy.—Give the meaning of the following 


derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others. 


council conative census circuitous _ ceiling 
condolence facile domineer domesticate dominion 
diary equipage equestrian diligent deprecate 
esteem estimation difficult dolorous explorer 
censor cerulean culpable dominate circuit 
dictate dictatorial censure doleful reconcile 


ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF CAUSE IN ENGLISH AND LATIN 
476. A. In the following English sentences the words 


italicized mark a clause expressing cause. 

1. I looked at the picture because you told me to. 2. Since 
you have come so early let us now take a walk in the garden. 
3. As the sun has already risen there is nothing to delay us. 


There are three words commonly used in English to in- 


troduce dependent clauses which express Cause. 


These 


are because (which contains the word cause itself), since, 





*Note.—Comparison dit, Jong, diitius, dititissimé. 
192 


THE VERB 


and as. These words should aid you in picking out causal 
clauses. Read the main statements in the sentences above. 
Does not each one seem to demand an explanation? As 
you read you expect to find out why J looked at the picture 
and how it happens we can now walk in the garden and why 
nothing now delays us. When some explanation or reason 
seems to be demanded by the meaning of the main state- 
ment be on the lookout for a dependent clause of cause. 

477. B. The same facts are true of Latin sentences con- 
taining causal clauses. Examine these sentences: 

1. Celeriter véni quod poenam timui. 

I came quickly because I feared the penalty. 


2. Caesar, cum hostés eum terrérent castra m6vit. 
Since the enemy frightened Caesar, he moved his camp. 








The underscored words in these sentences compose causal 
clauses. In Latin as in English there are introductory words 
which serve to identify causal clauses. These are commonly 
quod, because, and cum, since. The dependent verb follow- 
ing quod is regularly in the indicative mood; the dependent 
verb after cum, since, is in the subjunctive. 

In Latin as in English the main statement often seems to 
demand an explanation or reason before the sentence can 
be considered complete. To emphasize this demand and 
to get us ready for a causal clause the Latins often inserted 
in the main statement one of the following expressions: 

Hac dé causa, for this reason, qua dé causa, for this reason, 
quam ob rem, for this reason. 

EXAMPLE: Hac dé causa Caesar impetum fécit quod 

13 193 


APPLIED LATIN 


hostés dormiébant. Caesar made an attack (for this reason) 
because the enemy were asleep. 


478. RuULE.—Causal Clauses.—De pendent clauses express- 
ing cause are introduced by the particles quod, because, andcum, 
since. After the word quod the indicative mood is used; after 
cum, the subjunctive. When the verb is in the subjunctive, the 
tenses used follow the regular rule for Sequence. 


479. Translate: 1. Servi dominam-non laudabant quod 
culpaés multés habébat. 2. Hac dé causa epistulam non 
scripsimus quod dolum civium scivimus. 3. Quod dépre- 
cator vir nobilis fuit, Caesar oppidum non délévit. 4. Cum 
hi viri omnés libertatis cupidi essent, dictatdri Acriter re- 
sistébant. 5. Consul, cum pecitiniam civitati dedisset, ab 
omnibus civibus didi amabatiir. 

480. 1. The horsemen led the captives about the town 
in a long circuit because they feared the attacks of the 
citizens. 2. We shall conquer easily because the gods will 
send us aid. 3. We made the ascent quickly because the 
scouts had shown us the way. 4. What is the judgment of 
the council? 5. The consuls made a census of the city in 
order that they might punish the evil citizens. 


Quiz.—Pick out some causal clauses in your English 
reader. Tell how you identify them in English and Latin. 


Compound Verbs of the Second Conjugation 
The Habeé, Maned, and Moved Groups 


481. habed, habére, habui, habitus, to have, hold 


adhibed (2) prohibed (2) débed (2) 
have at hand, apply, use restrain, prevent not to have, owe, dé-habed 
praebed (2) habitd (1) débilitd (1) 
have ready, furnish inhabit weaken, dé-habil-1td 
prae-habed 


Note that in compound verbs habeé changes to -hibed. 
194 


THE VERB 


maneo, manére, mansi, mansum, /o remain 


permaneé (2) remane6 (2) 
to last through, remain remain 
moveo, movére, m6vi, motus, /o move 
amoved (2) commoved (2) émoveé (2) 
move away, remove move thoroughly, disturb move out 
removeé (2) promoved (2) 
move back, withdraw move forward 


Learn these compound verbs. 

482. Translate: 1. Né oppidum caperétur, civés doldés 
multds adhibuérunt. 2. Viri fortissimi ill6s equités ab an- 
gusta via* prohibébant. 3. Gloériam hondremque dictatori 
débémus quod cépiam magnam cibi nobis dedit. 4. Codn- 
sulés cénsum civium imperatori praebuérunt ut viri mali dé 
urbe pellerentur. 5. Exsulés in insula habitabant. 6. Cdn- 
atibus dolisque légaét6rum cohortés débilitatae sunt. 7. 
Caesar castra ex angustd loc6d* inter montés 4movit. 8. 
Clam6ribus captiv6rum hac dé causa facile comm6ti sumus, 
quod ciincti pacem diligenter petébant. 9. Aurum é carré* 
rem6vi ut in aedificid ponerem. 10. Cum hostés milités 
nostrés ab oppid6 prohibérent, Caesar aciem prom6vit. 


483.* In sentences 2, 7, 9, 10, are instances of the 
ablative with ab, dé, or ex expressing the idea of removal 
or separation. This construction is common after verbs 
signifying removal or separation. 

484. RuLE.—The Ablative of Separation.—The ablative 
with ab, dé, or ex is used with verbs signifying separation or 
removal to ex press separation. 

485. Study these English derivatives. Use them in sen- 


tences of your own. 


debilitated permanent promotion habit motor 
inhabitant manse removal remainder emotion 
prohibition mobile prohibitive manor remote 
momentum commotion mob remnant automobile 


195 


APPLIED LATIN 


The Pled, Seded, and Tened Groups 


486. pleé, plére, plévi, plétus, to fill 
compled (2) reple6é (2) suppled (2) 
jill completely full up again fill up, supply 
seded, sedére, sédi, sessum, #o sit, be settled 
circumseded (2) obsided (2) possided (2) 
sit around, surround sit against, besiege possess 
praesided (2) resided (2) superseded (2) 
preside over, watch over remain seated, remain refrain from 


Note that seded becomes -sided in many compounds. In some it 
appears as -sid6 (assid6, sidere, sédi, —) and these verbs belong to the 
third conjugation. 


tened, tenére, tenui (tentus), to hold 
abstined (2) contined (2) distined (2) 
abstain from contain, limit, bound hold apart 
obtined (2) pertined (2) retined (2) 
hold, obtain pertain, have to do with hold back, retain 
sustined (2) tempté (1) 
hold up, sustain try, attempt ‘ 


Note that tened becomes -tine6 in most compounds. 


Learn these compound verbs. 


487. Translate: 1. Carrds frimentd complévi ut multi- 
ttid6 civium cibum habéret. 2. Tam multi equités vids ob- 
sédérunt ut legidnés nostras ab oppid6 prohibérent. 3. Galba 
magnam partem pr6vinciae possidébat. 4. Légati quod 
cépids hostium in montibus vidérunt proelid abstinuérunt. 
5. Fossa aqua compléta est né equités ROmani impetum 
facerent. 6. Pars magna Galliae fliminibus latissimis mon- 
tibusque altidribus continétur. 7. Nostri finés ad montés 
pertinent et ad occ&sum sdlis spectant. 8. Caesar Galbam, 
socium suum, in concilid retinuit. 9. Dii impetiis bar- 
bardrum maxima cum virtite sustinébantur. 10. Quod vias 
per provinciam exploratdrés non scivérunt, hostés forttinam 
belli ndn temptavérunt. 

196 


THE USES OF THE BUILDINGS IN THE FORUM 


488. Study these English derivatives. Use them in sen- 
tences of your own. 


complete replete pertain residuary continence 
sustain detain implement supersede attempt 
entertainment retention obsession continent supply 
assessor resident insidious impertinent contention 
retentive expletive obtain continuance session 
abstain reside - temptation  assizes president 
complement _ besiege possessor supplement subside 


THE USES OF THE BUILDINGS IN THE FORUM 


Now that you have become acquainted with the names 
of the chief buildings, you should learn something about 
their uses. As was said, the Tabularium contained the 
records of the Republic and later of the Empire. The Arch 
of Severus was erected to recall the glories of the family 
of Severus which gave to the Empire two important em- 
perors. The Rostra was the platform from which many of 
the great Roman orators delivered speeches to the Roman 
people assembled in the open space before it. As there were 
no newspapers like ours at Rome, if the ordinary citizen 
wished to know what was going on, he hurried down to the 
Forum and there listened to speeches from the Rostra and 
discussed the news with his fellow-citizens. Before the 
Roman Senate voted on important policies of the govern- 
ment, some leading member of the administration often 
addressed the people from the Rostra. Thus the citizens 
were early informed of the debates which were to follow 
inside the senate house. The two Basilicas (Aemilia and 
Iulia) were the centers of the law courts. In them the legal 
magistrates of the city used to hold court, and the decisions 

197 


APPLIED LATIN 


handed down were not only important at that time, but 
exist today embedded in the laws of many modern nations. 
Because these speeches were delivered in the Forum they 
were called forensics, a term still employed. 


XXXVII. THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX. CLAUSES OF 
CONCESSION. TYPES OF RELATIVE CLAUSES. COM- 
POUND VERBS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION 


ADVERBIAL CLAUSES OF CONCESSION IN ENGLISH 
AND LATIN 


489. In the following English sentences there are ex- 
amples of Concessive or Adversative Clauses. As you read 
over each sentence, notice that the idea contained in the 
italicized clauses contradicts or opposes that contained in 
the main statement. If the clause is true, the main state- 
ment must be false. If the main statement is true, how can 
the facts in the dependent clause be set aside? In such 
sentences the adverse facts of the dependent clause are 
passed over (conceded). The main statement is considered 
true, with certain concessions. 

1. Although the day was cloudy, still we went on a picnic. 

2. The dog is faithful, although his master abuses him. 

In the first sentence you would expect to remain at home 
on cloudy days and you certainly would not go on a picnic. 
In the second you hardly expect a dog whose master abuses 
him to be faithful. These adverse or contrary facts must 
be conceded before the main statements are true. 

In English, Concessive clauses are shown by the use 


of the introductory words although or though. Often, the 
198 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


words still or nevertheless are found in the main statement, 
when the sentence contains a concessive clause. 
490. These Latin sentences contain concessive clauses: 


1. Quamquam puer saepe clamavit tamen agricolae non 
vénérunt. 
Although the boy often cried out, the farmers did not come. 
2. Cum multa téla iaceret, avem n6n terruit. 
Though he threw many missiles, he did not frighten the 
bird. 
3. Cum opus longum sit tamen epistulam scribam. 
Though the task is a long one, nevertheless I will write 
the letter. 











As you read these sentences you note that each one con- 
tains a clause, which is opposed to the main statement. 
You expect the farmers to come; one stone usually frightens 
a bird; long tasks are often left undone. Such clauses 
must be conceded (concessive). They are introduced in 
Latin by the words quamquam, although, and cum, although. 
The indicative mood (usually the perfect tense) follows 
quamquam, the subjunctive (tense according to the se- 
quence of tense rule) follows cum. Tamen, nevertheless, 
often appears in the main statement. 

491. RuULE.—Concession.— Concession 1s expressed in 
Latin by the indicative (usually the perfect tense) introduced 
by quamquam or the subjunctive (tense according to the regular 
rule for sequence) introduced by cum. 


492. Translate: 1. Quamquam pueri omnés conclima- 
vérunt avés n6n territi sunt. 2. Servum nén pinivimus cum 
doli eius pessimi fuissent. 3. Cum ntibés dénsae in caelé 

199 


APPLIED LATIN 


essent, sol tamen licébat. 4. Caesar provinciam Galliae 
superavit cum illi virl Acerrimé pignavissent. 5. Quamquam 
carmina laudavistis tamen poétae aurum n6n dedistis. 6. 
Cum urbs bene miinita esset, Galba eam maxim6 impeti 
cépit. 7. Quamquam milités pacem post déditidnem peti- 
vérunt, tamen non impetravérunt. 8. Cum canés pro porta 
lacérent fémina cibum nGn iacuit. 9. Nautae ndn commdti 
sunt cum mare ventis continenter crésceret. 10. Quamquam 
servus saepe clamavit equus domum ex agr6 non vénit. 


493. 1. We did not emigrate from the province though 
fertile fields were shown to us. 2. Though we served our 
commander well he never praised us. 3. The runaway slave 
was caught though he had fled into the mountains. 4. 
Desire for gold does not now overcome the scout though in 
youth he indulged this fault. 5. When he had related the 
terms of peace the Romans sent him to Caesar. 


Quiz.—What English words are used to introduce clauses 
of concession, cause, time, purpose, result? 


494. 

figiira, -ae, a figure, shape, f. gubernator, gubernatéris,a pilot,m. 
gemma, -ae, a gem, f. exitus, -iis, a, going out, end, m. 
incola, -ae, an inhabitant,m.  cdnsénsus, -iis, consent, m. 
dominus, -i, @ master, m. dexter, dextra, dextrum, rzght. 
collum, -i, the neck, n. fégregius, -a, -um, remarkable. 
exemplum, -i, example, n. ferax, feracis, fertile. 


facultas, facultatis, capacity, f. finitimus, -a, -um, neighboring. 
fortitids, fortitidinis, bravery, f. féliciter, happily, fortunately. 


flés, fléris, a flower, m. feré, almost, nearly. 
furor, furéris, rage, m. forte, perhaps. 
foedus, foederis, a treaty, n. fortiter, bravely. 
formid6, formidinis, fear, f. fristra, in vain. 


Study and learn these words. Practise the declensions of 


the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 
200 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


495. WorD Stupy.—Give the meaning of the following 
English derivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others. 


faculty figured gem collar-bone infuriated 
federal governor inflorescence ambidextrous formidable 
configuration egregious florist frustrate furore 
exemplary consensus government dexterous florid 
flourish floral exit fortitude confederacy 


TYPES OF RELATIVE CLAUSES 
496. Up to the present time in the treatment of the 
Complex sentence you have been dealing only with subor- 
dinate clauses which have modified the main verb (adverbial 
clauses). There are, however, complex sentences in which 
the subordinate clause is not adverbial (does not modify the 
main verb) but is adjectival (modifies some noun in the 
main sentence). Such clauses are called adjectival clauses. 
They are introduced by the Relative pronoun who, which, 
that. This relative pronoun serves to connect or relate the 
clause which it introduces with some noun in the main sen- 
tence. This noun is called the antecedent of the clause. 
Relative Clauses in English and Latin 
497. A. Examine these English sentences: 
t. The man who wore the black hat was the President. 
2. We respect the boy who is honest. 3. Caesar sent soldiers 


who were to cross the bridge. 4. There are some men who 
think that all they hear is true. 


In these sentences the italicized words compose relative 
clauses, introduced by the relative pronoun who, which, and 
that. This pronoun resembles other pronouns in that it 
stands for a noun; it differs slightly in that usually it im- 


mediately follows its antecedent. 
201 


APPLIED LATIN 


The relative pronoun in English is thus declined: 


Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter—Singular and Plural 
Nominative, who. Genitive, whose. Accusative, whom. 


The relative clauses in the English sentences above are 
not all of the same kind. In sentences 1 and 2 they merely 
take the places of adjectives (adjectival relative clauses). 
They add bits of description to their antecedents which 
could have been done by the use of a single adjective, if 
there had existed in the language an adjective which meant 
what the entire clause means. No. 3 not only describes, but 
also adds an idea of purpose to the antecedent (relative 
clause of purpose); No. 4 expresses a trait or characteristic 
of the antecedent (relative clause of characteristic). 

Construct some English sentences containing relative 
clauses. In your reader pick out some relative clauses. 


498. B. Examine these Latin sentences: 
1. Servus qui equum dicébat erat ciiridsissimus. 
The slave who was leading the horse was very inquisitive. 
2. Caesar oppidum quod hostés tenébant facile cépit. 
Caesar easily took the town which the enemy were holding. 
Complex sentences containing relative clauses are very 
frequent in Latin. As in English, such clauses may (1) simply 
modify their antecedent as adjectives or may (2) add an 
idea of purpose or characteristic. These two types of rela- 
tive clauses can be readily distinguished in Latin by the 
mood of their verbs. Simple adjectival clauses regularly take 
the indicative mood; the other adjecyes clauses take the 
subjunctive mood. 
499. Learn the declension of the relative pronoun qui, 
quae, quod, who, which, that. 
202 








THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 











SINGULAR 
M. ‘ 7 
Nom. qui, quae, quod, who. 
Gen. cuius, cuius, Cuius, whose. 
Dat. cui, cui, Cui, to or for whom. 
Acc. quem, quam, quod, whom. 
roc. =, ——, —, nares 
Abl. qué, qua, qué, with, etc., whom. 
PLURAL 
| M. F. ; 
Nom. qui, quae, quae, who. 
Gen. quorum, quarum, quérum, whose. 
Dat. quibus, quibus, quibus, to or for whom. 
Acc. qués, quas, quae, whom. 
Voc. —-, ; : ; 
Abl. quibus, quibus, quibus, with, etc., whom. 


500. While considering relative clauses we must take 
up the agreement of the relative with its antecedent. In 
sentence 1 the relative gui s masculine singular to agree 
(as adjective) with its antecedent servus. It is nominative 
not because servus is nominative, but because qui is the sub- 
ject of the clause (qua : . . ddcébat) in which it (qui) 
stands. In sentence 2 quod is neuter singular in agreement 
with its antecedent oppidum. It is accusative in case because 
it is the direct object. of the verb tenébant, the verb of the 
clause (quod . . .  tenébant) in which the quod stands. 

501. RuLEe.—Simple Adjectival Relative Clauses.— 
Relative clauses which simply add facts of description to their 
antecedents are introduced by the relative pronoun qui, quae, 
quod, and take their verbs in the indicative mood. 

502. RuLE.—Agreement of the Relative Pronoun.— 
The relative pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender 


and number. Its case depends upon its use in tis own clause. 
203 


APPLIED LATIN 


503. 
cernd, cernere, crévi, crétus, to discern, distinguish. 
cold, colere, colui, cultus, to till, cherish, dwell in. 
divid6,  dividere, divisi, divisus,  o separate, divide. 
fundéd,. fundere, fidi, fiisus, to pour forth. 
gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, to bear, carry on, wage. 
préndd, préndere, prehendi, prehénsus, /o seize, grasp. 
rud, ruere, ruil, ritus, to fall down, tumble down. 
sterno, sternere, stravi, stratus, to strew, spread out. 
tolld, tollere, sustuli, sublatus, fo lift up, remove. 


tribué, __ tribuere, tribui,  tribitus, to assign, allot. 
relinqu6, relinquere, reliqui,  relictus, 0 /leave, abandon. 
discé, discere, didici, : to learn. 





Learn these verbs. 


504. Translate: 1. Milités qui bellum gerébant exem- 
plum égregium fortittidinis praebébant. 2. Num rosas pr6 
porta templi illius dei qui auxilium urbi misit fristra stra- 
vimus? 3. Virgo quae ex furore lednis fiigerat dextram 
meam préndébat. 4. Venti gubernatorem qui caelum 
spectabat in mare iécérunt. 5. Quis fortiter sed fristra 
pugnabat? 6. Agricola agrds feracés, florés, et flimen 
finitimum amat et colet. 7. Sine cOnsénsii socidrum num- 
quam petivi condicidnés pacis quae mé 4 patria divisérunt. 
8. Forte incolae gemmas sub arbore alta abdidérunt. 9. 
Venti vélocés domum quam incolae in insula striixerant feré 
stravérunt. 10. Vinum, quod servi in aedificid condiderant, 
in flimen dominus fidit. | 


505. 1. The outcome of the battle took away all hope of 
surrender. 2. The tree which recently fell broke the dog’s 
neck. 3. In youth we learned many poems which related 
the fate of our city. 4. By means of a treaty we made peace 
with the Romans. 5. Fortunately we saw the general who 
had completed the war. 


506. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives. 


Use them in sentences of your own. 
204 


discern 
reprehend 
relic 
effusion 
street 
foundry 
apprehend 


THE SENTENCE. 


decree 
relinquish 
discreet 
profuse 
confusion 
secretary 
fund 


inculcate 
prostrate 
retribution 
disciple 
cult 


COMPLEX 


derelict 
colony 
tributary 
tribute 
dividend 


consternation gesture 


stratum 


diffuse 


ruin 

prize 
comprehend 
prison 
delinquent 
division 
discipline 


Quiz.—What are the types of relative clauses in English? 


What is meant by the agreement of the relative? 


507. 


ianua, -ae, a door, f. 


insania, -ae, madness, f. 
iiistitia, -ae, justice, f. 
humus, -i, the ground, m.* 


ferrum, -i, 7ron, n. 


hospitium, -i, Hospitality, n. 
hérés, hérédis, an heir, m. 
iidex, itidicis, a judge, m. 

iter, itineris, a journey, n. 
interpres, interpretis, an inter- 


preter, n. 


lac, lactis, milk, n. 


ném6, némini, xo one, m.t 


lapis. lapidis, a stone, m. 
consulatus, -is, the consulship, m. 
conventus, -iis, a meeting, m. 


frigidus, -a, -um, cold. 


impudéns, impudentis, shameless. 


incrédibilis, incrédibile, wnbeliev- 
able. 


inermis, inerme, weaponless. 


hodié, to-day. 
interdum, meanwhile. 


item, likewtse. 


inferus, -a, -um, /ow.f 
graviter, heavily. 


Study and learn these words. Practise the declension of 


the nouns and adjectives. 


Compare the adverbs. 


508. Worp Stupy.—Explain the meaning of the following 


derivatives. Use these derivatives in sentences. Add others. 


hospitable 
justiciary 
insanity 
frigidity 
humor 
lactic 
judge 


host 
lapidary 
consulate 
itinerant 
item 


convention 


itemize 


hotel 
humidity 


inheritance 


janitor 
impudent 


dilapidated 


interpret 


lapis lazuli 
exhume 
heredity 
judiciary 
refrigerator 
credulous 
inferior 


sane 
humiliate 
inhumation 
humble 
itinerary 
gravity 
gravitate 





* Note: Locative of humus, humi, on the ground. 


+ Note: Ném6 usually lacks the genitive and ablative singular. For 
them nillius and nill6 are used. 


t Note: Comparison of inferus: inferus, inferior, infimus, or imus. 


205 


APPLIED LATIN 


RELATIVE CLAUSES OF PURPOSE AND CHARACTERISTIC 
509. Examine these Latin sentences: 


1. Caesar milités qui pontem frangerent ad fliamen misit. 
Caesar sent soldiers who should (to) break down the 
bridge. 
2. Non iddneus erit qui ad illud oppidum mittatur. 
He will not be the proper man (who should be sent) to 
send to that walled town. 








These two sentences illustrate types of relative clauses 
which take their verbs in the subjunctive mood. No. 1 con- 
tains a clause of purpose; No. 2, a clause of characteristic. 
Of these the relative clause of purpose is more common. 

Relative clauses of purpose are the same in form as the 
ordinary clauses of purpose except that the relative pronoun 
is used in place of the introductory particle ut. The tenses 
of the subjunctive employed are the present after primary 
tenses, the imperfect after secondary tenses. 

510. RULE.—Relative Purpose Clauses.—Relative clauses 
of purpose are introduced by the relative pronoun qui, quae, 
quod, who, which, that, and take their verbs in the present and 
the imperfect subjunctive, according to the rule for sequence 
in purpose clauses. The negative is non. 

511. A relative clause of characteristic is used in Latin 
to call attention to some ¢razt or characteristic of its ante- 
cedent. The second sentence above illustrates such a clause. 
Ordinarily clauses of characteristic follow these words: 


dignus, -a, -um, worthy. sunt qui, there are those who. 

indignus, -a, -um, unworthy. ném6 est qui, there is no one who. 

idéneus, -a, -um, suitable, proper. quis est qui, who 1s there who? 

sdlus, -a, -um, alone, only. anus (sdlus) est qui, he is the only 
one who. 


206 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


When these words precede a relative clause you may be 
sure that the clause is one of characteristic. The verb in 
such a clause will be in the subjunctive mood and the 
tense will follow the regular rule for the sequence of tenses. 

512. RuLE.—Relative Clauses of Characteristic.—Rela- 
tive clauses of characteristic are introduced by the relative pro- 
noun qui, quae, quod, who, which, that, and take their verbs 
in the subjunctive mood according to the rule for sequence. 

513. Translate: 1. Interdum servi qui aedificia nova 


struerent 4 domino riri relicti sunt. 2. Socii inermés non 
iddnei sunt qui duci forti tribuantur. 3. Quis est qui 


pectiiniam magnam non amet? 4. Hominem quaesivimus 
qui viam inferidrem mOnstraret. 5. Sunt qui consulatum 
propter ilstitiam mereant. 6. Item legidnés quae 4 pro- 
vincia hostés déterrérent hodié missae sunt. 7. Ile indignus 
erat qui impetradret. 8. Quis fabulam incrédibilem in 
conventi narravit? g. Ném6 est qui vel lac frigidum vel 
aquam fontis frigidi aestate non laudet. 10. Milités qui 
in provinciam iter fecérunt lapidés humi vidérunt. 

514. 1. Today we are seeking the hospitality of the 
judge. 2. This heir is the only one who gives money to his 
friends. 3. Who is there who would carry on a war in vain? 
4. We drove away the men who were to make the attack. 
5. I will give my iron and gold to no one. 

Qu1z.—How can you tell the difference between ordinary 
relative clauses and those of purpose and characteristic? 

Pick out some examples of each kind in your English 


reader. 
207 


APPLIED LATIN 


Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation 

SIS: The Ago, Cad6, and Claud6 Groups 
ago, agere, égi, actus, fo set in motion, drive 
cogo (3) exigd (3) redigé (3) 
drive together, force, drive out, exact (taxes) drive back, reduce 
collect (con-agé) 
transigé (3) agitd (1) 
drive through, accomplish move, pursue 


Note that agé becomes -ig6 in most compounds. 





cadé, cadere, cecidi, , to fall 
accidé (3) concid6é (3) excidd (3) 
fall, to happen fall down, collapse fall out 


Note that cad6 becomes -cid6 (i short) in compounds. The perfect is 
-cidi, not cecidi, in compounds; as accid6, accidere, accidi, ——. Excidd 
has a fourth part, excasum. 

claud6, claudere, clausi, clausus, to shut, close 


conclidé (3) exclidd (3) inclid6 (3) 
shut around, surround shut out, exclude shut in, confine 


interclids praecladé (3) 
shut off, cut off shut off 


Note that claud6 becomes -clid6 in compounds. 


516. Translate: 1. Socii ROmandrum navés coégérunt. 
2. EKodem feré tempore quamquam aestas exacta est 
Caesar bellum cum hostibus gessit. 3. Dux illtistris copias 
nostras in castra redégit. 4. Haec omnia transacta sunt 
dum Galba in Gallia est. 5. Téla quae ex inferidre locd 
iacta sunt graviter accidérunt. 6. Cum impetus fliiminis 
maximus esset pons necessari6 concidit. 7. Anni tempore 
nostrae navés ab apert6 mari excliidébantur. 8. Exercitus 
ré friimentaria intercliisus est, quod cdnsulés barbards 
flamine quo portabatur non prohibuérunt. 9. Exploratorés 
leOnés ex silva agitabant. 10. Quae legid idénea est quae 
interpretés et légatds habeat? 

208 


THE SENTENCE. COMPLEX 


517. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences. 


agitate exact transact seclude accident 
actor clause counteract conclusion casual 
exclusion enact redactor cogent decadent 
include conclusive _ recluse occasional actual 
deciduous cloister incident exigency preclude 
518. The Céd6, Em6, and Flué Groups 
céd6, cédere, cessi, cessus, fo make a motion 

concéd6é (3) décédé (3) excéd6 (3) 

retire, yield go away, depart move out, go forth 

intercéd6 (3) praecédé (3) recéd6 (3) 

go between, intervene go before, surpass go back, recede 

succéd6 (3) antecéd6 (3) discéd6 (3) 

go up, approach, succeed go forward, surpass go away, depart 


procédé (3) 
go forward, advance 


em6, emere, émi, émptus, fo take, buy 


adimé (3) eximé (3) interimé (3) 
take away take away, remove kill 
redim6 (3) sim6 (3) cénsimé (3) 
buy back, ransom take on (sub-emo) use up, consume 
flué, fluere, fluxi, fluctum, fo flow 
conflué (3) influé (3) proflud (3) 
flow together flow into flow forth, arise 


519. Translate: 1. Caesar, cum proelium male fécisset 
ab urbe concessit. 2. Tanta militum virtiis fuit ut dé vallo 
décéderet némo. ~3. Qua dé causé Romani Gallds quoque 
virtiite* praecédunt. 4. Incolae earum regidnum omnés 
Britannés scientia* et culti* et himanitate* antecédébant. 
5. Cum cladés atr6x fuisset omnis spés victdriae adémpta est. 
6. Dux audax gratiam et amicitiam militum omnium peci- 
nia redémit. 7. Quis cdnsul cdpids hostium trans flimen 
égit cum omnia edrum téla cdnsimpta essent? 8. Aquae 
hiius fontis in flimen latum influunt. 9. Hoc flimen pro- 
fluit ex ill monte altissim6 qui in finibus socidrum est. 1o. 
Haec flimina pro castellé cénfluébant. 

14 209 


APPLIED LATIN 


520.* In sentences 3 (virtite) and 4 (scientia, culti, hi- 
manitate) are four instances of the ablative used to point 
out exactly or specify the respect in which the action of the 
main verb is true. This ablative is called the Ablative of 
Specification. It never takes an introductory preposition. 

521. RuLE.—Ablative of Specification.—T he ablative with- 
out a preposition is used to express that in respect to which 
anything 1s true or 1s done. 

522. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences. 


antecedent fluctuate concession influential sumptuous 
accession recessional consumption redeem presumptive 
ancestor precedent precede peremptory incessant 
successor confluence predecessor reflux processional 
recede affluent cession fluency superfluous 
intercede assume coempt exemption exceed 


THE RELIGION OF ROME 

In the Forum and its vicinity were the centers of the 
Religious Life of the Romans. The chief temples were situ- 
ated on the top of the Capitoline Hill. There were the Tem- 
ples of Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva. In the Forum were the 
Temples of Saturn, which contained the Bank of the Roman 
Government, of Castor, of Julius Caesar, and of Vesta. 
The Temple of Vesta was the most important and the oldest. 
It was indeed the center of the religion connected with the 
Home. Just as every house had its particular shrine to the 
god who watched over its inhabitants and near it the sacred 
fire, so there was a similar shrine to the divinity who 
watched over the whole city. This divinity was the goddess 
Vesta. Her temple was a circular structure which is thought 


to have reproduced the form (circular) of the early Roman 
210 


THE VERB 


house. In this temple labored the twelve Vestal Virgins, 
whose business it was to keep alive the sacred fire and 
to attend to the service of Vesta. Near by was the 
Regia, the home of the Pontifex Maximus, who superin- 
tended the entire religious life of the citizens. He occupied 
a place closely resembling the office of the Pope of the 
Roman Church. There were a number of Colleges, so called, 
bands of priests who attended to certain clearly defined 
duties in connection with religion and assisted the Pontifex 
Maximus. The twelve great Gods of the Romans were 
Jupiter, father of gods and king of men; Juno, wife of 
Jupiter and queen of Heaven; Minerva, goddess of wisdom; 
Apollo, god of music, prophecy, the sun, trade; Diana, sister 
of Apollo, goddess of the hunt; Mars, god of war; Venus, 
goddess of beauty; Vulcan, god of fire, the arts of the gold- 
smiths, blacksmiths, etc.; Mercury, messenger of the gods; 
Vesta, goddess of the hearth and of the family; Ceres, 
goddess of the harvests and crops; Neptune, god of the sea. 


XXXVIII. THE VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE IN EXHORTA- 
TIONS AND WISHES. THE IMPERATIVE. COM- 
MANDS AND PROHIBITIONS 


523. In your study of the Subjunctive mood you have 
so far examined its use only in dependent statements or 
clauses. Being a mood suited to weaker statements, it is 
most frequently found in subordinate clauses. Still there are 
some independent statements in which the subjunctive 
mood is employed. Such sentences are not frank expres- 


sions of fact, but statements about whose outcome the 
211 


APPLIED LATIN 


speaker is uncertain. Independent sentences of this kind 
comprise Exhortations and Wishes. 


Exhortations and Wishes 


524. A. Examine these English sentences: 

1. Let us attack the town with courage. 2. Let them 
not praise the decision of the senate. 3. May you be 
happy. 4. Would that I were now in Paris. 5. Would 
that the Great War had never begun. | 


Of these sentences, Nos. 1 and 2 are Exhortations; Nos. 3, 4, 
and 5, Wishes. Themood employed in each is the subjunctive. 

Though each makes an independent statement, there 
lurks about these sentences a feeling of uncertainty. In 
No. 1 we realize that there is some dowbi about the attack 
being made courageously; in No. 3 we have no assurance 
that happiness will follow the wish; in Nos. 4 and 5 there 
is a wish for a change which can never take place. 

Construct some English Wishes and Exhortations. 

525. B. Exhortations and Wishes take the subjunctive 
mood in Latin also. Examine these sentences; 


Exhortations 
1. Oppidum cum virtite oppignémus. Let us attack the 
town with courage. 
2. Né senatum laudent. Let them not praise the senate. 


Both of these sentences ‘are exhortations. The present 
tense of the subjunctive is used and the negative is né. 
Only the first and third persons singular or plural of the 
present tense are used. Ordinarily exhortations occur only 


in the first person plural. 


THE VERB 


526. RuLE.—Exhortation.—The first and third persons 
singular and plural (usually the first person plural) of the 
present subjunctive are employed to express an exhortation. 
The negative 1s né. 


527. Translate: 1. Gubernator navem diligenter ctiret né 
mari superétur. 2. Nédominus servum qui bene serviit hodié 
puniat. 3. Colamus semper libertatem htmanitatemque 
et nostri finitimi nds laudabunt. 4. Né omnés cupidi auri 
sint. 5. Cum calamitatés veniant virttitem firmam fortiti- 
dinemque retineamus. 6. Clientés laeti beneficia Caesaris 
semper laudent. 7. Adversisin rébus audax sim. 8. Altitt- 
dine montis né terreamur. Ascénsus facilis est. 9. Acerbum 
vinum aqua bona misceamus. 10. Lednés cum furore saeviant. 

528. 1. Let the maidens adorn the walls of the temple 
with roses. 2. If the general has made a mistake let him 
move his camp. 3. Let us carry on the war courageously. 
4. May the winds quickly drive away the clouds. 5. Let 
the nations of the world seek peace with honor. 


Quiz.—When may the subjunctive mood be used in 
independent statements? 

529. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen- 
sion of the nouns and adjectives. 


industria, -ae, industry, f. ménsis, ménsis, a month, m. 
lina, -ae, the moon, f. iuvenis, -is, @ young man, m. 
nota, -ae, a spot, mark, f. mercator, mercatoris, @ mer- 
medicina, -ae, remedy, f. chant, m. 
medicus, -i, a@ doctor, m. cultus, -iis, civilization, m. 
instititum, -i, a custom, n. equitatus, -tis, cavalry, m. 
intervallum, -i, an interval, n. iniquus, -a, -um, unequal, unfair. 
iidicium, -i, a judgment, n. invitus, -a, -um, unwilling. 
laus, laudis, praise, f. magnificus, -a, -um, grand, mag- 
latitido, latitidinis, width, f. nificent. 
latus, lateris, a side, flank, n. mattrus, -a, -um, early, ripe. 
lénitas, lénitatis, gentleness, f. liber, libera, liberum, free. 
‘ehlaat liberalitatis, /iberal- libenter, gladly. 

ay, tf. 


213 


APPLIED LATIN 


530. Worpb Stupy.—Explain the meanings of the follow- 
ing English derivatives. Use them in sentences of your 
own. Add any other derivatives that you can. 


latitude youthful cult iniquity industrious 
junior laud | mature lateral interval 
collateral lunar merchandise illiberal medicinal 
remedy magnificerit market mercantile _ institute 
merchant lunatic medicated judicious culture 
laudable magistrate notation equilateral premature 
lenient commerce juvenile prejudice master 
Wishes 


531. The following sentences express simple wishes in 
present time. 


1. Valeas. May you be well. 2. Diés clarus sit. May 
the day be fair. 3. Né Galli Romanos superent. May the 
Gauls not conquer the Romans. 


These wishes are all made in present time with the hope 
that they may come to pass in the future. There is no 
assurance, however, that they will come to pass. In such 
wishes the subjunctive is used in the present tense. The 
negative is né. 

532. RuLE.—Simple Wishes.—The present tense of the 
subjunctive mood is used to express a simple wish. The nega- 
live is né. 

533. The following sentences express wishes which the 
speaker knows can never be fulfilled; which, in other words, 
are hopeless. 


1. Utinam natidnés pacem nunc facerent. 
Would that the nations were now making peace. 
2. Utinam régem vidissémus. 
Would that we had seen the king. 
214 


THE VERB 


3. Utinam né Galli in Germania essent. 
Would that the Gauls were not in Germany. 
4. Utinam né dominus servum pinivisset. 
Would that the master had not puntshed the slave. 


The wishes in these sentences are called Contrary to Fact. 
They can never be fulfilled. All the facts are against them. 
For instance, one could wish that the nations were now 
making peace, but they are not doing so; or that he 
had seen the king, when he has not. Contrary to 
Fact (hopeless) wishes in present time take the imperfect 
subjunctive (Nos. 1 and 2); in past time the pluperfect 
subjunctive (Nos. 3 and 4). They are regularly introduced 
by the word utinam, would that. 

534. RULE.—Contrary to Fact (hopeless) Wishes.—The 
imperfect subjunctive introduced by utinam, would that, is 
used to express a hopeless wish in present time; the pluperfect 
subjunctive with the same introductory word to express a hope- 
less wish in past time. The negative is né. 


535. Translate: 1. Mercator sapiéns, laetus sis indus- 
triad magnifica. 2. Utinam né haec proelia cotidiana cultiis 
nationum délerént. 3. Utinam lina clara nunc licéret. 4. 
Domine, utinam né tam 4cerrimé servum pinivissés. 5. 
Utinam artem medicinae in adoléscentia acciraté didicis- 
sémus. 6. Servus bonus et itilis multds annés sis. 7. Uti- 
nam explorator viam in silva apertam nobis monstravisset. 
8. Utinam laudés medicis hic in bellé libenter darentur. 9. 
Utinam né 4 cdpiis hostium provincia tam laté déléta esset. 
to. Roma, famam maximam gloriamque habeas. 

536. 1. Would that the cavalry were now victorious. 2. 

215 


APPLIED LATIN 


Would that the body had been buried with honor. 3. May 
you be free and diligent, dear companion. 4. May the moon 
shine with clear light. 5. Would that the enemy had not 
waged an unfair war. 

Quiz.—Construct some Simple and Contrary to Fact 


wishes in English. 


The Sentence. Imperative 
537. There are three kinds of sentences: the declarative, 
the znterrogative, and the imperative. Declarative sentences 
state facts; interrogative sentences ask questions; impera- 
tive sentences voice commands. For imperative sentences 
there is a special mood of the verb called the Imperative. 


The Imperative in English and Latin 
538. The following English sentences are imperative: 


1. Lead the troops against the enemy. 2. Come all ye 
faithful. 3. Lift up your hearts. 


Learn the imperative mood of the English verb to find in 
Paragraph 824. Give the imperatives of the English verbs 
see, bring, help, do. Write some commands in English. 


539. | LAUDO and HABEO.—Imperative Mood—Active 
and Passive 


PRESENT ACTIVE PRESENT 
Singular Singular 
2. lauda, praise (thou) 2. habé, have (thou) 
Plural Plural 
2. laudate, praise (ye) 2. habéte, have (ye) 
PASSIVE 
Singular Singular 
2. laudiare, be (thou) praised 2. habére, be (thou) had (held) 
Plural Plural 


2. laudamini, be (ye) praised 2. habémini, be (ye) had (held) 
216 


THE VERB 


Learn the imperatives of Laudé and Habeé and also of 
the other regular conjugations in Paragraphs 827-8-9. Note 
that the present imperative passive is the same in form as 
the present infinitive active. 

The imperative of Sum is es, be thou, este, be ye. § 831. 

540. From the paragraphs at the back of the book you 
see that there is also another tense of the imperative mood, 
the future. The future tense of the imperative is very rare, 
being found only in laws, treaties, and the ritual of religion. 
In English this tense of the imperative can be seen in the 
sentence, ‘‘ Thou shalt have no other gods before Me.” The 
future imperative is mot included in the work of this book. 

541. For practice translate the following imperatives: 

1. Cernite, délé, diic,* para. 2. Tribue, es, caedite, mané. 
3. Saevite, veni, dic,* este. 4. Amate, cape, relinque, favéte. 


Commands 
542. The following Latin sentences are imperative: 


1. Porta hoc frimentum ad urbem. Carry this grain to 
the city. 2. Venite laeti. Come ye happy ones. 


In each of these examples the imperative is used to ex- 
press a command. Notice that the verb in each case is in 
the second person. A real command can be given only 
in the second person. If the first or third is used in English 
the expressions are mild commands or exhortations (J 524). 

543. RULE.—Commands are expressed by the present 
imperative. 





*NotTE.—The present imperatives of dicé, feré, dicd, facid, are 
irregularly dic, fer, dic, and fac. 


217 


APPLIED LATIN 


Prohibitions 

544. A command which is put in the negative—as, Don’t 
talk out loud; Boys! Dont make such a disturbance—is 
called a Prohibition (negative command). In the expression 
of Prohibitions the Latins did not use the present impera- 
tive combined with the negative, as is done in English, but 
ordinarily used the imperative of the verb N6l6, J am unwill- 
ing (noli, be unwilling to or don’t, singular; and ndlite, be 
unwilling to or don’t, plural, followed by the present infinitive 
of the verb containing the command. 

545. Examples of Prohibitions. 


1. N6li aciem turbare. Be unwilling to (don’t) throw the 
batile line into confusion. 2. Nolite ddna mala filiis vestris 
dare. Be unwilling to (don’t) give your sons evil gifts. 


546. RULE.—Prohibitions.—The imperative of the verb 
N6ld (ndli, singular; ndlite, plural) followed by the present 
infinitive ts commonly used in Latin to express a prohibition. 


547. Translate: 1. Portate frimentum ut cibus militibus 
sit.* 2. Mitte nintium né calamitds civitati* sit. 3. Vocate 
servos ut aedificio* praesidium sit. 4. Dum spés victoriae 
manet, ptignate acriter. 5. Noli servum pinire quod liber- 
tatem petit. 6. Milités, ndlite iniqu6é locd piignare! 7. Nautae, 
nolite latittiidinem maris timére! 8. Date ded laudés si auxi- 
lium mittet. 9. Cum Caesar superétur, tamen este fortés et 
audacés. 10. Noli pectiniam aliénam cupiditate tangere. 


* NotE.—The dative case is often used with the verb sum 
to indicate the possessor. “Ut cibus militibus sit”? means 
that the soldiers may have food (that food may be to the soldiers). 


The thing possessed is in the nominative case. 
218 


THE VERB 


548. RULE.—Dative of the Possessor.—The dative case 
is used with the verb sum to denote the possessor. The thing 
possessed 1s the subject of sum. 

549. 1. Galba (dat.) had sons and daughters. 2. Praise 
the industry of the careful slave. 3. Do not send the mes- 


senger to the redoubt. 4. The young man has a horse. 
5. What gifts shall that son of yours have? 


Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation 


550. The Curré, Diicé, and Flecté Groups 
curr6, currere, cucurri, cursum, /o rum 


accurr6é (3) concurré (3) décurré (3) 
run to run together run down from 
occurr6é (3) praecurré (3) 
run to meet outrun, excel 


Note: Some verbs, compounds of curré, have the perfect in curri, not 
cucurri. 


diicé, diicere, duxi, ductus, fo lead 


addiicé (3) condiicé (3) dédiicé (3) 
lead to, induce hire, collect lead away 


édiicé (3) indiicé (3) intrédtcé (3) 
lead out lead on, influence lead in, introduce 


— -perdticé (3) prodiicé (3) redicé (3) 
lead through, construct lead forth, prolong lead back, reduce 


subdiicé (3) tradticé (3) 
lead up lead across, cheat 


flecté, flectere, flexi, flectus, to bend 
inflecté (3) reflecté (3) 


bend away, bend back, reflect, think 
down about 
551. Translate: 1. Cum signum é tribinali datum esset 
milités concurrérunt. 2. Tam incrédibili celeritate ad fli- 
men decucurrérunt ut ind tempore et ad silvas et in flimine 
essent. 3. Clientés omnés quérum magnum numerum 
habébat ad eundem locum condiixit. 4. Dédiicimus equés 
219 


APPLIED LATIN 


dé collibus ad oppidum. 5. Galba cum régni cupiditate in- 
ductus esset maximas cOpids coégit. 6. Utinam né exerci- 
tum R6manum in finés Gallérum intrddiixisset! 7. Nonne 
apud oppidum hostium fossam altam perdicis? 8. Cum 
ferrum sé inflexisset, hac dé causa sua téla Gallds ipsds 
impedivérunt. 9. Arborés inflectébant ut finitimorum 
equitatum impedirent si ad eds vénissent. 10. Caesar suas 
copias in collem finitimum subdicit. 


552. Study these English derivatives from the verbs 
above. Use them in sentences of your own. 


concourse reflex induction occurrence flexible 
abductor produce excursion induce occur 
deduction deflect current discursive recourse 
cursory duct course productivity reduction 
introduction inflection conduct deduce incur’ 
genuflection discourse cursive traduce concur 
precursor introductory adduce reflector currency 


553. The Caedé, Iungé, and Mitts Groups 
caed6, caedere, cecidi, caesus, to cut 


concid6é (3) incidd (3) occid6é (3) succidd (3) 
cut down, cut to pieces cut into cut down, kill cut down 


Note that caedé becomes -cid6 (i long) and that the third 
principal part is -cidi (not cecidi) in compounds. 


iung6, iungere, iinxi, iinctus, to join 


adiung6 (3) coniung6 (3) 
join to, add join together, unite 
mitt6, mittere, misi, missus, to send 
admitt6 (3) amitté (3) committé (3) 
admit, commit let go, lose intrust, commit 
démitté (3) dimitt6 (3) émittd (3) 
let down, send away send away, dismiss send forth, let go 
intermitté (3) omittd (3) promittd (3) 
interrupt, stop, check give up, omit proffer, promise 
permitté (3) praemitté (3) remitté (3) 
permit, allow send in, advance _ send back, relax, weaken 


transmittd (3) 
send across, convey across 


220 


THE ROMAN HOUSE 


554. Translate: 1. Nostri maégnam partem edrum con- 
cidérunt. 2. Altera filiarum occisa, altera capta est. 3. Cum 
frimenta succisa essent, aedificia quoque milités nostri dé- 
lévérunt. 4. Ea loca finitimae prdvinciae adiungémus. 
5. Si omnés civés cum légati cdpiis sé conitinxissent, facile 
hostibus restitissent. 6. Quod frimenta amissa erant; e6 
tempore cibus eis domi non erat. 7. Caesar celeriter con- 
cilium dimisit sed virum retinuit. 8. Cum equi ex con- 
specttii omnium ducti essent, proelium commisit. 9. Quod 
iter nillam partem diéi intermissum est in finés hostium 
celeriter vénit. 10. Magnum numerum captivdrum domum 
remittamus. 


555. Study these English derivatives from the verbs 
above. Use them in sentences of your own. 


adjoin disjoin excise yoke demise 
committee suicide intermittent remiss intermission 
jointure concise homicide pretermit remission 
conjugal permission  subjoin transmitter admission 
omission incision juncture commissary decision 
promissory decide subjugation demit admittance 
compromise commission emit promise joint 
premise surmise adjunct precise remit 


THE RoMAN HovusE 

You have seen that the Roman Forum was crowded with 
public buildings and temples, but as yet you have heard 
nothing of the ordinary house which served the average 
Roman. Look at the plan below. You see at once that the 
Roman house consisted of two parts. Each part surrounded 
a central area or court. The front part of the house was Ro- 
man and bore Latin names; the rear was adopted from the 
Greek houses and bore Greek names. The oldest form of 


the Roman house was probably like the circular Temple 
Bak 


APPLIED LATIN 


of Vesta. It had alow roof with a small smoke hole. Its 
door was very large. To this early form of Roman house 
was given the name atrium. From it the later house de- 
veloped. The hole in the roof was made larger and the 
door smaller. Beneath the smoke hole there was placed a 
basin to catch the rain water which fell through the enlarged 
smoke hole. There were in later houses about this basin 
(impluvium): the vestibulum (where one took off the san- 
dals), guarded by the ianitor or door-keeper; the atrium or 


eho nein Ma eS 
4 | ATRIUM hale [| eeristve— 
A Ped : of ‘ “6 | i 


VESTIBULUM [orate EA aay ° ° = 
cial © F 


ea re 


PLAN OF A RoMAN HOUSE 





















































large court, entered from the vestibulum; and several rooms 
about the atrium used as sleeping rooms or store rooms. 
Often the room nearest the street was let to a merchant. 
All connection with the house itself was then blocked up 
and a special entrance was made from the street. Such a 
shop was called a taberna (tavern). In the alae (two im- 
portant rooms at the back of the atrium) were placed the 
wax images of the ancestors of the family, arranged in such 


a way that they could be connected by a line, thus revealing 
222 


THE VERB 


the family tree or genealogy. In funeral processions these 
images or masks were removed from the alae and worn by 
different members of the family, so that the dead person 
was apparently escorted to the grave by his ancestors as 
well as his descendants. 


XXXIX. THE VERB. PARTICIPLE. ABLATIVE ABSO- 
LUTE. INFINITIVE. COMPLEMENTARY INFINITIVE 


556. Besides the regular moods, indicative, subjunctive, 
and imperative, there are included in a complete conjuga- 
tion a number of forms, as the participle, the infinitive, the 
gerund and gerundive, which are partly verbs and partly 
nouns or adjectives. Asan example of a verb used as a noun, 
consider the word running in the following sentence: Run- 
ning is good exercise. The word running is a part of the 
verb to run, but in this sentence it is used as a noun, not as 
a verb. In the sentence, “The hurrying crowds passed on,”’ 
the word hurrying is part of a verb used as an adjective. 


| The Participle in English and Latin 

557. A. One of the important parts of the verb outside 
the three regular moods is the Participle. The Participle is 
in reality a verbal adjective. It is used in agreement with a 
noun like the ordinary adjective. 

In the conjugation of the English verb there are two 
participles in the active voice and two participles in the 
passive voice. In the verb ¢o find they are: 


ACTIVE . 
Pres. finding: Pres. being found 
Perf. having found Perf. having been found 


223 


APPLIED LATIN 


Give all the participles of the English verbs send, make, 
lay, lend. Pick out other instances of the participle in the 
English reader you are using. 

558. Note the italicized words in these sentences: 


1. A black horse drawing a light wagon won the race. 
2. The wagon drawn by the black horse won the race. 


In these two sentences the italicized words are participles 
(verbal adjectives). Drawing is a present active, drawn is a 
perfect passive participle. The participle being a verb may 
have a direct object (No. 1) or adverbial modifiers (No. 2). 

559. B. In the Latin verb there are the following parti- 
ciples: 


LAUDO and HABEO.—Participles—Active and Passive 


ACTIVE VOICE 
Present laudéns  (laudantis), habéns, habentis, 








praising having 
Fuiure laudatirus, -a, -um, habitirus, -a, um, 
about to praise about to have 
Perfect 
PASSIVE VOICE 
Present —— 
Future ——— (laudandus,  (habendus, -a, -um, 
-a, -um, about to be about to be had)* 
praised)* 
Perfect laudatus, -a,-um, hav- habitus, -a, -um, 
ing been praised having been had 


560. Learn the participles of the other regular verbs in 
Paragraphs 827-8-9. Of Sum there is only the future parti- 
ciple futirus, -a, -um, about to be. Paragraph 831. Parti- 
ciples are declined like adjectives; the present active like 


recéns, the others like latus. 





* Laudandus and habendus are usually called Gerundives. 
224 


THE VERB 


561. The following sentences illustrate the use of the 
participle as an adjective (Attributive participle) : 


1. Puellae deum laudantés templum 6rnabant. Maidens 
while praising the god were decorating the temple. 2. Romani 
ab hostibus perm6ti oppidum reliquérunt. Zhe Romans 
having been thoroughly terrified left the town. 3. Equum 
niper captum vidimus. We saw the horse that had been 
lately caught. 


In these sentences the participle is used as an attributive 
(limiting) adjective. As part of a verb, however, it retains 
its verbal force, taking in the first sentence a direct object, 
in the second and third adverbial modifiers, ab hostibus and 
niper. The participle may be used in agreement with any 
noun in a sentence. In sentences 1 and 2 it agrees with the 
subject, in 3 with the object. 


562. Translate: 1. Oppidum délétum 4 civibus amatum 
est. 2. LeGnem sub arbore sedentem vidimus. 3. Num via 
illis incolis émigrAtiris mdnstrata est? 4. Nds castellum 
praesidid novo firmatiri primd niintium ad Caesarem 
mittémus. 5. Spectate sdlem liicentem. Clarissima lice 
longé latéque fulget. 6. Donum aquae serv6 territd placuit. 
7. Né illi portas claustiri adventum legidnis timeant. 8. 
Rémi nautarum impeti maris fracti dé navis latere pendé- 
bant. 9. Déditid post proelium facta iram Caesaris délévit. 
10. Quis fabulas 4 fallaci augure dictas audiet? 


563. 1. Let us drive out the enemy from the conquered 
province. 2. The laughing maiden saw her face in the water. 
3. Soldiers who are about to make a charge are often over- 
come by fear. 4. Speak freely to the man asking the road. 
5. Do not fear the victorious leader. 

15 225 


APPLIED LATIN 


Quiz.—Pick out some participles in your English reader. 


ménsa, -ae, a fable, f. obses, obsidis, a hostage, m. 
mora, -ae, delay, f. ictus, -ts, a stroke, m. 
nervus, -i, @ sinew, cord, m. lapsus, -iis, a slip, m. 
iugum, -i, a yoke, ridge, n. medius, -a, -um, middle. 
maleficium, -i, a misdeed, n. mirus, -a, -um, marvelous. 
matrim6nium, -i, marriage, n. nonnillus, -a, -um, some, several. 
més, méris, a habit, custom, m., nidus, -a, -um, bare. 

pl., character. oppidanus, -a, -um, belonging to 
mors, mortis, death, f. a town. 
mulier, mulieris, @ woman, f. mane, carly in the morning. 
munitid, miunitidnis, fortifica- male, ill. 

tion, f. maximé, especially. 
nox, noctis, night, f. minimé, /east of all. 


564. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen- 
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 

565. WorpD Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these de- 
rivatives. Use them in sentences. Add others. 


moratorium elapse immediate mediator mediocrity 
immortality denuded minimum morality immoral 
matrimonial miracle relapse admire ammunition 
mortgage malefactor lapse yoke malcontent 
medium enervate mortuary mortify nerve 
nocturnal maximum equinox collapse maleficent 
miraculous demoralize malice mortal nude 


The Ablative Absolute 
566. Besides the use of the participle as an attributive 
adjective there is a construction in which the participle 
replaces the verb of a dependent clause. This construction 
is called the Ablative Absolute. 
567. Examine these Latin sentences: 


1. His rébus factis, imperator castra mOvit. 
These things having been done (when these things had 
been done) the commander moved his camp. 
226 





THE VERB 


2. Hostibus atrécidribus, milités impetum Acridrem fé- 
cérunt. 
The enemy being rather fierce (because the enemy were 
rather fierce) the soldiers made a sharper attack. 
3. Caesare duce, spés bonds habébimus. 
Caesar being the leader (if Caesar is the leader) we shall 
have good hopes. 








The underscored words in these sentences mark instances 
of the Ablative Absolute construction. This construction 
is composed usually of a noun (or pronoun) and a parti- 
ciple. It gets the name ablative because both the noun and 
the participle stand in the ablative ¢ase; the name absolute 
because it is not grammatically connected with any word in 
the rest of the sentence. It can be dropped from its sen- 
tence without spoiling the sense; its noun subject is never the 
same as the subject, object, or indirect object of the main 
sentence. From the translations given above you can see 
that the Ablative Absolute replaces dependent clauses. In 
No. 1 it replaces a temporal, in No. 2 a causal, in No. 3 a 
conditional clause. The Latins liked this construction be- 
cause it enabled them to put the substance of a long de- 
pendent clause into a very few words. 

568. The most common form of this construction is a 
noun (or pronoun) and a perfect passive participle in the 
ablative, as in the first sentence. In the Ablative Absolute 
the only other participle used was the present active. The 
second and third sentences show the form of this construc- 
tion when the present participle of Sum was required. 


In these sentences the noun subject of the construction 
227 


APPLIED LATIN 


stands alone, the participle of the verb sum (which did not 
exist) being understood. In No. 2 the adjective atrocidri- 
bus is a predicate adjective; in 3 the noun duce is a predi- 
cate noun. (Compare Paragraphs 264, 265.) 

569. RuLE.—The Ablative Absolute.—A noun (or pro- 
noun) and a participle, perfect passive or present active, may 
be put in the ablative case to express the time, cause, condition 
or other circumstance of an action. 

Note.—When the participle required would be the present 
participle of the verb sum, the construction consists of a noun 
and an adjective, or two nouns in the ablative. 


570. Translate: 1. Proelid fact6, oppidani sé suaque 
omnia sine mora dédidérunt. 2. Exercitus vester ab hos- 
tibus pulsus et sub iugum missus est. 3. Equitatus sine ull6 
maleficid iter per provinciam fécit. 4. His rébus auditis, 
Galba filiam suam Caesari in matrimdnium dedit. 5. 
Poéta mortem tristem avis parvi magnific6 carmine nar- 
ravit. 6. Duce fallaci, miinitidnés nostrae facile captae 
sunt. 7. Montibus altidribus et fliiminibus 1atidribus, 
exploratorés inimicds minitidnibus nostris, facile prohib- 
ébamus. 8. His rébus niintiatis, obsidés medid in oppidd 
mane reliquimus et figimus. 9. Didi atque Acriter ptigna- 
bant. 1o. Scititis ind icti télorum fractis, tamen multi 
nud6 corpore impetum fécérunt. 

571. 1. Let us praise the wonderful judgment of the 
leader. 2. I have no bad habits and least of all do I com- 
mit misdeeds. 3. The death of the woman having been 
announced early in the morning, her father and brother in 
sadness remained at home during the whole day. 4. Several 
of the townspeople fortified the town, though hostages had 

228 


THE VERB 


been given to Caesar. 5. When the cart had been filled with 
gold, the slave dragged it into an open field. 


Quiz.—Explain the Ablative Absolute construction. Why 
did the Latins like it? 


The Infinitive 

572. The Infinitive is another one of those forms, in- 
cluded in the conjugation of regular verbs, which are verbal 
nouns or verbal adjectives. The participle which you have 
had was a verbal adjective; the infinitive is a verbal noun. 
As a noun it may be used as the subject or the object of a 
verb. Asa verb it may have its own subject or object and 
may be limited by adverbial modifiers. It gets its name, 
infinitive, from in, not, and fini, to end or limit. It is un- 
limited with respect to the person and number of its subject, 
that is, the form of the infinitive does not change whether 
its subject is first, second, or third person, singular or plural. 
The subject of an infinitive is put in the accusative case. 


A. The Infinitive in English 

573. Examine these English sentences: 1. To see is to 
believe. Infinitives as subject nominative and as predicate 
nominative. 2. To see the sun is a treat. Infinitive (with 
direct object) used as subject nominative. 3. The general 
ordered the soldiers to take the town quickly. Infinitive (with 
subject accusative and adverbial modifier) used as direct 
object (accusative). The preceding sentences show that in 
English the infinitive is used as a noun (having cases) and 
as a verb (having adverbial modifiers). 


Learn the infinitives of the verb to find, Paragraph 824. 


Give all the infinitives of the English verbs, see, send, 
229 


APPLIED LATIN 


play, hope. Pick out the infinitives in the following English 
sentences: 


1. When night came the hostages were ordered to depart. 
2. If you are sent to aid the troops be sure to fight coura- 
geously. 3. He is said to have believed the guide’s report. 
4. We see that the soldiers are about to cross the canal. 5. 
Who ordered the slave to be punished? 


B. The Infinitive in Latin 


574. LAUDO and HABEO.—The Infinitive—Active and Passive 
ACTIVE VOICE 


Present laudare, to praise habére, to have 

Perfect laudavisse, to have praised habuisse, to have had 

Future \audatirus, -a, -um esse, habitirus, -a, -um esse, fo be 
to be about to praise about to have 

PASSIVE VOICE 

Present laudari, to be praised habéri, to be had 

Perfect laudatus, -a, -um esse, to habitus, -a,.-um esse, fo have 
have been praised been had 

Future \audatum iri, to be about to habitum iri, to be about to be 
be praised . had 


575. Learn the forms of the infinitive in all the regular 
conjugations, §[827—8—-9, and of the verb sum, 4/831. 

576. For practice translate the following forms: 
1. Serviri, paratirus esse,* égisse, impeditds esse,* sédisse. 
2. Verti, mOtirds esse, ptinitum Iri, itissum esse, monére. 

*Note that the future infinitive active and the perfect 
infinitive passive are composed of the future active and per- 
fect passive participles, combined with esse, the infinitive 
of the verb sum. These participles are really predicate 
adjectives and must agree with the accusative subject of 
the verb form esse in gender, number, and case. 


Examine these Latin sentences: 1. Vidére est crédere 
230 


THE VERB 


To see ts to believe. Infinitives used as subject and predicate 
nominative. 2. Sdlem vidére est bonum. To see the sun 
is good. Infinitive (with direct object) used as subject. 3. 
Imperator milités oppidum celeriter oppignare itissit. The 
general ordered the soldiers to attack the town quickly. Infini- 
tive (with subject accusative and adverbial modifier) used 
as direct object. 


The Infinitive is often used in Latin to complete the 
meaning of another verb. When so used, the infinitive is 
called Complementary, from compled, to fill out, complete. 


The Complementary Infinitive (Jnfinitive without subject) 

577. Examine this sentence: Frimentum ad urbem por- 
tare cénsuévit. He was accustomed to carry grain to the city. 

In this sentence the main verb was accustomed, taken by 
itself, means but little. Nobody would say, I am accus- 
tomed, without adding what he is accustomed to do. The 
main verb, then, must have another verb to complete its 
meaning. In this sentence the infinitive portare, complet- 
ing the meaning of cénsu€vit, is a complementary infinitive. 
A complementary infinitive does not have a subject. 

578. The Complementary infinitive is often found after: 


cOnsuésco, cénsuéscere, cOnsuévi, cdnsuétus, to become accustomed. 


débed, débére, débui, débitus, ¢o owe, ought. 
contend6, contendere, contendi, contentus, fo hasten. 
cupid, cupere, cupivi, cupitus,  o desire. 
incipid, incipere, incépi, inceptus, /o begin. 


propero, properare, properavi, properatus, to hasten. 


579. Translate: 1. Beneficia Caesaris laudare cOnsuéscé- 
bamus. 2. In adoléscentiaé rés magnificas facere cupimus. 
3. Cum hostés figissent iter per proévinciam facere incépi- 

231 


APPLIED LATIN 


mus. 4. N6nnilli qui téla Amiserant ad oppidum currere 
contendébant. 5. Serv6 liberat6 ddna multa dare débémus. 
6. Cum equitatus timeat, nds cum virtiite piignadre incipia- 
mus. 7. Mulierés templum dei mane ornare cOnsuéscébant. 
8. Quod iuvenés famam glériamque petunt eds laudare 
débémus. 9. Flimine vehementi, imperator castra movére 
contendit. 10. Incipite fossas sine mora facere. 

580. 1. We were least of all accustomed to conquer. 2. 
Who ought to be happy? 3. We ought not to punish our 
commander. 4. Who was accustomed to carry grain to the 
city? s. We began to bind the captive’s hands. 


Quiz.—Describe the uses of the Infinitive. Give the 
infinitives of the verbs in 4578. 


Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation 


581. The Prem6, Peté, and Pellé6 Groups 
premo, premere, pressi, pressus, fo press, oppress 
comprim6 (3) déprimé (3) exprimé (3) 
restrain, repress depress, sink press out, extort 
imprim6 (3) opprimé (3) reprimé (3) 
press into, engrave crush, oppress press back, repress 
pets, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek 
appeto (3) repetd (3) suppeté (3) 
seek for, strive after seek again, repeat __ be at hand, be available 
pellé, pellere, pepuli, pulsus, fo drive, push 
compello (3) dépelld (3) expelld (3) 
drive together, compel drive away, avert drive out, expel 
propello (3) impellé (3) repelld (3) 
drive forward, propel drive on, impel drive back, repel 
appellé (1) 
call, name 


Learn these compound verbs: 


582. Translate: 1. Num Caesar exercitum quem hostés 
in Gallia habent facile opprimet? 2. Oppidis captis, tamen 
fugam Gallérum reprimere n6n cupiunt. 3. Té cdnsule, 
amicitiam populi Ro6mani cupidissimé appetimus. 4. In- 

232 


THE VERB 


jiriis atrdcissimis exercitus ab his oppidanis poends bellé 
repetivit. 5. Maximum numerum carrorum plévérunt ut in 
itinere copia friimenti suppeteret. 6. Copiae imperatoris 
celeriter ex locd, inferidre in flimen compulsae sunt. 7. 
Milités, multis télis iactis, vall6 sciita dépellere incipiébant. 
8. Num oppidan6s qui in ill6 oppidd habitabant sine mora 
expulistis? 9. Galli 4 ducibus impulsi bellum cum populd 
R6Omano diii gerébant. 1o. Concursi et télis militum re- 
pulsi hoc conatii destitimus. 


583. Study these English derivatives of the verbs above. 
Use them in sentences of your own. 


compress impetus compel expression appetite 
pressure depression __ repelling repulsive dispel 
repress depressing _ petition competent competition 
printer propulsion oppression impulsive — express 
compulsory irrepressible impetuous competitor impression 
repetition expel appellation compulsion inexpressible 
584. The Pind, Regi, and Solvé Groups 
pond, ponere, posui, positus, fo place, put 
compéné (3) dép6né (3) dispén6 (3) 
put together, construct, put aside, set aside put apart, arrange, dis- 
compose pose 
exp6nd (3) imp6né (3) interp6dn6 (3) 
put forth, explain put upon, impose _—_— put between, interpose 
praep6né (3) proponé (3) 


put in charge of put forward, propose 
reg6, regere, réxi, réctus, to rule, direct 


corrigo (3) dirigé (3) _ rigd (3) 
reform, correct direct, guide raise up, make erect 
pergd (3) surgé (3) 


keep straight along, go . raise, rise (sub-rego) 
on (per-rego) 


Note that rego becomes -rig6 in compounds. 


solvé, solvere, solvi, solitus, to loosen, release 


absolvé (3) dissolv6 (3) persolvé (3) resolv6 (3) 
free,acquit _ setfree,dissolue __returnthanks,paya __ loosen, resolve, 
penalty cancel 


233 


APPLIED LATIN 


Learn these compound verbs. 


585. Translate: 1. Impedimenta trans flimen déposita 
sunt. 2. Hoc opere fact6, praesidia dispdnamus et castra 
miniamus. 3. Atque cdpids hostium in omnibus collibus 
expositas et armatas vidit. 4. Captivus dratidne Caesaris 
adductus préposuit quod ante tacuerat. 5. Haec animalia 
cum concidissent sé maxima cum difficultate éréxérunt. 6. 
Qua ré niintiata, legidnés ad castra medio in colle laetae per- 
gunt. 7. Hi principés inimici Caesarem sine civium auxilid 
occidérunt. 8. Ita sive casi sive cénsilid dedrum immortal- 
ium ea natid poends persolvit. 9. Num nautae tantas 
navés facile regunt? 10. Cohortibus nostris laté dispositis, 
tamen multi barbari post proelium figerunt. 


586. Study these derivatives. Use them in sentences. 


solvent deposit resurrection repose component 
regal opposition dissolution — resolute interposition 
decompose solution incorrigible rectangle soluble 
posture impose regicide ° insolvent exponent 
insurgent deposition postpositive opponent indissoluble 
resolution erect positive preposition insurrection 
surge proposition absolution composure exposition 
suppose absolute disposition transpose reign 


MODERN CONVENIENCES IN THE ROMAN HOUSE 

At the rear of the Roman part of the house was the tab- 
linum, in which the pater familias (father of the family) held 
private conversations with his friends or transacted im- 
portant private business. The tablinum was his office. 
Beyond the tablinum lay the Greek part of the Roman 
house. The land upon which this part was placed had 
been originally a grass plot or a garden, and the tablinum 
was perhaps the shed under which the family cattle found 

refuge. At any rate the Peristyle, or Greek part of the 
234 


MODERN CONVENIENCES IN THE ROMAN HOUSE 


house, seems to have replaced such a grass plot, for in it was 
usually a pretty garden surrounded by Greek columns. 
Around this central garden (hortus) were a number of 
rooms devoted to the more intimate life of the family. 
Here were rooms set apart for sleeping purposes (cubicula), 
dining rooms (cénacula), the kitchen (culina), the library 
(bibliotheca), the picture gallery (pinacotheca), and a num- 
ber of lounging rooms. In Roman houses there were no 
extensive cellars and no great furnaces. The climate of 
Italy was such that the houses could be heated by small 
fires that were carried in braziers from room toroom. Fur- 
nace pipes and furnaces as we know them were not in use 
among the Romans. There was water service in some 
Roman houses, for pipes for carrying water have been found 
in the ruins at Rome and elsewhere. Fresh water was 
brought from the country by great aqueducts, the remains 
of which are still to be seen in the neighborhood of Rome. 
Most Roman houses had but one story, though some have 
been found that had asecond story above the atrium to which 
scalae (stairs) led. In the more thickly inhabited parts of the 
city a number of houses were joined together to make what 
resembled our tenement houses. ‘These were called insulae 
(islands), because they were surrounded on all sides by 
streets as an island is by water. The upper stories of 
Roman houses were built of sun-dried bricks and wood. After 
heavy rain storms these stories were rendered so weak and 
insecure that they often plunged down into the narrowstreets 
and so were constantly a menace to people in the streets. 
235 


APPLIED LATIN 


XL. THE VERB. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. PERI- 
PHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. SUPINE 


The Gerund in English and Latin 

587. A. Among the forms included in the conjugation of 
a regular verbis the Gerund. Like the infinitive, the Gerund 
isa verbal noun. In the following sentences the italicized 
words are instances of the Gerund in English: 

1. I prefer reading to writing, for writing tires me. 2. I 
dislike your coming late. 3. We learn to write by writing. 

The forms of the Gerund are zdentical in spelling with that 
of the present participle of the active voice. Both end in the 
letters -ing. Though you may have difficulty in distinguish- 
ing between these forms, keep in mind that the participle 
is a verbal adjective and the Gerund a verbal noun. In the 
preceding sentences all the uses of the Gerund are shown. 
In Nos. 1 and 2 there are instances of the Gerund as subject 
and object; in No. 3 of the gerund as object of a preposition. 
The present participle being an adjective could be used in 
none of these constructions. 

588. B. In Latin as in English the Gerund is a verbal noun 
of neuter gender. The Gerund in Latin is declined only in the . 
singular and lacks the nominative case. This case is replaced 
by the present infinitive, a verbal noun. The Gerund is 
found only in the active voice. 


589. | LAUDO and HABEO.—The Gerund—Active Voice 














Nom. (laudare), praising (habére), having 
Gen. laudandi, of praising habendi, of having 
Dat. laudandé, to or for praising habend4, to or for having 
Acc. laudandum, praising habendum, having 

Voc. 

Abl. laudandé, by praising habend6, by having 


236 


THE VERB 


500. Learn the Gerunds of the other regular verbs in 
Paragraphs 827-8-9. 

591. For practice translate the following forms: I. 
Regendi, movend6, capiendum. 2. Torquendum, serviendi, 
Srnandd. 3. Pacand6, portandum, audiendi. 

592. Examine these sentences: 


1. Vidére est crédere. Seeing is believing. 2. Cicerd 
artem dicendi didicit. Cvzcero learned the art of speaking. 
3. Caesar locum pignand6o iddneum monstravit. Caesar 
pointed out a place suitable for fighting. 4. Nos milités ad 
pignandum misit. We sent soldiers to fight. 5. Galba cé- 
dendé numquam vicit. Galba never conquered by retreating. 


These sentences illustrate all the cases of the Gerund. 
The genitive and the accusative are the most common. In 
No. 1 the present infinitive is used in place of the missing 


nominative of the Gerund. 


Uses of the Gerund 
593. A. The genitive of the Gerund is used (1) with the 
word causa, for the sake of, to express purpose. 


pignandi causa, for the sake of fugiendi causa, for the sake of flee- 
fighting. ? ing. 


Note that the word causa is the ablative singular of 
causa, a cause. It always follows the gerund it modifies. 
(2) As a simple limiting genitive following a noun. 


ars dicendi, the art of speaking amor habendi, the love of having 
(oratory). (avarice). 


B. The accusative of the Gerund is very common. It is one 
of the neatest ways of expressing purpose in Latin. This 
case is always introduced by the preposition ad, #o. 

237 


APPLIED LATIN 

eee for fighting, to ad spectandum, for looking, to look. 

ght. 

594. Of the other cases the dative is used after certain 
adjectives which are followed by the dative, No. 3. The 
ablative is used as an ablative of means or of cause, No. 5. 

Notice that in none of the sentences above is the Gerund 
used with a direct object. When such a construction would 
be called for, the Latins commonly used the Gerundive 
(Paragraph 600). Keep this fact well in mind when using 
or translating the Gerund. 

595. Translate: 1. Pueri sapientés artem pignandi 
discere cupiunt. 2. Quis 6rator illistris scientiam dicendi 
docére consuéscébat? 3. Nonne in locd pignandd iddned 
dux sagax castra ponet? 4. Dona amore dandi_ saepe 
dantur. 5. Puer domi dormiendi causa mansit. 

596. 1. To conquer is to overcome. 2. Some men learn 
to rule by obeying. 3. For the sake of learning let us be 


diligent. 4. By yielding Galba never defeated his foes. 5. 
By serving well the slave gained his request. 


Quiz.—Is the Gerund used with a direct object? 


597. 
6ra, -ae, the shore, f. Cicer6, Cicerénis, Cicero, m. 
penna, -ae, a feather, f. metus, -is, fear, m. 
patria, -ae, native country, fath- par, paris, equal. 

erland, f. créber, crébra, crébrum, fre- 
6ceanus, -i, the ocean, m. quent. 
meritum, -i, a reward, merit, n. sinister, sinistra, sinistrum, /eft, 
mendacium, -i, a lie, n. evil. 
negotium, -i, business, n. paratus, -a, -um, ready. 
obsidi6, obsididnis, a siege, f. pauci, paucae, pauca, few. 


occasi6, occasidnis, an occasion, f. modo, lately, just now. 
opinid, opinidnis, an opinion, f. mox, soon. 


6rdé, Grdinis, rank, order, m. nondum, voi yet. 
6s, Gris, the mouth, n. ndnnumquam, sometimes. 
os, ossis, a bone, n. dlim, formerly, once. 


238 


THE VERB 


598. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen- 
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 
599. WorD Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these de- 


rivatives. Use them in sentences. 


pen oral impair patriot ordinance 
occasional disparage negotiate paucity orifice 
pencil ordinary parity opinionated peer 
apparatus ossify meritorious interoceanic pair 

order par sinister patriotism pinion 


The Gerundive or Future Passive Participle 
600. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective. It occurs only 
in the passive voice, and is declined like the adjective latus. 
As a verbal adjective it is often included among the parti- 
ciples as the future passive participle. It is taken up at this 
point because its uses are the same as those of the Gerund. 


The Gerundives of the regular conjugations are: 


First laudandus, -a, -um, to be praised. 
Second habendus, -a, -um, fo be had. 
Third diicendus, -a, -um, fo be led. 
‘*  capiendus, -a, -um, fo be captured. 
Fourth audiendus, -a, -um, /o be heard. 


Uses of the Gerundive 
601. The common uses of the Gerundive are the same as 
those of the Gerund: (1) the genitive, either limiting or with 
causa to express purpose; (2) the accusative, with ad to 
express purpose; (3) the ablative to express means or cause. 
As was said in Paragraph 594, the Gerundive is regularly 
used in place of the Gerund with a direct object. In 
order that you may be able to use the Gerundive when- 
239 


APPLIED LATIN 


ever the Gerund would take a direct object let us see how 
this change from the Gerund to the Gerundive works out. 


GERUND 
I. pacem petendi causa, fo seek peace. 
For 2. ad petendum pacem, #o seek peace. 
3. pacem petendd, by seeking peace. 


GERUNDIVE 
pacis petendae causa. 
the Latins said: ad pacem petendam. 
pace petenda. 


In the first group are examples of the Gerund with direct 
object, a construction which the Latins rarely used. In the 
second group are the uses of the Gerundive, which took the 
place of the Gerund. In changing from the Gerund to the 
Gerundive note (1) that the Gerundive is put in the case of the 
Gerund it replaces, (2) that the direct object (of the Gerund) is 
made to agree with the Gerundive in case, (3) that the Gerun- 
dive (adjective) agrees with the direct object in gender, number, 
' and case. 

602. Now that you have had both the Gerund and the 
Gerundive and have noticed how nearly alike they are you 
may feel a little uncertainty about being able to distinguish 
between them. Remember, however, that the Gerund isa 
verbal noun, neuter in gender, never declined in the plural, and 
rarely found with a direct object; while the Gerundive is an 
adjective, has all three genders, both numbers, never stands 
alone, but always near the noun it modifies. 


603. Translate: 1. Lednés ad flimen ad aquam haurien- 
dam vénérunt. 2. Pauci dram Oceani navium videndarum 
causa petunt. 3. Patria ab omnibus civibus optimis amatur. 
4. Finés Gallorum ab his fliminibus ad montés et eam par- 

240 


THE VERB 


tem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam pertinent. 5. Oppidani 
omnés ad negdtium faciendum parati sunt. 6. Obsididne 
finita, occsid pacis petendae ab incolis capta est. 7. Cicerd 
Orationem ad populum pro lége nova habuit. 8. Mox 
ossa corporis omnia discémus. 9g. Nos ad carmina poétae 
audienda nonnumquam concurrimus. 10. Cum esset Caesar 
in Gallia, crébrae epistulae ad eum 4 nintiis missae sunt. 
604. 1. The mouth is one part of the face. 2. Their left 
hands were encumbered with shields. 3. Caesar once col- 
lected ships to destroy the fleet of the enemy. 4. Did fear 
take possession of the ranks of the soldiers when the signal 
for fighting was given? 5. They all shouted to frighten us. 


605. We have not spoken of the Gerundive in English be- 
cause properly the English verb has no Gerundive form, the 
Gerund being used with or without a direct object. In the 
following sentences the Gerund in English is used with direct 
object: 1. I walked abroad for the sake of seeing the country. 
2. Basketball is a splendid game for testing one’s endurance. 
3. By sailing the boat skilfully we reached land. 

Quiz.—What replaces the Gerund with direct object? 
How can you tell the Gerund from the Gerundive? 


The Periphrastic Conjugations 
606. Before leaving the subject of the Participles and the 
Gerundives we should consider two special conjugations in 
which these two forms are used. The future active Participle 
and the Gerundive (future passive participle) combined 
with certain forms of the verb sum make up two conjuga- 
tions called the Active and the Passive Periphrastic. Do not 


let this long word periphrastic confuse you, for it merely 
16 241 


means a roundabout way of speaking. 


607. The Active Periphrastic is composed of the future 


APPLIED LATIN 


The Active Periphrastic 


active participle combined with the verb sum. 


Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 
Per. 
Plup. 
Futp. 


Pres: 
Imp. 
Perf. 
Plup. 


Pres. 
Port. 


These are all the forms of the active periphrastic, there be- 
ing no imperatives, participles, etc. This conjugation is used 
when one wishes to speak of an action as about to take place. 


Its underlying idea is the expression of intention or futurity. 


LAUDO.—The Active Periphrastic 
INDICATIVE 


laudatirus, -a, -um sum, J am about to praise. 
laudatirus, -a, -um eram, J was about to praise. 
laudatirus, -a, -um er6, J shall be about to praise. 
laudatirus, -a, -um fui, J was (have been) about to praise. 
laudatirus, -a, -um fueram, J had been about to praise. 
laudatirus, -a, -um fuer6, J shall have been about to praise. 
SUBJUNCTIVE 
laudatirus, -a, -um sim. 
laudatirus, -a, -um essem. 
laudattrus, -a, -um fuerim. 
laudatirus, -a, -um fuissem. 
INFINITIVE 


laudatirus, -a, -um esse, to be about to praise. 
laudatirus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to praise. 


608. Learn the other active periphrastics in Par. 830. 


609. For practice translate the following forms: 


captirus erd ornatiira essés visirum fuisse 
m6tiri fuerint victiri fuissémus habitiri fueris 


Note that the participle being really a predicate adjective 


must agree with the subject of the forms of sum. 


610. Translate: 1. Féminae templum dei 6rnatirae sunt. 
2. Quis servus equum captirus est? 3. Né tuam opinio- 


242 


The forms of these 
conjugations are made up of two verbs rather than of one. 


THE VERB 


nem miutatirus sis. 4. Epistulam scripttrus sum. 5. 


Viatorés viam monstrattri fuérunt. 


1. Caesar was about to change his lines of battle. 
2. What oration is Cicero about to deliver? 


The Passive Periphrastic Conjugation 
611. Just as the Future active participle was used in 
the formation of the Active Periphrastic, so the Gerundive 
(future passive participle) is used in the formation of the 
Passive Periphrastic conjugation. The underlying idea ex- 


pressed by the forms of this conjugation is that of obliga- 


tion, necessity, or duty. 


LAUDO.— The Passive Periphrastic 
INDICATIVE 


Pres. \audandus, -a, -um sum, J am to be praised, must be praised. 
Imp. \audandus, -a, -um eram, / was éo be praised. 

Fut. laudandus, -a, -um er6, I shall have to be praised. 

Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fui, J have had to be praised. 

Plup. laudandus, -a, -um fueram, J had had to be praised. 

Futp. laudandus, -a, -um fueré, J shall have had to be praised. 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


Pres. laudandus, -a, -um sim. 
Imp. laudandus, -a, -um essem. 
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fuerim. 
Plup. laudandus, -a, -um fuissem. 


INFINITIVE 


Pres. laudandus, -a, -um esse, to be about to be praised, must be praised. 
Perf. laudandus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been abewst to be praised. 


612. Learn the other Passive Periphrastics in Par. 830. 
613. For practice translate these forms: 


laudandi fuerint dicendi eritis vincendum fuerat 
gerendum est regendus sum vocandi sumus 


614. Translate: 1. Réx idistitid laudandus est. 2. Via 
ab illis incolis* qui frimentum portabant quaerenda fuit. 
243 


APPLIED LATIN 


3. Si victiri sumus, bellum Caesari* cum fortitiidine ger- 
endumest. 4. Oratid prd med amicé Cicerdni* habenda erit. 
5. Si negdtium bene finiverd meis amicis laudandus ero. 

615. *RULE.—Dative of Agent.—With the Passive Peri- 
phrastic the dative case is employed to express the personal 
agent instead of the ablative with a (ab). The dative shows the 
person upon whom the duty or obligation rests. 

616. 1. I must praise Cicero’s oration. (Cicero’s oration 
must be praised by me.*) 2. You must love your native 
country. 3. He will have to punish the soldier. 4. Will the 
general have to change his opinion? 5. The siege will have 
to be given up. 

Quiz.—How are the Periphrastic Conjugations formed? 
What idea underlies each? 


617. 

potentia, -ae, power, f. pulvis, pulveris, dust, m. 
pictiira, -ae, a painting, f. simptus, -iis, expense, m. 
puella, -ae, a girl, f. portus, -is, a port, m. 

oculus, -i, am eye, m. plénus, -a, -um, full. 

nihil, nothing.t pristinus, -a, -um, former, earlier. 
6tium, -1, /ezsure, n. privatus, -a, -um, private. 
pabulum, -i, fodder, n. propinquus, -a, -um, zeighbor- 
ovis, ovis, a sheep, f. ing, near. 

palis, palidis, a swamp, f. piblicus, -a, -um, public.t 
pastor, pastoris, a shepherd,m. _ partim, partly. 

pondus, ponderis, a weight, n. postridié, next day. 

prex, precis, a prayer, f. pridié, the day before. 

pudor, pudoris, shame, m. prope, almost. 


618. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen- 
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 
619. WorpD Stupy.—Explain the meaning of these Eng- 





* Reverse the order of words in the other sentences of 616. 


+ Nihil is an indeclinable noun, that is, its form does not change to show 
cases. It is often followed by a partitive genitive. 


tRés piblica—ihe Republic, the State. 
e445 


THE VERB 


lish derivatives. Use them in sentences of your own. Add 


any others you can. 


pastoral depict prayer ewe potential 

publicity approach propinquity impudent  pabulum 

port republic plenary picturesque powder 

otiose negotiate deprivation pristine privation 

power sumptuous imprecation impotent pulverize 

pound annihilate __ nihilist ponderous _ oculist 
The Supine 


620. The last of the forms included in the conjugation of 
a regular verb is the Supine. Like the Gerund, the Supine 
is a verbal noun. It was originally a fourth declension noun, 
declined like césus, Paragraph 234, but in the course of 
time all its forms disappeared except the accusative and the 


ablative singular. 


621. LAUDO.—The Supine—Active Voice 


Acc. laudatum, fo praise. 
Abl. laudati, in praising. 


Learn the supines in Paragraphs 826-7—8-9. 


The Uses of the Supine in Latin 
622. The Accusative case was used after verbs of motion 
to express purpose. Examine these sentences: 


1. Spectatum veniunt. They came to look. 
2. Nos militem calamitatem nintiatum misimus. We 
sent a soldier to report the disaster. 


The accusative of the Supine enabled the Latins to ex- 
press purpose without being forced to the constant use of a 
subordinate clause introduced by ut. 

The Ablative case was used chiefly with certain adjectives 
to draw attention to a condition or quality. The Supine 

245 


APPLIED LATIN 


was used with: facilis, -e, easy, as, facile facta, easy in the 
doing (to do); mirus, -a, -um, wonderful, as, mirum dicta, 
wonderful to relate; mirabilis, -e, remarkable, as, mirabile 
visi, remarkable to see; horribilis, -e, dreadful, as, horribile 
auditi, dreadful to hear. Thus: 

1. Illi hominés—horribile dicti—sudés filids occidérunt. 
Those men—horrible to relate—slew their own sons. 

2. Pastor ingéns—mirabile vist—montem totum quatié- 
bat. The huge shepherd—wonderful to see—was shaking the 
whole mountain. 


623. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation 
The Rump6, Scribé, and Strudé Groups 
rump6, rumpere, rapi, ruptus, to break, burst 


abrumpé (3) corrump6 (3) érump6 (3) interrump6 (3) 
break off corrupt burst forth break through 


scribd, scribere, scripsi, scriptus, to write 


circumscribé (3) conscribé (3) déscribé (3) 
confine, limit enroll, levy write down, describe 


inscribé (3) praescrib6 (3) 
write upon, inscribe prescribe, direct 


strué, struere, strixi, strictus, to pile up, arrange 


déstrud (3) exstrud (3) instrué (3) 
destroy build up, construct arrange (troops), plan 


obstrué (3) 
build against, barricade 
Learn these compound verbs. 


624. Translate: 1. Posted signd datd ex castris pristina 
virtute potentiaque Grupuérunt. 2. Puella parva oculds 
magnos bracchiaque gracilia habuit. 3. Pastorés ovibus ni- 
hil pabuli in palidibus repperiunt. 4. Deus haec Gtia nobis 
fécit. 5. Postridié legid nova in prévincid 4 Caesare con- 
scripta est. 6. Vidébasne pulverem in e& parte quam in 

246 


THE VERB 


partem milités iter fécerant? 7. Turri prope exstriicté, 
barbari ex mtir6 oppidi risérunt. 8. Equitatus in sinistra 
parte aciéi instruébatur. g. Ex omnibus partibus partim 
castra altidre vall6 minire partim portas obstruere incipient. 
10. Inter propinquas natidnés Galba magnum numerum 
equitatis sud simptt conscribébat. 


625. Study these derivatives. Add any others you know. 


abrupt describe disrupt prescription ascribe 
interrupt instrument rupture transcribe scripture 
inscription — subscribe instruction destroy bankrupt 
construction rescript subscriber destruction conscription 
obstruct corruption  circumscribe eruption scribe 


626. The Tangé, Tendo, and Traho Groups 
tango, tangere, tetigi, tactus, fo louch 


atting6 (3) contingé (3) | redintegr6 (1) 
touch, reach touch, happen (of good renew, restore (red-in- 
fortune) (dat.) tegro) 


Note that tangd becomes -ting6 in most compounds. The third prin- 
cipal part of the -ting6 verbs is -tigi (not tetigi). 


tend6, tendere, tetendi, tentus, fo stretch 


contendé (3) intend6 (3) ostendé (3) praetendé (3) 
struggle with, contend, stretch out, strain show, disclose hold forth 
hasten 


The third principal part of tend6 compounds is -tendi. 


trahé, trahere, traxi, tractus, fo draw 


“contrahé (3) détraho (3) extrah6 (3) 
draw together, collect draw off, rob (dat.) draw out 


retrah6 (3) abstrahé (3) 
draw back, recall draw away 


Learn these compound verbs. 


627. Translate: 1. Haec terra quam niper Galli possi- 
débant finés R6manorum attingit. 2. Paucis post diébus 
portis capiendi causa proelium redintegravérunt. 3. Illi 
feré cotidianis proeliis cum Gallis contendunt quiin socidrum 

247 


APPLIED LATIN 


finibus bellum gerunt. 4. Oculis nostr6rum mentibusque ad 
pugnam intentis, illae cohortes celeriter ad nostras mitini- 
tidnés pervénérunt. 5. Navés multas in tinum locum con- 
tractas légatis tribuit. 6. Caesar, sciitd militi détract6, in 
proelium processit. 7. Quis equum fugitivum retrahet? 
8. Omnés oppidani maniis ad Caesarem tendunt? 


628. Study these derivatives from the verbs above. 


attack tangent attendant _— portray distend 
pretentious detract ostensible —_ tangible attend 
extend intensive portend retrace attractive 
extensive contiguous  entreaty portentous extract 
attention abstract extent intend treaty 
redintegration subtract contract ostentatious tractable 
integer contingent intact tractor tension 
distract contact intangible trait entire 
629. 


rapina, -ae, robbery, f. 

régina, -ae, a queen, f. 

ripa, -ae, a river bank, f. 

pagus, -i, a district, m. 
plumbum, -i, Jead, n. 

pomum, -i, an apple, n. 
praemium, -i, a reward, n. 

pés, pedis, the foot, m. 

plébés, plébis, the common peo- 


princeps, principis, a chieftain, m. 

profectié, profectidnis, a depar- 
ture, f. 

principatus, -is, chieftainship, m. 

planitiés, -éi, a plain, f. 

pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, 
beautiful. 

aualis, quale, of what sort. 

quantus, -a, -um, how much. 


ple, m. reliquus, -a, -um, remaining. 
possessi6, possessiénis, owner- quam, than.* 
ship, f. rirsus, again. 


potestas, potestatis, power, f. 
praetor, praetéris, an official, 
praetor, m. 


repente, suddenly. 
satis, enough.t 
potius, rather. 


630. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen- 


sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 


631. WorpD Stupy.—Explain the meanings of the English 
derivatives; use these words in sentences of your own: 





* Quam is often used after a comparative to denote a comparison. 
t Satis is often followed by a partitive genitive. 


248 


THE OCCUPATIONS OF THE ROMANS 


rapine riparian pagan plebeian pomegranate 
pedal principle principality pretorian principal 
impediment satisfy plain quality relic 

princess pulchritude plumb rapture premium 
rapacious quantity plumber possessor plummet 
quadruped explain insatiable saturate disqualify 


THE OCCUPATIONS OF THE ROMANS 

In the Forum men of all ranks of society met and lounged 
about. This spot was the favorite place in Rome for all 
kinds of meetings and was always crowded with people. 
Romans thronged the streets leading to the Forum and 
elbowed and jostled one another upon the SacraVia. On the 
steps of the temples, in many cases broad and expansive, 
the loungers sat. conversing or playing at games like back- 
gammon. A great deal of business other than that connected 
with the government was transacted in the Forum. Along 
the Sacra Via were many small shops of the more expensive 
kinds. Here were the shops of jewelers and money changers. 
On the little streets leading to the Forum were shops in 
which almost anything desired could be purchased. Among 
the men who patronized these shops many trades were 
represented. The common people were banded into trades 
unions at an early time, and these unions or guilds made their 
importance felt on many occasions.* There were two groups 
among the working people, those whose trade required 
dexterity and skill, as doctors and architects, and those who 
did the commoner forms of labor, as carpenters, goldsmiths, 
fullers, shoemakers, etc. The unions of these workers were 





* Compare the opening scene in Shakespeare’s “‘ Julius Caesar.” 


249 


APPLIED LATIN 


organized originally to maintain their traditions and to 
preserve the worship of the divinities who were the special 
protectors of the individual trades. No Roman citizen at 
first entered these professions because the pursuit of busi- 
ness was considered beneath his dignity and there was 
little respect for labor. From early times business and pro- 
fessional activities were carried on by slaves or freedmen; 
slaves who had bought their freedom or for special services 
had been freed by their masters. Later the Romans did 
enter upon such work, but there always remained the same 
idea that occupation in labor for which wages were paid was 


beneath the notice of the real Roman citizen. 


XLI. THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE 


632. In the first part of this book you learned a number 
of pronouns, such as hic, iste, ille, idem, etc., which were 
called demonstrative pronouns because they pointed out 
definitely the person, place, or thing for which they stood. 
Then there came the relative pronouns, the personal pro- 
nouns, and the reflexive pronouns. Besides these there are 
in all languages certain pronouns which refer not to definite 
persons or things but to some person or thing but slightly 
known, indefinite, or referred to only in a general way. ‘These 
pronouns being general are called Indefinite Pronouns. 


The Indefinite Pronouns in English and Latin 
633. Examine these English sentences: 


1. Somebody sent me these flowers. 2. Did anybody ring 
the bell? 3. Each sought the first place for himself. 
250 


THE PRONOUN AND ADJECTIVE. INDEFINITE 


The words italicized are indefinite pronouns. 

Other Indefinite Pronouns in English are: Some, some- 
one, any, anyone, one, any, other, another, few, many, none, 
all, more, most, certain. 

Construct English sentences containing these pronouns. 
Be careful to note that these indefinite pronouns imme- 
diately become indefinite adjectives if made to modify a 
noun, as, any man, few books, certain ideas. Construct some 
sentences also using these words as indefinite adjectives. 

Pick out some instances of the use of indefinite pronouns 
or adjectives in your English reader. 

634. The Indefinite pronouns in Latin are: 

M. and F. N 


quis, quid, anybody, anything (used only with si, nisi, 
né, num). 
aliquis, aliquid, someone, something. 
quisquam, quicquam,  amyone, anything (no plural). 
M. F. N. 
quidam, quaedam, quiddam, a certain one or thing. 
quivis, quaevis, quidvis, anyone (you wish), anything. 
quisque, quaeque, quidque, each one, each thing. 


635. When these indefinite pronouns are joined to a noun 
in agreement they become indefinite adjectives, as follows: 


M. F. N. 
qui, qua (quae), quod, some, any (used only after 
si, nisi, né, num). 
aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, some. 
quidam, quaedam, quoddam, certain. 
quivis, quaevis, quodvis, any. 
quisque, quaeque, quodque, each. 


These words, when pronouns, are regularly declined like 
the interrogative pronouns quis, quid; when adjectives, like 


the relative pronoun qui, quae, quod, except that the in- 
251 


APPLIED LATIN 


definites qui and aliqui have qua and aliqua in the feminine 
singular nominative. 
Learn the declensions of quis and aliquis in Paragraph 823. 


636. Translate: 1. Aliquis mihi hds flérés misit. 2. Si 
quis plumbum his in montibus repperiat, Réspiblica prae- 
mium det. 3. Quale régnum huic réginae fuit? 4. Inter 
Romanos quidam praetdrés potestatem Insignem posséd- 
érunt. 5. Quisque princeps sibi principatum petébat. 6. 
Poma ex arbore apud fliminis ripam in aquam repente 
cecidérunt. 7. Quaedam planitiés pulchra ad finés huius 
pagi pertinet.. 8. Né quisquam profectidnem plébis qui 
novis rébis studet rirsus laudet. 9. Si quis satis frimenti 
possidébit, praetor qui cOpiam friimenti cirat id capiet 
potius quam alius quem plébés non iiissit. 10. Quid prae- — 
mium mdaius quam id quod 4 plébe mihi datum est nunc 
cupi6? 

637. 1. The rest of the fruit we will carry to the house of 
our chief. 2. If anyone should deprive the praetor of his 
power the common people would arm themselves. 3. What 
sort of feet has the horse? 4. Let each man take care of his 
own possessions rather than those of another man. 5. Some 
trees are higher than others. 


XLII. THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS 
The Interjection in English and Latin 
638. Up to the present time you have met with all the 
parts of speech except the Interjection. This part of speech 
is not very common; still it occurs enough times to make its 
acquaintance important. The Interjection, as its name 
shows (inter, between, iacid, to throw), is a word inserted at 


some point in a sentence to produce a certain effect. Inter- 
252 


THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS 


jections reveal the feeling of the writer or speaker. They 
may indicate sorrow or joy, happiness or depression. They 
have no grammatical connection with the sentence in which 
they occur, and may be dropped without spoiling the sense. 

639. The commonest interjections in English are: hurrah, 
alas, hollo, lo, behold, pst. 

In Latin the commonest interjections are: O (oh); én 
(lo); ecce (behold); ehem (hem); id (hurrah); heu (alas); 
heus (hey); st (hist). 


The Numerals 

640. The Numerals are words which name numbers 
(numerus, a number). As parts of speech, numerals are either 
adjectives or adverbs. The following kinds of numerals exist 
in English and Latin: Cardinal numerals, as inus, one; 
duo, ‘wo; trés, three; etc. Ordinal numerals, as primus, 
first; secundus, second, etc. Distributive numerals, as 
singuli, one at a time; bini, two at a time; etc. Numeral 
Adverbs, as semel, once; bis, twice; etc. 

641. Learn the numerals given in Paragraph 822. 

642. In English the numerals are not declined; in Latin 
the Cardinal numerals up to three, and hundreds from two 
hundred up to one thousand, are adjectives with all three 
genders. The Ordinals and Distributives are declined like 
latus. Distributives are found only in the plural. 

643. Learn the declensions of inus, duo, trés, and mille. 
Paragraph 819. 

644. The following numeral words are important: 

253 


APPLIED LATIN 


simplex, simplicis, one fold, simple. duplex, duplicis, two fold, 
double. triplex, triplicis, three fold, triple. quadruplex, quadruplicis, 
four fold, quadruple. quincuplex, quincuplicis, five fold, quintuple. 


These numeral adjectives are declined like félix. 


645. Translate: 1. Tertid dié duae’ cohortés legidnis 
iter tria milia passuum facile fécérunt. 2. Acié triplice 
Instriictéa, quadringenti ex hostibus occisi sunt. 3. Heu! 
Nonne leOnem rapacem inter ovés vidémus? 4. Ecce 
hom6 quem hiimanitate itistitidque omnés et liberi et servi 
amabant. 5. I6! ‘Trés avés pulcherrimas in silva extra 
urbem hodié cépimus. 6. Cum binae et ternae navés sin- 
gulas circumstetissent, milités maxima cum virtiite eas 
délére contendérunt. 7. Lina semel duodétriginta diébus 
pléna est. 8. Cum servus claré bis vocatiis esset, tamen 
non celeriter vénit. 9. Quinque filii et quattuor filiae 
dlim fuérunt régi qui natidnés Britanniae regébat. 10. 
Cum haec urbs in duds partes flimine dividerétur, alteram 
partem Gallis concessit, alteram ab his relictam cohortibus 
duodecim attribuit. 


646. 1. We sent the first letter today. 2. Lo! three trees 
were standing on the hill. 3. Hist! The Praetor is coming 
with forty clients. 4. When a double line of battle has been 
drawn up let us begin the battle. 5. Does each legion have 
ten cohorts? 


647. Study these English derivatives. 


primer tertiary quinquennial bicycle unify 
unicycle disunited combine second sextet 
millennium _ single simple prime universal 
double university binocular trio duplicity 
secondary uniform singular duplicate duet 
quaternary primitive unity quartette mile 
unique primate sexennial duodecimo dual 


254 


THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS 


648. 

rota, -ae, a wheel, f. scelus, sceleris, a crime, n. 
ruina, -ae, a ruin, collapse, f. senex, senis, a7 old man, m.* 
sententia, -ae, an opinion, f. pariés, parietis, a house wall, m. 
radius, -i, spoke (of wheel), ray,m. meridiés, -éi, midday, m. 
punctum, -i, a point, n. risticus, -a, -um, rustic, belong- 
pilum, -i, a javelin, spear, n. ing to the countrys 

pretium, -i, price, n. saevus, -a, -um, savage, cruel. 
radix, radicis, a root, f. summus, -a, -um, /ighest. 
robur, rdboris, timber, n. tacitus, -a, -um, silent. 

ratid, ratidnis, a reason, plan, f. séparatim, separately. 

reditid, reditidnis, a return, f. simul, at the same time. 

salis, salitis, safety, f. tandem, at length. 


649. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen- 
sions of the nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 
650. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives: 


rotary radius summit prize sententious 
corroborate tacit robust eradicate savage 
pungent salubrious ray sum depreciate 
senile rusticate radical salutary parietal 
rotund irrational radiator meridian radiance 


651. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation 
The Capid, Quatid, Rapid Groups 
capid, capere, cépi, captus, fo take, capture 


accipio (3) excipid (3) praecipio (3) 
receive, accept receive, take up advise, warn 
recipio (3) suscipié (3) occup6 (1) 

receive, betake oneself undertake seize, capture 


Note that capid becomes -cipid in compound verbs. 
quatid, quatere, quassi, quassus, fo shake 


concutid (3) excutid (3) percutid (3) recutid (3) 
shake up, shatier shake off smite shake 
Note that quatid becomes -cutid in compounds. 
rapid, rapere, rapui, raptus, fo snatch up 
corripio (3) diripid (3) éripio (3) tisirpé (1) 
snatch up, pull apart, plunder snatch away, save seize for use, use 
press on 
Note that rapid becomes -ripi6 in compounds. 





* Senex is irregularly declined—Sing., senex, senis, seni, senem, senex, 
sene; Pl., senés, senum, senibus, senés, senés, senibus. 


255 


APPLIED LATIN 


652. Translate: 1. Cuique carrd quattuor rotae erant. 
2. Pilis missis, decem milia ex legidnibus novis saliitem 
in fuga petébant. 3. Reliquum spatium quod n6dn amplius 
pedum séscentdrum est continet mons magna altitiidine, ita 
ut radicés montis ex utraque parte ripds fliminis contingant. 
4. Ill6 punctti temporis mirabile visi arbor, rdbore fracté, 
ruind magna cecidit. 5. Id maximé ea ratidne fécit quod 
hostés agrés Galldrum occupaverant. 6. Tandem spé do- 
mum reditidnis sublata, senés riistici propter scelera in 
silvas dénsds sé recépérunt. 7. Simul quisque tacitus urbem 
séparatim reliquit et né caperétur sé eripuit. 8. Illum 
qui Galbam pild percussit hostés saevi sciitis protexérunt. 
9. Néhanc rem suscipiamus. to. Galli celeriter ex c6n- 
suétiidine sua, acié facta, impetis pil6rum excipiébant. 

653. 1. The savage lion betook himself to the mountains. 
2. The wall of the house fell with a heavy crash. 3. Finally a 
price was set by theold man. 4. Each wheel has twelve spokes. 
5. How great and of what sort were the slave’s crimes? 

654. Study these derivatives from the verbs above. 


accept acceptable principle repercussion rapacious 
captious receptacle inception recipient exceptionable 
susceptible preceptor receipt percussion precept 


655. Compound Verbs of the Third Conjugation 
The Facid, Iacid, and Specid Groups 
facid, facere, féci, factus, to make, do 


conficid (3) déficid (3) interficié (3) 
accomplish, complete fail, give out kill, do to death 
praeficid (3) satisfacid (3) reficid (3) 


put at head of, putin appease, satisfy (dat.) make over, repair 
command (dat.) 
iacié, iacere, Geel, iactus, to throw, hurl 
conicié (3) déicié (3) proicié (3) 
hurl, throw throw down, cast down hurl forward, abandon 
reicid (3) iacté (1) 
throw, hurl back throw, toss 
256 


THE INTERJECTION. NUMERALS 


speci6, specere, spéxi, spectus, fo look 


circumspici6 (3) cénspicié (3) déspicié (3) 
look around, look over catch sight of, behold look down on, despise 
perspicié (3) suspicié (3) exspecté (1) 
see through, see clearly, look under, suspect look for, await 

understand 


Learn these compound verbs. 

656. Translate: 1. Milités, este fortés, pila conicite, 
déicite hos saevGs virds dé miiré! 2. Ad has rés cdnficiendas 
triduum simamus. 3. In Gallia legidnés Caesaris milia 
militum interfécérunt. 4. Ob eas causas Galbam légatum ei 
munitidni quam fécerat praefécit. 5. Item si hostés 
R6mAnis satisfaciant Caesar cum eis pacem faciat. 6. Cum 
rés frimentaria eds déficeret, concilid convocat6 quisque 
domum contendit. 7. Téla missa excipiant séque ex labore 
reficiant. 8. Cum hdés légatds in castris cOnspéxisset, sé 
in fugam dedit. 9. Cum tnus pagus facile victus sit, né 
Caesar ob eam rem aut vict6riam suae magnopere virtiti 
tribuat aut hostés déspiciat. 10. Si omnés idem sentient 
et probabunt nintium exspectent. 

657. 1. When the grain supply failed all hope of re- 
turning home was taken away. 2. Inaspace of three days 
the war with the slaves was completed. 3. What leader 
slew those three brave centurions? 4. The leader whom we 
put in command of the fortification was despised by the 
enemy. 5. The old men were forced to leave the wall. 


658. Study these derivatives. Add any others you know. 
Use them in sentences of your own. 


affection refectory respectable project conjecture 
adjective defeat sufficient proficient efficacious 
circumspect acceptance subject perspective prefect 
despise faction counterfeit object defect 
inspector aspect affect projection — suspicion 
perfect inject abject expectation disjection 
surfeit species infection facilitate confectionery 


17 257 


APPLIED LATIN 


Some Toots USED BY THE ROMANS 

Almost any sort of a workman at Rome was called a 
Smith (faber). To distinguish the individual trade the name 
of the material with which the man worked was added. 
With some exceptions the same tools were used at Rome 
which are used now universally. The hammer (malleus) and 
anvil (incus), axe (seciris), tongs (forceps), bellows (follis), 
and adze (ascia) of to-day were used two thousand years ago. 
Other implements, as the saw (serra), file (lima), plane 
(runcina), chisel (scalprum), mallet (malleolus), lathe 
(tornus), and boring instruments (terebrae), were common. 
Among instruments for ensuring accuracy were the com- 
passes (circinus) and square (norma). For the spirit level: 
the libella was used. This consisted of three pieces of wood 
’ forming an A with the exact center of the cross-bar marked. 
Astring with a plummet attached hung from the apex so that 
the plummet would touch the central mark when the legs 
rested on a level surface. All the simple mechanical powers 
were used, as the lever (vectis), the inclined plane, and the 
pulley (trochlea). There was also an instrument like a 
derrick for lifting heavy weights by means of a windlass. 
As Roman buildings were rarely of wood there was little 
employment for the carpenter. Carpenters were mostly con- 
cerned with the making of ships and wagons (carpenta), 
from which word comes the name. The mason was more 
important than the carpenter, for stone and cement were 
universally employed in building. The mason’s trowel was 


called trulla. The use of cement in building construction 
258 


THE VERB. DEPONENTS 


was the greatest contribution of the Romans to the art of 
building. The cement (caementum) manufactured by the 
Romans was much stronger than the cement we use to-day. 
Many of the cement constructions of the Romans have 
lasted in first-rate shape to the present day. Even now 
Roman cement can hardly be broken up by modern picks. 
XLII. THE VERB. DEPONENTS. SEMI-DEPONENTS. 


“COMPOUND VERBS OF THE FOURTH 
CONJUGATION 


659. In the work so far you have met with regular verbs 
only, sum excepted. Before we pass to verbs which are 
irregular in the majority of their forms, certain verbs must 
be considered which are regular in forms, but irregular 
in translation. These verbs are called Deponents, from 
déponere, fo cast aside. They have cast aside all the forms 
of the active voice (except one or two) but retain their pas- 
sive voices in full. The passive forms of Deponent verbs have 
active meanings. It isa little difficult at first to get into the 
habit of translating passive forms as if they were active. 
The forms in themselves do not cause trouble, for learning 
the forms of a deponent verb is like learning the passive 
voice of a regular verb alone. There are deponent verbs in 
all the four conjugations. 

660. Examples of Deponent verbs: 


First conjugation, cdnor, cdnari, cdnatus sum, fo try. 
Second conjugation, vereor, veréri, veritus sum, /o fear. 
Third conjugation, sequor, sequi, secitus sum, /o follow. 
‘a patior, pati, passus sum, /o bear, endure. 
Fourth conjugation, potior, potiri, potitus sum, /o seize. 


661. Learn the conjugation of cénor and vereor in Para- 
259 


APPLIED LATIN 


graph 835. Notice especially these forms of the active voice 
which are included in the conjugation of deponent verbs: 
1. The future infinitive, as conatirus, -a, -um, esse. 
The Latins did not like the form of the future infinitive 
passive because it was a little unwieldy and bungling. 
This infinitive form is often lacking even among the regular 
verbs. Whenever possible the Latins avoided it, and in 
deponent verbs they easily replaced it with the future 
active infinitive. 
2. The present and future participles ; céndns, cénatirus. 
As the passive voice of the ordinary verb showed only the 
_ perfect participle, the Latins, in order to complete the parti- 
ciples of Deponent verbs, added these two participles from the 
active voice. Thus the active present participle (as cénans) 
and the future participle (as cénatirus) are included in 
deponent verbs, each retaining its active meanings. Be care- 
ful never to translate the perfect participle of a deponent 
verb with a passive meaning. Cdénatus means having at- 
tempted, not having been attempted. This is perhaps the 
most common error in the use of the Deponent verbs. 
662. Some common deponent verbs of the first and 
second conjugations are: 


First CONJUGATION 


arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum, _#o think. 

cohortor, cohortari, cohortatus sum,  o exhort, encourage. 
hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, to urge. 

miror, mirari, miratus sum, to admire. 

moror, morari, moratus sum, to delay. 

téstor, téstari, téstatus sum, to be a witness. 
populor, populari, populatus sum, to devastate. 

vagor, vagari, vagatus sum, to wander. 


260 


THE VERB. DEPONENTS 


SECOND CONJUGATION 


fateor, fatéri, fassus sum, to say, admit. 
polliceor, pollicéri, pollicitus sum, to promise. 
intueor, intuéri, intuitus sum, to gaze at. 


663. Translate: 1. Caesar, equis rem6tis ut spem fugae’* 
tolleret, suds cohortatus proelium commisit. 2. Viatdrésne 
altitidinem montis et latitidinem fliminis mirabantur? 
3. Servi fugitivi quattuor diés in illis finibus morati ad 
socids suds sé recépérunt. 4. Oratidne habita, Cicerd deds 
immortalés téstatus est. 5. Qui nostras urbés populaban- 
tur? 6. Ea quae pollicémur mox faciémus. 7. Unus ex 
omnibus nihil earum rérum faciébat sed tristis, capite 
démiss6, terram intuébatur. 8. Meds centuridnés cotidié 
cohortari cOnsuésc6. 9. Manibus impeti fliminis impeditis, 
media in aqua morari incépérunt. 10. Quis dona maxima 
clientibus pollicébatur? 

664. 1. Marvel at the works of poets. 2. Those leaders, 
having devastated my fatherland, killed myson. 3. Let the 
citizens refrain from praising the man who promises Caesar 
a crown. 4. We delayed one day to finish the business. 5. 
Gaze upon the beautiful moon. 


665. Worp Stupy.—Study these English derivatives: 


arbitrate intestate confess vagabond _ exhortation 
depopulate professor protest admire vagrant 
666. 
stella, -ae, a star, f. téstis, téstis, @ witness, m. 
tuba, -ae, a trumpet, f. timor, timGris, fear, m. 
toga, -ae, the toga, a garment, f. timidus, -a, -um, timid. 
sonus, -i, @ sound, m. urbanus, ~a, -um, belonging to 
responsun, -i, reply, n. the city. 
studium, -i, a pursuit, study, n. validus, -a, -um, strong, vigorous. 
solum, -i, the ground, n. vastus, -a, -um, emply, vast. 
servitus, servititis, slavery, f. vérus, -a, -um, rue. 
socer, soceri, a father inlaw, m.  iltra, beyond. 
sanguis, sanguinis, blood, m. ana, together with (with cum). 
scriptor, script6ris, a@ writer, m. vix, scarcely. 
sors, sortis, a Jot, f. undique, on ali sides. 


261 


APPLIED LATIN 


667. Study and learn these words. Practise the declen- 
sions of nouns and adjectives. Compare the adverbs. 

668. WorD Stupy.—Explain these derivatives. Use 
‘them in sentences of your own. 


Stella constellation stellar verisimilar person 
study ultramarine consonant responsive urban 
convalescence valid testament invalid student 
timid suburb sort urbane sangfroid 
sonorous intimidate ulterior testify testimony 
veracity timorous verify sole (noun) servitude 
attest sound studious sanguinary avail 


669. The commonest third conjugation deponents are: 


adgredior, adgredi, adgressus sum, /o aitack. 

morior, mori, mortuus sum,  /o die. 

nascor, nasci, natus sum, to be born. 

labor, 1abi, lapsus sum, to slip. 

loquor, loqui, locitus sum, to speak. 

obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, to forget. 

proficiscor,  proficisci, profectus sum, /o set out. 

queror, queri, questus sum, to complain. 

ulciscor, ulcisci, ultus sum, to take vengeance on. 
itor, iti, tisus sum, to use, enjoy. 


670. Learn the conjugation of the third conjugation 
deponent verb sequor, in Paragraph 835. 


671. Translate: 1. Nonnumquam stella ardéns ex caelé 
in 6ceanum labitur. 2. Omnia ind tempore erant agenda; 
signum tuba dandum, ab opere milités revocandi, aciés 
instruenda est. 3. Civis qui togam gessit, locd ndobili 
natus est. 4. Una cum socer6 med Roéma Athénds ad 
studium dicendi incipiendum profectus sum. 5. Poéta 
véra dei respdnsa male narrabat. 6. Sine vestrd sanguine 
hostés superavi. 7. Viri liberi servittitém et commita- 
tidnem fortiinae semper queruntur. 8. Nés, téstés huius 
sceleris, vix praetOrem urbanum retinébamus. 9. Scriptorés 
Romani antiqui sortibus vix crédidérunt. 10. Qua in ré 

262 


THE VERB. DEPONENTS 


Caesar et publicés et privat&s initirias ultus est, quod 
haec natid patrem eius soceri interfécerat. 

672. 1. Our army attacked the enemy without fear. 2. 
Timid wayfarers never set out to the lands beyond the 
mountains. 3. Concerning the responses of the god we 
spoke gladly. 4. Were you born in noble station? 5. On 
the third day many of the captives died, for few were 
accustomed to endure slavery. ’ 


673. Worp Stupy.—Explain these derivatives. Use them 


in sentences of your own. 


aggressive oblivion querulous _ native patient 
moribund egress nation digress nascent 
collapse natural interlocutor ingress use 
innate passive relapse utensil congress 
progress renaissance mortuary elocution impassive 


674. The commonest fourth conjugation deponents are: 


experior, experiri, expertus sum, to test, try. 
mentior, mentiri, mentitus sum, /o Jie. 

métior, métiri, ménsus sum, to measure. 
molior, moliri, molitus sum, to build, attempt. 
orior, oriri, ortus sum, to arise, begin. 
partior, partiri, partitus sum, to divide. 


675. Learn the conjugation of the fourth conjugation 
deponent verb potior, in Paragraph 835. 


676. Translate: 1. Nisi quid auxili in Caesare populoque 
R6dmand erit, nds quoque ina cum Gallis éventum for- 
tiinae experiémur. 2. Pueri boni numquam mentiuntur. 
3. Quddam dié Caesar militibus frimentum mensus erat. 
4. Haec pars Galliae ad orientem sdlem pertinet. 5. Prius- 
ad bellum gerendum partitus est. 

677. 1. They fortified their town that they might not 
experience the same bad fortune. 2. When Caesar had 
measured out the grain for the soldiers he encouraged each 

263 


APPLIED LATIN 


man separately. 3. When the sun had risen, light filled the 
whole temple. 4. Divide the army and conquer the enemy 
without delay. 5. We have cast you from the city because 
you were attempting evil deeds. 
Semi-deponents 

678. In the preceding paragraphs you met with the most 
common deponent verbs of the four conjugations. There 
are beside these a few which are called Semi-deponents, 
because some of their forms are from the active voice 
and some passive. The commonest semi-deponents are: 


auded, audére, ausus sum, to dare (Complem. Infin.). 

cénfidé, confidere, confisus sum, 0 trust firmly (Dat. of Per- 
sons, Abl. of Things). 

diffids, diffidere, diffisus sum, 0 distrust (Abl. of Things). 


gaude6é, gaudére, gavisussum, orejoice (Abl. of Cause). 
soled, solére, solitus sum, 0 be accustomed (Complem. 
Infin.). 


679. Translate: 1. Adventum lednis virg6é timida exspec- 
tare ausa est. 2. Dux noster hunc régem rébus suis diffi- 
dentem éréxit. 3. Gaudent quod occ4si6 sui purgandi data 
est. 4. Sonum tubarum et equorum currentium audire solé- 
bant. 5. Quis validus sine precibus mori audet? 

680. 1. Dare to tell a true story without shame. 2. Men 
who trust their own ability overcome many evils. 3. Before 
afight the Romans were wont to draw up their line of battle. 
4. Did you rejoice when the tricky leader gave the crown 
to Caesar? 5. Some men dare to attack any savage animal. 


681. Worp Stupy.—Explain these derivatives; use them 


in sentences of your own: 


experience __ bipartite rejoice passion orient 
partition audacity compassion mensuration confiderice 
demolish fidelity mete diffiident originate 
perfidy order gay compatible insolent 


264 


THE VERB. DEPONENTS 


682. Compound Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation 
The Salis, Sentid, and Venio Groups 





sali6, salire, ; , to leap 
désilid (4) resilid (4) salté (1) insultd (1) resulté (r) 
leap down leap back dance leap upon leap back 
sentid, sentire, sénsi, sénsus, fo perceive 
adsenti6 (4) consentié (4) dissenti6 (4) 
agree, assent think with, agree feel different, disagree 


praesentiéd (4) 
feel before, look before 


venié, venire, véni, ventum, fo come 


advenio (4) convenio (4) circumveni6 (4) 
come to, approach come together, assemble come around, surround 
évenié (4) invenio (4) perveni6 (4) 
come out, happen come upon, find come through, arrive, 

(by chance) reach 


provenio (4) 
come forth, turn out (well, ill) 

683. Translate: 1. Désilite, milites! Né ducem hostibus 
prodamus. 2. Féminae saltabant et aedificium cantibus 
complébant. 3. Concilid convocaté, principés qui undique 
convénerant cum légatis ROmanis cOnsénsérunt. 4. Quem 
exitum habuit consilium Galbae et edrum qui dissentiébant? 
5. Hostés nostrds milités 4 latere aperto adgressi circum- 
venire cOnabantur. 6. Ea rés legidni felicitér Eveniat. 7. 
E6 in locé navés XXVIII instrict&s invénit. 8. Haec pars 
socidrum militibus legidnis ndnae et decimae forte obvén- 
erat. go. Cum id nintiatum esset, légatus iter per provin- 
ciam celerrimé fécit et RO6mam pervénit. 10. Véni Caesarem 
laudatum n6n sepultum. 

684. 1. Let us agree with these men who have established 
‘the custom. 2. We have with us the soldiers who have lately 
assembled from the province. 3. By chance Caesar met 
Galba together with twelve cohorts. 4. We found the town 
situated near the banks of the river. 5. The general was 
killed while he was coming to his son. 

265 


APPLIED LATIN 


685. WorD Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives. 
Use them in sentences of your own: 


desultory adventitious exult inventory assent 
assailant dissent provenience insult presentiment 
convent prevention — sensitive salient convention 
intervention advent consensus convenient contravene 
dissenter resilient circumvent revenue sally 

sense event convene consent assault 
eventual avenue result sentence invention 


SKILLED WORKMEN AMONG THE ROMANS 

The Architects (architecti) were an important group of 
workmen. As their (Greek) name implies, they were usually 
Greeks, not Romans. Assisting the architects were the sur- 
veyors (finitérés) who, besides the work usually done by 
surveyors, also laid out the lands for colonists and the camps 
for armies. 

The Romans found a great deal of employment for the 
Painter (pictor). As there was not much furniture, few 
tapestries, and no framed pictures. in the ordinary house, 
the Romans had to depend for ornamentation on pictures 
painted on the walls. Ordinary rooms were whitewashed 
by a workman called a dealbator (albus, white). He used 
a trowel (trulla) and worked on a scaffold (machina). Show 
rooms were decorated by a real artist (pictor parietarius, 
pariés, an interior wall). The painter of wall decorations 
used a pencillus or brush. The walls of rooms often pre- 
sented scenes from outdoor life, as landscapes, gardens, 
harbors, fountains, etc. 

The Potter was in great demand at Rome and throughout 


the ancient world as well. So extensive was the use of pot- 
266 | 


THE VERB. IRREGULAR 


tery that the manufacture of earthenware was carried on 
at any large estate where the proper kind of clay (argilla) 
could be found. The potter (figilus) made vessels both by 
hand and with the potter’s wheel (rota figularis). Clay 
vessels, after being turned on the wheel, were baked in an 
oven (fornax, furnace). 

The Goldsmiths and Silversmiths knew about the same 
processes then as to-day. Works of gold and silver were 
very highly prized. Gem cutters were very skilful, as the 
ancient cameos we now possess easily show. Makers of 
perfumery and ointments carried on a thriving trade. Their 
products were sent to all parts of the world in dainty little 
vases of many shapes. Probably the “alabaster jar of 
precious ointment’? was manufactured by one of the expert 
perfumers of that day. 


XLIV. THE VERB. IRREGULAR 

Vol6, Nolo, Mal6. Ed, Ferd, Fid. Compounds of Sum 

686. There are in all languages verbs whose forms are 
irregular. Many are only slightly irregular, as dé, dare, 
dedi, datus, fo give. This verb belongs to the first conjuga- 
tion, except the perfect dedi, which is really a third conjuga- 
tion form. Maned is a second conjugation verb, except the 
perfect mansi, which belongs to the third conjugation. 

Among the Latin verbs that are specially irregular are 
those mentioned at the head of this paragraph. These 
verbs, as their meaning will show you, are very common, 


not only in Latin but in all other languages. Words that are 
267 


APPLIED LATIN 


especially common have a tendency to become irregular. 
Think for a moment of the English verb to be. It has forms 
derived from four different verbs, be, zs, am, was. 

687. The principal parts of vol6, nolo, mals, are: 











vold, velle, volui, ,»  towish. 
ndld, ndlle, nolui, » to be unwilling. 
malo, malle, malui, » bo prefer. 


N6l6 and mal6d are compounds of vol6. N6ld equals 
non vold, J do not wish; malo equals magis, more, volé, 
I wish more, I prefer. 

All three verbs are similar in conjugation. In n6lé and 
mal6 the presence of nén and magis causes some irregulari- 
ties not found in vol6 itself. 

688. The conjugation of volé is— 


INDICATIVE 
Pres. volé, vis, vult, volumus, vultis, volunt. 
Imp. volébam, volébas, etc. 
Fut. volam, volés, etc. 
Perf. volui, voluisti, etc. 
Plup. volueram, volueras, etc. 
Futp. voluer6, volueris, etc. 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
Pres. velim, velis, velit, velimus, velitis, velint. 
Imp. vellem, vellés, vellet, vellémus, vellétis, vellent. 
Perf. voluerim, volueris, etc. 
Plup. voluissem, voluissés, etc. 


INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE 
Pres. velle, Pres. voléns, -ntis. 
Perf. voluisse. 


689. Learn the conjugations of ndlé6 and malé in Para- 
graph 833. Note also Paragraphs 544-546. 

690. For practice translate these forms: 1. Vis, mi§lis, 
nollet, voluisti, ndlet. 2. Ndlle, volentés, mavult, n6n vis, vel- 


lémus, ndli. 3. Voluisse, mallent, ndlumus, malle, voluissent. 
268 


SOME IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 


691. Translate: 1. Postridié Caesar priusquam sé hostés 
ex terrdre et fuga reciperent proelium committere voluit. 2. 
Visne mé venire? 3. In libertate permanére malumus quam 
ROmanorum servitiitem pati. 4. Qua dé causa civés 6ra- 
tidnés Cicerdnis malébant? 5. Si nos a flimine discédere 
nolimus, hostés celeriter fugiant. 6. Ndolite servum pinire 
sine causa véra. 7. Num ille omnés esse liberds volébat? 
8. Malimus ptignare potius quam fugere. 9. Domi manére 
maluissem nisi cOnsul mé vocavisset. 10. Utinam né fémi- 
nae lidds ROmanorum spectare voluissent. 

692. 1. Those who were willing to make the journey 
assembled from all sides. 2. Who does not prefer honor 
rather than gold? 3. I shall be unwilling to attack our 
allies. 4. Don’t write the letter. 5. Let us be willing to 
try all the fortunes of war. 


SOME IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 
693. Most of the adjectives which you have met up to 
the present time have been regular in inflection and com- 
parison. There are a few adjectives, irregular in com- 
parison, which are not only very common in Latin, but 
have a host of derivatives in English. 
The most important of these are: 


exterus, outward, exterior, outer, extrémus (extimus), farthest. 


inferus, below, inferior, /ower, infimus (imus), /owest. 
posterus, following, posterior, /ater, postrémus (postumus), Jast. 
superus, above, superior, higher, suprémus (summus), highest. 
(in, 27), interior, inner, intimus, inmost. 

(pré, before), prior, earlier, primus, first. 

(prope, near), propior, nearer, proximus, nearest. 


(altra, beyond), ulterior, further, altimus, farthest. 
Note that in the last four the missing positive degree is 


supplied by means of a preposition or an adverb. 
269 


APPLIED LATIN 


694. Translate: 1. Hi finés ad inferidrem partem fli- 
minis pertinent. 2. Ab ed loco collis nascébatur, passiis 
circiter ducent6s infimus apertus, ab superi6re parte silves- 
tris. 3. Postérd dié castra ex ed locd summ6 mOta sunt. 
4. Locis superidribus occupatis, itinere exercitum nostrum 
prohibére cOnabantur. 5. Légatus aestate missus est qui 
duds legidnés novds in interidrem Galliam dédiceret. 6. 
Cum quisque sibi primum itineris locum peteret profectid 
similis fugae erat. 7. Prima lice, clamdre audits, omnés 
figérunt. 8. Proxima nocte obsidés convenire itissit. 9. In 
ulteridrem Galliam properémus ad haec conficienda. 1o. 
Num exercitum in iltimas terras mittémus? 


695. Worp Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives: 


infernal superior ultimo primordial exterior 
inferiority intimacy primate ultimatum _ posterior 
prior supernal external proximity prime 
posthumous interne supreme ulterior extremity 
696. 
unda, -ae, a wave, f. vesper, vesperis, evening, m. 
saxum, -i, @ rock, n. voluntas, voluntatis, wll, wish, f. 
subsidium, -i, aid, n. vulnus, vulneris, @ wound, n. 
suffragium, -i, a ballot, n. vér, véris, the spring, n. 
triduum, -i, three days’ time, n. véritas, véritatis, the truth, f. 
vadum, -i, a ford, n. victor, victéris, a victor, m. 
verbum, -i, a word, n. vis (vis), force, pl., strength, {.* 
vinculum, -i, a bond, chain, n. vetus, veteris, old. 


uxor, ux6ris, a wife, f. 
Learn these words. Practise the declensions. 
697. WorpD Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives: 


inundate veracious victorious _ victory vim 
verbatim vulnerable involuntary verbal veracity 
vespers volition suffragette adverb voluntary 
invulnerable verity suffrage volunteer = verdant 
verb undulate redound inveterate subsidiary 





*The declension of vis is: Singular, vis, (vis) —, vim, vis, vi; Plural, 
virés, virium, viribus, virés, virés, viribus. 


270 


THE VERB. IRREGULAR 


E6, Fero, Fido 
698. The principal parts of these irregular verbs are: 
E6, ire, ii (ivi), itum, fo go. 
Fer6, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, carry. 
Fi6, fieri, factus sum, to become, happen. 

Of these verbs the last two are quite irregular. As you 
can see from the principal parts, the verb feré is apparently 
composed of the forms of three distinct verbs. In this it is 
like the verb to be in English and Sum in Latin, which are 
made up of four separate verbs. 

Fid is the verb which, as has been already mentioned 
(Paragraph 357), the Latins used in place of some tenses of 
the passive of the verb facié, to do, make. | 

699. Learn the conjugations of these three verbs in 
Paragraphs 836-7-8. 

700. For practice identify the following forms: 

1. Is, fers, fis, feras, eds, fias. 2. Iéns, feréns, fieri, ibunt, 
ferri, latiirus esse. 3. Fiet, fiat, eund6, ferris, fertis, fierent. 

701. Translate: 1. Illi vi coacti nds per suds finés ire 
passi sunt. 2. Tum saxa magni ponderis ad mirum lata 
sunt. 3. Aciés tertia ab imperatore nostris* subsidid* missa 
erat. 4. Equitatus socidrum hoc in proelid impedimento* 
hostibus* erat. .5. Ferte magnam cdpiam frimenti quae 
auxilid* duci* sit. 6. Fiat itistitia. 7. Ad vesperum centurié 
vulneribus confectus interfectus est. 8. Eamus ad oppidum 
ut praesidid* oppidanis* simus. 9. Ei qui trans vada ierant 
suis auxilium ferre ausi sunt. 10. Poéta veterem calamitatem 
populi Romani et pristinam virtitem Gallorum narrabat. 


*In sentences 3, 4, 5, and 8 there are instances of two 


datives used with the verb sum. These two datives com- 
271 


APPLIED LATIN 


pose the Double Dative construction. One dative is a dative 
of indirect object (nostris, 3; hostibus, 4; duci, 5; oppidanis, 
8); the other dative indicates the purpose for which some- 
thing serves (subsidid, 3; impedimentd, 4; auxilid, 5; prae- 
sidid, 8). Translate sentence 3, were for an aid to our men. 

702. RuLE.—Double Dative.—Two datives are often used 
with sum in Latin, one (of reference) indicating the person 
affected, the other (of purpose) showing that for which a thing 
serves. 


703. 1. The cavalry was sent as an aid to the army. 
2. Who hastened to go to the bridge? 3. The shields were 
a hindrance to the soldiers while fighting in the waves. 4. 
The huge rocks were a fortification for the camp. 5. In the 
spring beautiful flowers bloom. 


704. The E6 and Ferd Groups 
e6, ire, ii, (ivi), itum, to go 
adeo exed ined pered transed 
go to, visit go out go into perish, be lost go across 
fer, ferre, tuli, latus, to bear, carry 
adferé confer6 differé 
bring to, bring news _ bring together, collect, bear apart, differ, post- 
compare pone 
effer6 inferd offerd 
bear out bear against, wage bring before, offer 
perfero praefero ; profer6 
bear through, endure, bear before, prefer bring forward, extend 
announce 
refer6 transfer6 
bear back, report carry over, transfer 


For principal parts of fer6 compounds consult vocabulary. 


705. Translate: 1. Neque enim quisquam praeter mer- 
catorés illas urbés adiit, neque illi ipsi quicquam praeter 
Oram Oceani vidérunt. 2. Facile erit, cum virtite omnibus 

272 


THE VERB. IRREGULAR 


praestémus, dé finibus nostris cum omnibus copiis exire. 
3. Vére initd6, cum multi periissent, tamen hostés pontem 
in provinciam nostram transire cOnatisunt. 4. Cum esset 
Caesar in tlteridre Gallia, crébrae ad eum epistulae afferé- 
bantur. 5. Copia maxima frimenti in oppidum sine 
Caesaris voluntate confertur. 6. Hi omnés lingua, instititis, 
légibus, inter sé differunt. 7. Nonne quisque trium ménsium 
cibum dom6 efferet? 8. Cum tridui viam prdécessisset cum 
omnibus copiis ad urbem occupandam contendit. 9. 
Altitaido fliminis erat circiter trium pedum. to. Refer has 
rés ad senatum. 

706. 1. After they had proceeded a journey of five days, 
they saw the enemy drawn up on the hills. 2. Carry away 
from home food for (of) two months. 3. Though the depth 
of the river was about (of) eight feet, the knights crossed 
without delay. 4. I will report these affairs to the senate. 
5. If all nations differ in laws and customs there is no com- 
mon civilization. 

707. WorD Stupy.—Explain these English derivatives. 
Use them in sentences of your own: 


initial conference ambition proffer confer 
circuit preference translation initiation dilate 
transference relation deference __ offertory transient 
collation transitory exit elated inference 
different ’ transit reference obituary defer 


COMPOUNDS OF SUM 
708. In English the verb ¢o be is very common. It is used 


in almost all relations and can be associated with almost any 

sort of idea. For instance, we can say I am away from town; 

I was present at the meeting; my equipment is lacking with 

respect toa top coat; I ‘am able to write and to read. In such 

statements the English verb is followed by a group of words 
18 273 


APPLIED LATIN 


introduced by a preposition. In Latin the preposition is 
often attached to the verb Sum, making a Compound Verb. 
The Important Compounds of Sum are: 


absum, abesse, 4fui, to be away, absent (a (ab) with abl.). 
adsum, adesse,  adfui, to be present (dat.). 

désum, deésse, défui, to be lacking (dat.). 

intersum, interesse, interfui, fo be between, present (dat.). 
praesum, praesse, praefui, o be in charge of, be head of (dat.). 
possum, posse, potui, to be able (complem. infin.). 
supersum, superesse, superfui, /o be left, survive (dat.). 


Most of these verbs are conjugated like the verb sum with- 
out irregular forms. Possum, to be able, a compound of potis, - 
pote, an adjective meaning able, has some irregular forms 
brought about by the difficulty in combining potis with the 
forms of sum. Compare pot-fui, potui, perfect of possum. 

709. Learn the conjugation of possum in Paragraph 837. 

710. For practice name and translate the following forms: 


1. Potes, supersunt, praeést, deésse, poterit. 

2. Interest, adsit, possimus, interfuit, potuerit. 

3. Praefueramus, potuisse, aberunt, poterat. 

711. Translate: 1. Harum omnium gentium fortissimae 
sunt iltimae quod 4 cultti et him{anitate prdvinciae 
longissimé absunt. 2. Hac 6ratidne habitaé, omnés qui 
aderant precibus tristissimis auxilium 4 Caesare petere con- 
abantur. 3. Rébus in adversis fortiina etiam duci optim6 
nonnumquam deést. 4. Illa pars hostium quae flimen 
oppidi capiendi causa transierat domum redire n6n potuit. 
5. Utinam illi principés qui summ6 magistratui praeérant 
suds clientés rapina prohibére potuissent. 6. Quis precibus 
captivorum resistere potest? 7. Proelid factd, pauci super- 
fuérunt. 8. Ndnne manis servi fallacis vinculis vincire 
potes? 9. Dux barbarus qui nunc oppid6 praeést nintium 

274 





EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES 


ad Caesarem dé pace mittere ndn poterit. 10. Ponte in 
flimine facto ut reliquas cOpids sequi posset, Galba exer- 
citum tradixit. 

712. 1. I am able to tell the truth without shame. 2. 
He made so great a bridge that the whole army was able 
to cross in one day. 3. Those who were present praised the 
oration of Cicero. 4. Because those who were in charge of 
the town were unwilling to close the gates our men were able 
to break in quickly. 5. Sometimes words fail an orator. 


XLV. EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES 

713. Your work so far with the derivation of English 
words from Latin words has been devoted especially to 
explaining the meanings of words by separating prefixes 
(prepositions) from root words. Before finishing this part 
of the work you should know something of the various 
suffixes that appear in Latin and later in English and be 
able to tell what they mean. 


Some Common Suffixes 

714. A. Many Latin words end in -tor (masc.) and -trix 
(fem.), which indicate agency. Victor, one who conquers 
(masc.); victrix, one who conquers (fem.); administrator, 
one who manages (masc.); administratrix, one who manages 
(fem.). Similarly, pastor, réctor, ciradtor, executrix. 

B. Many Latin words end in -men, which indicates the 
thing accomplished: li-men, the result of the sun’s shining, 
carmen, the result of the poet’s singing; a4gmen limen. 

C. Many Abstract words are formed in Latin by the end- 
ings -tia, -tas, and -tid6, denoting qualities and conditions. 

275 


APPLIED LATIN 


amicitia, friendliness; civitas, the state; latitid6, breadth. 
D. The Endings of many adjectives mean pertaining to 
or connected with. Examples: 


R6m-anus connected with Rome, Roman. 


milit-aris mt the soldier, military. 
fer-tilis i “*  feré, to bear, fertile. 
eques-ter es “ a knight, equestrian. 
loqu-ax . * loquor, to speak, full of talk. 
fac-ilis “*  facié, to do, easy, do-able. 
aur-eus : “ aurum, gold, golden. 


When trying to make out the meanings of adjectives 
separate the verb or noun from the suffix and then use 
the ordinary English adjective which is based on the mean- 
ing of the root word, as: Publi-cus (populus, people), public, 
popular; frigi-dus (frigus, cold), cold, frigid. 

715. In English nouns, agency is indicated by the suffixes 
-er Or -or; as, carrier, conductor. Abstract nouns have the 
suffixes -ness; as, goodness, fulness: -ship; as, apprentice- 
ship; -hood, as childhood; and -dom, as freedom. Adjec- 
tives have many suffixes, all meaning pertaining to; as 
waxen, harmful, stormy. 

716. WorpD Stupy.—Examine the word lists at the end of 
this book, Topic LIII, for words with suffixes. Collect some 
representative examples of each kind. 

Quiz.—What is a suffix? What Latin suffixes denote 
agency; result of action? Why is pertaining to a compre- 
hensive meaning for adjectival suffixes? Can you name any 
more suffixes common in English nouns or adjectives? 
Consider -ist, -age, -ance, -y, -ure, -ent, -ous. 

Pick out the Latin derivatives in the following extract: 

; 276 


EXERCISES IN DERIVATIVES. SUFFIXES 


717. Mr. Attorney-General had to inform the jury that 
the prisoner before them, though young in years, was old 
in treasonable practices, which claimed the forfeit of his 
life. That this correspondence with the public enemy had 
been continuous. That it was certain the prisoner had been 
in the habit of passing and repassing between France and 
England, on secret business of which he could give no 
honest account. That if it were not in the nature of traitor- 
ous ways to thrive, the real wickedness and guilt of his ways 
might have remained undiscovered. That Providence, how- 
ever, had put it into the heart of a person who was beyond 
fear and beyond reproach, to ferret out the nature of the 
prisoner’s schemes and, struck with horror, to disclose them 
to his Majesty’s Chief Secretary of State and most honor- 
able Privy Council. That this patriot would be produced 
before them. That his position and attitude were on the 
whole sublime. That he had been the prisoner’s friend, but 
at once in an auspicious and an evil hour detecting his in- 
famy, had resolved to immolate the traitor he could no 
longer cherish in his bosom on the sacred altar of his coun- 
try. That, if statues were decreed in Britain, as in ancient 
Greece and Rome, to public benefactors, this shining citizen 
would assuredly have had one. That virtue, as had been 
observed by the poets, was in a manner contagious; more 
especially the bright virtue known as patriotism. That the 
lofty example of this immaculate and unimpeachable wit- 
ness for the crown had communicated itself to the prisoner’s 
servant and had engendered in him a holy determination 

277 


APPLIED LATIN 


to examine his master’s table drawers and pockets and 
secrete his papers.—DIcKENs’ “ Tale of Two Cities.”’ 


XLVI. THE SUBJECT. CONSTRUCTIONS THAT RE- 
PLACE A NOUN AS SUBJECT. INFINITIVE. 
NOUN CLAUSE 


718. In the preceding paragraphs of this book you have 
met with sentences in Latin which have followed the ordi- 
nary sentence structure, that is, noun, subject, noun, object, 
and verb with adverbial modifiers. If in actual speech or 
writing sentences should follow this form exactly, every 
sentence would be like every other sentence. Reading or 
speaking would be very monotonous. To guard against this 
eternal.sameness the Latins often used an infinitive or a 
clause in place of a noun as either the subject or the object 
of a verb. In the following pages we shall take up some of 
these variations of the subject and the object. 


The Infinitive as Subject, with Sum 

719. In Paragraph 572 you learned that the Infinitive is 
partly a noun and partly a verb. Asa noun the infinitive may 
be used as the subject of a sentence, especially with the verb 
sum. This is true both in Latin and in English. Examine 
these English sentences: 
1. To see is to believe. 2. To see the sun is pleasant. 

In the first sentence /o see is an infinitive used as the sub- 
ject of the verb which is a part of the verb fo be. To believe 
is an infinitive used as a predicate noun. In the second sen- 
tence to see the sun is the complete subject of the verb is. In 


this case the words the sun compose the direct object of the 
278 


THE SUBJECT 


Infinitive. The object of an infinitive stands in the accu- 
sative case, unless the verb requires some case other than 
the accusative for its object. 
720. Compose some English sentences in which the infini- 
tive, with and without an object, is used as the subject. 
721. Examine these Latin sentences: 


1. Vidére est crédere. To see is to believe. 
2. Sdlem vidére bonum est. To see the sun.ts good. 


From these sentences you see that the infinitive may be 
used in place of a noun as subject, in Latin as it is in English. 

722. RULE.—Infinitive as Subject.—The Infinitive with 
or without a subject or object may be used as the subject of a 
verb, especially the verb sum. 


The Infinitive as Subject of Impersonal Verbs 


723. The verb sum as used in the preceding Paragraph is 
an Impersonal Verb, but the name impersonal is usually 
restricted to a certain class of verbs which occur only in the 
third person singular and always have neuter subjects. 
‘Such verbs are called impersonal because they have neuter 

(impersonal) subjects. The infinitive or a clause, because 
neuter in gender, is often the subject of such neuter verbs. 

724. The following impersonal verbs commonly take the 
infinitive or a clause as the subject: 


licet, licére, licuit (licitum est), 7 is permitted (dat.). 


oportet, oportére, oportuit, it 1s necessary. 
decet, decére, decuit, it is fitting. 
praestat, praestare, praestitit, it 1s better. 
constat, cénstare, cénstitit, it 1s agreed. 
libet, libére, libuit, it suits (dat.). 


placet, placére, _placuit (placitum est), it is pleasing (dat.). 
"279 


APPLIED LATIN 


725. Learn the conjugation of the impersonal verb licet 
given in Paragraph 834. 

As you have noted from the conjugation of licet these 
verbs have but one form, the third person singular, of each 
tense. When these verbs have a subject expressed it is 
regularly an infinitive either present or perfect. 

726. For practice translate the following forms: 

Licet, oportébat, cdnstitit, libére, placuit, praestabit. 


A Clause as Subject of Impersonal Verbs 
727. The following verbs usually take a clause intro- 
duced by ut, that, with the subjunctive present or imperfect 
as their subjects. 


additur and accédit, zt zs added. accidit, 2t happens. 
restat, 7t remains. contingit, 7t happens. 
fit, it happens. sequitur, i/ follows. 


728. RULE.—The Infinitive or a Clause as Subject.— 
Many impersonal verbs take the infinitive or a clause as their 
subjects. 


729. Translate: 1. Eadem nocte accidit ut lina esset 
pléna. 2. Nobis sine maleficid iter per prdvinciam facere’ 
liceat. 3. Caesarem satis friimenti ad exercitum mittere 
oportébit. 4. Patriam amare omnés civés optimés decet. 
5. Gall6rum quam ROmanG6rum servitiitem perferre praestat. 
6. Nobis ad castra ire libet neque hanc occdsidnem negoti 
bene gerendi amittere. 7. Plirimas navés in illum locum 
ubi Caesarem primum bellum gestiirum esse cdnstabat 
celeriter coégérunt. 8. Sequitur ut collés et flimina huius 
terrae tibimdnstrem. 9. Contigit ut ill6 dié 4 senatii abessem. 
10. Quam ob rem factum est ut bellum in Gallia gererétur. 

730. 1. It is now possible for me to lead my horse to the 

280 ° 


THE OBJECT 


bridge. 2. It will be necessary for us to (we must) make 
peace. 3. On the same day it happened that the sun shone 
with clear light. 4. It happened that Caesar was at Rome 
on that day. 5. It is agreed that the enemy will betake 
themselves home. 


TRANSLATION. ‘THE CREATION OF THE WORLD 

731. Caelum et terram intra sex diés Deus creavit. 
Prim6 dié liicem fécit. Secundé6 dié fécit firmamentum, quod 
caelum vocavit. Tertid dié aquas in inum locum coégit 
et é terra plantas et arborés édiixit. Quartd dié sdlem et 
linam et stellas fécit. Quint6 dié avés quae volitant in 
Aére, et piscés qui natant in aquis; sextd dié omnia ani- 
mantia, postrémd hominem fécit; et dié septimd quiévit. 

For unfamiliar words in the translation exercises consult 
the general vocabulary. 

XLVII. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY 

THE GENITIVE IN LATIN 

732. The regular case of the direct object of a verb is the 
accusative. This is true both in English and in Latin. In 
English there are few, if any, exceptions to this rule. In 
Latin some verbs, which in English govern an accusative 
as object, may be followed by some other case. In Latina 
genitive, dative, or ablative may replace an English accu- 


sative. 
Latin Verbs that take a Genitive 
733. A. Verbs of Memory or Forgetfulness. 


memini, meminisse, ; to keepin mind remember. 
obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus sum, ¢o forget. 


Memini is a defective verb; that is, only a few of its forms 
281 





APPLIED LATIN 


exist. Memini, though perfect tense in appearance, is used 
as a present; thus, memini means J remember, memineram, 
I was remembering, etc. 

734. Examine these sentences: 

1. Cicerdnis memini. J keep Cicero in mind, I remember 


Cicero. 
2. Initriarum omnium obliviscor. J forget all injuries. 


735. B. Impersonal Verbs. 


pudet, pudére, puduit, it shames. 
piget, pigére, piguit, it grieves. 
paenitet, paenitére, paenituit, it repents. 
taedet, taedére, taeduit, it bores. 
miseret, miserére, miseruit, it pities. 


736. Examine these sentences: 
1. Tuaérum rérum mémiseret. I pity your affairs (it pities 


me of your affairs). 
2. Suisceleris sé paenitébit. He will repent his wickedness. 


Each of these verbs is impersonal. They are accompanied 
by an accusative of the person who feels the emotion indicated 
by the verb, and the genitive of the cause of the emotion. 


Latin Adjectives followed by the Genitive 
737. In like manner there are some Latin adjectives 


which are followed by an objective genitive. 


plénus, -a, -um, full of. inscius, -a, -um, unconscious of. 
particeps, participis, sharing in. memor, memoris, mindful of. 
peritus, -a, -um, skilled in. oblitus, -a, -um, forgetful of. 
imperitus, -a, -um, unskilled in. expers, expertis, devoid of. 
cupidus, -a, -um, desirous of. avidus, -a, -um, desirous of. 


738. Translate: 1. Omnés gentés antiquarum inidriarum 
meminerint. 2. Calamitatis reipiblicae oblivisci nén pos- 
sum. 3. Galba peritissimus rei militaris erat. 4. Mé sceleris 
niper facti paenitet. 5. Omnés carri qui nunc in ila via 

282 


THE OBJECT 


manent pléni frimenti sunt. 6. Mé scelerum nonnumquam 
pudet. 7. Dum nds inter hés civés manébimus cdnsuétidi- 
num edrum memorés simus. 8. ROmani praeter omnés 
gentés avidi laudis fuérunt. 9. Numquam mé amicitiae 
tuae paenitébit. 10. Verbdrum huius cdnsulis mé semper 
taedet. 

739. 1. I will remember the words of the leader for many 
years. 2. I am disgusted with the story. 3. We do not 
praise leaders who are unskilled in military affairs. 4. In 
the spring the rivers are full of water. 5. We pity your grief. 

TRANSLATION. JOSEPH AND His BRETHREN 

740. Iacobus habuit duodecim filids, inter qués erat 
Iosephus. Hunc pater prae céteris amabat, quod senex 
eum genuerat. Illi togam textam é filis varii coloris dederat. 
(Quam ob causam Iosephus erat suis fratribus invisus, prae- 
sertim postquam eis duplex somnium narravit, quo futira 
elus magnitid6 portendébatur. Illum tantopere Gderant ut 
eum amicé loqui nén possent. Haec porrd erant Iosephi 


9 


somnia. “Ligabamus,” inquit, “simul manipulds in agro. 
Ecce manipulus meus surgébat et réctus stabat. Vestri 
autem manipuli circumstantés meum venerabantur. Postea 
in somnis sdlem, linam, et indecim stellas mé adorantés 
vidi.” Fratrés igitur ei invidébant, et pater rem tacitus con- 
siderabat. Quddam dié cum fratrés Iosephi gregés procul 
pascerent, ipse domi remanserat. Iacobus eum ad fratrés 
misit. Quilosephum venientem videntés cénsilium illius 
occidendi cépérunt. ‘Ecce,’ dicébant, ‘“‘somniator venit. 
Occidamus illum et in puteum proiciamus. Dicémus patri, 


999 


‘fera dévoravit Iosephum. 
283 


APPLIED LATIN 


XLVIII. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY 
THE DATIVE IN LATIN 


741. Many verbs in Latin are followed by the dative, 
which in English are followed by an accusative. 


Consider these examples: 

1. I envy the successful general. 

2. He pardoned the offenders without exacting any 
penalty. 

3. The army threatened the fortified town. 


In each of these sentences the English verb is followed by 
the accusative case. If, however, you will consider what is 
meant by the verb, you will see that the direct object ts really 
included in the verb itself. What appears in English as the 
direct object is in reality the indirect object. 

“T envy the general,” means I feel envy for the general. 

“He pardoned the offenders,” means he gave pardon to the 
offenders. | 

“The army threatened the town,” means the army made a 
threat to the town. 

Thus you see why the Latins used the dative after such 
verbs. The commonest verbs which take the. dative are: 


faved (2), to favor. imper6 (1), to command. 
placed (2), to please. pared (2), to obey. ~ 
displiceé (2), to displease. -  resist6 (3), to resist. 
fid6 (3), to trust. repigné (1), to resist. 
diffidd (3), to distrust. invided (2), to envy. 
créd6 (3), éo believe. igndscé (3), to pardon. 
persuaded (2), to persuade. parcé (3), to spare. 
noceé (2), to harm. servi6 (4), to serve. 
studeé (2), to desire. minor (1), ¢o threaten. 


Learn the principal parts of these verbs in the general 


vocabulary. 
284 


THE OBJECT 


742. In like manner certain Latin adjectives are followed 
by the dative. These are: 


acceptus, -a, -um, acceptable aequalis, aequale, equal to. 
to. idéneus, -a, -um, szitable for. 

par, paris, equal to. amicus, -a, -um, friendly to. 

dispar, disparis, unequal to. invisus, -a, -um, hateful to. 


743. Translate: 1. Fortina fortibus favet. 2. Quam ob 
rem ei placuit ut ad ducem légatos mitteret. 3. Huic fabulae 
libenter crédidissem si mihi narrata esset. 4. Hostés nobis 
facile nocére ndn possunt. 5. Num haec déna maximé 
accepta Caesari fuérunt? 6. Haec causa his rebus omnibus 
repugnabat quod obses nobilis amicus populo Romano 
erat. 7. Si pacem petent nods his sceleribus igndscémur. 
8. Finitimi nostri nobis inimici sunt et nostrae virtiti 
invident. 9. Légatus cupiditate adductus novis rébus 
studébat. ro. Locum ptignand6 iddneum monstrabant. 

744. 1. We believe the words of our friends. 2. Spare 
those nations which are friendly to your fatherland. 3. 
What commander unskilled in military affairs dares to 
-issue commands to us? 4. No oration can be found equal to 
his courage. 5. The other centurions envied Galba. 


TRANSLATION. JOSEPH SOLD INTO EGYPT 
745. Ruben, qui erat nati maximus fratrés 4 tanto 
scelere déterrébat. ‘‘ Nolite,’’ inquiébat, ‘‘ puerum inter- 
ficere. Est enim frater noster. Démittite eum potius in hanc 


foveam.”’ 


In anim6 habébat Iosephum ex edrum manibus 
liberare et illum extrahere é fovea atque ad patrem redicere. 
His verbis ad mitius consilium déducti sunt. Ubi Iosephus 
ad fratrés suds pervénit el togam détraxérunt qua inditus 
erat et eum in foveam détrisérunt. Deinde cum cénsé- 


dissent ad simendum cibum, cOnspexérunt mercatorés qui 
285 


APPLIED LATIN 


Aegyptum cum camélis varia ardmata portantibus peté- 
bant. Illis in mentem vénit Iosephum illis mercatéribus 
véndere. Qui Iosephum viginti nummis argenteis €mérunt 
eumque in Aegyptum dixérunt. Tunc fratrés Iosephi 
tinxérunt togam eius in sanguine haedi quem occiderant, et 
eam ad patrem cum his verbis misérunt: “‘ Invénimus hanc 
togam.”’ Quam cum agn6visset, pater exclamavit, ‘Toga 
filii mei est. Fera pessima Iosephum dévoravit.’’ Deinde 
vestem scidit. Omnés filii eius convénerant ut dolérem 
patris lénirent sed Iacobus cdnsdlatidnem accipere ndluit 
dixitque, “‘Ego maeréns cum filid med in sepulchrum dé- 
scendam.”’ | 


XLIX. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY TWO 
ACCUSATIVES IN LATIN 


Two Accusatives in Latin and English 
746. Often verbs in both Latin and English are followed 
by two objects, each of which is in the accusative case. 


Examine these English sentences: 

1. They called him king and father of his people. 

2. The American voters elected Mr. Wilson President. 

3. Lappoint you superintendent. 

747. In each of these examples there are two accusatives 
following the verb. Such a construction is common after 
verbs of electing, choosing, calling, nominating, as: 


appellé, appellare, appellavi, appellatus, to call, name. 


creo, creare, creavi, creatus,  o create, elect. 
dicé, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say, appoint. 
noémin6, ndmindre, nédminavi, ndminatus, fo nominate, name. 
facio, facere, féci, factus, to make. 

dicé, dicere, duxi, ductus, to lead, consider. 


habed, habére,  habui, habitus, 0 hold, regard. 
286 ' 


THE OBJECT 


748. RULE.—Two Accusatives.—Two nouns in the accu- 
sative may be used as the objects of verbs meaning to elect, 
choose, call, nominate. 

749. Translate: 1. Caesarem patrem appellémus. 2. 
Cum Galli aliquem régem credvissent, scutd eum sustulé- 
runt. 3. Tine Cicerdnem praetorem nominavisti? 4. Civés 
laeti mé consulem rirsus facient. 5. Quis dratidnés Gal- 
bae €gregias dicit? 

1. I consider you an enemy of the republic. 2. We will 
elect these two men praetors. 3. I was elected king by the 
chieftains of Gaul. 


Two Accusatives. A Noun and an Infinitive 
750. In Paragraph 719 you learned that the infinitive, 
being a noun, could be used as a subject or as a predicate 
noun. The infinitive is also frequently used as an object. 
Study these English sentences: 


1. I order you éo bring (the bringing of) the book. 
2. He forbids them fo leave (the leaving of) the table. 


In each of these examples the infinitive is used as the 
object of the main verb. 

751. These Latin verbs are followed by an object Infini- 
tive with noun subject. 


iubeé,  iubére, idissi, idissus, to order. 

veté, vetare, vetui, vetitus, to forbid. 
patior, pati, passus sum, to permit. 

cégé, cégere, coégi, coactus, to compel, force. 


Examine these Latin sentences: 
1. Iubed té scittum portare. J bid you carry the shield. 
2. Coégit eds obsidés dare. He forced them to give hostages. 


This construction is often called the Object Infinitive. 
287 


APPLIED LATIN 


The nouns té and eds are subjects of the infinitives portare 
and dare. Remember that the subject of an infinitive 
regularly is put in the accusative case. Do not confuse this 
construction with the Complementary Infinitive. The 
Object Infinitive regularly has a subject; the Complemen- 
tary Infinitive has none. 

752. RULE.—Object Infinitive—An infinitive, with sub- 
ject in the accusative, may be used after the verbs mentioned in 
Paragraph 751 as an object. 

753. Translate: 1. Omni spé reditidnis sublata, dux eds 
trium ménsium cibum efferre itissit. 2. Caesar ab opere 
singulds légatds discédere vetuerat. 3. Né eds per nostrés 
finés ire patiamur. 4. Suis moribus captivum ex vinculis 
dicere coégérunt. 5. Oppid6 capt6, Caesar milités praedam 
capere vetuit. 

754. 1. Did you order the citizens to elect this man a 
praetor? 2. The Romans forced the enemy to send messen- 
gers concerning peace. 3. I will not permit you to free this 
slave. 

TRANSLATION. ‘THE BIRTH OF MOSES 

755. Mulier Hebraea filium peperit. Quem cum élegan- 
tem vidéret, servare voluit. Quaré eum tribus ménsibus 
abscondit, sed cum eum diitius occultare n6n posset, fiscel- 
lam scirpeam siimpsit quam bitiimine ac pice linivit. 
Deinde infantulum intus posuit et eum inter arundinés 
ripae fliiminis exposuit. Sécum tinam comitem, sordrem 
pueri, habébat, quam stare procul itissit ut éventum rei 
exploraret. Mox filia Pharadnis ad flimen vénit ut corpus 


ablueret. Fiscellam in arundinibus haerentem prdspéxit 
288 : 


THE OBJECT 


tinmamque é@ famulabus suis illtic misit. Aperta fiscella, 
cernéns parvulum vagientem, illius miserata est. “‘ Iste est,”’ 
inquit, “‘inus ex infantibus Hebraedrum.” Tunc soror 


) 


pueri, accédéns, “‘ Visne,’’ ait, “ ut mulierem Hebraeam 
- accessam quae parvulum nitriat” et matrem vocavit. Cui 
filia Pharadnis puerum alendum promissa mercéde dedit. 
Itaque mater puerum nitrivit et adultum reddidit filiae 
Pharadnis quae illum adoptavit et Mosem, id est, servdtum 
ab aquis nominavit. 

L. THE OBJECT IN ENGLISH EXPRESSED BY THE 

ABLATIVE IN LATIN 
The Ablative after Certain Verbs 

756. A number of verbs which in English are followed by 
the accusative case in Latin govern an ablative. 

Examine these English sentences: 


1. They used the skins of animals for clothes. 
2. We have enjoyed a long period of prosperity. 
3. The barbarians aie all kinds of meat. 


In these sentences the objects of the verbs are in the 
accusative case. In Latin these same verbs are followed by 
the ablative case. 


/ho¥ 
ator, uti, asus sum, to use. 
fruor, _ frui, frictus sum, {0 enjoy. 


fungor, fungi, finctus sum, 0 do one’s duty, perform. 
potior, potiri, potitussum, 0 seize, to get possession of. 
véscor, Véscl, ; to eat. 





758. RuLE.—The Deponent verbs wttor, fruor, fungor, 
potior, véscor, and their compounds are followed by the abla- 


live case. 
19 289 


APPLIED LATIN 


The Ablative after Certain Adjectives 
759. Certain Latin adjectives govern the ablative case. 


dignus, -a, -um, worihy. indignus, -a, -um, wnworthy. 
contentus, -a, -um, conient with. frétus, -a, -um, relying on. 
praeditus, -a, -um, endowed with. 


760. Translate: 1. Galli eddem consilid isi sua oppida . 
aedificiaque omnia incendérunt. 2. Eds qués laude dignés 
dicimus semper laudémus. 3. Si vos libertate contenti 
fuissétis, numquam régem ex aliéna gente creavissétis. 4. 
Omnibus in vita rébus fruuntur ina cum eis quérum sé 
amicitiae dedérunt. 5. Fréti virtiite castellis hostium 
celeriter potiamur. 6. Poétae sunt hominés arte égregia 
fabularum dicendarum praediti. 

761. 1. While we are in the country let us enjoy all the 
flowers. 2. Be content with small things. 3. The inhabi- 
tants of this island used lead and gold. 4. When Galba 
seized a town he forbade the soldiers to injure the towns-. 
people. 


TRANSLATION. CROSSING THE RED SEA 

762. Post paucds diés multitido Hebraedrum ad litus 
maris rubri pervénit ibique castra posuit. Brevi tempore 
régem paenituit quod tot milia hominum dimisisset et 
ingenti exerciti colléct6 eds perseciitus est. Hebraei cum 
vidissent ex tina parte sé mari intercliisds esse, ex altera 
parte Pharadnem cum omnibus cdpiis instare magn6 timore 
correpti sunt. Tunc Deus Mosi: ‘“ Prdtende,’’ inquit, 
‘“‘ dexteram tuam in mare et divide aquas ut illae Hebraeis 
gradientibus iter siccum praebeant.” Fécit Moses quod 
iusserat Deus. Cum manum super mare extensam tenéret 


aquae divisae sunt, et intuméscentés hinc et inde pendébant. 
290 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


Flavit etiam ventus veheméns quo alveus exsiccatus est. 
Tunc Hebraei in mare siccum ingressi sunt: Erat enim aqua 
tamquam miurus 4 dextra edrum et laeva. Réx quoque 
Aegyptius Hebraeds gradientés insectitus mare qua patébat 
cum tiniverso exercitt ingredi non dubitavit. Cum Aegyptii 
in medi6 mari prdégrederentur Dominus edrum currts sub- 
vertit et equités dé@iécit. Meti percussi Aegyptii fugere 
coepérunt at Deus Mosi dixit, ‘‘ Extende rirsus dextram 
in mare ut aquae in locum suum revertantur.”’ Paruit Moses 
et statim aquae refluentés Aegyptids et edrum curris et 
equités obruérunt. Universus exercitus Pharadnis in mediis 
fluctibus délétus est nec inus nintius tantae cladis super- 
fuit. 
LI. THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 
A. Clauses of Purpose 

763. In the preceding Paragraphs you have seen that 
certain cases other than the accusative are employed in 
Latin to translate expressions which in English appear 
as the direct object of the verb. In Paragraph 572 you 
found that the infinitive could be used as the subject or the 
object of a verb. These cases are sufficient to show that 
Latin does not follow unvaryingly the normal structure of noun 
(subject), verb (predicate), and noun (object). We must now 
take up some examples of the direct object replaced by a 
clause (noun clause). 


The Object Clause of Purpose 
764. Examine these English sentences: 
1. Ladvise him fo act (that he act) as mediator. 
201 


APPLIED LATIN 


2. Caesar persuades Galba to send (that he send) aid. 
3. Cicero urged Catiline to depart (that he should depart). 


In each of these sentences the part in italics composes a 
Clause. ‘These clauses are noun clauses because they take 
the place of a single noun, as in 1, his acting as mediator, in 
2, the despatch of aid, in 3, Catiline’s departure. If you 
will consider these noun clauses accurately you will see that 
in each case the clause represents something which would 
naturally take place in the future. Object clauses of this 
kind include also an idea of purpose or expectation. They 
are consequently Object Clauses of Purpose. They are 
introduced by the regular purpose particles ut (affirmative) 
and né (negative), and are followed by the present or im- 
perfect subjunctive according to Sequence. | 

765. Object Clauses of Purpose often follow these verbs: 


moned, monére, monui, monitus, to advise, warn 
(ace). 

mando, mandare, mandavi, mandatus, fo enjoin, command 
(dat.). 

hortor, hortari, hortatus sum, to urge (acc.). 

impetro, impetrare, impetravi, impetratus, fo gain a request 
(a (ab) with abl.). 


persuade6, persuaddére, persudsi, persuasus, to persuade (dat.). 
permitt6, permittere, permisi, permissus, fo permit (dat.). 
imper6, imperdre, imperadvi, imperatus, to command (dat.). 


6rd, rare, éravi, ératus, to plead (acc.). 

petd, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek (a (ab) with 
abl.). 

rogo, rogare, rogavi, rogatus, to ask (acc.). 


* These verbs are accompanied by a dative, accusative or 
ablative of the person directly affected. The subjunctive 
mood in the present and imperfect tenses is employed in 


object clauses of purpose as in the ordinary clause of purpose. 
2092 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


766. RULE.—Object clauses of purpose take the present 
and imperfect subjunctive introduced by ut, that (affirmative), 
né, that not (negative). 

767. Translate: 1. Caesar légaétum monuit ut omnés 
centuriOnés 4 legidne discédere vetaret. 2. Huic mand6 ut, 
omnibus rébus visis, ad mé celerrimé revertatur. 3. Gallo 
cuidam persudsum est ut ad hostés transiret. 4. Milités 
longiore Oratidne cohortatus né anim6 perturbarentur proeli 
committendi signum dedit. 5. A finitimis suis impetra- 
vérunt ut per finés obsidés ire paterentur. 6. His expléra- 
toribus imperavit ut omnés civitatés adirent et hortarentur 
ut populi Romani fidem sequerentur. 7. Galli petuntur 
sibi concilium totius Galliae in diem certum vocare liceat. 
8. His militibus permittamus ut oppid6 potiantur. 9. E6 
tempore Oravit né quid Caesar gravius in fratrem statueret. 
10. Cum rogarent ut eius voluntate sibi iter facere licéret 
impetravérunt. 

768. 1. I urge you not to send aid to our enemies. 2. 
Who warned Caesar to fear the consuls at Rome? 3. We 
will order these men to send grain to the city. 4. He asked 
his brother not to lead the cavalry. 5. They sought the 
right to occupy the plain. 


TRANSLATION. THE BIRTH OF SAMSON 

769. Cum Hebraei in potestate Philistaedrum et ab illis 
affligerentur, Samson, futtrus ultor hostium, natus est. Puer — 
crévit; intdnsam habuit barbam.  Incrédibili corporis 
robore fuit. Obvium lednem mani interfécit. 

Samson adultus Philistaeds multis cladibus affécit. Cépit 
trecentas vulpés quaérum caudis accénsas lampadés alligavit 
et in hostium agr6és immisit. Tunc forte messis matira erat; 

293 


APPLIED LATIN 


ita facile incendium fuit. Omnés segetés vineae et oleae 
extistae sunt; nec inimicam gentem varlis incommodis 
vexare déstitit. Traditus Philistaeis ripit vincula quibus 
cOnstrictus erat; et maxilla asini arrepta hoc télo quod 
casus dederat, mille hostium prdéstravit. 

Quddam dié Samson urbem PhilistaeGrum ingressus est, 
ibique pernoctatirus vidébatur. Philistaei occasionem cap- 
tantés portas obserari itissérunt né quis exiret. Per totam 
noctem silentés expectabant ut SamsOnem mane exeuntem 
interficerent. At Samson media nocte surréxit, et ad portam 
urbis vénit quam cum clausam invénisset humeris cum posti- 
bus et seris sustulit atque in verticem montis vicini portavit.. 

Tandem Philistael qui Samsdnem comprehendere non 
potuerant illtus uxdrem peciinia corripérunt ut ea virum 
proderet. Mulier vir6 persuasit ut sibi causam tantae vir- 
tiitis indicaret; et ubi virés scivit eius in capillis sitas 
esse, caput dormientis totondit atque ita eum Philistaeis 
tradidit. Illi effosis oculis vinctum in carcerem déiécérunt 
diique lidibrid habuérunt. Sed spatid temporis crinis 

-accisus créscere et cum crine virtiis redire coepit; iamque 
Samson recepti rdboris cénscius iiistae ultiénis tempus 
opperiébatur. 

Erat Philistaéis mds, cum diés festds agerent, SamsOnem 
prodiicere quasi in pompam piublicam capt que insultare. 
Dié quédam cum publ cum convivium celebrarétur Sam- 
sonem addici iubent. Domus in qué omnis populus et 
principés Philistaedrum epulabantur subnixa erat duabus 
columnis mirae magnitiidinis. Samson adductus inter col- 

204 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


umnas statuitur. Tum ille occésidne iténs columnas con- 
cussit et turba omnis ruina domis obruta est simulque 
Samson ipse cum hostibus ndn inultus occubuit. 

Quiz.—How many words in Paragraph 803 can you ex- 
plain and use? 

B. Clauses of Fearing 

770. Just as there are object clauses after certain verbs 
which express the purpose or intention of the verb, so there 
are noun clauses following verbs and other expressions 
which involve the idea of Fearing. In such an English sen- 
tence as this: We fear (that the enemy may make an attack) 
the part enclosed in the parenthesis, though an entire clause, 
is really the direct object of the verb fear. This whole clause 
could have been expressed by a single noun. For instance, 
what we really feared was a fear, thus, we fear (a fear). If, 
however, any one were to speak thus without telling at the 
same time what his fear was, no one would pay much atten- 
tion to the utterance. Consequently it is necessary always 
to enlarge upon the idea which would be contained in the 
noun fear. From this comes the origin of the object clause 
of fearing. Such a clause being in reality the enlargement 
of a single noun is called a noun clause. 

771. Object Clauses of Fearing follow these Latin verbs: 








timed, timére, timui, to fear. 
vereor, veréri, veritus sum, to fear. 
metud, metuere, metui, : to fear. 


772. Examine these Latin sentences: 
1. Verémur né hostés impetum faciant. 
We fear that the cnemy will make an attack. 
205 





APPLIED LATIN 


2. Verémur ut hostés impetum faciant. 
We fear that the enemy will not make an attack. 





The underscored words in each case compose an Object 
Clause of Fearing. Notice that these clauses are introduced 
by the particles né and ut. In such clauses the word né 
introduces a clause expressing a positive fear; the word ut 
a negative fear. In the other uses of ut and né you have ob- 
served that ut has introduced affirmative statements, né, 
negative. In fearing clauses these words have a reverse sig- 
nification. You may feel some uncertainty about being able 
to tell the difference between the clauses which employ 
ut and né. Always note carefully the verb which precedes 
the clause. The verbs of fearing, vereor, timed, etc., will 
always serve as a signal, a veritable red flag, to prepare you 
for the approach of an object clause of fearing. 

773. RULE.—Object clauses following verbs or other ex- 
pressions of fearing take their verbs in the subjunctive, intro- 
duced by the particles né (affirmative) and ut (negative). The 
tenses of the Subjunctive used follow the regular rule for 
Sequence. 

774. Translate: 1. Vereor né dux suum exercitum trans 
flimen tradiicat. 2. Timébat ut milités iter facerent. 3. 
Quis veritur né obsidés fugiant? 4. Verentur né vulnera 
multa 4 sociis suis accepta sint. 5. Itaque veritus ut oppi- 
dum capi posset Caesar impeti déstitit. 6. Timed né Galba 
milités obsidés interficere itisserit. 7. Metuébat ut aciés in 
locd pignandso id6ned instricta esset. 8. Verébatur ut nds 
légAtds dé pace ad sé mitterémus. 9. Timed ut tibi haec dina 


_ dare possim. 10. Metuébamus né castra ab iis vidérentur. 
296 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


775. 1. I fear that he will command the soldiers to cross 
the river. 2. Who fears that the sun will not shine to-day? 
3. They feared that they would not have sufficient grain. 
4. Having feared that the enemy would flee without a battle 
Caesar ordered his cavalry to hasten. 5. I fear that you 
will not praise my poems. 


TRANSLATION. DAVID AND GOLIATH 

776. Seciitum est bellum cum Philistaeis. Cum aciés in 
conspectii essent, Philistaeus quidam, nomine Goliathus, 
vir mirae magnittdinis, ante drdinés progressus est et Unum 
ex Hebraeis ad singulare certamen saepe prodvocabat. 
Lorica squamata induitur. Ocreds in criribus aereas habé- 
bat; cassis aerea caput eius operiébat et clipeus aereus 
humerds tegébat. Tum Saul magna praemia et filiae nuptias 
el promisit qui provocantis spolia retulisset. At némd 
contra illum exire audébat et Goliathus suam Hebraeis 
ignaviam cum irrist ac lidibrid exprobrabat. David igno- 
minia populi sui commOtus sé sponte ad pignandum obtulit. 
Itaque adductus est ad Saulem qui eius aetate cOnsiderata 
pignae diffidébat. ‘‘ Non poteris,” inquit, “ adoléscentulus 
cum vir6 rdbustissim6 pignare.” Respondit David, “Noli 
timére, O réx. Cum ovés patris mei pascerem leo gregem 
invasit ovemque corripuit. Ego illum persecitus occidi 
et ovem é faucibus illius éripui. Ursum pariter interféci. 
Deus qui mé 4 ledne et ursd défendit mé quoque 4 Philistaed 
ists défendet.” Tum Saul, “ Abi,” inquit, “cum ista 
fidticia Deus té adiuvet.”’ 

Saul ipse sua iuveni arma accomodare voluit. Galeam 

297 


APPLIED LATIN 


capiti eius imposuit, lorica pectus circumtéxit, latus gladio 
accinxit. David ver6é iis impeditus armis quibus non erat 
assuétus vix incédere poterat. Quare onus incommodum 
déposuit. Simpsit autem pedum pastorale quo Uti cdn- 
suéverat et fundam cum quinque lapidibus in sacculd. Sic 
- armatus adversus Philistaeum processit. Accédébat ex 
adverso Goliathus qui viso adoléscente, “‘ Num,’ inquit, 
““mé canem esse putas qui mé cum baculéd adgrediaris?”’ 
Cui David respondit, “‘ Tu venis ad mé cum gladio et hasta 
et cliped, ego autem venid in ndmine Domini exercituum 
quem probris lacessere ausus es.” Tunc lapide funda 
misso, Philistaeum in fronte percussit et humi préstravit 
currénsque suum iacenti gladium détraxit qud caput illi 
praecidit. Ea ré perculsi Philistaei in fugam versi sunt et 
victoriam Hebraeis concessérunt. 

Quiz.—How many words in Paragraphs 804, 805, can you 
explain and use? 

C. Indirect Questions 

777. Look back for a moment to Paragraphs 258-260. 
In those paragraphs you learned to distinguish the [nterrog- 
ative sentence: that is, the sentence which asks a question. 
The particles né, ndnne, num, served then to indicate this 
type of sentence. You had no difficulty in recognizing a 
direct question because of the presence of these words. 
Sometimes it becomes necessary to repeat a question which 
has already been asked. Repeated questions are called 
Indirect Questions. 


Examine these English sentences: 
208 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


1. Mr. Jones to Mr. Smith: ‘ Hello! Smith, what do 
you think of the war?” 

2. Mr. Smith later to Mr. Brown: ‘“ Jones asked me to- 
day what I thought of the war.” 


In the first sentence Mr. Jones put a direct question to 
Mr. Smith; in the second Mr. Smith repeated the question 
indirectly to Mr. Brown. The words “ What I thought of 
the war’? compose an Indirect Question. Notice that in 
English the direct question is followed by a mark of inter- 
rogation, the indirect question merely by a period. An 
indirect question is really a noun clause in that it takes the 
place of a single noun. This will be apparent if you supply 
instead of the clause ‘‘ What I thought of the war’’ the word 
question. 

778. How are you to recognize the noun clause contain- 
ing an indirect question? In the first place indirect ques- 
tions can be recognized by the fact that they are always 
introduced by an interrogative word. The most frequent 


introductory words are: 


quis, quid, who, what. cur, why. 

qui, quae, quod, who, which, what. utrum, whether, an, or. 

qualis, quale, what sort of. sive ... sive, whether... or. 
quantus, -a, -um, how much. si, zf, whether. 

quando, when. num, whether. 


In the second place the nature of the verb upon which the 
indirect question depends is an indication of the kind of 
clause to be expected. Indirect questions usually follow (1) 


verbs which themselves ask a question, as— 
quaer6 quaerere, quaesivi, quaesitus, fo ask (a (ab) with abl.). 
rogo, rogare, rogavi, rogatus, to ask (acc.). 
poscd, pdscere,  popdsci, to demand (a (ab) with abl.). 





299 


APPLIED LATIN 


(2) verbs which mean to consider, deliberate, wonder, as- 
certain, and doubt. With each of these verbs there is an 
idea of interrogation implied. 


cégnésc6é, cdgnéscere, cégnévi, cdgnitus, to know. 
constitué, cdnstituere, constitui, cdnstititus, to determine. 
exspect6, exspectare, exspectavi, exspectatus, fo expect, await. 
intelleg6, intellegere, intelléxi, intelléctus, to understand. 


779. Examine these sentences: 


. I ask what he is doing. Rogo quid faciat. 
. I asked what he was doing. Rogavi quid faceret. 
. I asked what he. had done. Rogavi quid fécisset. 
4. I asked whether he was victorious or was defeated. 
Rogavi utrum vinceret an vincerétur. 








Ww N 








In these sentences notice first that the verb in the indirect 
question is in the subjunctive; second, that the tense of 
the subjunctive used depends upon the regular rule for the 
sequence of tenses ; and third, that the clause is, in each case, 
introduced by an interrogative word. In the fourth sen- 
tence there is an example of the double indirect question. 
In such a sentence there are two interrogative clauses, 
each introduced by an interrogative word, the first by 
utrum (whether), the second by an, or. Two other words 
similarly used are: | 

Sive . . . sive, whether . . . or 

780. RuLEe.—Indirect questions regularly have their verbs 
in the subjunctive mood and their tenses follow the rule for 
the sequence of tenses. 


781. Translate: 1. Rogavi cir mea carmina laudavisset. 
2. Quaer6d unde milités frimentum portaverint. 3. Popd- 
scérunt 4 captivis quantae copiae hostibus essent. 4. Ro- 

300 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


gavimus utrum illi amici an inimici essent. 5. Non scivistis 
' sive exercitus vicisset sive victus esset. 6. Cogndscere volui 
quanto in periculd urbs esset. 7. COnstituere non possum 
num equitatus hodié Romam perveniat. 8. Hostés exspec- 
tabant si nostri hanc paltidem transirent. g. Intellegere 
volumus qualés cOpiae missae sint. 10. Ntintius qui missus 
erat nobis narravit quae rés factae essent. 

782. 1. I do not know whose horse this is. 2. Ask the 
captives from what direction the enemy have come. 3. 
We waited (to see) if the cavalry would cross the marsh. 
4. Let us ask what has been done. 5. He could not deter- 
mine who had taken the gold. 


TRANSLATION. DAVID AND ABSALOM 

783. Absolon, filius Davidis, paternum régnum affec- 
tavit. Multitidine imperita concitaéta adversus patrem 
rebellavit. Id ubi cOgnévit, David excessit Hierosdlyma 
veritus né, si ibi remanéret, Absolon cum exercitii veniéns 
urbem régiam obsidéret, eamque ferrd et igni vastaret. 
Absolon, profect6 patre, Hieros6lymam ingressus est, ibique 
aliquamdiii moratus est; quae rés saliiti Davidi fuit; nam 
interim David cdpias collégit séque ad bellum comparavit. 
Iam aderat Absolon cum exercitii et proelium mox erat 
committendum: Sui comités régi suasérunt né certamini 
interesset. Quapropter David Ioabum suis cdpiis praefécit 
séque in urbem vicinam contulit. Abiéns autem Ioabdé 
céterisque ducibus praecépit, ut Absoloni parcerent sibique 
filium incolumem servarent. 

Acriter utrimque pignatum est: sed Ded favente victoria 


penes Davidem fuit. Terga vertérunt Absoldnis milités é 
301 


APPLIED LATIN 


quibus viginti duo milia cecidérunt. Absolon fugiéns mild 
insidébat. Erat autem prdmisso et déns6d capills. Dum 
praecipiti cursii subter dénsam quercum fertur, coma eius 
ramis implicata est, et ipse suspénsus adhaesit, mil6 in- 
terim praetereunte et cursum pergente. 

Stabat interea David ad portam urbis, expectans éven- 
tum ptignae et maximé dé filii salite sollicitus. Cum 
éventus proeli illi ntintiatus esset, Absoldne interfect6, non 
modo non laetatus est dé victoria sed maximum quoque 
dolérem ex morte filii cépit. Inambulabat in cénaculd 
maeréns, et in has vocés identidem érumpéns: ‘ Fili mi,* 
Absolon, Absolon, fili mi; utinam pr6é té moriar, Absolon, 
fili mi, fili mi, Absolon.”’ 

Quiz.—How many words in Paragraphs 806, 807,can you 
explain and use? 


D. Indirect Statements in English and Latin 

784. In the preceding paragraphs you have seen that the 
direct object in English (a noun in the accusative) may be 
replaced in Latin by other cases and other constructions in 
accordance with the nature of the Latin verb with which 
it is associated. The verb, then, 1s the important word. 
Verbs of fearing took an object clause, verbs of interrogation 
took an indirect question clause, etc. In like manner verbs 
of saying and thinking often take an object clause expressed 
by the accusative and the infinitive in English and in Latin. 

785. A. Examine these English sentences: | 





* Vocative singular of filius meus. 
302 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


. I believe him to be an honest man. 

. We know them to be men of ability. 

. Who thinks that all he hears is true. 

. I perceive that the opinions of men differ. 


BW DN H 


Each of these sentences contains a statement put indi- 
rectly. This construction is called Indirect Discourse. It 
is common after verbs of saying and thinking in English 
and Latin. The accusative and the infinitive compose a 
noun clause. Let us examine this noun clause a little more 
closely. 

Suppose that to-day you were thinking as follows: The 
day will be cloudy. If to-morrow you should wish to repeat 
the thought of to-day, you would say, Yesterday I thought 
the day would be cloudy. The words the day would be cloudy 
are really the direct object of the verb thought. They re- 
place the single noun thought contained in the verb itself. 
Yesterday I thought a thought (that the day would be cloudy). 
Since this construction really replaces a noun it is a noun 
clause. 

786. Construct some sentences containing Indirect state- 
ments (noun clauses) after the verbs to say, think, know, 
perceive. 

787. B. Examine these Latin sentences: 

1. Servus clamat. The slave is shouting. Present Time. 

In direct discourse after a primary tense (pres., fut., or 
fut. perf.) this sentence would be: 


dicit, says 
dicet, | servum clamare. He | will say ae Sayer hi ~ 
dixerit, will have said g 


5°53 


APPLIED LATIN 


After a secondary tense it would be: 


dicébat, was saying 
dixit, servum clamare. He | said jap slave was 
dixerat, had said &- 


2. Servus clamabat. The slave was shouting. Past Time. 

In indirect discourse, after a primary tense, this sen- 
tence would be: dicit (dicet, dixerit) servum clamavisse. 
He says (will say, will have said) that the slave was shouting. 

After a secondary tense it would be: dicébat (dixit, 
dixerat) servum clamavisse. He was saying (said, had said) 
that the slave was shouting. 

3. Servus clamabit. The slave will shout. Future Time. 

In indirect discourse, after a primary tense, this sentence 
would be: dicit (dicet, dixerit) servum clamatirum esse. 
He says (will say, will have said) that the slave will shout. 

After a secondary tense it would be: dicébat (dixit, 
dixerat) servum clamatirum esse. He was saying (said, 
had said) that the slave would shout. 

From these sentences you see that the tense of the infinitive 
in Indirect discourse 1s the same as the tense of the main verb 
used in the direct statement; present, if the direct statement was 
in present time; perfect, if it was in past time; future, if it was 
in future time. To determine what tense of the infinitive 
to use be sure to turn the indirect statement back to its 
direct form. Then use the tense of the infinitive which re- 
produces the time (present, past, or future) of the original 
direct statement. 

_ 788. RuLE.—Indirect Discourse.—A/fter verbs of saying 
and thinking a quoted statement is put in the infinitive with 
304 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


subject in the accusative. The tense of the infinitive is present, 
perfect, or future according to the time, present, past, or future, 
in which the direct statement was made. The subject must al- 
ways be ex pressed. 

If the subject of the indirect discourse infinitive is the same 
as the subject of the verb of saying, the reflexive pronouns mé, 
té, sé, nds, vs, sé must be used as the subject of the infinitive. 


1. Dic6 mé aquam vidére. I say that I see the water. 
2. Dixit sé aquam vidére. He says that he sees the water. 


If the subject of the infinitive is a person other than the 
subject of the verb of saying, eum or illum (not mé, té, sé, 
etc.), should be used to show the contrast. Servus dicit 
eum aquam vidére. The slave says that he (someone not the 
slave) sees the water. 

If the original direct statement contained a verb in the 
passive voice the tense of the passive infinitive indicated by 
the time of the verb of the direct statement must be used. 

789. The commonest verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, 
perceiving, in Latin are: 


dicé, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say. 
scid, scire, scivi, scitus, to know. 
puto, putare, putavi, putatus, to think. 
sentié, sentire, sénsi, sénsus, to perceive. 


Other verbs followed by the same construction are: 


arbitror, arbitrari, arbitratus sum, to think. 
nuintid, nintiare, nintiavi, nuntiatus, 0 announce. 
nego, negare, negavi, negatus, to deny. 
responded, respondére, respondi, responsus, toreply. 
existim6, | existimare, existimavi, existimatus, fo think. 
cognosco, cdgnoscere, cOgnovi, cognitus, to learn. 
audio, audire, audivi, auditus, to hear. 
vided, vidére, vidi, visus, to see. 
intelleg6, intellegere, intelléxi, intelléctus, to understand. 


20 305 


APPLIED LATIN 


790. Translate: 1. Dicimus nds ventirés esse. 2. N6nne 
scivisti hostés prdfiigisse? 3. Arbitramur haec carmina 
optima esse. 4. Niintius, cum Galbam montem cépisse re- 
spondisset, abiit. 5. Omnés conclamavérunt cum temp- 
lum 6rnatum esse audivissent. 6. N6n negavi dratidnem 
illo dié habitam esse. 7. Cum intelléxissent Caesarem in 
Italiam profectum esse hostés domum sé recépérunt. 8. 
Put6 mé iter per hanc provinciam factiirum esse. 9. Num 
dixit sé cor6nam Caesari dare voluisse? 10. Sentid omnés 
civés libertatem amare. 

791. 1. Did you not know that you were in great peril? 
2. They thought that the town had been taken. 3. We hear 
that Galba has crossed the river. 4. Who replied that 
Caesar had a crown? 5. Did you say that the enemy would 
set out early in the morning? — 


TRANSLATION. ‘THE JUDGMENT OF SOLOMON 


792. Duae mulierés in eadem dom6 habitabant. Utraque 
eddem tempore puerum peperit. Unus ex his puerulis post 
diem tertium nocte mortuus est. Mater puerum alterius 
mulieris dormientis subripuit et in huius locd filium suum 
mortuum supposuit. Orta inter duds mulierés gravi alter- 
catidne, rés ad Soloménem délata est. Difficilis erat atque 
perobsctira quaestiG, cum niillus téstis esset. Réx autem ut 
exploraret latentem véritatem, ‘‘ Dividatur,” inquit, ‘‘ puer 
dé quo contréversia est, et pars tina tini mulieri, altera 
alterI détur.”” Itdicid assénsit falsa mater, altera vérd ex- 
clamavit, “‘ Noli,’ quaesd, “‘ puerum occidere, O Réx. Ista 
totum habeat.”” Tum réx ait, ‘“Rés est manifésta. Haec 
véré est mater pueri.”’ Et huic illum adiidicavit. 

306 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


Quiz.—How many words in Paragraphs 808, 809, can you 
explain and use? 


E. Dependent Clauses in Indirect Statements 

793. In the preceding paragraphs you learned that the 
infinitive (with subject accusative) is used as the direct 
object of verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, and perceiving. 
When a Simple or a Compound sentence is to be transferred 
from the direct to the indirect discourse this construction 
is not difficult. If, however, the direct statement is a Com- 
plex sentence (one containing dependent clauses), trans- 
ference is a little troublesome because the form which the 
dependent clause will take in the indirect statement is 
affected by the rule for sequence of tenses. 

794. A. Examine this English sentence: 

The men, who are defending the town, are brave. 

If this is to be put into indirect discourse following a 
primary tense its form would be: Caesar says that the men 
who are defending the town, are brave. 

After a secondary tense it would be: Caesar said that the 
men who were defending the town, were brave. 

In the first sentence both the tenses of the infinitive and 
the dependent verb are the same as they were in the direct 
statement. In the second sentence both the infinitive and 
the dependent verb change to past tenses because of the 
time of the main verb. In English, then, after secondary 
tenses one has to be very careful to maintain the correct sequence. 

795. Compose some sentences in direct discourse in 

397 


APPLIED LATIN 


English and change them to the indirect discourse after 
both primary and secondary tenses. 

796. B. The same situation arises in Latin in connection 
with the translation of complex sentences. Examine the 
following Latin sentences: 


Direct 
1. Viri qui oppidum défendunt fortés sunt. 
The men who are defending the town are brave. 


Indirect 

2. Caesar dicit virds qui oppidum défendant fortés esse. 

Caesar says that the men who are defending the town are 
brave. 

3. Caesar dixit virds qui oppidum défenderent fortés esse. 

Caesar said that the men who were defending the town were 
brave. 

797. In Indirect discourse after a primary tense the verb 
of the dependent clause is put in the subjunctive mood in 
the present or perfect tense. If the infinitive of the indirect 
discourse, even after a primary tense, is perfect, the depen- 
dent verb is put in the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 

In Indirect discourse after a secondary tense the verb of 
the dependent clause is put into the subjunctive imperfect 
or pluperfect. C/. sentence 3, {[796. 

798. RULE.—Dependent clauses in Indirect discourse 
regularly take their verbs in the subjunctive. If both the verb 
of saying and the infinitive are primary tenses, the verb of the 


dependent clause will be in the present or the perfect sub- 
308 


THE OBJECT. NOUN CLAUSES 


junctive. If either the verb of saying or the infinitive is a 
secondary tense, the verb of the dependent clause will be in the 
imperfect or the pluperfect subjunctive. 


799. Translate: 1. Dicit montem quem 4 Galba occu- 
pari voluerit ab hostibus tenéri. 2. Arbitrati sunt illds 
qui montem occup4vissent mansiros esse. 3. Caesar negat 
sé expulisse Gallds qui ea loca incolerent. 4. Caesar negat 
sé expellere Gallos quiea loca incolant. 5. Caesar negavit sé 
expulsirum esse Gallds qui ea loca incolerent. 6. Galli 
putavérunt principés, quod intellegerent quantam calami- 
tatam civitati intulissent, in Britanniam profiigisse. 7. 
Nunc vided nillum subsidium fuisse quod submitti posset. 
8. Hostés dixérunt sé ex hominum milibus LX vix ad quin- 
gentds qui arma ferre possent redactds esse. 9g. Caesar 
dixit sé id quod antea fécisset factirum esse. 10. Cogno- 
vimus hostés agr6s qu6s armis possédissent tenére voluisse. 

800. 1. Galba thinks that the soldiers who have occupied 
the mountain are brave. 2. I perceive that the slaves fled 
because they were severely punished. 3. They heard that 
the enemy would cross the bridge which had recently been 
made. 4. I deny that I praised the oration which was de- 
livered by Cicero. 5. Who thought that the townspeople 
would seek peace after the town had been taken? 


TRANSLATION. JOSHUA STOPS THE SUN 


801. Régés conitinctis viribus prdgressi sunt adversus 
Hebraeds. At Deus dixit “‘ Josue; ndli timére eds; tua erit 
victoria.”’ Iosue igitur magn6 impetii illds adortus est; qui 
subita formidine correpti figérunt. Cum autem diés in 
vesperum inclinaret, ré nondum confecta, Iosue itissit sdlem 
consistere et vers stetit sdl et diem prddiixit ddnec hostium 
exercitus délétus fuisset. 

309 


APPLIED LATIN 


Quiz.—How many words in Paragraph 810 can you ex- 
plain and use? } 


LII. SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION 


CAESAR. GALLIC WAR. Booxk I, CHAPTERS 1-8 


802. 1. Gallia est omnis divisa in partés trés; quarum 
tinam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam qui ipsdrum 
lingua Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. Hi omnés lingua, 
instititis, légibus inter sé differunt. Gallds ab Aquitanis 
Garumna flimen, 4 Belgis Matrona et Séquana dividit. 

Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea quod 4 
culti atque himanitate provinciae longissimé absunt, mini- 
méque ad eds mercatorés saepe commeant atque ea quae 
ad efféminandGs animos pertinent important; proximique 
sunt Germanis qui trans Rhénum incolunt, quibuscum con- 
tinenter bellum gerunt. Qua dé causa Helvétii quoque 
reliqués Gallés virtite praecédunt, quod feré cotidianis 
proeliis cum Germanis contendunt, cum aut suis finibus eds 
prohibent aut ipsi in edrum finibus bellum gerunt. 

Eérum ina pars, quam Gallds obtinére dictum est, ini- 
tium capit 4 flimine Rhodan6; continétur Garumna flimine, 
Oceané, finibus Belgarum; attingit etiam ab Séquanis et 
Helvétiis flimen Rhénum; vergit ad septentridnés. Belgae 
ab extrémis Galliae finibus oriuntur; pertinent ad inferid- 
rem partem fliminis Rhéni; spectant in septentridnem et 
orientem sdlem. Aquitania 4 Garumna flimine ad Pyré- 
naeds montés et eam partem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam 


pertinent; spectat inter occdsum sdlis et septentridnés. 
310 


‘WOAO. NVNOY AHL JO MAA 








SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION 


2. Apud Helvétids longé nobilissimus fuit et ditissimus 
Orgetorix. Is, M. Messala et M. Pisdne consulibus, régni 
cupiditate inductus coniiirationem nobilitatis fécit, et civi- 
tati persudsit ut dé finibus suis cum omnibus c6piis exirent: 
perfacile esse, cum virtiite omnibus praestarent, tdtius 
Galliae imperio potiri. 

Id hoc facilius eis persuasit, quod undique loci natira 
Helvétii continentur: ina ex parte flimine Rhén6 latissim6 
atque altissim6, qui agrum Helvétium 4 Germ§anis dividit; 
altera ex parte monte [ura altissimG, qui est inter Séquands 
et Helvétids; tertid, lacti Lemanné et flimine Rhodané, qui 
prévinciam nostram ab Helvétiis dividit. 

His rébus fiébat ut et minus laté vagadrentur et minus 
facile finitimis bellum inferre possent; qua ex parte hominés 
bellandi cupidi magn6 dolore adficiébantur. Pr6é multiti- 
dine autem hominum et pro gloria belli atque fortitidinis, 
angustos sé finés habére arbitrabantur, qui in longitiidinem 
milia passuum CCXL, in latitidinem CLX XX patébant. 

3. His rébus adducti et auctdritate Orgetorigis permdti 
constituérunt ea quae ad proficiscendum pertinerent compa- 
rare, iiment6rum et carrdrum quam maximum numerum 
coemere, sémentés quam maxims facere, ut in itinere copia 
frimenti suppeteret, cum proximis civitatibus pacem et 
amicitiam cdnfirmare. Ad eas rés conficiendés biennium 
sibi satis esse diixérunt; in tertium annum profectionem 
lége confirmant. | 

Ad eas rés conficiendis Orgetorix déligitur. Is sibi léga- 
tidnem ad civitatés suscépit. In ed itinere persuadet Casticd, 
: 311 


APPLIED LATIN 


Catamantaloedis filis, Séquand, cuius pater régnum in 
Séquanis multds annds obtinuerat et 4 senatii populi 
Romani amicus appellatus erat, ut régnum in civitate sua 
occuparet, quod pater ante habuerat; itemque Dumnorigi 
Haedu6, fratri Diviciaci, qui ed tempore principatum in civi- 
tate obtinébat ac maximé plébi acceptus erat, ut idem c6na- 
rétur persuadet, eique filiaam suam in matrimGdnium dat. 

Perfacile factti esse illis probat conata perficere, propterea 
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtentirus esset; ndn 
esse dubium quin totius Galliae plirimum Helvétii possent; 
sé suis cOplis sudque exerciti illis régna conciliatirum cdn- 
firmat. Hac 6ratidne adducti inter sé fidem et itis iirandum 
dant et régnd occupatd per trés potentissimGés ac firmis- 
sim6s populds tdtius Galliae sésé potiri posse spérant. 

4, Ea rés est Helvétiis per indicium énintiata. Moribus 
suis Orgetorigem ex vinculis causam dicere coégérunt; 
damnatum poenam sequi oportébat, ut igni cremarétur. 
Dié cOnstitiita causae dictidnis Orgetorix ad itdicium 
omnem suam familiam, ad hominum milia decem, undique 
coégit, et omnés clientés obaeratdsque suds, quorum mag- 
num numerum habébat, eddem condtixit; per eds, né 
causam diceret, sé Gripuit. Cum civitas ob eam rem incitata 
armis iis suum exsequi cOnarétur, multitidinemque homi- 
num ex agris magistratiis cOgerent, Orgetorix mortuus est; 
neque abest suspicio, ut Helvétii arbitrantur, quin ipse sibi 
mortem cOnsciverit. 

5. Post eius mortem nihil6 minus Helvétii id quod 


coOnstituerant facere coOnantur, ut é finibus suis exeant. 
312 


SELECTION FOR TRANSLATION 


Ubi iam sé ad eam rem paratés esse arbitrati sunt, oppida 
sua omnia, numero ad duodecim, vicds ad quadringentés, 
reliqua privata aedificia incendunt; frimentum omne, 
praeter quod sécum portatiri erant, combtrunt, ut, domum 
reditidnis spé sublata, paratidrés ad omnia pericula sub- 
eunda essent; trium ménsium molita cibaria sibi quemque 
dom6 efferreiubent. Persuadent Rauracis et Tulingis et Lato- 
brigis, finitimis, uti eodem isi consilid, oppidis suis vicisque 
extstis, tina cum eis proficiscantur; Boidsque, qui trans 
Rhénum incoluerant et in agrum Noricum transierant N6ré- 
jamque oppignaverant, receptés ad sé socids sibi adsciscunt. 

6. Erant omnin6 itinera duo quibus itineribus dom6 
exire possent: tinum per Séquands, angustum et difficile, 
inter montem Iiram et flimen Rhodanum, vix qua singuli 
carri diicerentur; m6ns autem altissimus impendébat, ut 
facile perpauci prohibére possent: alterum per provinciam 
nostram, mult6 facilius atque expeditius, propteread quod 
inter finés Helvétidrum et Allobrogum, qui niiper pacati 
erant, Rhodanus fluit, isque ndn nillis locis vad6 transitur. 
Extrémum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque Helvé- 
tidrum finibus Genava. 

Ex ed oppidd pons ad Helvétids pertinet. Allobrogibus 
sésé vel persuadsiirds (quod ndndum bond animé in populum 
Rdmanum vidérentur) existimabant, vel vi codctirds ut 
per suds finés eds ire paterentur. Omnibus rébus ad pro- 
fectisnem comparatis diem dicunt qua dié ad ripam Rho- 
dani omnés conveniant. Is diés erat a. d. v. Kal. Apr., L. 
Pisodne, A. Gabinio consulibus. 

373 





APPLIED LATIN 


7. Caesari cum id niintiatum esset eds per prévinciam 
nostram iter facere cOnari, matirat ab urbe proficisci, et 
quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam ilteridrem con- 
tendit et ad Genivam pervenit. Prédvinciae t6ti quam 
maximum potest militum numerum imperat (erat omnin6 
in Gallia ilteridre legid tina), pontem qui erat ad Genaévam 
iubet rescindi. 

Ubi dé eius adventii Helvétii certidrés facti sunt, légatds 
ad eum mittunt nodbilissimés civitatis, cuius légatidnis 
Namméius et Verucloetius principem locum obtinébant, qui 
dicerent, ‘‘sibi esse in anim6 sine all6 maleficid iter per pré- 
vinciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter habérent nillum; . 
rogare ut elus voluntate id sibi facere liceat.”’ 

Caesar, quod memoria tenébat L. Cassium cdnsulem 
occisum exercitumque eius ab Helvétiis pulsum et sub iugum 
missum, concédendum non putabat; neque hominés inimicé 
anim, data facultate per pr6vinciam itineris faciendi, tem- 
peratirds ab initria et maleficid existimabat. Tamen, ut 
spatium intercédere posset dum milités quds imperaverat 
convenirent, légatis respondit sé ad diem déliberandum 
simptirum; si quid vellent, ad Id. Apr. reverterentur. 

8. Interea ea legidne quam sécum habébat militibusque 
qui ex provincia convénerant, 4 lacii LemannG, qui in flimen 
Rhodanum influit, ad montem Iiram, qui finés Sequanorum 
ab Helvétiis dividit, milia passuum decem novem mirum 
in altitiidinem pedum sédecim fossamque perdicit. E6 
opere ‘perfect6 praesidia disp6nit, castella commiinit, qué 
facilius, si sé invit6 transire cOnarentur, prohibére posset. 

314 


LATIN DERIVATIVES 


Ubi ea diés quam cOnstituerat cum légatis vénit, et légati 
ad eum revertérunt, negat sé more et exempl6 populi Romani 
posse iter alli per pr6vinciam dare; et, si vim facere cénentur, 
prohibitirum ostendit. Helvétii, ea spé déiecti, navibus 
itnctis ratibusque compliribus factis, alii vadis Rhodani, qua 
minima altitid6 fliminis erat, nonnumquam interdii, saepius 
noctii, si perrumpere possent cdnati, operis miinitione et 


militum concursii et télis repulsi, h6c cOnati déstitérunt. 


LIII. LATIN DERIVATIVES USED IN MODERN STUDIES 


AND BUSINESS 


803. A. CIVICS 
government committee patriotism privilege 
family treaty pension exemption 
tribe appointment petition eminent 
state president prohibition domain 
people cabinet debt veto 
popular secretary registration power 
majority supreme obedience amendment 
minority court license pro tempore 
representative criminal army candidate 
delegate equity navy republican 
legislature appeal militia nomination 
judiciary initiative camp progressive 
executive referendum international nation 
constitution function ambassador census 
charter probate minister jurisdiction 
federal local consul preamble ° 
convention option arbitration vice president 
centralized recorder union Magna Charta 
party assessor colonies population 
civil auditor confederacy judge 
liberty coroner revenue ordinance 
declaration municipality continental estate 
independence mayor revolution responsibility 
citizen council currency society 
franchise primary compromise campaign 
vote public senate commerce 
suffrage opinion finance labor 
office naturalization —_ election corporation 
congress patents electoral department 


315 


APPLIED LATIN 


trade intrastate indirect tax protection 
immigration martial law money education 
industry resolutions banks unionism 
interstate village notes penal 
804. B. GENERAL SCIENCE 
vacuum diffusion of compounds current 
column of water __ liquids precipitates motor 
density saturated solu- element arc light 
variation tion metal gravitation 
apparatus temperature combustion mass 
volume ebullition spontaneous momentum 
valve condensation sound accelerated mo- 
quantity solidification vibration tion 
tension liquefaction intensity pendulum 
attraction latent heat velocity suspension 
adhesion expansion radiation curvilinear mo- 
capillary tube collision refraction tion 
vaporization compression spectrum centripetal mo- 
concave mirror friction opaque tion 
convex mirror _ inertia transparent centrifugal mo- 
press conductor pigment tion 
specific gravity sensation compass lever 
substance properties induction fulcrum 
solids composition electricity circumference 
molecules mixture alternating intermittent 
805. C. NATURAL SCIENCE 
germination Leaves: biflorum papaver, poppy 
plant linear rotundiflora prunus Per- 
cell lanceolate versicolor sica, peach 
propagation spatulate color cerasus, cherry 
terminal bud ovate Trees: castanea, 
annuals orbicular pinus, pine chestnut 
biennials inflorescence picea, spruce malus, apple 
perennials solitary flowers abies, fir Vitis, grape 
tendrils fertilization larix, larch viola, violet 
bulbs follicule arbor vitae, lilium, ily 
structure genus cedar rosa, rose 
coniferous species populus, poplar linum, flax 
Buds: spore quercus, oak _ cordate 
lateral fronds ulmus, elm fascicle 
axillary vegetation ' pyrus, pear _ herbaceous 
accessory folium prunus, plum sessile 
supernumerary grandiflora acer, maple _ sterile 
dormant perfoliata iuniperus, red truncate 
adventitious longiflorum cedar fruit 


316 


insect 
hibernate 
luxuriant 
adaptation 


806. 
abrasion 
abscess 
absorbent 
acclimate 
accretion 
acetic 
acetylene 
acid 
adipose 
adulterate 
aerate 
aggravate 
alimentary 
alveolar 
amputate 


angina pectoris 


aqua 
artery 
arsenic 
asafetida 
assimilate 
belladonna 
bicarbonate 
bilious 
cancer 
capsicum 
capsule 
carbolic 
carbonate 
cardiac 


807. 
alto 
cantata 
concert 
crescendo 
diminuendo 


808. 
abomination 
admonition 
adoration 


LATIN DERIVATIVES 


migration nutrition 
receptacle crop rotation 
corolla fibre 
filament elongated 
D. MEDICINE 
cartilage fluid 
cerebrum flux 
cervical formula 
claret fumigate 
clavicle gelatin 
cologne germicide 
coma hospital 
constipation influenza 
consumption injurious 
contagious inoculate 
corpuscle insanity 
corrosive intestinal 
costal eruption 
cranium jugular 
crude laceration 
curvature lacteal 
cutaneous ligament 
cuticle liniment 
decoction lumbar 
delirium “malaria 
dementia malignant 
demulcent materia medica 
disinfect medical 
dislocation mercury 
dissolve morbid 
dorsal mortal 
effusion muscle 
emollient nasal 
essence nerve 
fever nostrum 
E. MUSIC 
fortissimo pedal 
interlude piano 
juvenile quacrille 
nocturne quartette 
octave serenade 
F. RELIGION 
advocate beneficent 
austerity celestial 
benediction ceremonial 


digestion 
grain 
cereal 
nut 


noxious 
occipital 
oculist 
operation 
ossify 
palate 
parietal 
patella 
precipitate 
pulmonary 
pulse 
pulverize 
rabies 
respiration 
saleratus 
sanatory 
sanitary 
solution 
soporific 
spinal 
sponge 
sterilize 
sulphur 
tepid 

terra 
tumor 
vaccinate 
varicose 
vein 
vertigo 


soprano 
tempo 
tremulo 
tuba 
virtuoso 


clerical 
communion 
conference 


consecrate 
consolation 
creed 
crucifix 
curate 
deity 
devotion 
dignitary 
disciple 
dissenter 
divinity 
en ag 
epistle 
eternal 
gentile 

809. 
abolitio 
abrogate 
accession 
accessory 
accomplice 
accusation 
actionable 
adjudicate 
adjutant 
administer 
admissible 
affidavit 
affirmation 
agency 
alias 


alibi 
alienate 
alimony 
allegation 
antemortem 
antenuptial 
appeal 
appellant 
arbitration 
arson 
assault 
assignor 
attest 
attorney 
bail 


APPLIED LATIN 


humiliation officiate 
immortality omnipotent 
incarnate pagan 
incense pastoral 
infernal penance 
infidel penitence 
infinite piety 
inheritance postulant 
inspiration prelate 
lucifer propaganda 
matin purgatory 
mediator rationalist 
miracle rector 
novice redemption 
offertory resurrection 
G. LAW 
bailiff defamatory 
belligerent default 
brief demise 
capias demur 
caveat deponent 
certiorari derogative 
chancellor devise 
chancery ._ digest 
circumstantial dismissal 
client dissolve 
codicil divorce 
commitment domicile 
competent duress 
complicity equity 
compromise evidence 
concurrent exception 
conditional execution 
confession executor 
consideration exemplary 
consummate exemption 
continuance extenuating 
contributory extortion 
conveyance gratuitous 
corpus habeas corpus 
covenant illicit 
criminal immaterial 
criminate implicate 
deceased inalienable 
decedent incendiary 
decision incident 


318 


revelation 
reverent 
revival 
ritual 
sacrament 
sacred 
sacrifice 
sacrilege 
secular 
serpent 
superstition 
supreme 
tabernacle 
unity 
vesper 


indemnity 
indeterminate 
inherit 
innocent 
inquest 
intervene 
irrelevant 
jurisdiction 
justifiable 
lapse 
larceny 
legacy 
legitimate 
libel 
litigant 
magistrate 
martial 
minority 
mitigate 
negligence 
nullify 
obligate 
original 
priority 
parole 
penal 
peremptory 
perjury 
posse — 
possession 


prejudice 
presumptive 
probate 
procedure 
promissory 
proviso 


810. 
agent 
annuity 
ASSESS 
assets 
auction 
bonus 
capital 
collateral 
commerce 
commission 
consignee 
contract 
debit 
credit 
deficit 
surplus 
firm 
fraud 
fund 
importer 
indemnity 
index 
legal tender 
letter of credit 
maturity 
minimum 
maximum 
negotiate 
proceeds 
par 
partner 
premium 
prime 
pro rata 
ad valorem 
protest 
reciprocity 
receiver 
redemption 


LATIN DERIVATIVES 


quasi solicitor 
relative subpoena 
remedy summary 
remitter supersede 
rescind surrogate 
sentence tenable 

H. BUSINESS 
restraint of trade acceptor 
salvage salable 
sample circular 
satisfaction prudential 
security advertiser 
signature discretion 
solvent competition 
specie transferable 
staple remit 
subcontract marginal 
vendor margin 
administrator certificate 
article percentage 
bona fide compensate 
commute manifest 
convertible infringement 
counterfeit injunction 
decimal consolidate 
delinquent mercenary 
denomination _ proprietary 
deterioration credentials 
director assignee 
acceptance valid 
accommodation usury 
account interest 
accountant fiduciary 
actuary attachment 
assignment quotation 
audit successor 
bankruptcy dividend 
calendar duplicate 
cancel extortionate 
certify facsimile 
salary mercantile 
tangible millionaire 
legible monetary 
discount notary public 
freight obligation 
promissory preferred stock 


tenement 
testify 
testimony 
title 

tort 
trespass 


profit 
property 
solicit 
subsidy 
antedate 
collect 
consignment 
consul 
corporation 
creditor 
customer 
daily 
debenture 
debtor 
defalcation 
deposit 
document 
dormant 
equitable 
expedite 
extension 
finance 
fluctuate 
foreclosure 
liquidate 
lucrative 
manager 
merchandise 
money 
negotiable 
patent 
pecuniary 
preferential 
proposition 
salary 
signature 
transfer 
value 


commode 


APPLIED LATIN 


elaborately crescent novelty subtraction 
excelsior facet pencil superficial 
genuine focal portfolio valley 
lustre focus portrait addendum 
oriental lunette receipt articulation 
partition monocle recipe ascent 
perambulator solitaire affinity castellated 
refrigerator spectacles aggregate double 
renovate circumference alluvium error 
rustic crown calx flexure 
sectional decoration diluvium foundry 
ammunition design erosion furnace 
anchor permanent ferruginous isolating 
candelabrum quality fissure involve 
cereal rosette flume limit 
chandeliers forfeit semi-professional machine 
differential album galena oblique 
dividers certificate igneous orifice 
LIV. SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 
NOUNS 
811. First Declension 
SINGULAR porta, f., a gate PLURAL 


Nom. porta, a gate. 


Abl. porta, with, etc., a gate. 


portae, of a gate. 
portae, to or for a gate. 


portae, gates. 
portarum, of gates. 
portis, to or for gates. 
portas, gales. 

portae, (O) gates. 
portis, with; etc., gates. 


Second Declension 


dénum, n. 


a gift 


Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. portam, a gate. 
Voc. porta (O) gate. 
812. 
annus, m. 
a year 


Nom. annus 


Gen. anni 
Dat. anné 
Acc. annum 
Voc. anne 
Abl. anné 
Nom. anni 
Gen. ann6érum 
Dat. annis 
Acc. -annés 
Voc. anni 
Abl. annis 


donum 
doni 
don6é 
donum 
donum 
dond 


dona 
donérum 
donis 
dona 
dona 
donis 


puer, m. 
a boy 

SINGULAR 
puer 
pueri 
puero 
puerum > 
puer 
puero 

PLURAL 
pueri 
puerorum 
pueris 
pueros 
pueri 
pueris 
320 


vir, m. 
aman 


ager, m. 
a field 


ager 
agri 
agro 
agrum 
ager 
agro 


agri 
agrorum 
agris 
agros 
agri 
agris 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 





"Slo. Third Declension 
consul, m. hiems, f. hom6, m. __legié, f. nomen, n. 
a consul winter a man a legion a name 
SINGULAR 
*N.,V. consul hiems hom6 legid nomen 
Gen. cOnsulis hiemis hominis legidnis nominis 
Dat. consuli hiemi homini legi6ni nomini 
Acc. consulem  hiemem hominem legidnem nomen 
Abl. codnsule hieme homine legidne nomine 
PLURAL 
Nom. consulés hiemés hominés _legidnés nomina 
Gen. consulum hiemum hominum legidnum nodminum 
Dat. codnsulibus hiemibus hominibus legidnibus ndminibus 
Acc. cOdnsulés hiemés hominés ___legidnés noOmina 
Abl. codnsulibus hiemibus hominibus legidnibus ndminibus 
amor, m. frater, m. Caesar, m. corpus, n. aetas, f. 
love a brother Caesar a body age 
SINGULAR 
N.,V. amor frater Caesar corpus aetas 
Gen. amOris fratris Caesaris corporis aetatis 
Dat. amori fratri Caesari corpori aetati 
Acc. amodrem fratrem Caesarem corpus aetatem 
Abl. amore fratre Caesare corpore aetate 
PLURAL 
N.,V.amorés fratrés Caesarés corpora aetatés 
Gen. amorum fratrum Caesarum corporum  aetatum 
Dat. amoribus  fratribus Caesaribus corporibus aetatibus 
Acc. amorés fratrés Caesarés corpora aetatés 
Abl. amoribus  fratribus Caesaribus corporibus aetdtibus 
vox, f. urbs,f. civis,m. ntbés, f. sedile,n. animal, n. 
avoice acity acitizen a cloud a seat an animal 
SINGULAR 
N.,V. vox urbs civis nubés sedile animal 
Gen. vocis urbis __civis nibis sedilis animalis 
Dat. voici urbi civi nubi sedili animali 
Acc. vocem ourbem civem nibem sedile animal 
Abl. voice urbe cive (i) nitbe sedili animali 
PLURAL 
N.,V.vocés urbés_ civés  niubés sedilia animalia 
Gen. vOcum  urbium civium nibium  sedilium animalium 
Dat. vocibus urbibus civibus nibibus  sedilibus animalibus 
Acc. vocés urbés___ civés (is)ntibés(is) sedilia animalia 
Abl. vocibus urbibus civibus nibibus_ sedilibus animalibus 





*From this point, when the Nominative and Vocative are the same, they 
will be placed in the same line. 


21 321 


APPLIED LATIN 


814. Fourth Declension 815. Fifth Declension 
Casus,m. domus, f. corni, n. diés,m. _rés, f. 
achance a house a horn a day a thing 

SINGULAR 
N.,V.casus domus cornta diés rés 
Gen. casts domis (domi) cornts diéi rei 
Dat. casui domui (dom6) corna diéi rei 
Acc. casum domum cornt diem rem 
Abl. casi domi (domé) cornu dié ré 
PLURAL 
N.,V. casis domis cornua diés rés 
Gen. casuum domuum cornuum diérum rérum 
(domérum) | 
Dat. casibus domibus cornibus diébus rébus 
Acc. casts domiis (domés) cornua diés rés 
Abl. casibus domibus cornibus diébus rébus 
ADJECTIVES 
816. First and Second Declensions 
latus, wide 
SINGULAR PLURAL - 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
Nom. latus lata latum lati latae lata 
Gen. lati latae lati lat6érum latarum  IJatérum 
Dat. \até latae laté6 latis latis latis 
Acc. litum laitam  Ilatum latés latas lata 
Voc. late lata latum lati latae lata 
Abl. lat6 lata laté latis latis latis 
817. Third Declension 
félix, happy 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M.and F. N. M. and F. N. 
N.,V. félix félix félicés félicia 
Gen. félicis félicis félicium félicium 
Dat. félici félici félicibus félicibus 
Acc. félicem félix félicés félicia 
Abl. félice (i) félice (i) félicibus félicibus 
recéns, recent 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M.and F. N. M. and F. N. 
N.,V.recéns recéns recentés recentia 
Gen. recentis recentis recentium recentium 
Dat. recenti recenti recentibus recentibus 
Acc. recentem recéns recentés (is) _recentia 
Abl. recente (i) recente (i) recentibus recentibus 


322 





SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


fortis, brave 














SINGULAR PLURAL 
M.and F. N. M. and F. N. 
N.,V. fortis forte fortés fortia 
Gen. fortis fortis fortium fortium 
Dat. forti forti fortibus fortibus 
Acc. fortem forte fortés (is) fortia 
Abl. forti forti fortibus fortibus 
acer, swift, keen 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F. N. M. F. N. 
N.,V. acer acris acre acrés acrés acria 
Gen. Acris acris acris acrium acrium acrium 
Dat. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus 
Acc. acrem acrem acre acrés (is) Acrés(is) dcria 
Abl. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus 
IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 
tétus, whole, all 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
Nt N. M. F. N. 
Nom. totus tota totum toti totae tota 
Gen. tdtius  tdtius totius tot6rum tdtarum  tdtérum 
Dat. toti toti toti totis totis totis 
Acc. tdtum  tdtam totum totds totas tota 
Voc. tote tota totum toti totae tota 
Abl. tdt6 tota tots totis totis totis 
818. Comparative Adjectives 
fortior, braver 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
_M.and F. N. M. and F. : 
N.,V. fortior fortius fortidrés fortidra 
Gen. fortidris fortidris fortidruin fortidrum 
Dat. fortidri fortidri fortidribus fortidribus 
Acc. fortidrem fortius fortidrés (is)  fortidra 
Abl. fortidre (i) fortiGre (i) fortidribus fortidribus 
819. Special Adjectives 
plus, more mille, thousand 
SINGULAR PLURAL SINGULAR PLURAL 
M.andF. WN. M. and F. N. 
N.,V plis plirés plira mille milia 
Gen. ———  pliris. plirium  plirium milium 
Dat. pliribus _ pliribus milibus 
Acc. ——— polis plirés(is) plira mille milia 
Abl. ——  plire  pliribus  pliribus milibus 


323 


APPLIED LATIN 


duo, two trés, three 
M. ; N. M. and F. N. 
N.,V.duo duae duo trés tria 
Gen. dudrum duarum duérum trium trium 
Dat. dudbus duabus duébus tribus tribus 
Acc. duds duas duo trés (tris) tria 
Abl. dudébus duabus duébus tribus tribus 
820. Regular Comparison of Adjectives 
POSITIVE COMPARATIVE SUPERLATIVE 
latus, wide latior, latius latissimus 
félix, happy félicior, félicius félicissimus 
recéns, recent recentior, recentius recentissimus 
fortis, brave fortior, fortius fortissimus 
acer, sharp acrior, acrius acerrimus 


Irregular Comparison of Adjectives 


facilis, easy 
similis, szmilar 
bonus, good 
malus, bad 
magnus, great 
parvus, small 
multus, much 
exterus, outward 
inferus, below 
posterus, following 
superus, above 
in, in, within 
pro, before 
prope, ear 
ultra, beyond 


821. 


claré, clearly 
fortiter, easily 
recenter, recenily 
féliciter, happily 
acriter, sharply 


bene, well 

male, ii] 
magnopere, greatly 
multum, much 
parum, /itile 
_saepe, often 

dit, long 


facilior, facilius facillimus 
similior, similius simillimus 
melior, melius optimus 
péior, péius pessimus 
maior, maius maximus 
minor, minus minimus 

, plus plirimus 





exterior, exterius 
inferior, inferius 


extrémus (extimus) 
infimus (imus) 


postrémus (postumus) 


posterior, posterius 
suprémus (summus) 


superior, superius 


interior, interius,inner intimus 
prior, prius, former primus 
propior, propius,earer proximus 


ulterior, ilterius, farther tltimus 


ADVERBS 
Regular Comparison 
clarius clarissimé 
fortius fortissimé 
recentius recentissimé 
félicius félicissimé 
Acrius acerrimé 
Irregular Comparison 
melius optimé 
péius pessimé 
magis maximé 
plis plirimum 
minus minimé 
saepius saepissimé 
diitius dititissimé 


324 


822. 


SYMBOL 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


CARDINAL 
anus, -a, -um, one 
duo, -ae, -0, wo 


trés, tria, three 
quattuor, four 
quinque, five 

sex 

septum 

octo 

novem 

decem 

indecim 
duodecim 
tredecim 
quattuordecim 
quindecim 
sédecim 
septendecim 
duodéviginti 
undéviginti 
Viginti 

viginti inus 
tnus et viginti 
triginta 
quadraginta 
quinquaginta 
sexaginta 
septuaginta 
octoginta 
nonaginta 
centum — 
ducenti, -ae, -a 
trecenti, -ae, -a 
quadringenti, -ae, -a 
quingenti, -ae, -a 
séscenti, -ae, -a 
septingenti, -ae, -a 
octingenti, -ae, -a 
nongenti, -ae, -a 
mille 


Numerals 
ORDINAL 


primus, -a, -um, first 


secundus, -a, -um, 
second 
tertius, third 
quartus, fourth 
quintus, fifth 
sextus 
septimus 
octavus 
nonus 
decimus 
indecimus 
duodecimus 
tertius decimus 
quartus decimus 
quintus decimus 
sextus decimus 
septimus decimus 
duodévicésimus 
tiindévicésimus 
vicésimus 
vicésimus primus 
anus et vicésimus 
tricésimus 
quadragésimus 
quinquagésimus 
sexagésimus 
septuagésimus 
octégésimus 
nonagésimus 
centésimus 
ducentésimus 
trecentésimus 


quadringentésimus 


quingentésimus 
séscentésimus 
septingentésimus 
octingentésimus 
nongentésimus 
millésimus 


325 


DISTRIBUTIVE 
singuli, -ae, -a, 
one each (at a 
time) 
bini, -ae, -a, /wo 
each 
terni, -ae, -a, 
three each 
quaterni, -ae, -a, 
four each 
quini, -ae, -a, five 
each 


OTHER NUMERALS 
semel, once 

bis, fwice 

ter, thrice 
quater, four times 


simplex, single, 
one fold 
duplex, double, 
two fold 
triplex, triple, 
three fold 
quadruplex, 
four fold 
quincuplex, 


five fold 


APPLIED LATIN 





823. PRONOUNS 
PERSONAL 
ego, J ti, thou sui, of himself 
SING. PLor. SING. PLUR. SING. PLUR. 
N.,V.ego néos ti vos 
Gen. mei nostrum tui vestrum sui sui 
(nostri) (vestri) 
Dat. mihi ndbis tibi vobis sibi sibi 
Acc. mé  nés té vos sé sé 
Abl. mé _ ndbis té vobis sé sé 
Demonstrative Pronouns 
hic, this 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F. N. M. ie: N. 
hic haec hoc hi hae haec 
huius huius  huius horum harum horum 
huic huic huic his his his 
hunc hanc hoc hés has haec 
hdc hac hoc his his his 
ille, that 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. ; N. M. F. N. 
ille illa illud illi illae illa 
illius illius illius ill6rum illarum ill6rum 
illi illi illi illis illis illis 
illum illam illud illés illas illa 
illd illa illd illis illis illis 
is, this, that 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F, N. M. F. N. 
is ea id ei (ii) eae ea 
eius eius eius eérum earum eorum 
ei ei ei eis (iis) eis (iis) eis (iis) 
eum eam id eds eas ea 
e6 ea e6 eis (iis) _eis (iis) eis (iis) 
idem, same 
SINGULAR ; PLURAL 
M. F. N. M. F : 
idem eadem idem eidem eaedem eadem 
- (iidem) 7 
eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem edrundem earundem edrundem 
eidem eidem eidem eisdem eisdem eisdem 
(iisdem) (iisdem)  (iisdem) 
eundem eandem idem edsdem easdem eadem 
eddem eadem eddem eisdem eisdem eisdem 
(iisdem) (iisdem)  (iisdem) 


326 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


ipse, self 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F, N. M. F. N. 
ipse ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsae ipsa 
ipsius ipsius ipsius ipsdrum ipsarum  ipsdrum 
ipsi ipsi ipsi ipsis ipsis ipsis 
ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsds ipsas ipsa 
ipsd ipsa ips6 ipsis ipsis ipsis 
Interrogative 
quis, who, which, what 
SINGULAR 

M. and F. N. 
quis quid In plural declined like 
cuius cuius the Relative 
cui cui 
quem quid 
quo quo 

Relative 

SINGULAR PLURAL 

‘M. F. N. M. F, N. 
qui quae quod qui quae quae 
cuius cuius cuius quérum quarum  qudrum 
cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus 
quem quam quod quos quas quae 
qué qua qué quibus quibus quibus 

Indefinite 

quis, any, any one 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F. N. M. Pine N. 
quis (qui) quae(qua) quid(quod) qui quae quae (qua) 
cuius cuius cuius quérum quarum qu6rum 
cui cui cui quibus quibus quibus 
quem quam quid(quod) quds quas quae (qua) 
qué qua qué quibus quibus quibus 
aliquis, some, some one 
SINGULAR PLURAL 
M. F. N. M. . F. N. 
aliquis aliqua aliquid aliqui aliquae aliqua 
(aliqui) (aliquod) 
alicuius alicuius alicuius aliquérum aliquarum aliquérum 
alicui alicui alicui aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus 
aliquem aliquam aliquid aliqués aliquas aliqua 
(aliquod) 

aliqué aliqua aliqué aliquibus aliquibus aliquibus 


327 


APPLIED LATIN 


824. CONJUGATION OF THE ENGLISH VERB 


Simple 
I find 
You find 
He finds 


We find 
You find 
They find 


Simple 
T found 


You found 
He found 


We found 
You found 
They found 


Simple 
IT shall find 
You will find 
He will find 


We shall find 
You will find 
They will find 


Progressive 


I shall be finding, etc. 


Simple 
I have found 


“You have found 


He has found 


We have found 
You have found 
They have found 


Progressive 


FIND 


PRESENT 
Progressive 
I am finding 


You are finding 


He is finding 
We are finding 


You are finding 
They are finding 


Past 
Progressive 


I was finding 
You were finding 
He was finding 


We were finding 
You were finding 
They were finding 


FUTURE 


PERFECT 
Pluperfect 
I had found 


You had found 
He had found 


We had found 
You had found 
They had found 


Progressive 


Active Voice—Indicative Mood 


Emphatic 
I do find 
You do find 
He does find 


We do find 
You do find 
They do find 


Emphatic 
I did find 
You did find 
He did find 


We did find 
You did find 
They did find 


Volitional 


I will find 
You shall find 
He shall find 


We will find 
You shall find 
They shall find 


Progressive 


I will be finding, etc. 


Future Perfect 


I shall have found 
You will have found 
He will have found 


We shall have found 
. You will have found 
They will have found 


Progressive 


I have been finding, etc. I had been finding, I shall have been find- 


etc. 


328 


ing, etc. 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


Subjunctive Mood 


PRESENT 
Simple Progressive Emphatic 
if) I, you, he, find if) I, you, he, be _ if) I, you, he, do find 
finding 
if) we, you, they, find _if) we, you, they, if) we, you, they, do 
be finding find 
PAST 
Simple Progressive Emphatic 
if) I, you, he, found if) I, you, he, were if) I, you, he, did find 
finding 


if) we, you, they, found if) we, you, they, if) we, you, they, did 
were finding find 


Potential Mood 


PRESENT PAST 
Simple Simple 

I, you, he, may find I, you, he, might find 

We, you, they, may find We, you, they, might find 
Progressive Progressive 

I, you, he, may be finding I, you, he, might be finding 

We, you, they, may be finding We, you, they, might be finding 
PERFECT PLUPERFECT 
Simple Simple 

I, you, he, may have found I, you, he, might have found 


We, you, they, may have found We, you, they, might have found 


Progressive Progressive 


I, you, he, may have been finding I, you, he, might have been finding 
We, you, they, may have been We, you, they, might have been 


finding finding 
Imperative Mood Infinitives Participles 
PRESENT TENSE PRESENT PRESENT 
find (thou, you) to find finding 
find (ye, you) to be finding 
PERFECT PERFECT 
to have found having found 


to have been finding having been finding 


eo 


PRESENT 
finding 


APPLIED LATIN 


Gerunds 
PERFECT 
having found 
having been finding 


Passive Voice—Indicative Mood 


PRESENT (Simple) 


I am found 
You are found 
He is found 
We are found 
You are found 
They are found 


Progressive 


‘I am being found, etc. 


PERFECT 
I have been found, etc. 


PRESENT 
if) I be found, etc. 


PRESENT 
I may be found, etc. 


Imperative Mood 


PRESENT 
be found 


to have been found 


Past (Simple) 

I was found 

You were found 
He was found 
We were found 
You were found 
They were found 


Future (Simple) 
I shall be found, etc. 


Volitional 
I will be found, etc. 


Progressive 
I was being found, etc. 


‘PLUPERFECT © FUTURE PERFECT 
I had been found, I shall have been found, 
etc. etc. 
Subjunctive Mood 
Past 
if) I were found, etc. 
Progressive 
if) I were being found 
Potential Mood 
PAST PERFECT 
I might be found, Imay have been found, 
etc, etc; 
PLUPERFECT 
I might have been 
found, etc. 
Infinitives Participles 
PRESENT PRESENT Past 
to be found being found found 
PERFECT PERFECT 


having been found 
339 


825. 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


FIRST CONJUGATION. LAUDO. VERBS INA 


Principal Parts, laud6, laudare, laudavi, laudatus 
Indicative 


ACTIVE 


Pres. laudé, laudas, laudat, etc. 
I praise, am praising, do 


Imp. 


praise. 
laudabam, laudabas, lauda- 
bat, etc. 


I was praising, praised, did 


Fut. 


praise. 
laudabé, laudabis, laudabit, 
etc. 


I shall praise. 


Perf. 


I have praised. 


laudavi, laudavisti, laudavit, 
ete. 


Plup. \audaveram, laudaveras, 


laudaverat, etc. 


I had praised. 
Futp. laudaveré, laudaveris, 
laudaverit, etc. 


I shall have praised. 


Present 


laudem 
laudés 
laudet 
laudémus 
laudétis 
laudent 


Present 
lauder 
laudéris 
laudétur 
laudémur 
laudémini 
laudentur 


PASSIVE 


laudor, laudaris, laudatur, etc. 
I am praised, am being praised. 


laudabar, laudabaris, laudaba- 


tur, etc. 
I was praised, was being 
praised. 
laudabor, laudaberis, laudabit- 
ur, etc. 


I shall be praised. 
laudatus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, 


etc. 
I have been praised, was 
praised. 
laudatus, -a, -um, eram, eras, 
erat, etc. 


I had been praised. 
laudatus, -a, -um, er6, eris, erit, 
eve. 
I shall have been praised. 


Active—Subjunctive 


Imperfect 
laudiarem 
laudarés 
laudaret 
laudarémus 
laudarétis 
laudarent 


Perfect Pluperfect 
laudaverim laudavissem 
laudaveris laudavissés 
laudiverit lauddvisset 
laudaverimus laudavissémus 
lauddveritis laudavissétis 
laudaverint laudavissent 

Passive—Subjunctive 
Perfect Pluperfect 


Imperfect 
laudarer 
laudaréris 
laudarétur 
laudarémur 
laudarémini 
laudarentur 


laudatus, -a,-um, laudatus, -a, -um, 


sim, sit, sis 


laudati, 
simus, sitis, 


sint 
331 


essem, essés, es- 
set 

laudati, ae, -a, es- 
sémus, essétis, 
essent 


-ae, -a, 


APPLIED LATIN 





Imperative 
ACTIVE PASSIVE 
Present Future Present Future 
2. lauda 2. laudaté, 2. laudare, 2. laudator, 
praise thou _thoushalt praise be thou praised thou shalt be 
praised 
3. laudaté, 3. laudator, 
he shall praise he shall be prais- 
ed 
2. laudate, 2. laudatéte, 2. laudamini, 
praise ye you shall praise be ye praised 
3. laudanté, 3. laudantor, 
they shall praise they shall be 
praised 
Infinitive 
ACTIVE PASSIVE 
Pres. laudare, to praise laudari, to be praised 
Perf. laudavisse, to have praised laudatus, -a, -um, esse, fo have 
been praised 
Fut. laudatirus, -a, -um, esse, laudatum iri, to be about to be 
to be about to praise praised 
Participle 
ACTIVE PASSIVE ; 
Pres. laudians, -antis, praising Perf. laudatus, -a, -um, having 
Fut. laudatirus, -a, -um, about to been praised 
praise 
Gerund Gerundive 
Nom. laudandus, -a, -um, to be loved 
Gen. laudandi, of praising ; 
Dati. laudand6, to or for praising Supine 
Acc. laudandum, praising Acc. laudatum, to praise 
Abl. laudando, by praising Abl. laudatt, in praising 


826. SECOND CONJUGATION. HABEO. VERBS IN E 
Principal Parts, habed, habére, habui, habitus 
Indicative 


ACTIVE 
Pres. habeé, habés, habet, etc. 
Imp. habébam, habébas, habébat, 
etc. 
Fut. habéb6,habébis, habébit, etc. 
Perf. habui, habuisti, habuit, etc. 
Plup. habueram, habueras, habu- 
erat, etc. 
Futp. habuer6, habueris, habuerit, 
etc. 


PASSIVE 
habeor, habéris, habétur, etc. 
habébar, habéb4aris, habébatur, 
etc: 
habébor, habéberis, habébitur, etc. 
habitus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, etc. 
habitus, -a, -um, eram, eras, erat, 
etc. 
habitus, -a, -um, erd, eris, erit, 
etc: 


332 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


Active—Subjunctive 





Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 
habeam habérem habuerim habuissem 
habeas habérés habueris habuissés 
habeat habéret habuerit habuisset 
habeamus habérémus habuerimus habuissémus 
habeatis habérétis habueritis habuissétis 
habeant habérent habuerint habuissent 

Passive—Subjunctive 

Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 
habear habérer habitus, -a,-um, habitus, -a, -um, 
habearis habéréris sim, sis, sit essem, essés, 
habeatur habérétur esset 
habeamur habérémur habiti, -ae, -a, habiti, -ae, -a, es- 
habeémini habérémini simus, sitis, sémus, essétis, 
habeantur habérentur sint essent 

Imperative 
ACTIVE PASSIVE 
Future Present Future 

2. habé 2. habét6 2. habére 2. habétor 

. 3. habét6 3. habétor 
2. habéte 2. habététe 2. habémini 

3. habenté 3. habentor 
Infinitive 

Pres. habére Pres. habéri 
Perf. habuisse Perf. habitus, -a, -um, esse 
Fut. habitirus, -a, -um, esse Fut. habitum iri 

Partieiple 
Pres. habéns, entis Perf. habitus, -a, -um 
Fut. habitirus, -a, -um 

Gerund Gerundive 
Nom. habendus, -a, -um 
Gen. habendi 
Dat. habendé 
Acc. habendum 
Abl. habendé 
Supine 

Acc. habitum 
Abl. habitt 


Note: Supply the meanings of the tenses, etc., from the conjugation 


of laudo. 


333 


APPLIED LATIN 


827. THIRD CONJUGATION. DUCO. VERBS IN E 
Principal Parts, dticé, dicere, dixi, ductus 


Indicative 


ACTIVE 
Pres. diicé, diicis, diicit, etc. 
Imp. diacébam, diicébas, dicébat, 
CtC. 
Fut. diicam, diicés, diicet, etc. 
Perf. diixi, dixisti, dixit, etc. 


Plup. dixeram, dixeras, diixerat, 
etc; 


PASSIVE 
dicor, diceris, dicitur, etc. 
diicébar, diicébaris, diicébatur, 
ele. 
diicar, diicéris, diicétur, etc. 
ductus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, 
€tG; 
ductus, -a, -um, eram, eras, 


Futp. dixer6, dixeris, dixerit, etc. 


erat, etc. 
ductus, -a, -um, er6, eris, erit, 
Cre: 


Active—Subjunctive 


Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 
dicam diicerem dixerim dixissem 
diicas dicerés dixeris dixissés 
diicat diceret dixerit dixisset 
dicamus diicerémus dixerimus dixissémus 
dicatis dicerétis dixeritis dixissétis 
dicant diicerent dixerint dixissent 

Passive—Subjunctive 
Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 
dicar diicerer ductus, -a, -um, ductus, -a, -um, 
dicaris diiceréris sim, sis, sit essem, essés, 
dicatur dicerétur esset 
dicamur diicerémur  ducti, -ae, -a, ducti, -ae, -a, 
diicamini diicerémini simus, sitis, essémus, essétis, 
dicantur dicerentur sint essent | 

Imperative 
Present _ Future Present Future 
2. diic* 2. dicité 2. diicere 2. dicitor 
3. diicité 3. dicitor 
2. dicite 2. dicitite 2. dicimini 
3. diicunto 3. diicuntor 
Infinitive 
Pres. dicere Pres. dici 


Perf. diixisse 


Fut. 


ductirus, -a, -um, esse 


Perf. ductus, -a, -um, esse 


Fut. 


ductum iri 





* Regular verbs end in this form in -e, da#cd makes an irregular impera- 


tive form dic. 


334 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


ACTIVE 
Pres. diicéns, -entis 
Fut. ducttrus, -a, -um 


Participle 


PASSIVE 
Perf. ductus, -a, -um 





Gerund Gerundive 
Nom. dicendus, -a, -um 
Gen. dicendi 
Dat. diacendd Supine 


Acc. dicendum Acc. ductum 
Abl. dicendé Abl. ducti 


828. THIRD CONJUGATION. CAPIO. VERBS IN IO 
Principal Parts, capid, capere, cépi, captus 
ACTIVE Indicative PASSIVE 
Pres. capi6, capis, capit, etc. capior, caperis, capitur, etc. 
Imp. capiébam, capiébas, capiébat, capiébar, .capiébaris, capiéba- 
etc. tur, .ctc. 
Fut. capiam, capiés, capiet, etc. capiar, capiéris, capiétur, etc. 
Perf. cépi, cépisti, cépit, etc. captus, -a, -um, sum, es, est, etc. 
Plup. céperam, céperas, céperat, captus, -a, -um, eram, eras, 
GiC; erat, etc. 
Futp. cépers, céperis, ceperit, etc. | captus,-a,-um, er6, eris, erit, etc. 


Active—Subjunctive 


Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 
capiam caperem céperim cépissem 
capias caperés céperis cépissés 
capiat caperet céperit cépisset 
capiamus caperémus céperimus cépissémus 
capiatis caperétis c€peritis cépissétis 
capiant caperent céperint cépissent 

Passive—Subjunctive 

Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 
capiar caperer captus, -a, -um, captus, -a, -um, 
capiaris caperéris sim, sis, sit essem, essés, 
capiatur caperétur esset 
capiamur caperémur capti, -ae, -a, capti, -ae, -a, es- 
capiamini caperémini simus, _ sitis, sémus, essétis, 
capiantur caperentur sint essent 

Imperative 
ACTIVE PASSIVE 
Present Future Present Future 
2. cape 2. capitd 2. capere 2. capitor 
: 3. capitd 3. capitor 
2. capite 2. capitéte 2. capimini 
3. capiunté 3. capiuntor 


335 


Pres. 
Perf. 
Fut. 


Pres. 
Fut. 


Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Acc. 
AOl. 


APPLIED LATIN -: 


ACTIVE Infinitive PASSIVE 
capere Pres. capi 
cépisse Perf. captus, -a, -um, esse 
captirus, -a, -um, esse Fut. captum iri 
Participle 
capiéns, -entis Perf. captus, -a, -um 


capttrus, -a, -um 





Gerund Gerundive 
capiendus, -a, -um 

capiendi 

capiend6 Supine 

capiendum Acc. captum 

capiend6é Abl. capti 


829. FOURTH CONJUGATION. AUDIO. VERBS INI 


Pres, 
Imp. 


Fut. 
ery. 
Plup. 


Fuip. 


Principal Parts, audi6, audire, audivi, auditus 
Indicative 
PASSIVE 
audior, audiris, auditur, etc. 
audiébar, audiébaris, audiéba- 


ACTIVE 
audi, audis, audit, etc. 
audiébam, audiébas, audié- 
bat, etc. tur, etc. 
audiam, audiés, audiet, etc. audiar, audiéris, audiétur, etc. 
audivi, audivisti, audivit, etc. auditus,-a,-um, sum, es, est, etc. 
audiveram, audiveras, audiv- auditus, -a, -um, eram, eras, 
erat, etc. erat, etc. 
audiver6, audiveris, audiverit, auditus, -a, -um, er6, eris, erit, 
CC. etc, 


Active—Subjunctive 


Present Imperfect Perfect Pluperfect 
audiam audirem audiverim audivissem 
audias audirés audiveris audivissés 
audiat audiret audiverit audivisset 
audiamus audirémus audiverimus audivissémus 
audiatis audirétis audiveritis audivissétis 
audiant audirent audiverint audivissent 

Passive—Subjunctive 

Present Imperfect _ Perfect Pluperfect 
audiar audirer auditus, -a, auditus, -a, -um, 
audiaris audiréris -um, sim, essem, essés, 
audiatur audirétur sis, sit esset 
audiamur audirémur auditi, -ae, auditi, -ae; -a, es- 
audiamini audirémini -a, simus, ésmus,__ essétis, 
audiantur audirentur Sitis, sint essent 


336 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 





ACTIVE Imperative PASSIVE 
Present Future Present Future 
2. audi 2. audité 2. audire 2. auditor 
3. audits 3. auditor 
2. audite 2. auditote 2. audimini 
3. audiunto 3. audiuntor 
Infinitive 
Pres. audire Pres. audiri 
Perf. audivisse Perf. auditus, -a, -um, esse 
Fut. auditirus, -a, -um, esse Fut. auditum iri 
_Participle 
Pres. audiéns, -entis Perf. auditus, -a, -um 
Fut. auditirus, -a, -um 
Gerund Gerundive 
Nom. audiendus, -a, -um 
Gen. audiendi 
Dat. audiendé Supine 
Acc. audiendum . Acc. auditum 
Abl. audiendé Abl. audita 
830. THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS 
Indicative 
ACTIVE PERIPHRASTIC PASSIVE PERIPHRASTIC 
Pres. laudatirus sum, laudandus sum, 
I am about to praise I must be praised 
Imp. \audatirus eram, laudandus eram, 
I was about to praise I had to be pratsed 
Fut. laudatirus eré, laudandus eré, 
I shall be about to praise I shall have to be praised 
Perf. laudatirus fui, laudandus fui, 
I have been about to praise I have had to be praised 
Plup. laudatirus fueram, laudandus fueram, 
I had been about to praise I had had to be praised 
Futp. laudatirus fueré, laudandus fuerd, 
I shall have been about to praise I shall have had to be praised 
Subjunctive 
: ACTIVE PASSIVE 
Pres. laudatirus sim laudandus sim 
Imp. laudatirus essem laudandus essem 
Perf. laudatirus fuerim laudandus fuerim 
Plup. laudatirus fuissem laudandus fuissem 
Infinitive 
Pres. laudatirus esse laudandus esse 
Fut. laudatirus fuisse laudandus fuisse 


22 


57 


APPLIED LATIN 


In the periphrastic conjugations there are no forms of 
the imperative, participles, gerund, gerundive, or supine. 
The periphrastic conjugations of the other regular verbs 


ave; 
ACTIVE PASSIVE 
habitirus sum, etc., habendus sum, etc., 
I am about to have I must be had (held) 
- ductirus sum, etc., dicendus sum, etc., 
I am about to lead I must be led 
captirus sum, etc., capiendus sum, etc., 
I am about to take I must be taken 
auditirus sum, etc., audiendus sum, etc., 
I am about to hear I must be heard 
831. THE VERB SUM 
Principal Parts, sum, esse, fui, ——., fo be 
Indicative 
Pres. sum, es, est, etc., Perf. fui, fuisti, fuit,-etc., 
I am, etc. I have been, etc.. 
Imp. eram, eras, erat, etc., Plup.fueram, fueras, fuerat, 
I was, etc. etc., I had been, etc. 
Fut. erG, eris, erit, etc., Futp. fuer, fueris, fuerit, etc., 
I shall be, etc. I shall have been, etc. 
Subjunctive 
Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup. 
sim essem fuerim fuissem 
sis essés fueris fuissés 
sit esset fuerit fuisset 
simus essémus fuerimus fuissémus 
sitis . essétis fueritis fuissétis 
sint essent fuerint fuissent 
Imperative Infinitive 


Pres. es, be (thou) Fut. esté, thou shalt be Pres. esse, to be 
estd, he shall be Perf. fuisse, to have been 


este, be (ye) estéte, ye shall be Fut. futtrus, -a, -um, esse, 
sunté, they shall be to be about to be 
Participle 
Fut. futirus, -a, -um, about to be 
338 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


832. THE VERB POSSUM 
Principal Parts, possum, posse, potui, ——,, fo be able 
Indicative 
Pres. possum, Perf. potui, 
I am able, I can I have been able, could 
potes, potuisti, 
you are able, you can you have been able, could 
potest, potuit, 
he (she, it) is able, can he (she, it) has been able, 
could 
possumus, potuimus, 
we are able, we can we have been able, could 
potestis, potuistis, 
you are able, you can you have been able, could 
possunt, potuérunt, 
they are able, they can they have been able, could 
Imp. poteram, poteras, poterat, etc., Plup. potueram, potuerds, pot- 
I was able (could), etc. uerat, etc., 


I had been able, etc. 
Fut. poter6, poteris, poterit, etc., utp. potuerdé, potueris, potuerit, 


I shall be able, etc. I shall have been able, etc. 
Subjunctive 
Pres. Pay: Imp. Plup. 
possim potuerim possem potuissem 
possis potueris possés potuissés 
possit potuerit posset potuisset 
possimus potuerimus possémus potuissémus 
possitis potueritis possétis potuissétis 
possint potuerint possent potuissent 
Infinitive Participle 
Pres. posse, to be able Pres. poténs, -entis, (adjective), 
Perf. potuisse, to have been able powerful 


833. THE IRREGULAR VERBS, VOLO, NOLO, MALO 


Principal Parts: vold, velle, volui, , to wish 
n6lé6; ndlle, ndlui, , to be unwilling 








mal6, malle, malui, ——, fo prefer 
Indicative 
Pres. volo nolé malé 

vis non vis mavis 
vult non vult mavult 
volumus nolumus malumus 
vultis non vultis mavultis 
volunt nolunt malunt 


339 


Imp. 
Fut. 
Perf. 


Plub. 
Fuip. 


Pres. 


Imp. 


Perf. 


Plup. 


Pres. 


Fut. 


Pres. 
Perf. 


Pres. 


834. 


volébam, -bas, etc. 


volam, -és, etc. 

volui, -isti, etc. 

volueram, -eras, 
CLC: 

voluer6, -eris, etc. 


velim 

velis 

velit 

velimus 

velitis 

velint 

vellem 

vellés 

vellet 

vellémus 

vellétis 

vellent 

voluerim, -eris, etc. 
voluissem, -és, etc. 


velle 
voluisse 


voléns, -entis 


APPLIED LATIN 


ndlébam, -bas, etc. 

nolam, -és, etc. 

nolui, -isti, etc. 

nolueram, -eras, 
CLC: 

ndluers, -eris, etc. 


Subjunctive 
nolim 
nolis 
nolit 
nolimus 
nolitis 
nolint 
nollem 
ndllés 
nollet 
ndllémus 
nollétis 
nollent 


ndluerim, -eris, etc. 
ndluissem, -és, etc. 


Imperative 
noli 
nodlite 
nolits 
nolits 
nolitéte 
nodluntd 

Infinitive 

nolle 
noluisse 


Participle 
ndléns, -entis 


IMPERSONAL VERB 


malébam, -bas, etc. 

malam, -és, etc. 

malui, -isti, etc. 

mAalueram, -eras, 
eic. 

mAluers, -eris, etc. 


malim 

malis 

malit 

malimus 

malitis 

malint 

mallem 

mallés 

mallet 

mallémus 

mallétis 

mallent 

maluerim, -eris, etc. 
mAluissem, -és, etc. 


malle 
maluisse 


Principal Parts, licet, licére, licuit (licitum est), it 7s allowed 


Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 

Perf. 


Plup. 
Futp. 


Indicative 

licet 

licébat 

licébit 

licuit (licitum est) 
licuerat 

licuerit 


Subjunctive 
Pres. liceat 
Imp. licéret 
Perf. licuerit 
Plup. licuisset 


340 


Infinitive 
Pres. licére 
Perf. -licuisse 
Fut. licitirum esse 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 


wiessea snytj0d 
urs snjrj0d 
remmjod 

rerjod 


o1e snytjo0d 
urese snjyij0od 
ums snj1}0d 
rerjod 
reqanod 
mjyuntjod 
rururtjod 
Imurtjod 
injtj0d 
sttjod 
rorjod 


wiassa snssed wiesse snjyndas 


wis snssed 
Jar9}ed 
retjed 


o1a snssed 
uevie snssed 
uns snssed 
rerjed 
reqaijed 
imjuntjed 
ruyurtjed 
murjed 
myned 
s1o}ed 
Jorjyed 


wis snyndos 
Jezonbas 
zenbas 


019 snjnoos 
ureie Ssnjndes 
uns sn}nodas 
renbas 
reqaonbas 
imjyunnbas 
rururmnbas 
inurmbas 
Injinbes 
stonbas 
ronbas 


W9SSd SN}LIOA 
WIS SN}LIOA 
I9IQIOA 
IedI9A 
earounf{[qng 


019 SN}LIDA 
UIBI9 SN}LIOA 
WINS SN}LIOA 
IOQQI9A 
Ieqa1oA 
InjUdI9A 
TUTUIQIOA 
INUIQIIA 
IN}QIOA 
SLIQIOA 
IOIIOA 
dATBOIPUT 


wiesse snjeUu0d 


fo uorssassog 423 0 ‘tans snyyod ‘tm,0d ‘1on0d 
4vaq ‘dans oj ‘cans snssed ‘1yed ‘101;ed 
moyof oj ‘tans snjynoes ‘Inbes ‘ronbes 

4vaf 01 MINS SN}WIOA ‘TI9IVA ‘I09IeA 

iduajy ‘€44 02 “ans snyeuOd ‘IIeUOd ‘1009 


SdagqA LNANOdaAd 


‘dmg 


wis snyeu0o “fuag 
Jareuod ‘duy 
IIUOD ‘Sag 
paray anny 4DYs J ‘Qe snyeugd “djny 
pata, poy J “urera snyeuod *dnjq 
pag J ‘vans snyeuod ‘fuag 
Ky yDys J SIOQVUOD "ny 
Suita spa J ‘reqeuod “duy 
K44 Kay] Sinyuruod 
(44 nok ‘rarareuod 
(44 am ‘inureuod 
Sard (42 ‘ays) ay ‘myeugd 
K4q nok ‘stzeuod 
&44 J ‘IOUOD “Sad 
“Ses 


341 


APPLIED LATIN 


nyj0d 
umn3130d 


tpuotjod 


snpuotjod 


snjzrjod 
sninjijod 
suatjod 


asso sninjij0d 
esse snyrj0od 
11130d 


nssed 
umnssed 


Ipusrjed 


snpuar}ed 


snssed 
sninssed 
suarjed 


esse sninssed 
esse snssed 
Wed 


10z1}ed 
e19}ed 


nynses 
win}nI9as 


Ipuonbes 


snpuonbas 


snjnoos 
sninjnoos 
suanbos 


esse sninjznoes 
9sso snjznoos 
mbes 


Jozinbas 
aionbas 


N}LWIOA 
UIN}LIDA 
eurdng 


IpUdI9A 
puniey 


SNnpuUdI9A 


sAIpUNIEy 


SNYLIOA 
SNIN}LIOA 
SUIIOA 


so[dionsed 


@SS9 SNIN}JUIA 
@SS9 SN}LIOA 
HQI0A 


aA UgUy 


1I0}919A 
@IQIOA 
- @ATpereduly 


Burka) Kg ‘nyeugd 


44 07 ‘unyeUuod 


Buk fo ‘Da ‘Ipuvuod 
par} ag 07 ‘uin- ‘e- ‘snpueudd 


para sutlapy ‘win- ‘e- ‘snyeuod 
X44 0] nogp Suun- ‘e- ‘snInzeUogd 
8u1td ‘syU- ‘SUBUOD 


£4] 01 nogD aq of ‘asse ‘un- ‘e- ‘sninzeUuod 
para} aevy 07 ‘asse ‘un ‘e- ‘sn}vu09 


4} 07 *1YBU0D 


Kg YWDYS Noy) *10;eUO9 
(nou) 4] Saxeuod 


fed 
° mn ei i 


oe ea 


Ny 
fod 


"Sad 


Wn 
"SaAq 


SYNOPSIS OF FORMS 





836. THE IRREGULAR VERB EO 
Principal Parts, eé, ire, ii (ivi), itum, /o go 
Indicative Subjunctive 
Pres. e6 eam 
is eas 
it eat 
imus eamus 
_ itis eatis 
eunt eant 
Imp. ibam, ibas, etc. irem, irés, etc. 
Fut. ibé, ibis, etc. 
Perf. ii (ivi), isti, iit ierim, ieris, ierit, etc. 














Plup. ieram, ierds, ierat issem, issés, isset, etc. 
F utp. ierd, ieris, ierit 

Infinitive Participle Gerund Supine 
Pres. ire iéns, euntis N. Acc. itum 
Perf. isse G. eundi Abl. iti 
Fut. itirus,-a,-um,esse _ ittrus, -a, -um D. eundé 

Imperative A. eundum 

Pres. i V. 

ite A. eund6é 
Fut. itd itdte 

it6 euntd ; 

837. THE IRREGULAR VERB FERO 
Principal Parts, ferd, ferre, tuli, latus, fo bear, carry 
Indicative 
ACTIVE PASSIVE 

Pres. fer6 feror 

fers ferris 

fert fertur 

ferimus ferimur 

fertis ferimini 

ferunt feruntur 
Imp. ferébam, -bas, -bat, etc. ferébar, -baris, -batur, etc. 
Fut. feram, -és, -et, etc. ferar, -éris, -étur, etc. 
Perf. tuli, -isti, -it, etc. latus sum, es, est, etc. 
Plup. tuleram, -eras, -erat, etc. latus eram, erAs, erat, etc. 
Futp. tuler6, -eris, -erit, etc. latus er6, eris, erit, etc. 

Subjunctive 

Pres. feram, -As, -at, etc. ferar, -aris, -atur, etc. 
Imp. ferrem, -és, -et, etc. ferrer, -éris, -étur, etc. 
Perf. tulerim, -eris, -erit, etc. latus sim, sis, sit, etc. 


Plup. tulissem, -és, -et, etc. 


latus essem, essés, esset, etc. 


APPLIED LATIN 


ACTIVE 
Pres. fer 
ferte _ 
Fut. fertd 
fertd 
fertdte 
ferunt6 


Pres. ferre 
Perf. tulisse 
Fut. latirus, -a, -um, esse 


Pres. feréns, -entis 
Fut. \atirus, -a, -um 
Perf. 





Gerund 
Nom. 
Gen. ferendi 
Dat. ferendd 
Acc. ferendum 
Abl. ferendé 





Imperative PASSIVE 


ferre 
ferimini 
fertor 
fertor 


feruntor > 


Infinitive 


ferri 
latus, -a, -um, esse 


Participle 


latus, -a, -um 


Gerundive 


ferendus, -a, -um 
Supine 

Acc. latum 

Abl. lata 


838. ° THE IRREGULAR VERB FIO (PASSIVE 
VOICE OF FACIO) 


Pre seai Parts, fid, fieri, factus sum, to happen, become, be made 


Indicative 
Pres. £16 


fiunt 
Imp. fiébam, -bas, -bat, etc. 
Fut. fiam, -és, -et, etc. 
Perf. factus sum, es, est, etc. 


Plup. factus eram, eras, erat, etc. 
Futp. factus er, eris, erit, etc. 


Imperative 
Pres: fh" 
fite 


Participle 
Perf. factus, -a, -um 


Subjunctive 
fiam 
fids 
fiat 
fiamus 
fiatis 
fiant 
fierem, -és, -et, etc. 





factus sim, sis, sit, etc. 
factus essem, essé6s, esset, etc. 





Infinitive 
Pres. fieri 
Perf. factus, -a, -um, esse 
Fut. factum iri 


Gerundive 
faciendus, -a, -um 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


A 

a, ab, prep. with abl.; of place, 
from, away from; of sepa- 
ration, from; of agency, by. 

a! or ah! znter]., ah! alas! 

ab-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to 
hide. 

ablud, -ere, -ui, -litus, to 
purify. 

abrump6, -ere, -ripi, -rup- 
tus, to break off. 

abscond6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, 
hide. 

absentia, -ae, /., absence. 

absolv6, -ere, -lvi, -solutus, 
to free. 

abstine6, -ére, -tinui, -ten- 
tus, abstain from. 

abs-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac- 
tus, to draw away. 

ab-sum, abesse, afui, —, to 
be away, be absent; with 
a (ab) and abl. 

abundantia, -ae, f., plenty. 

accéd6, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, 
to draw near, approach; 
be added. 

accend6, -ere, -cendi, -cén- 
sus, to set fire to, kindle, 
light. 

acceptus, -a, -um, ad7., pleas- 
ing to, with dative. 

accid6, -ere, -cidi, —, to fall 
to, happen. 


accid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to 
cut into. 

accing6, -ere, -cinxi, -cinc- 
tus, to gird, arm. 

accipid, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus, 
receive, accept. 

accommod6, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to arrange, adjust. 

accuratus, -a, -um, 
ful. 

accurro, -ere, -curri or -cu- 
curri, -cursum, to run to. 

acer, acris, acre, adj., sharp. 

acerbus, -a, -um, adj., sharp, 
bitter. 

aciés, -éi, f., an edge; battle- 
line. 

acriter, adv., sharply,bravely. 
comp., acrius; sup., acer- 
rimé. 

ad, prep. with acc., to, up to, 
toward. 

ad-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, 
to add. 

ad-dtic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead to, induce. 

ad-e6, -ire, -ii or -ivi, -itum, 
to go to; visit. 

adfect6, -adre, -avi, -atus, to 
desire, aim at. 

ad-feré, -ferre,.attuli, adla- 
tus, to bring to. 

adficis, -ere, -féci, -fectus, 
to treat. 


Care- 


APPLIED LATIN 


ad-flig6, -ere, -flixi, -flictus, 
to strike. 


adgredior, -i, -gressus, to 
attack. 

ad-haereé, -ére, —, —, to 
cling to. 

adhibe6, -ére, -ui, -itus, to 
apply. 


ad-hiic, adv., up to this time. 

adim6, -ere, -émi, -émptus, 
to take away, with da- 
tive of person and acc. of 
thing. 

aditidic6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
award. 

ad-iung6, -ere, -iinxi, -iiinc- 
tus, to join to, add. 

ad-iuv6, -dre, -itvi, -iitus, to 
help, be of assistance. 

ad-lig6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
tie to. 

ad-miror, -ari, -atus, to won- 
der at, admire. 

ad-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to admit. 

adoléscentia, -ae, /., youth. 

ad-opt6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
choose; adopt. 

ad-orior, -iri, -ortus, attack, 
assail. 

ad-6r6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
beseech, worship. 

ad-scisc6, -ere, -scivi, -sci- 
tus, to take to oneself, ad- 
mit, receive. 

adsenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén- 
sus, to agree, assent. 

ad-suésco, -ere, -Su€vl, -sué- 


il 


tum, be accustomed or 
wont. 

ad-sum, -esse, -fui, —, 
be present, with dat. 

adultus, -a, -um, 
grown up, mature. 

adveni6, -ire, -véni, -ven- 
tum, to come, to approach. 

adventus, -is, m., a coming 
to, arrival. 

adversus, -a, -um, adj., op- 
posite; unfavorable. 

advoco, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
call toward. 

aedificium, -i, 7., a building. 

Aegyptus, -i, /., Egypt. | 

aequalis, -e, adj., equal, like. 

aequo, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
make equal or even. 

aequus, -a, -um, adj., even, 
fair, just. 

aér, deris, m., the air. 

aestas, -atis, /., summer. 

aetas, -atis, /., life, age. 

aeternus, -a, -um, ad/., per- 

_ petual. 

Africa, -ae, f., the continent 
of Africa. 

ager, agri, m., a field, farm. 

agit6, -are, -avi, -atus, move, 
pursue. 

agmen, -inis, 7., a marching 
army. 

agndsco, -ere, -ndévi, -nitus, 
to recognize. 

ago, -ere, €gi, actus, to put 
in motion, drive. 

agricola, -ae, m., a farmer. 


to 


adj., 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


ai! inter7., alas! 

ala, -ae, /., a wing. 

aliénus, -a,-um, adj., strange, 
foreign. 

aliquand6, adv., finally, at 
length. 

aliquis (-qui), aliqua, aliquid 
(-quod), indef. pron., some 
one, something; as ad/., 
‘some, any. 

alius, -a, -ud (gen. alius), 
adj., another, other. 

Allobrogés, -um, m., a Gallic 
tribe. 

al6, -ere, alui, 
nourish, feed. 

alter, -tera, -terum (gen. 
alterius), adj., one of two, 
the other. 

altercati6, -idnis, /., dispute. 

altitid6, -inis, /., depth, 
height. 

altus, -a, -um, high, deep. 

alveus, -i, m., the bed of a 
river. 

amicitia, -ae, /., friendship. 

amicus, -i, m., a friend. 

amicus, -a,-um,ad/.,friendly. 

amitt6, -ere, -misi, -missus, 
to lose. 

amo, -are, -avi, -atus, to love. 

amor, -6ris, m., love. 

amoveo, -ére, movi, motus, 
to move away. 

amplus, -a, -um, ad7., large, 
extensive. 

an, conj., Or. 

ancora, -ae, /., an anchor. 


alitus, to 


ill 


angustus, -a, -um, ad/., nar- 
row. 

anima, -ae, /., breath, life. 

animal, -dalis, 7., animal. 

animans, -antis, m., a living 
creature. 

animus, -i, m., soul, spirit. 

annus, -1, m., a year. 

annuus, -a, -um, ad7., annual. 

ante, prep., before. 

antea, adv., before, formerly. 

ante cédé, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, go forward; surpass. 

antiquus, -a, -um, ad7., old. 

antrum, -i, 7., a Cave, Cav- 
ern. 

aperio, -ire, aperui, apertus, 
to open, unclose. 

apertus, -a, -um, adj., open. 

appareo, -ére, -ul, —, to 
appear. 

appell6, -are, -avi, -Atus, to 
call, name. 

appeto, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to 
seek for. | 

aptus, -a, -um, ad7., fitted, 
suited, adapted. 

apud, prep. with acc., at, at 
the house of, with. 

aqua, -ae, f., water. 

Aquitania, -ae, /., Aquitania. 

ara, -ae, /., an altar. 

arbitror, -ari, -dtus, to think. 

arbor, -oris, /., a tree. 

arced, -ére, -ui, —, to keep 
or ward off, hinder. 

arcess6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to 

“summon, send for. 


APPLIED LATIN 


arcus, -iis, m., a bow. 

arde6, -ére, arsi, arsus, to 
burn. 

ardor, -dris, m., a burning 
heat. 

argenteus, -a, -um, adj., of 
silver, silvery. 


arma, -Orum, 7., tools; arms; 


weapons. 

Armenia, -ae, /., a country in 
Asia Minor. 

armo, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
arm, equip. 

aroma, -atis, ”., spices. 

arripio, -ere, -pui, -reptus, 
to seize. 

ars, artis, f., skill, art. 

arund6, -inis, /., a reed. 

arx, arcis, f., a citadel, fort- 
ress. 

ascénsus, -Us, m., ascent, ap- 
proach. 

Asia, -ae, f., Asia. 

asinus, -1, m.,anass, donkey. 

assid6, -ere, -sédi, —, to sit 
down. 

astrum, -i, #., a star. 

atque, conj., and; and also. 

atrOx, -Ocis, adj., savage, 
fierce, cruel. 

atting6, -ere, -tigi, -tactus, 
to touch, reach. 

auctor, -6ris, m., author. 

auctoritas, -atis, /., author- 
ity, influence. 

audacia, -ae, /., boldness. 

audacter, adv., boldly. 

audax, -acis, adj., bold. 


lv 


audeod, -ére, ausus sum, to 
dare. 

audi6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to 
hear. 

augeo, -€re, auxi, 
to increase. 

augur, -uris, m., a prophet. 

aureus, -a, -um, adj., of 
gold, golden. 

aurum, -i, ”., gold. , 

aut, conj., or; aut....aut, 
either... .or. 

autem, conj., however. 

auxilium, -i, 7., aid, help. 

avaritia, -ae, /., greed. 

avidus, -a, -um, adj., desir- 
ous of. 

avis, -is, f., a bird. 

avoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to call 
away. 


auctus, 


B 
baculum, -i, 7., a stick. 
Balearis, -e, adj., Balearic, 
of the Balearic isles. 
barbarus, -a, -um, adj., bar- 
barous. 
Belgae, -drum, m., the Bel- 
gians, a nation of northern 
- Gaul. 
bellicdsus, -a, 
warlike, fierce. 
bell6, -are, -avi, -atum, to 
wage war. 
bellum, -i, ”., war. 
bene, adv., well; comp., mel- 
ius, sup., optimé. 
beneficium, -i, 1., benefit, 
kindness. 


-um, adj., 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


biduum, -i, ., two days’ 
time. 

biennium, -i, ”., two years’ 
time. 

bini, -ae, -a, distrib. num. 
adj., by twos, two each. 

bis, num. adv., twice. 

bitimen, -inis, ”., pitch. 

Boi (Boii), -6rum, m., the 
Boii, a Celtic tribe. 

bonus, -a, -um, adj., good. 
comp., melior, melius; 
sup., optimus, -a, -um. 

bracchium, -i, ”., an arm. 

brevis, -e, adj., short, brief. 

Britannia, -ae, /., Britain. 

Britannus, -a, -um, ad/., 
British. 

C 


cad6, -ere, cecidi, casum, to 
fall. 

caedés, -is, f., slaughter. 

caed6, -ere, cecidi, caesus, 
to cut. 

caelum, -i, 7., the sky. 

Caesar, -aris, m., Caius Ju- 
lius Caesar. 

calamitas, -atis, f., loss, ca- 
lamity. 

camelus, -i, m., a camel. 

campus, -i, m., a plain, field. 

canis, -is, m. and f., a dog. 

cantus, -Us, m., song. 

capillus, -i, m., the hair. 

capid, -ere, cépi, captus, to 
take, take possession of, 
capture, seize. 

captivus, -i, m., a prisoner. 


Vv 


capto, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
catch at, seize. 
caput, -itis, 7., the head. 
carcer, -eris, m., a prison. 
cared, -ére, -ui, —, to be 
without, lack. 
carmen, -inis, ”., a song, 
verse. 
carrus, -1, m., a cart. 
Carthagé, -inis, /., Carthage. 
carus, -a, -um, adj., dear. 
castellum, -i, ”., a fortress, 
redoubt. 
Casticus, -i, a chief. 
castra, -drum, a military 
encampment, camp. 
casus, -tis, m.,a fall, chance, 
mischance. 
Catamantaloedés, -is, a chief. 
cauda, -ae, /., a tail. 
causa, -ae, /.,a cause, reason; 
with gen., for the sake of. 
caved, -ére, cavi, cautum, to 
beware, be on one’s guard. 
céd6, -ere, cessi, cessum, to 
make a motion, yield. 
celeber, -bris, -bre, ad/., 
celebrated, famous. 
celebr6, -dre, -avi, -atus, 
to frequent, celebrate. 
celer, -eris, -ere, adj., swift. 
celeritas, -atis, /., speed, 
quickness. 
celeriter, adv., quickly. 
cénaculum, -i, 7., a chamber. 
cénseo, -ére, cénsui, cén- 
sum, estimate, think. 
cénsus, -tis, m., a census. 


APPLIED LATIN 


centum, num. adj., indecl., a 
hundred. 

centuri6, -dnis, m., a centu- 
rion. 

cern6, -ere, crévi, crétus, 
to distinguish, discern. 

certé, adv., certainly. 

certus, -a, -um, ad/., settled, 
certain. 

céterus, -a, -um, adj., the 
rest of, remaining. 

cibarius, -a, -um, adj., per- 
taining to food. 

cibus, -i, m., food. 

Cicerd, -dnis, m., Cicero, the 
orator. 

cing6, ~ere, cinxi, cinctus, to 
encompass, surround, en- 
circle. 

circiter, adv. and prep. with 
acc.; as adv., about, nearly; 
as prep., near, about. 

circuitus, -iis, m., circuit. 

circum, prep. with acc.. 
around. 

circum-d6, -dare, -dedi, 
-datus, to put around, 
surround, inclose. 

circum-sede6, -ére, -sédi, 
-sessum, to sit around; 
surround. 

circumscribo, -ere, -scripsi, 
-scriptus, to confine limit. 

circumspici6, -ere, -spéxi, 
spectus, to look around. 

circum-sté, -are, -steti, —, 
to surround. 


vl 


circumtex6, -ere, -texui, 
-textus, to weave around. 

circum-venio, -ire, -véni, 
-ventum, to come around, 
surround. 

civis, -is, m. and f., a citizen. 

Civitas, -atis, /., a state. 

cladés, -is, f., disaster. 

clamo, -are, -avi, -Atum, to 
cry out, shout. 

clamor, -6ris, m., an outcry, 
clamor. 

clarus, -a, -um, adj., clear, 
loud. | 

classis, -is, /., a fleet. 

claud6, -ere, clausi, clausus, 
to shut, close. 

cléméns, -ntis, adj., lenient. 

cliéns, -entis, m., a client, 
retainer. 

clipeus, -i, m., a shield. 

coepi, -isse, coeptus, to be- 
gin, commence. 

cognéscé, -ere, -gn6vi, -gni- 
tus, to ascertain, learn, to 
know. 

cogo, -ere, Coégi, coactus, to 
drive together, force, col- 
lect. 

cohors, -rtis, /., a cohort. 

cohortor, -ari, -dtus, to en- 
courage. 

collis, -is, m., a height, hill. 

collum, -i, 7., the neck. 

cold, -ere, colui, cultus, to till, 
cherish, honor, dwell in. 

color, -dris, m., color. 

columna, -ae, /., a column. 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


coma, -ae, f., the hair. 

combiré, -ere, -iissi, -iistus, 
to burn up. 

comes, comitis, m. and f., a 
companion. 

commeo, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
go and come. 

com-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to commit, intrust. 

com-moveo, -ére, -movl, 
-motus, to move thor- 
oughly, disturb. 

commiuni6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, 
to fortify. 

communis, -e, adj., general, 
common. 

commutatid, -dnis, /,, 
change, turn. 

com-paro, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to provide, get ready. 

com-pelld, -ere, -puli, -pul- 
sus, to drive together, 
compel. 

compleé, -ére, -évi, -étus, 
to fill completely. 

com-plirés, -a, adj., many, 
a great many. 

com-pon6, -ere, -posul, -posi- 
tus, to put together, com- 
pose, construct. 

com-porto, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to bring together, collect. 

com-prehend6, -ere, -hendi, 
-hénsus, to seize, catch. 


a 


comprim6, -ere, -pressi, 
-pressus, to restrain, 
check. 


conatus, -Us, m.,an attempt. 


vil 


concéd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sus, retire, yield. 

concid6, -ere, -cidi, —, to 
fall down, collapse. 

concid6, -ere, -cidi, cisus, 
to cut down, cut to pieces. 

concilié, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to reconcile. 

concilium, -i, 7., council. 

concipio, -ere, -cépi, -cep- 
tus, to take hold of, catch. 

concit6, -are, --avi, -datus, 
to call, arouse. 

conclam6, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to cry out together, cry 
out loud. 

conclave, -is, 7., a conclave. 

conclid6, -ere, -si, -sus, to 
shut around, surround. 

concupisco, -ere, -cupivi, 
-itus, to long for. 

concurro, -ere, -curril or 
-cucurri, -cursum, to run 
together. 

concursus, -iis, m., running 
together, collision. 

concutid, -ere, -cussi, -cus- 
sus, shake up, shatter. 

condicid, -dnis, /., terms, 
condition. 

cond6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, 
to put together, found. 

condiicé, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to hire, collect. 

confer6, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, 
to bring together, collect, 
compare. 


APPLIED LATIN 


confertus, -a, adj., 
crowded. | 

confici6, -ere, -féci, -fectus, 
to accomplish, complete. 

confid6, -ere, -fisus sum, 
to trust firmly. 

conflud, ere, -flixi, —, to 
flow together. 

conici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, 
to hurl, throw. 

coniung6, -ere, -itinxi, -iiinc- 
tus, to join together, unite. 

conitiratis, -dnis, f., a con- 
spiracy. 

coniiinx, -ugis, m. and f., a 
husband, wife. 

conlig6, -ere, -légi, -léctus, 
to gather together, collect. 

conor, -ari, -atus, to try. 

conscend6, -ere, -scendi, 
-scénsus, to climb, mount. 

cOnscisco, -ere, -SCivi, -SCi- 
tus, to decree. 

conscius, -a, -um, adj., con- 
scious of, with gen. 

cOnscrib6, -ere, -scripsi, 
-scriptus, to enroll, levy. 

coOnsénsus, -ls, m., agree- 
ment. 

consenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén- 
sus, to think with, agree. 

consider6, -are, -avi, -Atus, 
to look at closely, con- 
sider. 

consilium, -i, 1., delibera- 
tion, plan. 

consisté, -ere, -stiti, take 
a position, consist. 


-um, 


consolatis, -dnis, /., consola- 
tion. | 

conspectus, -iis, m., sight. 

conspici6, -ere, -spéxi, -spec- 
tus, to sight, behold. 

constat, -are, -stitit, it is 
agreed. 

constitud, -ere, -ui, -itus, 
to establish, determine. 

constring6, -ere, -strinxi, 
-strictus, bind together. 

cOnsuésco, -ere, -Sué€vi, 
-suétum, to be accus- 
tomed. 

consuétids, -inis, /., a habit, 
custom. 

consul, -ulis, m., a consul. 

consulatus, -is, m., consul- 
ship. 

cOnstim6, -ere, -stumpsi, 
-sumptus, to use up, con- 
sume. 

contend6, -ere, -di, -tus, to 
fight, contend. 

contentus, -a, -um, adj., con- 
tent, satisfied. 

continenter, adv., continu- 
ously. 

contined, -ére, -tinui, -ten- 
tus, to contain, limit, 
bound. 

conting6, -ere, -tigi, -tactus, 
to touch, happen. 

contra, prep., against, over 
against. 

contrahé, -ere, -traxi, -trac- 
tus, to collect, draw to- 
gether. 


vill 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


contréversia, -ae, f., a dis- 
pute. 

conveni6, -ire, -véni, -ven- 
tum, to come together, as- 
semble. 

conventus, 
ing. 

convivium, -i, ”., feast. 

convoco, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
call together. 

copia, -ae, /., abundance; Pl., 
troops, forces. 

copidsus, -a, -um, adj., abun- 
dant. 

corni, -tis, 7., a horn, wing. 

corona, -ae, /., a crown. 

corpus, -oris, 7., the body. 

corrig6, -ere, -réxi, -réctus, 
to correct, reform. 

corripi6, -ere, -ripui, -rep- 
tus, to snatch up. 

corrumpo, -ere, -rupi, -rup- 
tus, to corrupt. 

cotidianus, -a, -um, ad/., 
daily. 

cotidié, adv., daily. 

créber, -bra, -brum, ad/., 
frequent. 

créd6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to 
trust, believe, with dat. 

crem6, -are, —, —, to burn. 

creo, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
create, choose, elect. 

crésco, -ere, crévi, crétus, 
to increase. 

crinis, -is, m., the hair. 

cubile, -is, ”., couch. 

culpa, -ae, /., fault. 

23 


-us, m., meet- 


cultus, -tis, m., civilization. 

cum, prep. with abl., with, 
along with. 

cum, conj. of time, when, 
while, whenever, after; of 
concession (with subj.), 
although; of cause, since 
(with subj.). 

cunctus, -a, -um, adj., all 
together. 

cupiditas, -atis, f., desire, 
longing. 

cupidus, -a, -um, adj., de- 
sirous, with gen. 

cupi6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to de- 
sire. 

cir, adv., interrog., why? 

cura, -ae, /., care. 

ciiridsus, -a, -um, inquisi- 
tive. 

curd, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
care for, provide. 

curro, -ere, Cucurri, cursum, 
to run. 

cursus, -is, m., a running, 
course. 

custddia, -ae, f., watch. 

cust6di6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to 
guard. 


D 
damn6, -dre, -avi, -datus, 
to condemn. 


dé, prep. with abl., from, down 
from, concerning, about. 

débeo, -ére, -ui, -itus, to 
owe, ought. 

débilits, -are, -dvi, -atus, 
to weaken. 


“APPLIED LATIN 


dé-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, to go away, depart. 

decem, indecl. num. adj., ten. 

decet, -ére, -uit, it is fitting. 

décipis, -ere, -cépi, -cep- 
tus, to take in, deceive. 

dé-curr6, -ere, -cucurri or 
-currl, -cursum, to run 
down or from. 

déditi6, -dnis, f., surrender. 

dé-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, 
to surrender. 

dé-diic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead away. 

défendo, -ere, -di, -fénsus, 
to defend. 

dé-feré, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, 
to bring down, carry away. 

déficid, -ere, -féci, -fectum, 
to fail, give out. 

déicid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus. 
to throw down. 

deinde, adv., then, next. 

déle6, -ére, -évi, -étus, to 
destroy. 

dé-ligd, -are, -avi, -dtus, to 
bind down, bind. 

délig6, -ere, -légi, -léctus, to 
choose. 

dé-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus,to let down,send away. 

dénique, adv., afterwards, at 
last. 

déns, dentis, m., a tooth. 

dénsus, -a, -um, adj., thick, 
dense. 

dé-pelld, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, 
to drive away, avert. 


dé-p6nd, -ere, -posui, -posi- 
tus, to put aside. 

dé-port6, -dre, -avi, -atus, 
to carry off; lay waste. 

déprecator, -dris, m., inter- 
cessor. 

déprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres- 
sus, to hold down. 

déscend6, -ere, -i, -scénsum, 
to climb down, descend. 

dé-scrib6, -ere, -scripsi, 
-scriptus, to write out; de- 
scribe. 

désilis, -ire, -silui, —, to 
leap down. 

dé-sist6, -ere, -stiti, -stitum, 
to stop, cease. 

déspicié, -ere, -spéxi, -spec- 
tus, to look down upon, 
despise. 


déstrud, -ere, -strixi, -stric- 


tus, to destroy. 

dé-sum, deésse, défui, —, 
be lacking, with dat. 

dé-terre6, -ére, -ui, —, to 
frighten off. 

dé-tine6, -ére, -tinui, -ten- 
tus, to keep back, delay. 

dé-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac- 
tus, to draw off, rob, with 
dat. of person and acc. of 
thing. 

détrid6, -ere, -trisi, -triisus, 
to push down. 

deus, -i, m., a god. 

dé-vor6, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to devour. 

dexter, -tra,-trum,ad/.,right. 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


dic6, -ere, dixi, dictus, to 
say, appoint. 

dictator, -6ris, m., a dictator. 

dictid, -dnis, /., power. 

diés, -éi, f. and m., a day. 

differ6, -ferre, distuli, dila- 


tus, to bear apart; post- 
pone; differ. 
difficilis, -e, adj., hard, diffi- 


cult. 

diffid6, -ere, -fisus sum, to 
distrust. 

dignus, -a, -um, adj., worthy, 
with abl. 

diligéns, -ntis, adj., careful. 

diligenter, adv., diligently. 

diligentia, -ae, /., care. 

di-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to send away, dis- 
miss. 

dirig6, -ere, -réxi, -réctus, 
to direct, guide. 

diripi6, -ere, -ripui, -reptus, 
to pull apart; plunder 

dis-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, to go away, depart 

disciplina, -ae, /., training, 
discipline. 

disc6, -ere, didici, —, to 
learn. 

dis-par, -paris, adj., unequal, 
unlike. 

displiced, -ére, -ui, -itum, 
to displease. 

dis-p6n6, -ere, -posui, -posi- 
tus, arrange, dispose. 

dissenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén- 
sus, to disagree. 


xl 


dissimilis, -e, adj., unlike. 

dissolv6, -ere, -solvi, -solu- 
tus, to loosen, dissolve. 

distined, -ére, -tinui, -ten- 
tus, to hold apart. 

dis-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac- 
tus, to pull apart; sepa- 
rate. 

dit, adv., long, a long time; 
comp., diitius; sup., diu- 
tissimé. 

Diviciacus, -i, m., a chief. 

divid6, -ere, -visi, -visus, to 
separate, divide. 

dé, dare, dedi, datus, to give. 

doceé, -ére, -ui, doctus, to 
teach. 

dives, -itis, adj., rich. 

dolor, -éris, m., grief. 

dolus, -i, m., trick. 

domina, -ae, /., a lady, mis- 
tress. 

dominus, -i, m., a master. 

domus, -is, /., a house; Joc., 
domi, at home. 

dénec, conj., while, as long 
as, until. 

d6n6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
present. 

dénum, -i, 7., a gift. 

dormi6, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to 


sleep. | 
dubit6, -are, -dvi, -datus, 
to doubt. 


dubius, -a, -um, ad/., doubt- 
ful, uncertain. 

ducenti, -ae, -a, NUM. ae 
two hundred. 


APPLIED’ LATIN 


diic6, -ere, diixi, ductus, to 
lead. 

dum, conj., while, as long as; 
till, until. 

Dumnorix, -igis, m., a chief. 

duo, -ae, -0, num. adj., two. 

duplex, -icis, adj., double. 

dux, ducis, m., a leader, 
guide. 

| E 

ecce, 7nier]., 
there! 

6-diic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead out. 

effémin6, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to make feminine. 

efferd, -ferre, extuli, élatus, 
to carry out. 

efficax, adj., effective. 

efficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus, to 
make, effect, accomplish. 

effigiés, -éi, f., an effigy. 

effodid, -ire, -fédi, -fossus, 
to dig out. 

ego, mei, pers. pron., I, I 
myself. 

égregius, -a, -um, adj., re- 
markable. 

ei! znterj]., Oh! alas! 

6icid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, 
to cast or drive out, expel. 

élegans, -ntis, ad7., elegant. 

é-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to send forth; let go. 

emo, -ere, €mi, €mptus, to 
buy, purchase. 

€moved, -ére, -mOvi, -motus, 
to move out, stir. 


lo! behold! 


én! znier7., lo! 

enim, conj., postpositive, for, 
really. 

énintid, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
announce. 

e6, ire, ii or ivi, itum, to go. 

epistula, -ae, /., a letter. 

epulor, -ari, -Aatus sum, to 
feast. 

eques, -itis, m., a knight. 

equester, -tris, -tre, adj., be- 
longing to a horseman. 

equitatus, -iis, m., cavalry. 

equus, -i, m., a horse. 

érigo, -ere, -réxi, -réctus, to 
raise up; make erect. 


€6ripi6, -ere, -ripui, -reptus, 


xli 


to snatch away, save, with 
dat. of person and acc. of 
thing. 

erro, -are, -avi, -atus, 
wander, mistake. ; 

é-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptus, 
to burst forth. 

et, conj., and, also; et... 
et, both ... and. 

etenim, conj., for. 

et-iam, adv. and conj., yet, 
even yet, still, even. 

é-venié, -ire, -véni, -ventum, 
to come out, happen. 

éventus, -Us, m., an out- 
come, result. 

€-voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
call out, challenge. 

ex, or & (before consonanis), 
prep. w. abl., out of, 
from. 


to 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


ex-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, move out, to go forth. 

excid6, -ere, -i, —, to fall out. 

excipio, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus, 
to take up; receive. 

ex-clam6, -are, -Aavi, -atus, 
to shout out. 

exclid6, -ere, -cltsi, -clisus, 
to shut out, exclude. 

exemplum, -i, ”., example. 

ex-e0, -ire, -il or -ivi, -itum, 
to go out. 

exercitus, -iis, m., an army. 

exig6, -ere, -€gi, -actus, to 
drive out; exact. 

exim6, -ere, -émi, -émptus, 
to take away, remove. 

existimatid, -dnis, f., opin- 
ion, judgment. 

existim6, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to consider; think. | 

exitus, -iis, m., going out; 
end. 

expeditus, -a, -um, ad7., un- 
impeded, free, light-armed. 

ex-pellé, -ere, -puli, -pul- 
sus, to drive out, expel. 

experior, -irl, -pertus, to 
Test. try; 

expers, expertis, adj., de- 
void of, with gen. 

explorator, -dris, m., a scout. 

explor6, -are, -Avi, -Atus, to 
investigate, examine. 

ex-p6ond, -ere, -posui, -posi- 
tus, to put forth; explain. 

ex-porto, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to carry away, export. 


exprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres- 
sus, to press out, extort. 

exprobro, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
reproach. 

exsequor, -i, -secutus sum, 
to follow out. 

exsist6, -ere, -stiti, -stitum, 
to stand forth, appear. 

exspect6o, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to look for, await. 

exstd, -are, —, —, to stand 
out, appear. 

exstruo, -ere, -struxi, -stric- 
tus, to build up, construct. 

exsul, -ulis, m., an exile. 

exterus, -a, -um, adj., on the 
outside; comp., exterior, 
-ius, outer; sup., extrémus, 
-a, -um, outermost. 

extra, prep. with acc., outside, 
beyond. 

ex-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac- 
tus, to draw out. 

extrémus, see exterus. 

ex-uro, -ere, -tssi, -ustus, to 
burn up, consume, destroy. 


F 

fabula, -ae, f., story, fable. 

faciés, -éi, /., face. 

facile, adv., easily. 

facilis, -e, adj., easy. 

faci, -ere, féci, factus, to 
make, do. 

facultas, -atis, f., capacity, 
power. 

fallax, -acis, adj., deceitful, 
treacherous. 


xiil 


APPLIED LATIN 


falsus, -a, -um, ad/., false. 

fama, -ae, /., fame. 

familia, -ae, /., family, a 
household. 

famulus, -i, m., a slave. 

fateor, -éri, fassus, to say, 
admit. 

fatum, -i, ., fate. 

faucés, -ium, /., the throat. 

faved, -ére, favi, fautum, 
to favor. 

féliciter, adv., happily. 

félix, -icis, adj., fortunate, 
happy. 

_ fémina, -ae, /., a woman. 

fera, -ae, f/., a wild beast. 

ferax, -acis, ad/., fertile. 

feré, adv., nearly. 

ferd, ferre, -tuli, -latus, to 
bear, carry. 

ferdx, -6cis, adj., fierce. 

ferrum, -i, 7., iron. 

fertilis, -e, adj., fertile. 

ferus, -a, -um, adj., wild, 
fierce, cruel. : 

féstus, -a, -um, ad7., festive, 
festal. 

fidés, -ei, f., faith, belief. 

fid6, -ere, fisus sum, to trust. 

fidiicia, -ae, /., confidence. 

fidus, -a, -um, ad/., faithful. 

figira, -ae, /., shape, figure. 

filia, -ae, f., a daughter. 

filius, -1, m., a son. 

filum, -i, 7., a thread. 

finid, -ire, -ivi,. -itus, to 
bound, limit. 


finis, -is, m., a boundary, 


limit; l., territory. 
finitimus, -a, -um, adj., 
neighboring. 


fi6, fieri, factus, used as pass. 
of facid, to be made, be 
done, take place, become, 
happen. 
firmamentum, -i, the heaven. 
firm6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
strengthen; fortify. 
firmus, -a, -um, adj., strong, 
firm. 
fiscella, -ae, /., a basket. 
flagito, -are, -avi, -datus, 
to demand. 
flamma, -ae, /., a flame. 
flectd, -ere, fléxi, flexus, to 
bend. 
fle6, -Gre, flévi, flétum, to 
weep. 
fl6,flare,flavi,flatum,toblow. 
fléred, -ére, -ui, —, to bloom. 
fl6s, floris, m., a flower. 
flimen, -inis, 7., a river. 
flud, -ere, flixi, —, to flow. 
foedus, -eris, ”., a treaty. 
fons, fontis, m., a spring, 
fountain. 
forma, -ae, f., form, shape. 
formidé, -inis, /., fear. 
forte, adv., perhaps. 
fortis, -e, adj., strong, brave. 
fortiter, adv., bravely. 
fortitids, -inis, f., bravery. 
fortina, -ae, f., fortune, fate. 
fortinatus, -a, -um, ad/., 
fortunate. 


Xiv 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


forum, -i, 7., a public place, 
the forum. 

fossa, -ae, f., a ditch, trench. 

fovea, -ae, /., a pitfali, snare. 

fragilis, -e, ad/., fragile. 

frang6, -ere, frégi, fractus, 
to break. 

frater, -tris, m., a brother. 

frequéns, -entis, adj., fre- 
quent. 

frétus, -a, -um, adj., de- 
pending or relying upon, 
with abl. 

frigidus, -a, -um, ad/j., cold. 

frigus, -oris, ”., cold weather, 
cold. 

frons, frontis, /.,the forehead. 

frimentarius, -a, -um, ad/., 
of or pertaining to grain; 
rés frimentaria, grain sup- 
ply. 

frimentum, -i, 7., grain. 

fruor, -i, friictus, to enjoy, 
with abl. 

fristra, adv., in vain. 

fuga, -ae, /., flight. 

fugid, -ere, figi, figitum, to 
flee, escape. 

fugitivus, -a, -um, ad7., fugi- 
tive. 

fulged, -ére, fulsi, —, to 
flash, gleam. 

funda, -ae, /.,.a sling. 

fund6, -ere, fiidi, fiisus, to 
pour forth. 

fungor, -i, fiinctus, to per- 
form; do one’s duty, with 
abl. 


furor, -6ris, m., rage. 
firtum, -i, ., theft. 


G 

Gabinius, -i, m., Gabinius. 

Galba, -ae, m., Galba, a 
lieutenant of Caesar. 

galea, -ae, /., a helmet. 

Gallia, -ae, f., the country 
Gaul. 

Gallicus, -a, -um, ad7., Gallic. 

Gallus, -a, -um, ad7., Gallic. 

gauded, -ére, gavisus sum, 
to rejoice. 

gemma, -ae, /., a gem. 

Genava, -ae, /., Geneva. 

géns, gentis, f., a tribe, 
people, nation. 

genus, -eris, 7., race, family. 

Germania, -ae, /., Germany. 

gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, to 
bear, wage, carry on. 

gignd, -ere, genui, genitus, 
to beget, - bear. 

glaciés, -é1, /., ice. 

gladius, -i, m., a sword. 

gloria, -ae, /., glory. 

gracilis, -e, adj., slender. 

gradatim, adv., step by step. 

gradior, -i, gressus, to go, 
walk. 

Graecia, -ae, /., Greece. 

gramen, -inis, 7., grass. 

gratia, -ae, /., favor, grati- 
tude. 

gratus, -a, -um, adj., agree- 
able, pleasant, with dat. 

gravis, -e, adj., heavy. 


APPLIED LATIN 


graviter, adv., heavily. 
grex, gregis, m., flock. 
gubernator, -6ris, m., a pilot. 


igi 

habed, -ére, -ui, -itus, to 
have, hold, regard. 

habit6, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to inhabit, with zm and abl. 

haedus, -i, m., a kid. 

haered, -ére, haesi, haesum, 
to stick, cling. 

hauri6, -ire, hausi, haustus, 
to drink, drink in, drain. 

Hebraeus, -a, -um, ad/., 
Hebrew. 

heu! znier]., alas! 

hic, haec, hdc, dem. pron., 
this, this one; he, she, it. 

hic, adv., here. 

hiems, hiemis, /., the win- 
ter;. storm. 

Hierosdlyma, -ae, /f., Jeru- 
salem. . 

hinc, adv., from this place, 

"hence. 

Hispania, -ae, f., Spain. 

hodié, adv., to-day. 

hom6, -inis, m., man. 

honor, -6ris, m., honor. 

hora, -ae, f., an hour. 

horribilis, -e, adj., dreadful. 

hortor, -ari, -atus, to urge. 

hospitium, -i, 7., hospitality. 

hostis, -is, m., an enemy. 

hiic, adv., to this place. 

himanitas, -tatis, /., civiliza- 
tion, refinement. 


humerus, -i, m., the shoulder. 

humilis, -e, adj., humble. 

humus, -i, /., ground, humi, 
loc., on the ground. 


- 

iaced, -ére, -cui, —, to lie, 
recline. 

iacid, -ere, iéci, iactus, to. 
throw, cast, hurl. 

Iacdbus, -i, m., Jacob. 

iam, adv., presently, now. 

ianua, -ae, /., a door. 

ibi, adv., there. 

ictus, -iis, m., a stroke. 

idem, eadem, idem, dem. 
pron., the same, same one. 

identidem, adv., again and 
again. 

iddneus, -a, -um, 
suitable, proper. 

igitur, conj., postpositive, ac- 
cordingly, therefore. 

ignavia, -ae, /., idleness. 

ignis, -is, m., fire. 

igndminia, -ae, f., disgrace, 
dishonor. 

igndsco, -ere, -novi, -notus, 
to pardon. 

ille, illa, illud, dem. pron., 
that, that one; he, she, it. 

illistris, -e, adj., famous. 

imag6, -inis, /., an image. 

immitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to send into, send in. 

imm6, conj., nay. 

immortalis, -e, ad/., 
mortal. 


adj., 


im- 


Xvi 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


impedimentum, -i, 7., a hin- 
drance; pl., baggage of an 
army. 


impedi6, -ire, -ivi or ii, 
-itum, to hinder, prevent; 
delay. 


impellé, -ere, -puli, -pulsus, 
to drive on, impel. 

impended, -ére, —, —, to 
overhang. 

imperator, -6ris, m., a gen- 
eral. 

imperitus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
skilled, with gen. 

imperium, -i, ”., command, 
power. 

imper6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
command. 

impetr6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
gain a request. 

impetus, -is, m., an attack, 
charge. 

implic6d, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to enfold, entangle. 

imp6n6, -ere, -posui, -posi- 
tus, to put upon; impose. 

import, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
carry in, import. 

imprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres- 
sus, to press into, engrave. 

impudéns, -ntis, ad7., shame- 
less. 

in, prep. with acc. into, or 
abl., in. 

inambul6, -are, -Avi, -Atum, 
to walk up and down. 

incendium, -i, ”., a confla- 
gration, fire. 


incid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, to 
cut into. 

incipid, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus, 
to begin. 

in-cit6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
urge on, impel. 

inclin6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
bend. 

inclid6, -ere, -clisi, ~clisus, 
to shut in, confine. 

incola, -ae, m.,an inhabitant. 

in-col6, -ere, -colui, —, to 
dwell in, inhabit, with acc. 

incommodum, -i, 7., loss, 
harm. 

in-crédibilis, -e, adj., in- 
credible. 

inde, adv. of place, from that 
place, thence. 

indicium, -i, 7., information. 

in-dignus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
worthy, with abl. 

in-diic6, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tum, to lead on, influence. 

in-dud, -ere, -ul, -ttus, to 
put on, to dress in. 

industria, -ae, f., industry. 

in-e6, -ire, -ivi and -ii, -itum, 
to go into. 

inermis, -e, adj., weaponless, 
unarmed. 

infans, -antis, m. and f., an 
infant. 

infantulus, -1, m., an infant. 

in-fer6, -ferre, intuli, in- 
latus, to bear against, wage. 

inferus, -a, -um, adj., low; 
comp., inferior, -ius, lower; 


XVli 


APPLIED LATIN 


sup., infimus or imus, -a, 
-um, lowest. 
in-flect6, -ere, -fléxi, -fléx- 
us, to bend away. 
in-flu6, -ere, -flixi, —, to 
flow into. 
ingenium, -i, 7., wits. 
ingéns, -entis, adj., huge. 


ingredior, -i, -gressus, to go 


into, enter. 

inicid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, to 
throw in, inspire. 

inimicus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
friendly, hostile, with dat. 

iniquus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
equal, unfair. 

initium, -i, ”., a beginning. 

initiria, -ae, /., injustice, in- 
jury. 

inopia, -ae, /., want. 

inquam, defect., to say. 

inrisus, -is, laughter. 

in-rump6, -ere, -rupi, -rup- 
tus, to break into, storm. 

insania, -ae, /., madness. 

in-sciéns, -entis, adj., ig- 
norant, with gen. 

in-scius, -a, -um, adj., un- 
conscious. 

in-scrib6, -ere, -scripsi, 
-scriptus, to write upon, 
inscribe. 

insignis, -e, adj., distin- 
guished, conspicuous. 


insilid, -ire, -ui, —, to leap 
upon, mount. 

in-sist6, -ere, -stiti, —, to 
stand upon. 


institud, -ere, -ui, -iitus, to 
establish; determine. 

instititum, -i, ”., a custom. 

in-st6, -are, -stiti, -statum, 
to stand upon. 

in-struo, -ere, -strixi, -strtic- 
tus, to arrange, plan. 

insula, -ae, /., an island. 

insult, -dre, to leap upon. 

intelleg6, -ere, -léxi, -léctus, 
to understand. 

in-tend6, -ere, -tendi, -ten- 
tus, to stretch, strain. 

inter, prep. with acc., be- 
tween, among. 

inter-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, to go between, in- 
tervene. 

intercipid, -ere, -cépi, -cep- 
tus, to take between, in- 
terrupt. 

interclid6, -ere, -clisi, -cli- 
sus, to cut off, shut off. 

interdii, adv., in the day- 
time, by day.. 

interdum, adv., meanwhile. 

inter-ea, adv., meanwhile. 

inter-e6, -ire, -ii, -itum, 
to perish, be killed. 

interficid, -ere, -féci, -fec- 
tus, to kill. 

interim6, -ere, -émi, -émp- 
tus, to kill. 

interior, -ius, comp. ad7j., 
inner. 

inter-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to interrupt, check. 


XVili 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


inter-pOn6, -ere, -posui, 
-positus, to put between, 
interpose. 

interpres, -pretis, 
interpreter. 

inter-rog6, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to ask, question. 

inter-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, 
-ruptus, to break through. 

inter-sum, -esse, -fui, —, 
to be between, with dat. 

inter-vallum, -i, 7., interval. 

inténsus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
shaved. 

intra, prep. with acc., within. 

intr6-dticé, -ere, -dtxi, -duc- 
tus, to lead in, introduce. 

in-tueor, -éri, -itus, to gaze 
at. 

in-tumésco, -ere, -tumui, —, 
swell up, rise, rage. 

intus, adv., within. 

in-ultus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
avenged. 

in-vad6, -ere, -vasi, -vasus, 
to invade, seize. 

in-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven- 
tum, to come upon, find 
(by chance). 

in-vided, -ére, -vidi, -visum, 
to envy, with dat. 

invidia, -ae, /., envy, hatred. 

invisus, -a, -um, adj., hate- 
ful, with dat. 

invitus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
willing. 

invius, -a, -um, adj., im- 
passable. 


mM., an 


Iosephus, -i, m., Joseph. 

Iosue, -es, m., Joshua. 

ipse, -a, -um, dem. pron., 
self, himself, herself, it- 
self; he, she, it. 

ira, -ae, /., anger. 

irdtus, -a, -um, adj., angry. 

is, ea, id, dem. pron., that, 
that one, this; he, she, 
it. 

iste, ista, istud, dem. pron., 
that of yours, that. 

ita, adv., so. 

Italia, -ae, /., Italy. 

ita-que, conj., and so. 

item, adv., likewise. 

iter, itineris, ”., journey. 

iubed, -ére, itissi, iissus, to 
order. 

iudex, -icis, m., a judge. 

iudicium, -i, ”., judgment, 
decision. 

iugum, -i, 7., a yoke; ridge. 

iumentum, -i, ”., a beast of 
burden. 

iungo, -ere, iiinxi, itinctus, 
to join, unite. 

ius, itris, 1., right, justice, 
law. 

iis itirandum, itris itrandi, 
n., an oath. 

ilistitia, -ae, /., justice. 

iuvenis, -is, m.,a young man. 


K 
Kalendae, -arum, /., the 
first day of the month, the 
Kalends. 


X1x 


APPLIED LATIN 


L 

labor, -dris, m., toil, exer- 
tion, labor. 

labor, -i, lapsus, to slip. 

lac, lactis, 1., milk. 

lacess6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to 
harass, provoke. 

lacus, -iis, m., a lake. 

laetor, -ari, laetatus sum, 
to rejoice. 

laetus, -a, -um, adj., happy, 
glad. 

laevus, -a, -um, ad7., left, on 
or to the left. 

lampas, -adis, f., a torch. 

lapideus, -a, -um, ad7., stony. 

lapis, -idis, m., a stone. 

lapsus, -us, m., a slip, col- 
lapse. 

laté, adv., widely. 

lated, -ére, -ul, 
hidden. 


—, to he 


Latinus, -a, -um, adj., of 


Latium, Latin. 
latitids, -inis, /., width. 
Latobrigi, -drum, m., the 
Latobrigi. 
latus, -eris, 7., a side. 


latus, -a, -um, adj., broad, 
extensive. | 

laud6, -are, -Aavi, -atus, to 
praise. 


laus, laudis, f/., praise. 

légatis, -dnis, f., an em- 
bassy. 

légatus, -i, m., a legate, am- 
bassador; lieutenant. 

legid, -dnis, /., a legion. 


léni6, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, 
to appease, pacify. 

lénitas, -tatis, /., lenience. 

led, -Onis, m., a lion. 

levis, -e, adj., light. 

léx, légis, f., law. 

libenter, adv., gladly. 

liber, -era, -erum, ad/., free. 

liberalitas, -tatis, f., gener- 
osity. 

liber6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
set free, release. 

libertas, -atis, f., liberty. 

libet, libére, libuit, it is 
pleasing, suits. | 

licet, -ére, -cuit and -citum 
est, it is permitted. 

lig, -are, -avi, -atus, to bind. 

limen, -inis, ”., a threshold. 

lingua, -ae, /., the tongue. 

linid, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to 
smear. 

littera, -ae, f., a letter of the 
alphabet; p/., writing, in- 
scription, letter, dispatch. 

litus, -oris, ., the shore, 
beach. 

loc6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
place. | 

locus, -i, m. (pl. loci and 
loca), a place, spot. 

longitid6, -inis, /., length. 

longus, -a, -um, adj., long. 

loquax, adj., talkative. 

loquor, -i, loctitus, to say, 
speak. 

lirica, -ae, f., a leathern 
cuirass. 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


laced, -ére, -lixi, to shine. 
lidibrium, -i, ”., sport. 
liidus, -1, m., a game. 
limen, -inis, 7., light. 
lana, -ae, f., the moon. 
lax, licis, f., light, daylight. 


M 

maered, -ére, —, —, to be 
sad, grieve, lament. 

magis, comp. adv., more. 

magistratus, -ls, m., mag- 
istracy. 

magnificus, -a, -um, ad/., 
grand, magnificent. 

magnitid6, -inis, /., great- 
ness, size. 

magnopere, adv., greatly, ex- 
ceedingly. 

magnus, -a, -um, ad/., great, 
large;comp., maior, maius; 
sup., maximus, -a, -um. 

male, adv., badly, ill; comp., 
péius; sup., pessimé. 

maleficium, -i, 7., a misdeed. 

mal6, malle, malui, —, to 
prefer, choose. 

malum, -i, 7., evil. 

malus, -a, -um, adj., bad, 
evil; comp., péior, -ius ; 
sup., pessimus, -a, -um. 

mane, adv., in the morning. 

maneod, -ére, mansi, man- 
sum, to stay, remain. 

maniféstus, -a, -um, ad/., 
clear, manifest. 

manipulus, -i, m., a handful 


(of hay). 


manus, -Us, /., a hand. 

mare, -is, 7., the sea. 

marg6, -inis, m., a border. 

mater, -tris, f., a mother. 

matrim6nium, -i, ”., mar- 
riage. 

Matrona, -ae, /., the River 
Marne. 

mattr6, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to hasten. 

matirus, -a, -um, ad/., ripe, 
early. 

maxilla, -ae, /., jaw bone. 

maximé, especially. 

medicina, -ae, /., remedy. 

medicus, -i, m., a doctor. 

medius, -a, -um, ad., middle, 
with gen. 

memini, -isse, defect., to re- 
member. 

memor, -oris, adj., mindful. 

memoria, -ae, /., memory. 

memoro, -are, -avi, -atus, 
recount, say, relate. 

méns, mentis, /., mind, feel- 
ings, heart. 

ménsa, -ae, f., a table. 

ménsis, -is, m., a month. 

mentior, -iri, -itus, to lie. 

mercator, -Oris, m., a mer- 
chant. 

mercés, -édis, f., price, offer 
of reward. 

mereo, -ére, -ul, -itum, to 
deserve, merit. 

meridiés, -éi, m., midday. 

meritum, -i, ”., reward, a 
merit. 


XXl 


APPLIED LATIN 


MessiAla, -ae, m., Messala. 

messis, -is, /., harvest. 

mé6tior, -iri, ménsus, to meas- 
ure. 

metud, -ere, -ui, —, to fear. 

metus, -tis, m., fear. 

meus, -a, -um, poss. pron., 
my, mine. 

miles, -itis, m., a soldier. 

militaéris, -e, adj., military; 
rés militaris, the art of war. 

mille, num. adj., a thousand. 

minimé, adv., least of all. 

minor, -ari, -atus, threaten. 

mirabilis, -e, adj., wonderful. 

miror, -ari, -Aatus, to admire. 

mirus, -a, -um, adj., mar- 
velous. 

misceo, -ere, -ui, mixtus, to 
mix, mingle. 

misereor, -éri, -itus, to have 
compassion, pity. 

miseret, -ére, -uit, it pities, 
with acc. of person and 
gen. of cause of feeling. 

mitis, -e, adj., mild, gentle. 

mitt6, -ere, misi, missus, to 
let go, send. 

modo, adv., just now, lately. 

modus, -i, m., measure, size; 
fashion. 

molior, -iri, -itus, toattempt, 
build. 

molli6, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, 
to make soft, soften. 

moned, -ére, -ui, -itus, to 
advise, warn. 

mons, montis, m. » mountain. 


monstro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
show, indicate, tell. 

mora, -ae, f., a delay. 

morior, -i, mortuus, to die. 

moror, -ari, -dtus, to delay. 

mors, mortis, /., death. 

mos, moris, m., habit, cus- 
tom; l., character. 

MoOsés, -is, m., Moses. 

motus, -Us, m™., a movement, 
motion. 

moved, -ére, MOvi, mOtus, to 
move, stir, set in motion. 

mox, adv., soon. 

mulier, -eris, /., a woman. 

multiplex, -icis, adj., with 
many folds; frequent. 

multitid6, -inis, /., a multi- 
tude. 

multus, -a, -um, adj., many; 
comp., plis, pliris, more; 
sup., plirimus, -a, -um, 
most. 

milus, -i, m., a mule. 

miuni6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to 
fortify. 

miunitid, -dnis, f., fortifica- 
tion. 

minus, -eris, ”., an office, 
duty. 

mirus, -i, m., a wall. 

muto, -adre, -avi, -atus, to 
change. 


N 
nam, conj., for. 
Namméius, -i, m., Namme- 
lus. 


XXxil 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


narr6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
report, say, describe. 

nAscor, -1, natus, to be born. 

natid, -dnis, f., nation, tribe. 

nato, natare, natavi, natatus, 
to swim. 

natura, -ae, /., nature, char- 
acter. 

nauta, -ae, m., a sailor. 

navalis, -e, adj., naval. 

navis, -is, /., a ship. 

-ne, encl. adv. and conj.; 
as adv., in direct questions, 
a sign of interrogation; as 
conj., in indirect questions, 
whether. 

né, conj.,that . . . not, lest. 

necessari6, adv., necessarily. 

necessités, -atis, /., neces- 
sity. 

nego, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
say no, deny. 

negotium, -i, 7., business. 

némd (dat. némini, acc. 
néminem), no one. 

neque or nec, conj., and not, 
nor. 

nequed, -ire, -ivi  (-ii), 
-itum, to be unable. 

nervus, -i, m., a sinew, cord. 

neuter, -tra, -trum (gen. neu- 
trius) adj., neither, of two. 

nihil, 7. indecl., nothing. 

nihiléminus, adv., neverthe- 
less. 

nisi, conj., if not, unless. 

nobilis, -e, adj., well-known, 
noble. 


nobilitas, -atis, /., fame; no- 
bility. 

noceo, -ére, -ul, 
hurt, with dat. 

nocti, adv., by night. 

nél6, nodlle, ndlui, —, not 
to wish, be unwilling. 

nomen, -inis, ”., a name. 

nominatim, adv., by name. 

ndmin6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
name. 

non, adv., not. 

non-dum, adv., not yet. 

nonne, particle introducing 
interrogation, expecting af- 
firmative answer. 

non-nillus or nén nillus, -a, 
-um, adj., some, several. 

non-numquam or non num- 
quam, adv., sometimes. 

Noréia, -ae, /., a city of the 
Norici. 

Noricus, -a, -um, adj., Nor- 

* ican. 

noster, -tra, -trum, /oss. 
pron., Our, Ours, Our OWN. 

nota, -ae, f., a mark, spot. 

novus, -a, -um, adj., new, 
fresh, strange. 

nox, noctis, /., night. 

ntbés, -is, f., a cloud, mist. 

nidus, -a, -um, adj., bare. 

nillus, -a, -um (gen. nillius) 
adj., no, not any. 

num, interrog. adv., is it 
not? with indirect question, 
whether. 

numerus, -i, m., a number. 


-itum, to 


XXlil 


APPLIED LATIN 


nummus, -i, m., a coin. 
numquam, adv., never. 
nunc, adv., now, at present. 
nuntid, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
announce, report. 
nuntius, -i, m., messenger. 
nuper, adv., lately. 
nutri6, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus, to 
nourish, feed. 


O 

6, znterj., O! oh! 

ob, prep. with acc., on ac- 
count of. | 

obaeratus, -a, -um, adj., in 
debt. 

ob-ed, -ire, -ivi or -ii, -itum, 
perish, die. 

obici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, to 
throw before, interpose. 

obliviscor, -i, oblitus, to for- 
get, with gen. or acc. 

ob-ru6, -ere, -rui, -rutus, to 
overwhelm, destroy. 

ob-sequor, -i, -seciitus, to 
yield, submit; assist. 

obser6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
bolt. 

obses, -idis, m., a hostage. 

obsided, -ére, -sédi, -sessus, 
besiege. 

obsidié, -dnis, /., a siege. 

obstrué, -ere, -struxi, -stric- 
tus, to build against, ob- 
struct. 

obtined, -ére, -tinui, -ten- 
tus, to hold, obtain. 


obvius, -a, -um, adj., oppos- 
ing, in the way, with dat. 

occasid, -dnis, /.,an occasion. 

occdsus, -Us, m., a setting; 
occdsus sdlis, sunset; the 
west. 

occid6, -ere, -cidi, -casum, to 
fall or go down, set. 

occid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, 
to cut down, kill. 

occult6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
hide, conceal. 

occumb6, -ere, cubui, cubit- 
um, to die. 

occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
seize; capture. 

occurro, -ere, -Currl, -cur- 
sum, to run to meet. 

Oceanus, -i, m., the ocean. 

oculus, -i, m., an eye. 

6di, 6disse, dsirus, to hate. 

odor, -6ris, m., an odor. 

offer6, -ferre, obtuli, oblatus, 
to bring before, offer. 

olea, -ae, /., olive tree. 

dlim, adv., once, formerly. 

omen, -inis, 7., an omen. 

omitt6, -ere, -misi, -missus, 
to give up, omit. 

omniné, adv., altogether, en- 
tirely. | 

omnis, -e, adj., all, every. 

onus, -eris, 7., a load. 

opertus, -a, -um, adj., con- 
cealed. 

opinid, -dnis, f., opinion. 

oportet, -ére, -uit, it is neces- 
sary. 


XXIV 





GENERAL VOCABULARY 


oppidanus, -a, -um, adj., be- 
longing to a town, towns- 
people. 

oppidum, -i, 7., awalled town; 
stronghold. 

opprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres- 

gus, to crush, oppress. 

opperior, -iri, oppertus, to 
wait for. 

opptgno, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to attack, storm. 

opus, -eris, ”., work, task. 

ora, -ae, f., the shore. 

dratid, -dnis, f.,a speech, ora- 
tion. 

orbis, -is, m., a circle, cir- 
cuit; orbis terrae or ter- 
rarum, the world. 

6rd6, -inis, m., a rank of 
soldiers; order. 

Orgetorix, -rigis, m., Orge- 
torix. 

orig6,-inis, f.,a source, origin. 

orior, -iri, ortus, to arise; 
begin. 

Orno, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
adorn, decorate. 

6rd, -are, -Avi, 
entreat, plead. 

6s, Gris, 2., the mouth. 

OS, Ossis, 7., a bone. 

ostend6, -ere, -di, -tus, to 
show, disclose. 

Otium, -i, 7., leisure. 

ovis, -is, f., a sheep. 


-atus, to 


iP 
pabulum, -i, 7., fodder. 


paciscor, -i, pactus, to agree, 
stipulate. 

paco, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
pacify. 

paene, adv., nearly, almost. 

paenitet, -ére, -uit, with acc. 
of person and gen. of cause 
of feeling, it repents. 

pagus, -i, m., a district. 

paliis, -tdis, f., a swamp, 
marsh. 

par, paris, adj., equal. 

paratus, -a, -um, 
ready. 

parco, -ere, peperci, parsus, 
to spare, with dat. 

pared, -ére, -ul, —, to ap- 
pear; obey, with dat. 

pariés, -etis, m., a (house) 
wall. 

pario, -ere, peperi, partus, 
to bear (7. e., to give birth 
to; not bear, carry); gain. 

pariter, adv., equally. 

paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
prepare, provide. 

pars, partis, f/., a part. 

particeps, -cipis, adj., shar- 
ing in, with gen. 

partim, adv., partly; partim 
a6} e partim, “partly... 

partly. 

partior, -iri, -itus, to divide. 

parum, adv., too little, not 


adj., 


enough; comp., minus, 
less; sup., minimé, least. 
parvulus, -a, -um, adj., 
little. 


24 XXV 


APPLIED LATIN 


parvus, -a, -um, adj., small, 
little; comp., minor, minus; 
sup., minimus, -a, -um, 
least. 

pasco, pascere, pavi, pastus, 
to feed. 

passus, -Us, m., a step, pace. 

pastor, -6ris, m., a shep- 
herd. 

pastoralis, -e, adj., belonging 
to a shepherd. 

pated, -ére, -ui, —, to lie 
open, stretch out, extend. 

pater, -tris, m., a father. 

patior, -i, passus, to bear, 
endure, permit. 

patria, -ae, /., fatherland, 
native country. 

pauci, -ae, -a, adj., few. 

pax, pacis, /., peace. 

pectus, -oris, 7., the breast. 

pectinia, -ae, /., money, sum 
of money. 

pedester, -tris, -tre, ad/., 
on foot, pedestrian. 

pédum, -i, ”., a crook. 

pell6, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, 
to strike, beat; expel. 

pended, -ére, pependi, —, 
to hang, be suspended. 

penes, prep. with acc., in the 
power of. 

penna, -ae, /., a feather. 

per, prep. w. acc., through. 

percelld, -ere, -culi, -culsus, 
to overthrow. 

percipio, -ere, -cépi, -cep- 
tus, to recelve, perceive. 


percutid, -ere, -cussi, -cus- 
sus, to smite. 

per-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, 
to lose. 

per-diico, -ere, -diixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead through; con- 
struct. 

per-e6, -ire, -ii or -ivi, -itum, 
perish, be lost. 

perfacilis, -e, adj., very easy. 

per-ferd, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, 
to bear through, endure; 
announce. 

perficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus, 
to accomplish, complete, 
make. 

pergo, -ere, perréxi, 
réctum, to go on. 


per- 


periculum, -i, 7., peril, dan- 


ger. 

peritus, -a, -um, ad/., skilled 
in, with gen. 

per-maneo, -ére, -mansi, 
-mansum, to last through, 
remain. 

per-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to permit, allow. 

per-moveo, -ére, -moOvi, 
-motus, to move deeply, 
disturb, alarm. 

perniciés, -éi, f., destruction, 
death. 

pernocto, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to pass the night. 

perobscirus, -a, -um, ad/., 
very dark. 

per-pauci, -ae, -a, adj., very 
few. 


XXvi 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


perpetud, adv., constantly, 
perpetually. 

per-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -rup- 
‘tus, to break through. 

per-sequor, -i, -secitus, to 
follow after, follow, pursue. 

persevéro, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to persist. 

perspicid, -ere, -spéxi, -spéc- 
tus, to see through. 

per-sudde6, -ére, -sudasi, 
-sudsus, to persuade, with 
dat. In passive used im- 
personally. 

pertined, -ére, -tinui, -ten- 
tus, to pertain, have to 
do with. 

per-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven- 
tum, to come through, 
arrive, reach. 

pés, pedis, m., a foot. 

pet6, -ere, -ivi, -itus, to seek. 

Phara6, -d6nis, m., the King 
of Egypt. 

Philistaeus, -a, -um, ad/., 
Philistine. 

pictira, -ae, f., a painting. 

piget, -ére, -uit, it grieves, 
with acc. of person and 
gen. of cause of feeling. 

pilum, -i, ”., a javelin. 

piscis, -is, m., a fish. 

Pis6, -dnis, m., Piso. 

pix, picis, f., pitch. 

placed, -ére, -ui, -itum, to 
please; impers., it is pleas- 
ing, with dat. 

planitiés, -éi, /., a plain. 


planta, -ae, /., a sprout, 
plant. 

plébés, plébis, or plébei, /., 
the common people. 

plénus, -a, -um, adj., full, 
with gen. 

pled, -ére, -évi, -étus, to fill. 

plumbun, -i, 7., lead. 

poena, -ae, /., punishment, 


penalty. 
poéta, -ae, m., a poet. 
polliceor, -éri, -itus, to 
promise. 


pompa, -ae, /., a solemn pro- 
cession. 

pomum, -i, ”., an apple. 

pondus, -eris, ”., a weight. 

p6n6, -ere, posui, positus, to 


place. 
pons, pontis, m., a_ bridge. 
populor, -ari, -dtus, to 
devastate. 


populus, -i, m., a people, 
nation, body of citizens. 

porrd, adv., moreover, be- 
sides. 

porta, -ae, f., a gate. 

portend6, -ere, -tendi, -ten- 
tus, to signify. 

porto, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
bear, carry. 

portus, -tis, m., port. 

posco, -ere, popdsci, —, to 
ask, demand. 7 

possessi6, -dnis, /., posses- 
sion. 

possided, -ére, -sédi, -ses- 
sus, to possess. 


XXVil 


APPLIED LATIN 


possum, posse, potui, —, to 
be able. 

post, prep. w. acc., behind, 
after, since. 

post-ea, adv., afterward. 

posterus, -a, -um, adj., the 
following, next; comp., 
posterior, -ius; SUD., 
postrémus, -a, -um (post- 
umus, -a, -um), last. 

post-quam, conj., after, 
when. 

postrém6, adv.,at last,finally. 

postridié, adv., next day. 

potentia, -ae, /., power. 

potestas, -atis, /., power. 

potior, -iri, -itus, to get 
possession of, seize, with 
abl. 

potius, adv., rather. 

praebed, -ére, -ui, -itus, to 
have ready; furnish. 

prae-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, to go before, surpass. 

praeceps, -cipitis, ad7., steep, 
precipitous. 

praecido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, 
to cut off. 

praecipio, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus, 
to advise, warn, with dat. 

praecliidd, -ere, -si, -sus, 
to shut off. 

praecurro, -ere, -curri, -cur- 
sum, to run before. 

praeda, -ae, f., booty, plun- 
der. 

prae-diico, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead before. 


prae-fer6, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, 
to bear before, prefer. 

praeficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus, 
to put in command of, 
with acc. of person and 
dat. of thing. 

prae-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to send in advance. 

praemium, -i, 7., a reward. 

prae-paro, -are, -avl, -atus, 
to get ready beforehand. 

prae-p6n6,-ere, -posui, -posi- 
tus, to put in charge of, 
with acc. of person and 
dat. of thing. 

prae-scrib6, -ere, -scripsi, 
-scriptus, to direct, pre- 
scribe, with dat. 

praeséns, -entis, adj., pres- 
ent. 

praesenti6, -ire, -sénsi, -sén- 
sus, to feel beforehand. 

praesertim, adv., especially. 

praesided, -ére, -sédi, -ses- 
sum, sit down before. 

praesidium, -i, ”., garrison, 
guard. 

praestat, -are, -stitit, it is 
better. 

prae-sum, -esse, -fui, —, 
to be in charge of, be head 
of, with dat. 

prae-tend6, -ere, -tendi, 
-tentus, to stretch forth, 
extend. 

praeter, prep. with acc., be- 
yond; besides, except. 

praeter-ea, adv., besides. 


XXVlii 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


praetor, -dris, m., praetor. 

prae-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven- 
tum, to arrive before, an- 
ticipate. 

prem6, -ere, pressi, pressus, 
to press, press down, op- 
press. 

préndo, -ere, prehendi, pre- 
hénsus (prénsus), to seize, 
grasp. 

pretium, -i, 7., a price. 

prex, precis, /., a prayer. 

pridié, adv.,on the day before. 

primo, adv., at first; first. 

primum, adv., first, at first. 

primus, -a, -um, ad/., first, 
foremost, earliest. 

princeps, -ipis, m., chieftain. 

principatus, -iis, m., chief- 
tainship. | 

prior, prius, comp. adj., for- 
mer, first. 


pristinus, -a, -um, ad/., 
former. 

prius-quam, conj., before, 
until. 


privatus, -a, -um, adj., pri- 
vate. 

privo, -are, -davi, -atus, to 
deprive, rob. 

pro, prep. with abl., before, in 
front of; for, in behalf of. 

probo, -are, -Avi, -atum, to 
approve, favor. 

probrum, -i, 7., a base act. 

pr6o-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, to go forward, ad- 
vance. 


procul, adv., at a distance, 
afar. 

pr6-dé, -ere, -didi, -ditus, to 
betray. 

pro-dtc6, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead forth, prolong. 

proelium, -i, ., a battle. 

profectis, -dnis, f/., a de- 
parture. 

pro-fer6, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, 
to bring forth, extend. 

proficiscor, -i, profectus, to 
set out. 

proflig6, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
crush completely. 

pro-flu6, -ere, -flixi, —, to 
flow forth, arise. 

progredior, -i, -gressus, to 
go forward, advance. 

prohibeé, -ére, -ui, -itus, 
to restrain, prevent. 

proicio, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, 
to hurl forward, throw 
away, cast. 

pr6o-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, proffer, promise. 

pro-moveo, -ére, -movi, 
-motus, to move forward. 

prope, adv., almost; comp., 
propius; sup., proximé, 
nearest; last. 

pro-pell6, -ere, -puli, -pul- 
sus, to drive forward, 
propel. 

propero, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to hasten. 

propinquus, -a, -um, ad/., 
near. 


XXIx 


APPLIED LATIN 


pro-poné, -ere, -posul, -posi- 
tus, ¢., to put forward, 
propose. 

propter, prep. with acc., on 
account of. 


propter-ea, adv., for this 
reason. 
pro-sterno, -ere, -stravi, 


-stratus, overthrow, ruin. 

pr6-sum, prddesse, profui, 
—,-to be useful, profit, 
with dat. 

protend6, -ere, -tendi, ten- 
tus, to extend. 

-provenio, -ire, -véni, -ven- 
tum, to come forth, turn 
out. 

provincia, -ae, f., an office; 
province. 

provoc6, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to call forth. 

proximus, -a, -um, @d7., near- 
OS, Next. 

pridentia, -ae, /., prudence. 

publicus, -a,-um, ad/., public. 

pudet, -ére, -uit, it shames; 
with acc. of person and gen. 
of cause of feeling. 

pudor, -éris, m., shame. 

puella, -ae, /., a girl. 

puer, -i, m., a boy, child. 

puerulus, -i, m., boy. 

pigna, -ae, /., a battle. 

pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to fight, contend, struggle. 

pulcher, -chra, -chrum, ad/., 
beautiful. 

pulvis, -eris, m., dust. 


punctum, -1, 7., a point. 

punio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to 
punish. 

purgo, -are, -davi, 
to clean, purify. 

puteus, -i, m., a well. 

puto, -are, -Avi, -atum, to 
think. 


-atum, 


quaero, -ere, -Sivi, -situs, 
to seek; ask, inquire. 


quaes6,.—, —, —, to Dray 
ask. 

quaesti6, -dnis, /., an inves- 
tigation. 


qualis, -e, adj.; interrog., of 
what sort? 

quam, adv., 
tives, than. 

quam-quam, conj., although, 
with indicative. 

quandé, adv., when. 

quantus, -a, -um, adj.; im- 
terrog., how much? 

qua-ré, adv., whereby, where- 
fore. 

qua-si, adv., 
with subj. 

quatid, -ere, quassi, quas- 
sus, to shake; wield, bran- 
dish. 

-que, conj., encl., and; 

. -que, both... 


after compara- 


asif, just asif, 


-que 
and. 


‘quercus, -is, /., an oak, oak- 


rec. 
queror, -i, questus, to com- 
plain. 


XXX 





GENERAL VOCABULARY 


qui, quae, quod, inlerrog. 


pron. and adj., who? 
which? what? rel., who, 
which, that; indef. rel., 
whoever, anyone, any- 
thing. 


quia, conj., because. 

quidam, quaedam, quiddam 
(quoddam), indef. pron.; 
as adj., certain; as pron., 
a certain one, something. 

quiés, quiétis, /., rest, quiet. 

quiésc6, -ere, -évi, -étus, to 
get quiet. 

quis, quae (qua), quid, indef. 
pron., anybody, anything, 
after si, nisi, né, num. 

quis, quid, initerrog. pron., 
who? which? what? 

quis-quam, quaequam, quid- 
quam (quicquam), indef. 
pron., any one, anything; 
adj., any, usually with a 
negative. Has no pl. 

quis-que, quaeque, quidque 
(quodque), indef. pron., 
each one, each thing; ad/7., 


each, every. 
qui-vis, quaevis, quidvis 
(quodvis), indef. pron.; 


anyone you wish; any- 


thing. 
quod, conj., because, since. 
quoque, conj., also, too. 


R 
rabiés, -éi, /., madness. 
radius, -i, m., ray, spoke. 


radix, -icis, /., a root. 

ramus, -i, m., a branch. 

rapax, adj., thievish. 

rapina, -ae, /., robbery. 

rapid, -ere, -pui, -ptus, to 
carry off, snatch or hurry 
away. 

ratid, -dnis, /., reason, plan. 

ratis, -is, f., a raft, boat. 

Rauraci, -drum, m., a Gallic 

’ tribe. 

re-bell6, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to rebel. 

re-céd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, to go back, recede. 

recéns, -entis, adj., fresh, 
recent. 

recipi6, -ere, -cépi, -ceptus, 
to receive; betake oneself. 

reclam6, -are, -ari, -datus, 
to shout against. 

réctus, -a,-um, ad/., straight, 
direct. 

recuti6, -ere, -Ccussi, -cussus, 
to shake. 

red-d6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, 
to give back. 

red-e6, -ire, -ii or -ivi, 
-itum, to return. 

redig6, -ere, -égi, -actus, 
to drive back; reduce. 

redim6, -ere, -€mi, -émptus, 
to buy back, ransom. 

red-integr6, -are, -Avi, -atus, 
renew, restore. 

rediti6, -dnis, f., a return. 

re-diicé, -ere, -diixi, -ductus, 
to lead back; reduce. 


XXX1 


APPLIED LATIN 


re-fer6, -ferre, rettuli, rela- 
tus, to bring back; report. 

reficid, -ere, -féci, -fectus, 
to repair, make over. 

reflect, -ere, -fléxi, -flec- 
tus, to bend back. 

reflud, -ere, -flixi, -fluctus, 
to pour back. 

régina, -ae, /. [réx], a queen. 

régnum, -i, 7., kingdom. 

rego, -ere, réxi, réctus, to 
rule, govern; guide. 

reicid, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, 
to throw or hurl back. 

re-linqu6, -ere, -liqui, -lic- 
tus, to leave, abandon. 

reliquus, -a, -um, adj., re- 
maining. 

re-maneo, -ére, -mansi, —, 
to remain. 

re-mitt6,-ere, -misi, -missus, 
tosend back; relax,weaken. 

re-moved, -ére, -movi, -m0- 
tus, to move back, with- 
draw 

rémus, -1, m., an Oar. 

re-pelld, -ere, reppuli, repul- 
sus, to drive back, repel. 

repente, adv., suddenly. 

reperio, -ire, repperi, reper- 
tus, to find (by search), 
discover. 

re-pets, -ere, -ivi, -itus, seek 
again, repeat. 

re-pled, -ére, -évi, -étus, to 
fill again. 

re-porto, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
carry back. 


reprim6, -ere, -pressi, -pres- 
sus, to press back, repress. 

re-pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, 
to resist. 

rés, rei, f., a thing, matter, 
affair. 

re-scind6, -ere, -Scidi, -scis- 
sus, to tear down, destroy. 

rescisco, -ere, -SCivi, -scitus, 
find out. 

resided, -ére, -sédi, -sessum, 
to remain a remain. 

resilid, -ire, -ui, —, to leap 
back. 

re-sist6, -ere, -stiti, -stitum, 
to resist. 

re-solv6, -ere, -Solvi, -soli- 
tus, to loosen, resolve, 
cancel. 

re-spondeéd, -ére, -spondi, 
-spénsum, to reply. 

responsum, -1, 7., a reply. 

restitu6, -ere, -ui, -ttus, 
to restore, reéstablish. 

re-sto, -stare, -stiti, to re- 
main. 

resultd, -are, —, —, to leap 
back. 

retined, -ére, -tinui, -tentus, 
to hold back, retain. 

re-trah6, -ere, -traxi, -trac- 
tus, to draw back, recall. 

re-vert6, -ere, -ti, -sum, to 
turn back, return. 

re-voco, -are, -Avi, -atus, to 
recall, call back. 

réx, régis, m., a king. 

Rhénus, -i, m., the Rhine. 


XXXil 





GENERAL VOCABULARY 


Rhodanus, -i, m., the Rhone. 

ride6, -ére, risi, risum, to 
laugh; deride. 

ripa, -ae, f., the bank of a 
river. 

robur, -oris, ”., timber. 

rogo, -are, -avi, -atus, to ask. 

Roma, -ae, f., Rome. 

R6manus, -a, -um, ad7., of 
Rome, Roman. 

rosa, -ae, /., a rose. 

rota, -ae, /., a wheel. 

Ruben, -nis, m., Reuben. 

ruber, rubra, rubrum, ad/., 
red. 

ruina, -ae, f.,a ruin, collapse. 

rumpo, -ere, rupi, ruptus, 
to break, burst. 

ru6, -ere, rui, rutum, to fall 
or rush down, rush. 

rupés, -is, f., a rock, cliff. 

rirsus, adv., again: 

ris, riris, 7., the country. 

rusticus, -a, -um, rustic, be- 
longing to the country. 


S 
sacculus, -i, m., a sack. 
saepe, adv., often, frequently. 
saevid, -iIre, -iil, -itum, to 
rage, be furious, be violent. 
Saevus, -a, -um, adj., cruel, 
savage. 
sagax, adj., wise, prudent. 
sagitta, -ae, /., an arrow. 
sal, salis, 7., salt. 
sali6, -ire, -ui, —, to leap. 
saltd, -are, —,—, to dance. 


salis, salttis, /., safety. 

sancio, -ire, sanxi, sanctus, 
to ordain, ratify. 

sanguis, -inis, m., blood. 

sapiéns, -entis, adj., wise, 
discreet. 

satis, adv., enough, sufficient. 

satis-faci6, -ere, -féci, -fac- 
tum, to appease, satisfy, 
with dat. 

saxum, -i, ”., a rock. 

scelus, -eris, ., a crime. 

scientia, -ae, /., knowledge, 
science. 

scind6, -ere, scidi, scissus, to 
split. 

scid, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to know. 

Scirpeus, -a, -um, of bul- 
rushes. 

scrib6, -ere, scripsi, scrip- 
tus, to write. 

scriptor, -dris, m., a writer. 

scttum, -i, ”., a shield. 

sé-, prefix, inseparable, apart, 
away. 

sed, con7., but. 

seded, -ére, sédi, sessum, to 
sit, sit down. 

sédés, -is, /., a seat. 

sedile, -is, ”., a seat. 

seges, -etis, /., standing 
corn, crop. 

semel, num. adv., once, one 
time. 

sémentis, -is, /., a sowing (of 
grain). 


-Semper, adv., always. 


senatus, -ts, m., the senate. 


XXXIll 


APPLIED LATIN 


senex, senis, m., an old man. 

sententia, -ae, /., opinion. 

sentid, -ire, sénsi, sénsus, to 
perceive, feel. 

séparatim, adv., separately. 

sé-paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
separate. 

sepeli6, -ire, -ivi, -pultus, to 
bury. 

septentridnés, -um, m., the 
North. 

sepulcrum, -i, ”., a grave, 
sepulchre. 

Séquani, -6rum, m., a Gallic 
tribe. 

sequor, -i, secitus, to follow. 

sera, -ae, f., a bar, bolt. 

seriés, -6i, /., a series. 

servid, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to 
serve. 

servitis, -titis, /., slavery. 

servo, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
watch, keep, save. 

servus, -1, m., a slave. 

si, conj., if; whether. 

sic, adv., thus. 

siccus, -a, -um, adj., dry. 

Sicilia, -ae, f., Sicily. 

signum, -i, 7., a sign. 

siléns, -entis, ad7., still, quiet. 

silva, -ae, /., wood, forest. 

silvester, -tris, -tre, ad/., 
wooded. 

similis, -e, ad7., like, similar; 
comp., similior,-ius; sup., 
simillimus, -a, -um, with 
dat. 

simplex, -icis, adj., simple. 


simul, adv., at the same time. 

sine, prep. with abl., without. 

singularis, -e, adj., single; 
singular. 

singuli, -ae, -a, distrib. num. 
adj., one apiece, one by one. 

sinister, -tra, -trum, ad/., 
left; evil. 

sist6, -ere, stiti, statum, to 
cause to stand, place. 

situs, -a, -um, ad/., situated. 

sive, conj., whether, if. 

socer, soceri, m., a father- 
in-law. 

socius, -i, m., a companion, 
ally. 

sol, sdlis, m., the sun. 

soled, -ére, -itus sum, to be 
accustomed. 

sollicitus, -a, -um, 
anxious, watchful. 

solum, -i, ”., the ground. 

sdlum, adv., only, merely; 
non sdlum. . . sed etiam, 
not only . . . but also. 

sdlus, -a, -um (gen. sdlius), 
adj., alone, only. 

solv6, -ere, solvi, solitus, to 
loosen. 

somniator, -dris, m., a dream- 
er. 7 

somnium, -i, ”., a dream. 

somnus, -i, m., sleep. 

sonus, -i, m., a sound. 

soror, -6ris, /., a sister. 

sors, sortis, f., a lot. 

spatior, -ari, -atus, to walk, 
go. 


adj., 


XXX1V 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


spatium, -i, ”., a space. 

speciés, -éi, f., shape, form. 

specio, -ere, spéxi, spectus, 
to look at. 

specto, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
look or gaze at. 

spéro, -are, -Aavi, -atus, to 
hope. 

spés, spel, /., hope. 

spolid, -dre, -avi, -atus, to 
strip, plunder. 

spolium, -i, 7., spoil, booty. 

sponded, -ére, spopondi, 
sponsus, to assure, prom- 
ise. 

stabilid, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to 
make firm. 

statim, adv., at once, im- 
mediately. 

statud, -ere, -ul, -utus, to 
set up; resolve. _ 

stella, -ae, /., a star. 

sterno, -ere, stravi, stratus, 
to strew, spread. 

sto, stare, steti, statum, to 
stand. 

struo, -ere, strixi, striictus, 
to build. 

stude6d, -ére, -ui, —, to 
desire, with dat. 

studium, -i, 1., 
study. 

sua sponte, of one’s own 
accord. 

sub, prep. with acc. and abl.; 
under. 

sub-diticé, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead up. 


pursuit; 


sub-e6, -ire, -ii (-ivi), -itum, 
to come or go under; ap- 
proach. 
subici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, 
to put under, place below. 
subité, adv., suddenly. 
sub-mitt6, -ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to let down, lower. 
sub-moved, -ére, -m6vi, -m6- 
tum, to dislodge, drive 
back. 
subnitor, -niti, -nixus, lean 
on, prop up. 
subripio, -ere, -ripui, -rep- 
tus, to take by stealth. 
sub-sequor, -i, -seciitus, to 
follow on, come after. 
subsidium, -i, 7., aid. 
subter, prep., under. 
sub-veni6, -ire, -véni, -ven- 
tum, to come to aid, assist. 
subvert, -ere, -1, -versus, to 
overthrow. 
succéd6, -ere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, to advance; succeed. 
succid6, -ere, -cidi, -cisus, 
to cut down. 
suffragium, -i, 7., a ballot. 
sui, sibi, sé, reflex. pron., of 
himself, herself, itself; of 
themselves. 
sum, esse, fui, —, to be. 
summus, see superus. 
sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptus, 
take on, assume. 
sumptus, -Us, m., expense. 
super, prep. with acc. and 
abl., over, above, beyond. 


XXXV 


APPLIED LATIN 


superficiés, -éi, /., a surface. 

supero, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
surpass; subdue, conquer. 

super-sede6, -ére, -sédi, 
-sessum, to refrain from. 

super-sum, -esse, -fui, —, to 
be left, survive, with dat. 

superus, -a, -um, adj., high; 
comp., superior, -ius, 
higher; swp., summus, -a, 
-um, and suprémus, -a, 
-um, highest. 

suppeto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to 
be at hand, be available. 

supple6, -ére, -évi, -étus, to 
fill up, supply. 

supplicium, -i, ”., punish- 
ment. 

supp6n6, -ere, -posui, -posi- 
tus, to place beneath. 

supporto, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to carry up. 

surgo, -ere, surréxi, 
réctus, to raise; rise. 

suscipio, -ere, -cépi, -cep- 
tus, to undertake. 

suspend6, -ere, -pendi, -pén- 
sus, to hang up, sus- 
pend. 

suspici6, -dnis, /., suspicion. 

sispici6, -ere, -spéxi, -spec- 
tus, to suspect. 

sustined, -ére, -tinui, -ten- 

tus, to hold up, sustain. 

suus, -a, -um, poss. pron., 
his own, her own, its 
own, their own; his, hers, 
its, theirs. 


sur- 


z 
tabula, -ae, /., a plank; tab- 
let. 
taced, -ére, -ui, -itum, to be 
silent. 
tacitus, -a, -um, ad7., silent. 
taedet, -ére, -uit, it bores, 
with acc. of person and 
gen. of cause of feeling. 
talis, -e, adj., of such a sort. 
tam, adv., so, so far. 
tamen, adv., nevertheless. 


tam-quam, adv., as if, with 
subj. 

tandem, adv., at length, 
finally. 


tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus, to 
touch. 

tantus, -a, -um, adj., so 
great. 

tant6pere, adv., so much. 

tego, -ere, téyi, téctus, to 
cover, protect. 

télum, -i, 7., a javelin. 

temeré, adv., rashly. 

tempero, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to refrain, forbear. 

templum, -i, 7., a temple. 

tempto, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
try, attempt. 

tempus, -oris, ”., time. 

tend6, -ere, tetendi, tentus, 
to stretch, stretch out. 

tene6, -ére, -ui, —, to hold, 
keep; occupy. 

terra, -ae, f., the earth; land. 

terreé, -ére, -ui, -itus, to 
frighten, alarm. 


XXXV1 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


terrester, tris, -e, adj., 
earthly. 

_ terribilis, -e, adj., frightful, 
dreadful. 

terror, -6ris, m., fear. 

téstiménium, -i, 7., evidence, 
proof. 

téstis, -is, m., a witness. 

téstor, -ari, -dtus, to be a 
witness; prove. 

tex0, -ere, texui, textus, to 
weave. 

Tiberis, -is, m., the Tiber. 

timed, -ére, -ui, —, to fear. 

timidus, -a, -um, ad/., timid. 

timor, -6ris, m., fear. 

tingu6, -ere, tinxi, tinctus, 
to wet, drench. 

toga, -ae, /., a toga. 

toll6, -ere, sustuli, sublatus, 
to lift up, remove. 

tonde6, -ére, totondi, ténsus, 
to clip, shear. 

torqued, -ére, torsi, tortus, 
to turn, whirl. 

totus, -a, -um (gen. tdtius) 
adj., whole, all, entire. 

trad6, -ere, -didi, -ditus, 
to give up, surrender. 

tradiicd, -ere, -dixi, -duc- 
tus, to lead across, cheat. 

trah6, -ere, traxi, tractus, 
to draw, drag. 

trdici6, -ere, -iéci, -iectus, 
to throw over, transport. 

trans, prep. with acc., across. 

trans-e6, -ire, -ivi or -il, 
-itum, to go across. 


trans-fer6, -ferre, 
-latus, 
transfer. 

transig6, -ere, -égi, -actus, 
to drive through, accom- 
plish. 

trans-mitt6,-ere, -misi, -mis- 
sus, to send across, con- 
vey across. 

trans-porto, -are, -avi, -atus, 
to carry over, transport. 

tribindl, -alis, 7., a tribunal. 

tribu6, -ere, -ui, -itus, to 
assign, allot. 

triduum, -i, ”., three days’ 
time. 

triennium, -i, 7., three years’ 
time. 

triplex, -icis, adj., threefold. 

tristis, -e, adj., sad. 

ti, tui, pers. pron., thou, you. 

tuba, -ae, /., a trumpet. 

Tulingi, -drum, m., the Tu- 
lingi. 

tum, adv., then. 

tunc, adv., then. 

turba, -ae, /., crowd. 

turb6, -are, -avi, -adtus, to 
disturb, break. 

turris, -is, f., a tower. 

tuus, -a, -um, poss. pron., 
thy, thine, your. 


-tuli, 
to carry across, 


U 
ubi, adv.;_ rel., where; in- 
terrog., when? where? 
ulciscor, -i, ultus, to take 
vengeance on. 


XXXVI1 


APPLIED LATIN 


illus, -a, -um (gen. illius), 
adj., any; anyone. 

ulterior, -ius, comp. adj., 
farther, beyond, ulterior. 

ultimus, -a, -um, adj. [sup. 


of ulterior], most remote 


or distant. 
ultid, -dnis, /., a revenging. 
ultor, -6ris, m., a punisher, 
avenger. 3 
ultra, prep. with acc., beyond. 
tina, adv., together with. 
unda, -ae, /., a wave. 
unde, adv., whence. 
undique, adv., on all sides. 
tiniversus, -a, -um, ad7., all 
together, whole, entire. 
tinus, -a, -um (ge. unius), 


num. adj., one, single; 
only, alone. 

urbanus, -a, -um, ad., of 
the city. 


urbs, urbis, /., a city. 

ustrpo, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
seize for use, use. 

usus, -Us, m., use. 

ut, as conj., that, so that, in 
order that. 

uter, utra, utrum (gen. 
utrius), pron.; interrog., 
which of two? 

uter-que, utraque, utrum- 
que (gen. utriusque), ad/., 
each of two, both. 

titilis, -e, adj., useful. 

uti-nam, conj., would that. 

titor, -i, isus, znir., to make 
use of; enjoy, with abl. 


utrum, conj., whether. 
uxor, -6ris, /., a wife. 


V 
vad6, -ere, vasi, —, to pro- 
ceed, go. 7 
vadum, -i, 2., a ford. 
vagiéns, -ntis, adj., crying. 
vagor, -ari, -atus, to wander. 
valed, -ére, -ui, —, to be 
well, strong, be power- 
ful. 


valétidd, -inis, /., good 
health. 

validus, -a, -um, ad7., strong, 
vigorous. 


vallés, -is, f., a valley. 

vallum, -i, 7. a wall. 

varius, -a, -um, adj., mani- 
fold, changing. 

vast6, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
ravage, destroy. 

vastus, -a, -um, adj., empty, 
vast. 

vectigal, -alis, 1., a tribute, 
a tax. 

veheméns, -ntis, adj., vio- 
lent. 

vehementer, adv., violently. 

vel, conj., or; vel... vel, 
either ..-. or. 

vél6x, -dcis, ad/., swift, fleet. 

veneror, -ari, -atus, to rev- 
erence. wy 

veni6, -ire, véni, ventum, 
to come, go. 

ventus, -i, m., the wind. 

vér, véris, 7., the spring. 


XXXVIil 


GENERAL VOCABULARY 


verbatim, adv., word for 
word. 

verbum, -i, ., a word. 

vereor, -6ri, -itus, to fear. 

vergo, -ere, —, —, to lie 
toward, slope. 

véritas, -atis, f., truth. © 

vérd, adv., postpositive, in 
truth, indeed. 

vertex, -icis, m., the head; 
summit. 

verto, -ere, -ti, -sus, to turn, 
turn around. 

Verucloetius, -i, m., Veru- 
cloetius. 

vérus, -a, -um, ad., true. 


véscor, -i, —, to eat, with 
the abl. 

vesper, -eris, m., the even- 
ing. 

vester, -tra, -trum, (oss. 


pron., your, yours. 
vesti6, -ire, -ivi, -itus, to 
clothe. 
vestis, -is, /., clothing. 
vet6, -are, -ui, -itus, to for- 
bid. 
vetus, -eris, adj., old. 
via, -ae, f., way, road. 
vidtor, -Oris, m., a traveler. 
vicinus, -a, -um, ad/., neigh- 
boring, near. 
victor, -Oris, m., a victor. 
victoria, -ae, /., victory. 
Vicus, -i, m., a village. 


vided, -ére, vidi, visus, to 
see, perceive. 

vigilia, -ae, /., a watching, 
watch. 

vincid, -ire, vinxi, vinctus, to 
bind, fetter. 

vincdé, -ere, vici, victus, to 
conquer. 

vinculum, -i, ”., chain. 

vinea, -ae, /., a vineyard. 

vinum, -i, ”., wine. 

Vir, Viri, m., a man. 

virg6, -inis, f., a maiden. 

virtiis, -itis, /., manliness, 
‘courage. 

vis, vis, p/., virés, -ium, /., 
strength, force, power. 

vita, -ae, /., life. 

vix, adv., scarcely. 

voco, -are, -avi, -atus, to 
call, summon. 

volit6, -are, -avi, -Aatum, to 
fly, hasten. 

vold, velle, volui, —, to will, 
be willing, wish. 

volimen, -inis, 7.,a volume. 

voluntas, -atis, /., will, wish, 
desire. 

volv6, -ere, volvi, volittus, 
to roll. 

vox, vocis, f., a voice, sound. 

vulgus, -i, 7., the common 
people; crowd. 

vulnus, -eris, 7., a wound. 

vulpés, -is, /., a fox. 


XXX1X 





INDEX 


(The references are to paragraphs) 


Ablative case, 84. 
absolute, 566-569. 
of accompaniment, 291. 
of agent, 307. 
of cause, 179. 
of comparison, 215. 
of manner, 231. 
of means or instrument, I19. 
of place from which, 85. 
of place in which, 112. 
of separation, 484. 
of specification, 521. 
of time, 161. 
with alor, fruor, etc., 758. 
with adjectives, 759. 
Accent, general laws of, Introduc- 
tion. 
in contracted genitive and voca- 
tive of nouns in -ius, 47. 
Accusative case, 14. 
direct object, 100. 
double object, 746. 
extent of time and space, 243. 
place to which, 197. 
subject of infinitive, 719. 
Adjectives, first and second declen- 
sion, 53-55- 
third declension, 163-185. 
one termination, 167. 
two terminations, 174, 211. 
three terminations, 181. 
irregular (genitive in -ius), 352. 
possessive, 323. 
predicate, 265. 
Adverb, 266-272. 
comparison, 267. 
irregular, 268. 
Agreement of adjectives, 59. 
participles, 560. 
predicate noun, 265. 
relative pronoun, 502. 
verbs, 86. 
Apposition, 438. 
Auxiliary verbs, 96. 


25 


Causal clauses, 476-478. 
Clause, 389. 
Commands, 537-542. 
Comparative, declined, 211. 
Comparison of adjectives, regular, 
207. 
irregular, 217-218, 693. 
of adverbs, regular, 267. 
irregular, 268. 
Complementary infinitive, 577. 
Concession, 489-491. 
Conditional sentences, 463-471. 
Conjugation I., 68, 75, 93, 296, 308, 
400, 419, 430, 441, 539, 559; 574; 
589, 600 
II, 102, 105, 113, 317, 325, 400, 
ato, 430, 441, 539, 559, 574, 589, 


III, 187, 190, 199, 331, 342, 407, 
_ 431, 442, 540, 560, 575, 590, 600. 
M -10, 224, 226, 356, 497, 431, 442, 
540, 560, 575, 590, 600. 
IV, 245, 248, 255, 373, 383, 407, 
431, 442, 540, 560, 575, 590, 600. 
Conjunction, 275. 
Contraction in genitive of nouns in 
-ius and -ium, 47. 
Correlatives, 308. 
Cum, enclitic, with pronouns, 292. 


Dative case, 14. 
of agent, 615. 
of indirect object, 306. 
of possessor, 548. 
of purpose, 702. 
with adjectives, 742. 
with special verbs, 741. 
Declension, 9. 
I declension, 8. 
II declension, 46. 
III declension, 121-159. 
IV declension, 232-236. 
V declension, 238-240. 
Definitions, 9, 10, 11, 14. 


INDEX 


Deponent verbs, 659-678. 

Domus, declined, 236. 
domi, 236. 

Duo, declined, 819. 


E6, 6098, 836. 
Exhortations, 525. 


Fearing, verbs of, 770. 
Ferd, 698, 837. 
Fi6, 698, 838. 


Gender, 11. 
in first declension, 12. 
in second declension, 34, 38. 
in third declension, 126. 
in fourth declension, 235. 
in fifth declension, 240. 
Genitive case, 14. 
partitive, 150. 
possessive, 65. 
with adjectives, 737. 
with verbs, 733, 735. 
Gerund, 587-593. 
Gerundive, 600-603. 


Impersonal verbs, 723, 735. 
Indefinite pronouns, quis, aliquts, 
634, 035. 
Indirect discourse, infinitive in, 784. 
Indirect subjunctive in, 793. 
Indirect questions, 777. 
Infinitive, 572, 577. 
object, 750. 
subject, 719, 722. 
I-stems, 154. 
Interjections, 638. 


Locative case, 141, n. 
M ald, 687, 833. 


-ne in questions, 259. 
Nolé, conjugation, 687, 833. 

noli, with infinitive, 544-546. 
Nominative case, 14. 
Noénne and num, in questions, 259. 
Numerals, 640. 


Participles, 557-561. 
Parts of speech. Introduction. 
Passive voice, 297-299. 


Periphrastic conjugations, 606-612. 
Pits, declined, 219. 
Possessive adjectives, 323. 
Possum, 832. 
Predicate adjectives and nouns, 265. 
Prefixes, 36, 43. 
Prepositions, 24-28. 
Principal parts of verbs, 88. 
Prohibitions, 544-546. 
Pronouns, 285. 
demonstrative, 335-339, 346, 378- 
379. 
indefinite, quis, aliquis, etc., 634, 
635. 
interrogative, 363. 
personal, 288, 303. 
reflexive, 322. 
relative, 490. 
Pronunciation, Introduction. 
Purpose, expressed by gerundive 
with ad, 603. 
relative clauses of, 496. 
by subjunctive, 404-6, 764. 
by supine, 620. 


Quantity, Introduction. . 

-que, enclitic, 281. 

Questions, direct, 258-260. 
indirect, 777. 

Qui, declension, 363. 

Quis, declension, 364. 


Relative clauses, 496-512. 


pronoun, 499. 
Result, 423-427. 
Ras, 141. 


Sentences, Introduction, 258, 274, 


387, 393- 
Sequences of tenses, 412-417. 


Subjunctive mood, 398. 


hortatory subjunctive, 526. 
indirect discourse, 793. 
indirect questions, 777. 
of purpose, 404-6, 764. 
of result, 423-427. 
with verbs of fearing, 770. 
Suffixes, 714. 
Sui, declined, 322. 
Sum, 262, 461, 831. 
Supine, 620-622. 


xlii 


INDEX 


Suus, distinguished from eius, 323. Verb, rule for agreement, 86. 
Syllables, Introduction. definitions, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 88, 
94. 
Temporal clauses, 433-436, 443-445, Vocative case, 44. 
448-450. Vol6, 687. 
Totus, declension, 352. Vowels, Introduction. 


Trés, declension, 819. 

i Wishes, 525-534. 
Unus, declension, 819. Word lists, 803. 
Utinam, with subjunctive, 534. order, 101. 


xliii 


= 
i 


panies 




















U. C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 





CO4b?7&ebbS 

















































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































IPC ERO mrt SURE Bia TT RO FE AIG 
Soren 
me 
nee = = 
| : = 
| ; 
= = = = 
= —a ; 
= —— = =: 
5 ~——- - 
— ee a 
= = 
= = = 
— 
ween 
——— —— 
oe cael = cr 
= en 
—_ Feet 
= = = 
=< : =; 
, wy he 
<< <= = 
a —— 5 
<== 
eS =< 
emer 
te ee 
. = 
Se = = 
— n 
| 
See enmeereeeties 
ee 
enero —- = 
eS 
= meenies 
~~" 
= 
aac 
=e 
SEES 
= 
ern 
SSS 
SES 
enone eens 
SS 
SSS 
_aESaEaSaEoaEyaoyaeEEeEe—yx——x—————EEE 
SSS == = 
ee — — 
a — 
SS =—— 
a 
ene 
a ae 
TS accg caeee ae een RO RSSTETE 
a 
————— SESE eee 
oT ee 
SE 
[SS 
eee emma = 
SS cesetgencaeearaneeeenereareesagee = 
= 
nee eens 
a eee == 
aS 
a 
ae. Rent O08 08 eRe ao 88 0 te te tg ee ne ae om nee ee 
PAOLO OC AGE LLL LS LL LL LA 
——S——EEEEESE=E=====_=_EZZ 
eee 
= 
— 
a Ok ae ee 
at ete 
anaes ee 
—= eee 
——— 
—— 
— 
— 
— 
——= 
= 
ore 7 
= 












































a 2 a nema hint eedteiteals Perm a ee 


